Download as doc, pdf, or txt
Download as doc, pdf, or txt
You are on page 1of 459

Release 15 172 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.

1 (2018-09)

7.5 Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS)


7.5.1 Test purpose
Adjacent channel selectivity tests the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified
reference measurement channel, in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from the
centre frequency of the assigned channel, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when other e-
NodeB transmitters exist in the adjacent channel.

7.5.2 Test applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.

7.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements


Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) is a measure of a receiver's ability to receive an E-UTRA signal at its assigned
channel frequency in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from the centre frequency of
the assigned channel. ACS is the ratio of the receive filter attenuation on the assigned channel frequency to the receive
filter attenuation on the adjacent channel(s).

The UE shall fulfil the minimum requirement specified in Table 7.5.3-1 for all values of an adjacent channel interferer
up to –25 dBm. However it is not possible to directly measure the ACS, instead the lower and upper range of test
parameters are chosen in Table 7.5.3-2 and Table 7.5.3-3 where the throughput Rav shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum
throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1). For operating bands
with an unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements only apply for carriers assigned in the paired part.

Table 7.5.3-1: Adjacent channel selectivity

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
ACS dB 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 30 27

Table 7.5.3-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1

Rx Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Parameter

Power in dBm
Transmission
REFSENS + 14 dB
Bandwidth
Configuration
dBm REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS
PInterferer +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +42.5dB +39.5dB
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.002
/ / / / / 5
-1.4-0.0025 -3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5- -10-0.0125 /
0.0075 -12.5-
0.0025
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
Table 7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.
Note 3: The REFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3.3-1 and Table 7.3.3-1a for two and four antenna
ports, respectively.
Release 15 173 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5.3-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in
Transmission
dBm -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -53.5 -50.5
Bandwidth
Configuration
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.002
/ / / / / 5
-1.4- -3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5- -10-0.0125 /
0.0025 0.0075 -12.5-
0.0025
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
Table 7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.5.1.

7.5.4 Test description


7.5.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.5.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the OCNG patterns
used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex
C.2.
Release 15 174 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] clause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6 QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 15 15 QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 25 25 QPSK 25 25
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 15 N/A
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 54 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 50 QPSK 50 50
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 15 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 75 QPSK 75 75
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100 100
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on E-UTRA band, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according
to table 7.3.3-2 is tested per Test Channel Bandwidth. The allocation shall be located as
close as possible to the downlink operating band but confined within the transmission
bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2-1).
Note 3: For the DL signal one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD is used.
Note 4: Applicable only to E-UTRA FDD Bands 31 and 72. The UL resource blocks shall be
located at RBstart 10 (according to Table 7.3.3-2).

1. Connect the SS and interfering source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure A.4.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.1.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.5.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.5.4.3.

7.5.4.2 Test procedure


1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.5.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.5.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits
uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
Release 15 175 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

3. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5.5-2 (Case 1). Send Uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within
+0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in Table 7.5.5-2 (Case 1) for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of
the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the Throughput
measurement.

4. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5.5-2 (Case 1) and frequency below the wanted
signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 4.

7. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5.5-3 (Case 2). Send Uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within
+0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in Table 7.5.5-3 (Case 2) for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of
the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the Throughput
measurement.

8. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5.5-3 (Case 2) and frequency below the wanted
signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

9. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

10. Repeat steps from 7 to 9, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 2 at step 8.

11. Repeat for applicable channel bandwidths and operating band combinations in both Case 1 and Case 2.

7.5.4.3 Message contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exception

Table 7.5.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-uePUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}

7.5.5 Test requirement


The throughput Rav shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.3.2 under the conditions specified in table 7.5.5-2, and also under the conditions specified in table 7.5.5-3.

Table 7.5.5-1: Adjacent channel selectivity

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
ACS dB 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 30 27
Release 15 176 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5.5-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in dBm
Transmission
REFSENS + 14 dB
Bandwidth
Configuration
dBm REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS
PInterferer +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +42.5dB +39.5dB
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025/ 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.002
-1.4-0.0025 / / / / 5
-3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5- -10-0.0125 /
0.0075 -12.5-
0.0025
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.
Note 3: The REFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3.3-1 for two antenna ports.

Table 7.5.5-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in
Transmission
dBm -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -53.5 -50.5
Bandwidth
Configuration
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.002
/ / / / / 5
-1.4- -3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5- -10-0.0125 /
0.0025 0.0075 -12.5-
0.0025
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.

7.5_1 Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) with 4 Rx antenna


ports
7.5_1.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 7.5.1.

7.5_1.2 Test applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that supports 4 Rx antenna ports.

7.5_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements


Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 7.5.3.

7.5_1.4 Test description


7.5.4_1.1 Initial conditions
Same as in clause 7.5.4.1 with following exceptions:
Release 15 177 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

- Instead of Table 7.5.4.1-1 use Table 7.5_1.4.1-1.

- Instead of Figure A.4 use Figure A.81.

Table 7.5_1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 N/A QPSK 6 N/A
3MHz QPSK 15 N/A QPSK 15 N/A
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 75 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100 100
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2. Depending on E-UTRA band, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according
to table 7.3.3-2 is tested per Test Channel Bandwidth. The allocation shall be located as
close as possible to the downlink operating band but confined within the transmission
bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2-1).
Note 3: For the DL signal one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD is used.

7.5_1.4.2 Test procedure


Same as in clause 7.5.4.2 with following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.5.4.1-1 use Table 7.5_1.4.1-1.

- Instead of Table 7.5.5-2 use Table 7.5_1.5-2.

- Instead of Table 7.5.5-3 use Table 7.5_1.5-3.

7.5_1.4.3 Message contents


Same as in clause 7.5.4.3.

7.5_1.5 Test requirement


The throughput Rav shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.3.2 under the conditions specified in table 7.5_1.5-2, and also under the conditions specified in table 7.5_1.5-
3.

Table 7.5_1.5-1: Adjacent channel selectivity

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
ACS dB 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 30 27
Release 15 178 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5_1.5-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in dBm
Transmission
REFSENS + 14 dB
Bandwidth
Configuration
dBm REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS
PInterferer +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +42.5dB +39.5dB
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025/ 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.002
-1.4-0.0025 / / / / 5
-3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5- -10-0.0125 /
0.0075 -12.5-
0.0025
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.
Note 3: The REFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3_1.5-1 for four antenna ports.

Table 7.5_1.5-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in
Transmission
dBm -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -53.5 -50.5
Bandwidth
Configuration
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.002
/ / / / / 5
-1.4- -3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5- -10-0.0125 /
0.0025 0.0075 -12.5-
0.0025
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.

7.5A Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for CA


7.5A.0 Minimum conformance requirements
For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink assigned to one E-
UTRA band, the adjacent channel requirements are defined with the uplink active on the band(s) other than the band
whose downlink is being tested. The UE shall meet the requirements specified in subclause 7.5.3 for each component
carrier while all downlink carriers are active. For E-UTRA CA configurations including an operating band without
uplink operation or an operating band with an unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements for all
downlinks shall be met with the single uplink carrier active in each band capable of UL operation. For a component
carrier configured in Band 46, the requirements specified in subclause 7.5.3 are replaced by the requirements in Table
7.5A.0-1a with test parameters in Table 7.5A.0-2a and Table 7.5A.0-3a.

Table 7.5A.0-1a: Adjacent channel selectivity

E-UTRA band Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
46 ACS dB 33 27
Release 15 179 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5A.0-2a: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1

E-UTRA Band Rx Unit Channel bandwidth


Parameter s 1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 20 MHz
MHz MHz
Power in dBm
Transmission
Bandwidth REFSENS + 14 dB
Configuratio
n
dBm REFSENS+45.5dB REFSENS
46
PInterferer +39.5dB
BWInterferer MHz 20 20
20+0.0025
FInterferer 15+0.0075/-15- /
MHz
(offset) 0.0075 -20-
0.0025
NOTE 1: In a band capable of uplink operation, the transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum
uplink configuration specified in Table 7.3.1-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to
Annex C.3.1.

Table 7.5A.0-3a: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2

E-UTRA band Rx Units Channel bandwidth


Parameter 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in
Transmission
dBm -56.5 -50.5
Bandwidth
Configuration
46 PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 20 20
15+0.00 20+0.0025
FInterferer
MHz 75/-15- /
(offset)
0.0075 -20-0.0025
NOTE 1: In a band capable of uplink operation, the transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink
configuration specified in Table 7.3.1-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.

For E-UTRA CA configurations listed in Table 7.3A.0-0a under conditions for which reference sensitivity for the
operating band being tested is N/A, the adjacent channel requirements of subclause 7.5A.0 do not apply.

For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the downlink SCC(s) shall be configured at nominal channel spacing to
the PCC. For FDD, the PCC shall be configured closest to the uplink band. All downlink carriers shall be active
throughout the test. The uplink output power shall be set as specified in Table 7.5A.0-2 or Table 7.5A.0-3 with the
uplink configuration set according to Table 7.3A.0-1 for the applicable carrier aggregation configuration. For UE(s)
supporting one uplink carrier, the uplink configuration of the PCC shall be in accordance with Table 7.3.3-2. The UE
shall fulfil the minimum requirement specified in Table 7.5A.0-1 for an adjacent channel interferer on either side of the
aggregated downlink signal at a specified frequency offset and for an interferer power up to -25 dBm. The throughput of
each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes
A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in
Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.5A.0-2 and 7.5A.0-3. For operating bands with an
unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements also apply for an SCC assigned in the unpaired part with
parameters specified in Tables 7.5A.0-2 and 7.5A.0-3.

For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier and two downlink sub-blocks, each larger
than or equal to 5 MHz, the adjacent channel selectivity requirements are defined with the uplink configuration in
accordance with Table 7.3A.0-3. For this uplink configuration, the UE shall meet the requirements for each sub-block as
specified in subclauses 7.5.3 and 7.5A.0 for one component carrier and two component carriers per sub-block,
respectively. The UE shall fulfil the minimum requirements all values of a single adjacent channel interferer in-gap and
out-of-gap up to a –25 dBm interferer power while all downlink carriers are active. For the lower range of test
parameters (Case 1), the interferer power Pinterferer shall be set to the maximum of the levels given by the carriers of the
Release 15 180 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

respective sub-blocks as specified in Table 7.5.3-2 and Table 7.5A.0-2 for one component carrier and two component
carriers per sub-block, respectively. The wanted signal power levels for the carriers of each sub-block shall then be
adjusted relative to Pinterferer in accordance with the ACS requirement for each sub-block (Table 7.5.3-1 and Table 7.5A.0-
1). For the upper range of test parameters (Case 2) for which the interferer power Pinterferer is -25 dBm (Table 7.5.3-3 and
Table 7.5A.0-3) the wanted signal power levels for the carriers of each sub-block shall be adjusted relative to P interferer
like for Case 1.

Table 7.5A.0-1: Adjacent channel selectivity

CA Bandwidth Class
Rx Parameter Units B C D E F

ACS dB 27 24 22.2 21 20

Table 7.5A.0-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth REFSENS REFSENS REFSEN REFSENS REFSENS +
Configuration, per CC + 14 dB + 14 dB S + 14 dB + 14 dB 14 dB
dBm Aggregated Aggregated Aggregat Aggregate Aggregated
power + power + ed power d power + power + 18.5
PInterferer 25.5 dB 22.5 dB + 20.7 dB 19.5 dB dB
BWInterferer MHz 5 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 2.5 + Foffset 2.5 + 2.5 + Foffset 2.5 + Foffset
2.5 + Foffset / Foffset / /
/ -2.5 - Foffset / -2.5 - Foffset -2.5 - Foffset
-2.5 - Foffset -2.5 -
Foffset
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to
Annex C.3.1.
NOTE 3: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the
interferer and the centre frequency of the adjacent channel interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.

Table 7.5A.0-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
-44.5
-50.5 -47.5 -45.743.9 -43.5
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth +10log10(N
dBm +10log10(N +10log10(NRB, +10log10(N +10log10(NRB,
Configuration, per CC RB,c/NRB agg)
RB,c/ NRB agg) c/NRB agg) RB,c/NRB agg) c/NRB agg)
5
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 5 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 2.5+ Foffset 2.5+ Foffset 2.5+ Foffset 2.5+ Foffset 2.5+ Foffset
/ / / / /
-2.5- Foffset -2.5- Foffset -2.5- Foffset -2.5- Foffset -2.5- Foffset
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex 3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to
Annex C.3.1
NOTE 3: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer
and the centre frequency of the adjacent channel interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.

For combinations of intra-band and inter-band carrier aggregation with up to five downlink carriers (up to four non-
contiguously aggregated carriers per band and up to four contiguously aggregated carriers per band) and one uplink
carrier assigned to one E-UTRA band, the requirement is defined with the uplink active in each band other than that
supporting the downlink(s) under test. The uplink configuration shall be in accordance with Table 7.3A.0-3 when the
Release 15 181 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

uplink is active in the band supporting two non-contiguous component carriers, Table 7.3A.0-1 when the uplink is
active in a band supporting two contiguous component carriers and in accordance with Table 7.3.3-2 when the uplink is
active in a band supporting one carrier per band. The downlink PCC shall be configured closer to the uplink operating
band than the downlink SCC(s) when the uplink is active in band(s) supporting contiguous aggregation of up to four
component carriers. For these uplink configurations, the UE shall meet the adjacent channel selectivity requirements for
intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation of two downlink sub-blocks with RIBNC = 0 dB for all sub-block gaps
(Table 7.3A.0-3) for the two non-contiguous downlink sub-blocks, the requirements for intra-band contiguous carrier
aggregation for the contiguously aggregated downlink carriers and for any remaining component carrier(s) the
requirements specified in subclause 7.5.3. For contiguously aggregated component carriers configured in Band 46, the
said requirements for intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation of downlink carriers are replaced by requirements in
Table 7.5A.0-4 with test parameters in Table 7.5A.0-5 and Table 7.5A.0-6. For non-contiguously aggregated component
carriers configured in Band 46, the said requirements are applied to each sub-block for in-gap and out-of-gap
interferers. For the sub-block with a single component carrier, the requirement is replaced by Table 7.5A.0-1a with test
parameters in Table 7.5A.0-1b and Table 7.5A.0-1c. For the sub-block with two or more contiguous component carriers,
the requirement is replaced by Table 7.5A.0-4 with test parameters in Table 7.5A.0-5 and Table 7.5A.0-6. All downlink
carriers shall be active throughout the tests and the requirements for downlinks shall be met with the single uplink
carrier active in each band capable of UL operation.

Table 7.5A.0-4: Adjacent channel selectivity

E-UTRA band Rx Units CA Bandwidth Class


Parameter B C D E F

46 ACS dB 24 22.2 21

Table 7.5A.0-5: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1

E-UTRA Band Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in Transmission
REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS
Bandwidth
+ 14 dB + 14 dB + 14 dB
Configuration, per CC
dBm Aggregate Aggregate Aggregate
PInterferer d power + d power + d power +
46
22.5 dB 20.7 dB 19.5 dB
BWInterferer MHz 20 20 20
MHz 10 + Foffset 10 + Foffset 10 + Foffset
FInterferer (offset) / / /
-10 - Foffset -10 - Foffset -10 - Foffset
NOTE 1*: In a band capable of uplink operation, the transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L,c or PCMAX_L as defined in
subclause 6.2.5A.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD/FS3 as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1/A.5.3.1 and set-up according to Annex
C.3.1.
NOTE 3: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer and the
centre frequency of the adjacent channel interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.

Table 7.5A.0-6: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2

E-UTRA band Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in Transmission -47.5 -45.7 -44.5
Bandwidth Configuration, dBm +10log10(NRB, +10log10(N +10log10(N
per CC c/NRB agg) RB,c/NRB agg) RB,c/NRB agg)
PInterferer dBm -25
46
BWInterferer MHz 20 20 20
FInterferer (offset) MHz 10 + Foffset 10 + Foffset 10 + Foffset
/ / /
-10 - Foffset -10 - Foffset -10 - Foffset
Release 15 182 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

NOTE 1: In a band capable of uplink operation, the transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L,c or PCMAX_L as defined in
subclause 6.2.5A.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex 3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD/FS3 as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1/A.5.3.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.
NOTE 3: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer and the
centre frequency of the adjacent channel interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.

The normative references for this requirement are TS 36.101 [2] clauses 7.5.1A and 7.5.1.

7.5A.1 Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for CA (intra-band contiguous


DL CA and UL CA)
7.5A.1.1 Test purpose
Adjacent channel selectivity for CA test verifies the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a
specified reference measurement channel, in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from
the centre frequency of the assigned channel, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when other e-
NodeB transmitters exist in the adjacent channel.

7.5A.1.2 Test applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL
CA.

7.5A.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.5A.0.

7.5A.1.4 Test description


7.5A.1.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.5A.1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink
reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the OCNG
patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in
Annex C.2.
Release 15 183 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5A.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] clause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth
classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto
physical frequencies according to Table 7.1-2
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified Lowest NRB_agg
in clause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across Highest NRB_agg
bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE (Note 3)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
CA Configuration / DL Allocation UL Allocation
NRB_agg
PCC SCC CC PCC & SCC CC NRB_alloc PCC & SCC RB allocations
NRB NRB MOD RB allocation MOD (LCRB @ RBstart)
50 25 QPSK 50+25 QPSK 25 P_25@25 S_0@0 - -
50 50 QPSK 50+50 QPSK 25 P_25@25 S_0@0 - -
50 100 QPSK 50+100 QPSK 150 P_50@0 S_100@0 - -
75 50 QPSK 75+50 QPSK 75 P_75@0 S_0@0 - -
75 75 QPSK 75+75 QPSK 75 P_75@0 S_0@0 - -
75 75 QPSK 75+75 QPSK 129 P_75@0 S_54@0 - -
75 75 QPSK 75+75 QPSK 150 P_75@0 S_75@0 - -
100 25 QPSK 100+25 QPSK 50 P_50@50 S_0@0 - -
100 25 QPSK 100+25 QPSK 125 P_100@0 S_25@0 - -
100 50 QPSK 100+50 QPSK 75 P_75@25 S_0@0 - -
100 50 QPSK 100+50 QPSK 150 P_100@0 S_50@0 - -
100 75 QPSK 100+75 QPSK 175 P_100@0 S_75@0 - -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 50 P_50@50 S_0@0 - -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 75 P_75@25 S_0@0 - -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 130 P_100@0 S_30@0 - -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 200 P_100@0 S_100@0 - -
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which
applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on CA configurations, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according to table 7.3.3-2
for UE supporting one uplink carrier and to table 7.3A.0-1 for UE supporting two uplink carriers are tested per
Test CA configuration.
Note 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

1. Connect the SS and interfering source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure
group A.34 as appropriate if the UE supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in
the band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.5A.1.4.1-1.

5, Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.5A.1.4.3.
Release 15 184 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.5A.1.4.2 Test procedure


1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.5A.1.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables
7.5A.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.5A.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload and
no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCC to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.1.5-2 (Case 1). Send
Uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that for at
least the duration of the Throughput measurement:
The PCC output power is within (+0dB, -3.4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.5A.1.5-2 (Case 1) +
10log(P_LCRB/NRB_alloc)), for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz,
or within (+0dB, -4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.5A.1.5-2 (Case 1) + 10log(P_LCRB/NRB_alloc)) for carrier
frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.
The SCC output power is within (+0dB, -3.4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.5A.1.5-2 (Case 1) +
10log(S_LCRB/NRB_alloc)), for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz,
or within (+0dB, -4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.5A.1.5-2 (Case 1) + 10log(S_LCRB/NRB_alloc)) for carrier
frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

7. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.1.5-2 (Case 1) and frequency below the
wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document. The
interferer frequencies are adjusted in analogy with table 7.5A.1.4.2-1.

8. Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G.2A.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 7.

10. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCC to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.1.5-3 (Case 2). Send
Uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that for at
least the duration of the Throughput measurement:
The PCC output power is within (+0dB, -3.4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.5A.1.5-3 (Case 2) +
10log(P_LCRB/NRB_alloc)), for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz,
or within (+0dB, -4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.5A.1.5-3 (Case 2) + 10log(P_LCRB/NRB_alloc)) for carrier
frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.
The SCC output power is within (+0dB, -3.4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.5A.1.5-3 (Case 2) +
10log(S_LCRB/NRB_alloc)), for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz,
or within (+0dB, -4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.5A.1.5-3 (Case 2) + 10log(S_LCRB/NRB_alloc)) for carrier
frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

11. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.1.5-3 (Case 2) and frequency below the
wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document. The
interferer frequencies are adjusted in analogy with table 7.5A.1.4.2-1.

12. Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G.2A.

13. Repeat steps from 10 to 12, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 2 at step 11.
Release 15 185 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5A.1.4.2-1: Example for interferer frequencies

Lower frequency Upper frequency


FDL = CA_1C Mid range 2130.1 MHz 2149.9 MHz
(BW 20MHz + 20MHz)
Foffset 10 MHz 10 MHz
FInterferer (offset) -12.5 MHz +12.5 MHz
F interferer (offset)  12.5025 MHz
0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 12.5025 MHz

Adjusted FInterferer (offset) -12.5025 MHz +12.5025 MHz


FInterferer = FDL + Adjusted FInterferer (offset) 2117.5975 MHz 2162.4025 MHz

7.5A.1.4.3 Message contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exception.

Table 7.5A.1.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-uePUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}

Table 7.5A.1.4.3-2: UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UE-PUSCH-r10 0
deltaMCS-Enabled-r10 en0
accumulationEnabled-r10 TRUE
pSRS-Offset-r10 7 (0 dB) The actual
parameter value is
-10.5 + 1.5*pSRS-
Offset value; 0 is
the actual value in
dB (-10.5 + 1.5*7
dB).
pSRS-OffsetAp-r10 7 (0 dB) The actual
parameter value is
-10.5 + 1.5*pSRS-
Offset value; 0 is
the actual value in
dB (-10.5 + 1.5*7
dB).
filterCoefficient-r10 fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
pathlossReferenceLinking-r10 sCell
}
Release 15 186 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.5A.1.5 Test Requirements


The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annex A.3.2 under the conditions specified in table 7.5A.1.5-2, and also under the conditions specified in
table 7.5A.1.5-3.

Table 7.5A.1.5-1: Adjacent channel selectivity

CA Bandwidth Class
Rx Parameter Units B C D E F

ACS dB 27 24

Table 7.5A.1.5-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth REFSENS REFSENS +
Configuration, per CC + 14 dB 14 dB
dBm Aggregate Aggregated
d power + power + 22.5
PInterferer 25.5 dB dB
BWInterferer MHz 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 2.5 + Foffset 2.5 + Foffset
/ /
-2.5 - Foffset -2.5 - Foffset
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5 for one
uplink carrier and in subclause 6.2.5A for two uplink carriers.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to
Annex C.3.1
Note 3: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the
interferer and the centre frequency of the adjacent channel interferer and shall be further adjusted to
F interferer (offset) 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.

Table 7.5A.1.5-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
-50.5 -47.5
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth
dBm +10log10(N +10log(NRB,c/
Configuration, per CC
RB,c/ NRB agg) NRB agg)
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 2.5+ Foffset 2.5+ Foffset
/ /
-2.5- Foffset -2.5- Foffset
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5 for one
uplink carrier and in subclause 6.2.5A for two uplink carriers.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex 3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to
Annex C.3.1
Note 3: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer
and the centre frequency of the adjacent channel interferer and shall be further adjusted to
F interferer (offset) 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.
Release 15 187 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.5A.2 Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for CA (intra-band contiguous


DL CA without UL CA)
7.5A.2.1 Test purpose
The test purpose is the same as in clause 7.5A.1.1.

7.5A.2.2 Test applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA. This test
case applies only for CA Configurations that do not support UL CA.

7.5A.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.5A.0.

7.5A.2.4 Test description


7.5A.2.4.1 Initial conditions
Same as in clause 7.5A.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.5A.1.4.1-1 use Table 7.5A.2.4.1-1.

- Instead of clause 7.5A.1.4.3  use clause 7.5A.2.4.3.


Release 15 188 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5A.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] clause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in B: Mid range
TS36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth C: Mid range (Note 4)
classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto
physical frequencies according to Table 7.1-2
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified Lowest NRB_agg
in clause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across Highest NRB_agg
bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. (Notes 3, 4)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
CA Configuration / DL Allocation UL Allocation
NRB_agg
PCC SCC CC PCC & SCC CC NRB_alloc PCC & SCC RB allocations
NRB NRB MOD RB allocation MOD (LCRB @ RBstart)
6 25 QPSK 6+25 QPSK 6 P_6@0 - - -
15 50 QPSK 15+50 QPSK 15 P_15@0 - - -
25 25 QPSK 25+25 QPSK 20 P_20@0 - - -
25 25 QPSK 25+25 QPSK 25 P_25@0 - - -
25 50 QPSK 25+50 QPSK 20 P_20@0 - - -
25 100 QPSK 25+100 QPSK 25 P_25@0 - - -
50 25 QPSK 50+25 QPSK 25 P_25@25 - - -
50 50 QPSK 50+50 QPSK 25 P_25@25 - - -
50 50 QPSK 50+50 QPSK 50 P_50@0 - - -
50 75 QPSK 50+75 QPSK 50 P_50@0 - - -
75 25 QPSK 75+25 QPSK 75 P_75@0 - - -
75 50 QPSK 75+50 QPSK 75 P_75@0 - - -
75 75 QPSK 75+75 QPSK 75 P_75@0 - - -
100 25 QPSK 100+25 QPSK 50 P_50@50 - - -
100 25 QPSK 100+25 QPSK 100 P_100@0 - - -
100 50 QPSK 100+50 QPSK 75 P_75@25 - - -
100 50 QPSK 100+50 QPSK 100 P_100@0 - - -
100 75 QPSK 100+75 QPSK 100 P_100@0 - - -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 50 P_50@50 - - -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 75 P_75@25 - - -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 100 P_100@0 - - -
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which
applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on CA configurations, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according to table 7.3.3-2
for UE supporting one uplink carrier.
Note 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
Note 4: For CA_70C all test frequency IDs shall be tested according to table 4.3.1.1.70A-1, in TS 36.508 [7].

7.5A.2.4.2 Test procedure


1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
Release 15 189 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables
7.5A.2.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.5A.2.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback
data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCC to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.1.5-2 (Case 1). Send
Uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE
output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in Table 7.5A.1.5-2 (Case 1) for carrier frequency f ≤
3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the
duration of the Throughput measurement.

7. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.1.5-2 (Case 1) and frequency below the
aggregated component carriers, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present
document. The interferer frequencies are adjusted in analogy with table 7.5A.1.4.2-1.

8. Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G.2A.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the aggregated component carriers in Case 1 at step 7.

10. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCC to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.1.5-3 (Case 2). Send
Uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE
output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in Table 7.5A.1.5-3 (Case 2) for carrier frequency f ≤
3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the
duration of the Throughput measurement.

11. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.1.5-3 (Case 2) and frequency below the
aggregated component carriers, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present
document. The interferer frequencies are adjusted in analogy with table 7.5A.1.4.2-1.

12. Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G.2A.

13. Repeat steps from 10 to 12, using an interfering signal above the aggregated component carriers in Case 2 at step
11.

7.5A.2.4.3 Message contents


The message contents are the same as in clause 7.5.4.3.

7.5A.2.5 Test Requirements


The test requirements are the same as in clause 7.5A.1.5 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.5A.1.5-1  use Table 7.5A.2.5-1.

- Instead of Table 7.5A.1.5-2  use Table 7.5A.2.5-2.

- Instead of Table 7.5A.1.5-3  use Table 7.5A.2.5-3.

Table 7.5A.2.5-1: Adjacent channel selectivity

CA Bandwidth Class
Rx Parameter Units B C D E F

ACS dB 27 24
Release 15 190 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5A.2.5-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in Transmission REFSENS +
REFSENS
Bandwidth Configuration, per 14 dB
+ 14 dB
CC
dBm Aggregated
Aggregated
power + 22.5
power +
dB
25.5 dB
PInterferer
BWInterferer MHz 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 2.5 + Foffset 2.5 + Foffset
/ /
-2.5 - Foffset -2.5 - Foffset
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to
Annex C.3.1
Note 3: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the
interferer and the centre frequency of the adjacent channel interferer and shall be further adjusted to
F interferer (offset) 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.

Table 7.5A.2.5-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
-50.5 -47.5
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth
dBm +10log(NRB, +10log(NRB,c/
Configuration, per CC
c/NRB agg) NRB agg)
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 2.5+ Foffset 2.5+ Foffset
/ /
-2.5- Foffset -2.5- Foffset
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex 3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to
Annex C.3.1
Note 3: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer
and the centre frequency of the adjacent channel interferer and shall be further adjusted to
F interferer (offset) 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.

7.5A.3 Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for CA (inter-band DL CA


without UL CA)
7.5A.3.1 Test purpose
The test purpose is the same as in clause 7.5A.1.1.

7.5A.3.2 Test applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support inter-band DL CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward that support 2DL CA with FDD-TDD
inter-band CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support DL LAA.

7.5A.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.5A.0.
Release 15 191 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.5A.3.4 Test description


7.5A.3.4.1 Initial conditions
Same as in clause 7.5A.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 5.4.2A.1-1 use Table 5.4.2A.1-2.- Instead of Table 7.5A.1.4.1-1 use Table 7.5A.3.4.1-1.

- Instead of clause 7.5A.1.4.3  use clause 7.5A.3.4.3.


Release 15 192 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5A.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7]
NC
subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7]
subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth
A: Mid range for PCC and SCC
classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto
physical frequencies according to Table 7.1-2
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified
in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration
Highest NRB_agg for PCC and SCC
across bandwidth combination sets supported by
the UE
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
CA Configuration / NRB_agg DL Allocation UL Allocation
PCC SCCs CC PCC & SCC CC PCC
NRB NRB MOD RB allocation MOD NRB_alloc
50 50 QPSK 50 50 QPSK 50
50 50 QPSK 50 50 QPSK 25
50 50 QPSK 50 50 QPSK 20
50 50 QPSK 50 50 QPSK 16
50 75 QPSK 50 75 QPSK 25
50 100 QPSK 50 100 QPSK 50
50 100 QPSK 50 100 QPSK 25
50 100 QPSK 50 100 QPSK 20
50 100 QPSK 50 100 QPSK 16
75 25 QPSK 75 25 QPSK 75
75 25 QPSK 75 25 QPSK 20
75 50 QPSK 75 50 QPSK 25
75 75 QPSK 75 75 QPSK 25
75 100 QPSK 75 100 QPSK 25
100 50 QPSK 100 50 QPSK 100
100 50 QPSK 100 50 QPSK 75
100 50 QPSK 100 50 QPSK 50
100 75 QPSK 100 75 QPSK 100
100 75 QPSK 100 75 QPSK 50
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 75
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 50
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 45
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 25
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 20
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which
applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.
Note 2: Depending on CA configurations, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according to table 7.3A.3.5-
2 for UE supporting one uplink carrier is tested per Test CA configuration.
Note 3: The UL resource blocks shall be located as close as possible to the downlink PCC but confined within the
transmission bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2-1).
Note 4: The frequencies of PCC and SCC shall be switched and tested in each configuration, according to the UE
declared capability for UL support (within CA operation) in the individual bands.

7.5A.3.4.2 Test procedure


1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4.


Release 15 193 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables
7.5A.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.5A.3.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback
data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCC to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.3.5-2 (Case 1), or
7.5A.3.5-2a for operating band 46. Send Uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step
size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in Table
7.5A.3.5-2 (Case 1) for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for carrier
frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement.

7. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.3.5-2 (Case 1), or 7.5A.3.5-2a for operating
band 46, and frequency below the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D
of the present document.

8. Measure the average throughput of SCC for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
Annex G.2.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 7.

10. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCC to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.3.5-3 (Case 2), or
7.5A.3.5-3a for operating band 46. Send Uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step
size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in Table
7.5A.3.5-3 (Case 2) for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for carrier
frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement.

11. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.3.5-3 (Case 2), or 7.5A.3.5-3a for operating
band 46, and frequency below the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D
of the present document.

12. Measure the average throughput of SCC for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
Annex G.2.

13. Repeat steps from 10 to 12, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 2 at step 11.

7.5A.3.4.3 Message contents


The message contents are the same as in clause 7.5.4.3.

7.5A.3.5 Test Requirements


For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to one E-UTRA band, the adjacent channel requirements are
defined with the uplink active on the band other than the band whose downlink is being tested i.e. the requirements are
tested only for the SCell downlink. The UE shall meet the requirement specified in Table 7.5A.3.5-1 (originated from
the single carrier Table 7.5.3.5-1), or the requirement specified in Table 7.5A.3.5-1a for operating band 46, with the test
parameters specified in Tables 7.5A.3.5-2 and 7.5A.3.5-3 (originated from the single carrier Tables 7.5.5-2 and 7.5.5-3),
or with the test parameters specified in Tables 7.5A.3.5-2a and 7.5A.3.5-3a for operating band 46, for each component
carrier, when operated as SCell, while both downlink carriers are active.

The test requirements do not apply when the interfering signal overlaps with the channel bandwidth of any downlink
CC.

Table 7.5A.3.5-1: Adjacent channel selectivity

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
ACS dB 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 30 27
Release 15 194 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5A.3.5-1a: Adjacent channel selectivity

E-UTRA band Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
46 ACS dB 33 27

Table 7.5A.3.5-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1

Rx Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Parameter

Pw in dBm
Transmission
Bandwidth REFSENS + 14 dB
Configuration,
per CC
dBm REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENSf
for SCC for +45.5dB for for or SCC
+45.5dB SCC+45.5 SCC+45.5 SCC+42.5 +39.5dB
PInterferer dB dB dB
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125
12.5+0.002
from SCC) / / / / / 5
-1.4-0.0025 -3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5- -10-0.0125 /
0.0075 -12.5-
0.0025
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
Table 7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.

Table 7.5A.3.5-2a: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1

E-UTRA Band Rx Unit Channel bandwidth


Parameter s 1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 20 MHz
MHz MHz
Power in dBm
Transmission
Bandwidth REFSENS + 14 dB
Configuratio
n
dBm REFSENS+45.5dB REFSENS
46
PInterferer +39.5dB
BWInterfererMHz 20 20
20+0.0025
FInterferer 15+0.0075/-15- /
MHz
(offset) 0.0075 -20-
0.0025
NOTE 1: In a band capable of uplink operation, the transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum
uplink configuration specified in Table 7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD/FS3 as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1/A.5.4.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.

Table 7.5A.3.5-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Release 15 195 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Pw in
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -53.5 -50.5
Configuration,
per CC
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125
12.5+0.002
from SCC) / / / / / 5
-1.4- -3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5- -10-0.0125 /
0.0025 0.0075 -12.5-
0.0025
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
Table 7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD/FS3 as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1/A.5.4.1
and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.

Table 7.5A.3.5-3a: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2

E-UTRA band Rx Units Channel bandwidth


Parameter 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in
Transmission
dBm -56.5 -50.5
Bandwidth
Configuration
46 PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 20 20
15+0.00 20+0.0025
FInterferer
MHz 75/-15- /
(offset)
0.0075 -20-0.0025
NOTE 1: In a band capable of uplink operation, the transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink
configuration specified in Table 7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD/FS3 as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1/A.5.4.1 and set-up according to Annex
C.3.1.

7.5A.4 Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for CA (intra-band non-


contiguous DL CA without UL CA)
7.5A.4.1 Test purpose
Same as in clause 7.5A.1.1.

7.5A.4.2 Test applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support intra-band non-contiguous DL CA
but no UL CA.

7.5A.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.5A.0.

7.5A.4.4 Test description


7.5A.4.4.1 Initial conditions
Same as in clause 7.5A.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.5A.1.4.1-1 use Tables 7.5A.4.4.1-1.

- Instead of clause 7.5A.1.4.3  use clause 7.5A.4.4.3.


Release 15 196 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5A.4.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7]
NC
subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7]
subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes ,
A: N/A (Range is not relevant)
and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical
frequencies according to Table 7.1-2
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in
Refer to test point
subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration.
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
use the content of Table 7.3A.4.4.1-1

7.5A.4.4.2 Test procedure


1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.5A.4.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables
7.5A.4.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Tables 7.5A.4.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback
data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCC to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.4.5-2 (Case 1). Send
Uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE
output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in Table 7.5A.1.5-2 (Case 1) for carrier frequency f ≤
3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the
duration of the Throughput measurement.

7. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.4.5-2 (Case 1) and frequency below the
wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

8. Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G.2A.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 7.

10. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCC to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.4.5-3 (Case 2). Send
Uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE
output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in Table 7.5A.4.5-3 (Case 2) for carrier frequency f ≤
3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the
duration of the Throughput measurement.

11. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.4.5-3 (Case 2) and frequency below the
wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

12. Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G.2A.

13. Repeat steps from 10 to 12, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 2 at step 11.

7.5A.4.4.3 Message contents


The message contents are the same as in clause 7.5.4.3.
Release 15 197 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.5A.4.5 Test requirement


The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annex A.3.2 under the conditions specified in table 7.5A.4.5-2, and also under the conditions specified in
table 7.5A.4.5-3.

Table 7.5A.4.5-1: Adjacent channel selectivity

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
ACS dB 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 30 27

Table 7.5A.4.5-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Pw in dBm
Transmission
Bandwidth REFSENS + 14 dB
Configuration,
per CC
dBm REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS
PInterferer +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +42.5dB +39.5dB
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025/ 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.002
-1.4-0.0025 / / / / 5
-3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5- -10-0.0125 /
0.0075 -12.5-
0.0025
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.

Table 7.5A.4.5-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Pw in
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -53.5 -50.5
Configuration,
per CC
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.002
/ / / / / 5
-1.4- -3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5- -10-0.0125 /
0.0025 0.0075 -12.5-
0.0025
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1

7.5A.5 Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for 3DL CA


7.5A.5.1 Test purpose
Adjacent channel selectivity for CA test verifies the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a
specified reference measurement channel, in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from
the centre frequency of the assigned channel, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.
Release 15 198 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when other e-
NodeB transmitters exist in the adjacent channel.

7.5A.5.2 Test applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE and forward that support 3DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2a.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support 3DL CA involving Band 46.

7.5A.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements


The Minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.5A.0.

7.5A.5.4 Test description


7.5A.5.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA CA configurations specified in tables of 5.4.2A.1 as applicable. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in tables 7.5A.5.4.1-1 to 7.5A.5.4.1-2. The details
of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively.
The details of the OCNG patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before
measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Release 15 199 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5A.5.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table


Release 15 200 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For
bandwidth classes. mapping within Band refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA
Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. Refer to “PCC NRB” and “SCCs NRB” columns
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2
Band Range NRB Band Range NRB Band Range NRB
ID
UL ULalloc UL UL DL
DL MOD DLalloc DL MOD ULalloc DLalloc ULalloc DLalloc
MOD (Note 2,3) MOD MOD MOD
Default Test Settings for a CA_XD Configuration (Intra-band contiguous)
X Mid/CC1 All RBs X Mid/CC2 All RBs X Mid/CC3 All RBs
1 REFSENS Lowest N/A Lowest N/A Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
X Mid/CC1 All RBs X Mid/CC2 All RBs X Mid/CC3 All RBs
2 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for a CA_XA-YA-ZA Configuration (Inter-band)
X Mid All RBs Y Mid All RBs Z Mid All RBs
1 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB
Y Mid All RBs X Mid All RBs Z Mid All RBs
2 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB
Z Mid All RBs X Mid All RBs Y Mid All RBs
3 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB
Test Settings for CA_1A-18A-28A Configuration
1 Low All RBs 18 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
1 50@0 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50
1 Low All RBs 18 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
2 75@0 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50
1 Low All RBs 18 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
3 100@0 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50
1 Low All RBs 18 Mid All RBs 28 High All RBs
4 100@0 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50
18 Low All RBs 1 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
5 25@25 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50
18 Low All RBs 1 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
6 25@25 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50
18 Low All RBs 1 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
7 25@25 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50
18 Mid All RBs 1 Low All RBs 28 High All RBs
8 25@50 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 25
18 Mid All RBs 1 Low All RBs 28 High All RBs
9 25@50 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50
28 High All RBs 1 Low All RBs 18 Mid All RBs
10 25@0 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75
28 Mid All RBs 1 Low All RBs 18 Low All RBs
11 25@25 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50
28 High All RBs 1 High All RBs 18 Mid All RBs
12 25@25 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75
Default Test Settings for CA_XB-YA and CA_XC-YA Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
X Mid/CC1 All RBs X Mid/CC2 All RBs Y Mid All RBs
1 REFSENS Lowest N/A Lowest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
2 X Mid/CC1 REFSENS All RBs X Mid/CC2 N/A All RBs Y Mid N/A All RBs
Release 15 201 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Highest Highest Highest


QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
Y Mid All RBs X Mid/CC1 All RBs X Mid/CC2 All RBs
3 REFSENS Highest N/A Lowest N/A Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg
Y Mid All RBs X Mid/CC1 All RBs X Mid/CC2 All RBs
4 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-YB and CA_XA-YC Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Y Mid/CC1 All RBs Y Mid/CC2 All RBs X Mid All RBs
1 REFSENS Lowest N/A Lowest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
Y Mid/CC1 All RBs Y Mid/CC2 All RBs X Mid All RBs
2 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
X Mid All RBs Y Mid/CC1 All RBs Y Mid/CC2 All RBs
3 REFSENS Highest N/A Lowest N/A Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg
X Mid All RBs Y Mid/CC1 All RBs Y Mid/CC2 All RBs
4 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, The applicable aggregated
channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.
Note 2: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, otherwise use Default Test Settings test points.
Note 3: Inter-band & Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an
individual band within the CA Configuration, test points with that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 4: Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41D, X=41
Note 5: Inter-band: X,Y,Z correspond to the 1st, 2nd and 3rd band in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_1A-3A-19A, X=1, Y=3, Z=19
Note 6: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_1C-3A, X=1 and
Y=3
Note 7: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table
7.3.5-2.
Note 8: Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg , choose for
testing the Combination with maximum NRB_PCC and then select maximum NRB_SCC1 for the chosen NRB_PCC.
Note 9: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg ,
choose the Combination with NRB_PCC = NRB_SCC1 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with
maximum NRB_PCC for testing.
Note 10: The orders and numbering of SCCs in this table does not imply any order in test implementation of SCCs.
Note 11: ID/test points that result in no refsens requirement shall be skipped.
Release 15 202 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5A.5.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table Wgap


Release 15 203 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns.
bandwidth classes. For mapping within Band refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for Highest NRB
the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2
Band Range NRB Band Range NRB Band Range NRB
I Wgap Wgap
D ULalloc [MHz] [MHz]
UL DL DL UL DL UL DL UL DL UL DL
(Note
MOD MOD alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc
2,3,4)
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
All
X CC2 All RBs X CC1 Y Mid All RBs
1 REFSENS Max N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
All
Y Mid All RBs X CC2 X CC1 All RBs
2 REFSENS - N/A RBs Max N/A
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-YA-YA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
All
Y CC2 All RBs Y CC1 X Mid All RBs
1 REFSENS Max N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
All
X Mid All RBs Y CC2 Y CC1 All RBs
2 REFSENS - N/A RBs Max N/A
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
Test Settings for CA_29A-66A-66A Configuration (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
All
66 CC1 All RBs 66 CC2 29 Mid All RBs
1 100@0 50 N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50
Test Settings for a CA_41C-41A Configuration (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
All
41 CC3 All RBs 41 CC2 41 CC1 All RBs
1 100@0 134.2 N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100
Test Settings for a CA_41A-41C Configuration (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
All
41 CC3 All RBs 41 CC2 41 CC1 All RBs
2 100@0 - N/A RBs 134.2 N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100
Group Test Settings for CA_66A-66A-XA or CA_XA-66A-66A Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
All
66 CC1 All RBs 66 CC2 X Mid All RBs
RBs
1 100@0 50 N/A - N/A
Highest
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK
NRB
All
X Mid All RBs 66 CC1 66 CC2 All RBs
RBs
2 REFSENS - N/A 50 N/A
Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100
NRB
Test Settings for a CA_66A-66C Configuration (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
All
66 CC1 All RBs 66 CC2 66 CC3 All RBs
1 100@0 30.2 N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table. Otherwise
use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table. Otherwise use Default Test Settings test
points.
Note 3: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the
table, otherwise use Default Test Settings test points.
Note 4: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA Configuration,
test points with that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 5: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: X and Y correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for
CA_2A-2A-5A,X=2,Y=5
Note 6: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for
Release 15 204 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

CA_41C-41A,X=41.
Note 7: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink
RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 8: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single
carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 9: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC
Combinations with the same NRB_agg , choose the Combination with NRB_CC1 = NRB_CC2 for testing. If no such combination is
supported, choose Combination with maximum NRB_CC1 for testing.
Note 10: The orders and numbering of SCCs in this table does not imply any order in test implementation of SCCs.
Note 11: ID/test points that result in no refsens requirement shall be skipped.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.58 if the UE
supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.1

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Tables 7.5A.5.4.1-1 to 7.5A.5.4.1-2.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.5A.5.4.3.

7.5A.5.4.2 Test procedure


1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.5A.5.4.3

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer to TS 36.321 [13] clauses 5.13 and 6.1.3.8). Wait
for at least 2 seconds (Refer to TS 36.133 [4], clause 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables
7.5A.5.4.1-1 to 7.5A.5.4.1-5 as appropriate on PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the
DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Tables 7.5A.5.4.1-1 to 7.5A.5.4.1-2 as appropriate on PCC. Since the UE has
no payload and no loopback data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCCs to the value defined for Case 1 in Table 7.5A.5.4.2-1according
to the type of CA. Send Uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be
used), to ensure that the PCC output power is within +0dB, -3.4 dB of the target level for carrier frequency f ≤
3.0GHzor within +0dB, -4 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the
duration of the Throughput measurement.

7. Set the Interferer signal level to the value defined for Case 1 in Table 7.5A.5.4.2-1, according to the type of CA,
with frequency below the measured carrier(s) according to table 7.5A.5.4.2-1, using a modulated interferer
bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document. The interferer frequencies are adjusted in analogy
with table 7.5A.1.4.2-1.

8. Measure the average throughput for the carrier(s) indicated in table 7.5A.5.4.2-1 for a duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2A.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the measured carrier(s) according to table 7.5A.5.4.2-
1.

10. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCCs to the value defined for Case 2 in Table 7.5A.5.4.2-1, according
to the type of CA. Send Uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be
used), to ensure that the PCC output power is within +0dB, -3.4 dB of the target level for carrier frequency f ≤
3.0GHz,
Release 15 205 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

or within +0dB, -4 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of
the Throughput measurement.

11. Set the Interferer signal level to the value defined for Case 2 in Table 7.5A.5.4.2-1, according to the type of CA,
with frequency below the measured carrier(s) according to table 7.5A.5.4.2-1, using a modulated interferer
bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document. The interferer frequencies are adjusted in analogy
with table 7.5A.1.4.2-1.

12. Measure the average throughput for the carrier(s) indicated in table 7.5A.5.4.2-1 for a duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2A.

13. Repeat steps from 10 to 12, using an interfering signal above the measured carrier(s) according to table
7.5A.5.4.2-1.

14. Repeat steps 6 to 13 for component carriers listed in Table 7.5A.5.4.2-1.

Table 7.5A.5.4.2-1: Test repetition and measurement configuration

ID Throughput Table with


(Note 1) measured test
CA configuration on parameters
(Note 3) to select
(Note 2)
1 PCC,
SCC1, 7.5A.5.5-2
Intra-band contiguous
2 SCC2 7.5A.5.5-3
SCC1
1
SCC2 7.5A.5.5-0e
SCC1 7.5A.5.5-0f
Inter-band 2
SCC2 7.5A.5.5-5
SCC1 7.5A.5.5-6
3
SCC2
1 7.5A.5.5-0e
7.5A.5.5-0f
SCC2
2 7.5A.5.5-5
Intra-band contiguous + Inter- 7.5A.5.5-6
band 3 SCC1, 7.5A.5.5-0b
SCC2 7.5A.5.5-0c
4 7.5A.5.5-2
7.5A.5.5-3
1 SCC2 7.5A.5.5-0e
Intra-band non-contiguous + SCC1 7.5A.5.5-0f
Inter-band 2 SCC2 7.5A.5.5-5
7.5A.5.5-6
7.5A.5.5-5
PCC
7.5A.5.5-6
1 7.5A.5.5-0b
SCC1, 7.5A.5.5-0c
SCC2 7.5A.5.5-2
Intra-band non-contiguous + 7.5A.5.5-3
Intra-band contiguous 7.5A.5.5-0b
7.5A.5.5-0c
PCC, SCC1
7.5A.5.5-2
2
7.5A.5.5-3
7.5A.5.5-5
SCC2
7.5A.5.5-6
Note 1: Test point ID for the particular CA configuration as defined in
section 7.5A.5.4.1.
Note 2: The reference for the placement of the interferer signals is the
centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer among the
carriers throughput is measured on.
Note 3: Where there are multiple rows for a single Test point ID, the test
is repeated for each row.
Release 15 206 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.5A.5.4.3 Message contents


The message contents are the same as in clause 7.5.4.3 for without UL CA.

The message contents are the same as in clause 7.5A.1.4.3 for UL CA.

7.5A.5.5 Test requirement


The throughput measurement of each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the
reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables below, according to the
type of CA.

The test requirements do not apply when the interfering signal overlaps with the channel bandwidth of any downlink
CC.

Table 7.5A.5.5-0a: Adjacent channel selectivity for 3DL CA (band 46)

E-UTRA band Rx Units CA Bandwidth Class


Parameter B C D E F

46 ACS dB 24 22.2

Table 7.5A.5.5-0b: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for 3DL CA (band 46), Case 1

E-UTRA Band Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in Transmission
REFSENS REFSENS
Bandwidth
+ 14 dB + 14 dB
Configuration, per CC
dBm Aggregate Aggregate
PInterferer d power + d power +
46
22.5 dB 20.7 dB
BWInterferer MHz 20 20
MHz 10 + Foffset 10 + Foffset
FInterferer (offset) / /
-10 - Foffset -10 - Foffset
NOTE 1*: In a band capable of uplink operation, the transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L,c or PCMAX_L as defined in
subclause 6.2.5A.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD/FS3 as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1/A.5.3.1 and set-up according to Annex
C.3.1.
NOTE 3: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer and the
centre frequency of the adjacent channel interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.

Table 7.5A.5.5-0c: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for 3DL CA (band46), Case 2

E-UTRA band Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in Transmission -47.5 -45.7
Bandwidth Configuration, dBm +10log10(NRB, +10log10(N
per CC c/NRB agg) RB,c/NRB agg)
PInterferer dBm -25
46
BWInterferer MHz 20 20
FInterferer (offset) MHz 10 + Foffset 10 + Foffset
/ /
-10 - Foffset -10 - Foffset
Release 15 207 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

NOTE 1: In a band capable of uplink operation, the transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L,c or PCMAX_L as defined in
subclause 6.2.5A.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex 3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD/FS3 as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1/A.5.3.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.
NOTE 3: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer and the
centre frequency of the adjacent channel interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.

Table 7.5A.5.5-0d: Adjacent channel selectivity for 3DL CA (band 46)

E-UTRA band Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
46 ACS dB 33 27

Table 7.5A.5.5-0e: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for 3DL CA
(band 46), Case 1

E-UTRA Band Rx Unit Channel bandwidth


Parameter s 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in dBm
Transmission
REFSENS + 14 dB
Bandwidth
Configuration
46 dBm REFSENS REFSENS
PInterferer +45.5dB +39.5dB
BWInterferer MHz 20 20
FInterferer 15+0.0075 20+0.0025
MHz
(offset) /-15-0.0075 /-20-0.0025
NOTE 1: In a band capable of uplink operation, the transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum
uplink configuration specified in Table 7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD/FS3 as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1/A.5.3.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.

Table 7.5A.5.5-0f: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for 3DL CA
(band 46), Case 2

E-UTRA band Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in
Transmission
dBm -56.5 -50.5
Bandwidth
Configuration
46
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 20 20
15+0.0075 20+0.0025
FInterferer (offset) MHz
/-15-0.0075 /-20-0.0025
NOTE 1: In a band capable of uplink operation, the transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink
configuration specified in Table 7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD/FS3 as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1/A.5.3.1 and set-up according to Annex
C.3.1.

Table 7.5A.5.5-1: Adjacent channel selectivity for 3DL CA (Intra-band contiguous)

CA Bandwidth Class
Rx Parameter Units B C D E F

ACS dB 27 24 22.2
Release 15 208 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5A.5.5-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1, 3DL CA (Intra-band
contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in Transmission
REFSENS + REFSENS + REFSENS +
Bandwidth Configuration, per
14 dB 14 dB 14 dB
CC
PInterferer dBm Aggregated Aggregated Aggregated
power + 22.5 power + 22.5 power +
dB dB 20.7 dB
BWInterferer MHz 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 2.5 + Foffset 2.5 + Foffset 2.5 + Foffset
/ / /
-2.5 - Foffset -2.5 - Foffset -2.5 - Foffset
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5 for one uplink
carrier.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to
Annex C.3.1
NOTE 3: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the
interferer and the centre frequency of the adjacent channel interferer and shall be further adjusted to
F interferer (offset) 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.

Table 7.5A.5.5-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2, 3DL CA (Intra-band
contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
-50.5 -47.5 -43.9
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth
dBm +10log10(N +10log10(NR +10log10(NR
Configuration, per CC
RB,c/ NRB agg)
B,c/NRB agg) B,c/NRB agg)
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 2.5+ Foffset 2.5+ Foffset 2.5+ Foffset
/ / /
-2.5- Foffset -2.5- Foffset -2.5- Foffset
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5 for one
uplink carrier.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex 3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to
Annex C.3.1
NOTE 3: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer
and the centre frequency of the adjacent channel interferer and shall be further adjusted to
F interferer (offset) 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.

Table 7.5A.5.5-4: Adjacent channel selectivity for 3DL CA (Inter-band), per CC

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
ACS dB 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 30 27
Release 15 209 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5A.5.5-5: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for 3DL CA (Inter-band), Case 1

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in dBm
Transmission
Bandwidth REFSENS + 14 dB
Configuration
for each CC
dBm REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS
for SCC for SCC for SCC for SCC for SCC for SCC
PInterferer +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +42.5dB +39.5dB
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.0025
/ / / / / /
-1.4-0.0025 -3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5-0.0075 -10-0.0125 -12.5-0.0025
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L.at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table 7.3.3-
2 with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex
C.3.1

Table 7.5A.5.5-6: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for 3DL CA (Inter-band), Case 2

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -53.5 -50.5
Configuration
for each CC
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz
1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.0025
/ / / / / /
-1.4-0.0025 -3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5-0.0075 -10-0.0125 -12.5-0.0025
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table
7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex 3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.

7.5A.6
7.5A.7 Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for 4DL CA
7.5A.7.1 Test purpose
Adjacent channel selectivity for CA test verifies the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a
specified reference measurement channel, in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from
the centre frequency of the assigned channel, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when other e-
NodeB transmitters exist in the adjacent channel.

7.5A.7.2 Test applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE and forward that support 4DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2b.

7.5A.7.3 Minimum conformance requirements


The Minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.5A.0.
Release 15 210 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.5A.7.4 Test description


7.5A.7.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA CA configurations specified in tables of 5.4.2A.1 as applicable. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in tables 7.5A.7.4.1-1 to 7.5A.7.4.1-2. The details
of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively.
The details of the OCNG patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before
measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
211

Table 7.5A.7.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table


Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
212
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes. For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For mapping within Band
refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration Refer to “PCC NRB” and “SCCs NRB” columns
across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2 SCC3
Band Range NRB Band Range NRB
Band Range NRB Band Range NRB
ID
UL UL UL UL
DL MOD ULalloc DLalloc DL MOD ULalloc DLalloc DL MOD ULalloc DLalloc DL MOD ULalloc DLalloc
MOD MOD MOD MOD
Default Test Settings for a CA_XE Configuration (Intra-band contiguous)
ALL ALL ALL
X Mid/CC1 ALL RBs X Mid/CC2 X Mid/CC3 X Mid/CC4
RBs RBs RBs
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
ALL ALL ALL
X Mid/CC1 ALL RBs X Mid/CC2 X Mid/CC3 X Mid/CC4
RBs RBs RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for a CA_XA-YD, YD-XA Configuration (Inter-band)
ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid/CC1 ALL RBs Y Mid/CC2 Y Mid/CC3 X Mid
RBs RBs RBs
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid/CC1 ALL RBs Y Mid/CC2 Y Mid/CC3 X Mid
RBs RBs RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Lowest Lowest Lowest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
ALL ALL ALL
X Mid ALL RBs Y Mid/CC1 Y Mid/CC2 Y Mid/CC3
RBs RBs RBs
3 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
ALL ALL ALL
X Mid ALL RBs Y Mid/CC1 Y Mid/CC2 Y Mid/CC3
RBs RBs RBs
4 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for a CA_XA-YA-ZA-RA Configuration (Inter-band)
1 X Mid REFSENS ALL RBs Y Mid N/A ALL Z Mid N/A ALL R Mid N/A ALL
RBs RBs RBs
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
213
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid ALL RBs X Mid Z Mid R Mid
RBs RBs RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid ALL RBs X Mid Y Mid R Mid
RBs RBs RBs
3 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
R Mid ALL RBs X Mid Y Mid Z Mid
RBs RBs RBs
4 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
Default Test Settings for CA_XB-YA-ZA and CA_XC-YA-ZA Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-XB-ZA and CA_YA-XC-ZA Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-ZA-XB and CA_YA-ZA-XC Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
ALL ALL ALL
X Mid/CC1 ALL RBs X Mid/CC2 Y Mid Z Mid
RBs RBs RBs
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
X Mid/CC1 ALL RBs X Mid/CC2 Y Mid Z Mid
RBs RBs RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Lowest Lowest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid ALL RBs X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 Z Mid
RBs RBs RBs
3 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid ALL RBs X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 Z Mid
RBs RBs RBs
4 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Lowest Lowest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid ALL RBs Y Mid X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2
RBs RBs RBs
5 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid ALL RBs Y Mid X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2
RBs RBs RBs
6 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
Default Test Settings for CA_XC-YC Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band(2))
1 X Mid/CC1 REFSENS ALL RBs X Mid/CC2 N/A ALL Y Mid/CC1 N/A ALL Y Mid/CC2 N/A ALL
RBs RBs RBs
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
214
Highest Highest Highest N/A QPSK Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL N/A ALL Y Mid/CC2 ALL
X Mid/CC1 ALL RBs X Mid/CC2 Y Mid/CC1
RBs RBs RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A
Lowest Lowest Lowest N/A QPSK Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL N/A ALL X Mid/CC2 ALL
Y Mid/CC1 ALL RBs Y Mid/CC2 X Mid/CC1
RBs RBs RBs
3 REFSENS N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest N/A QPSK Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL N/A ALL X Mid/CC2 ALL
Y Mid/CC1 ALL RBs Y Mid/CC2 X Mid/CC1
RBs RBs RBs
4 REFSENS N/A N/A
Lowest Lowest Lowest N/A QPSK Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Intra-band contiguous & Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, otherwise use Default Test Settings
test points.
Note 3: Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, Otherwise use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table.
Otherwise use the Default Test Settings test points.
Note 4: Inter-band & Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA
Configuration, test points with that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 5: Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41E, X=41.
Note 6: Inter-band: X,Y,Z,R correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_1A-3A-7A-8A,X=1,Y=3,Z=7,R=8.
Note 7: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y,Z correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_3C-7A-28A, X=3,Y=7 and Z=28.
Note 8: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 9: Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg, choose for testing the Combination with maximum
NRB_PCC and then select maximum NRB_SCC1 for the chosen NRB_PCC.
Note 10: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg , choose the Combination with NRB_PCC =
NRB_SCC1 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum NRB_PCC for testing.
Note 11: The orders and numbering of SCCs in this table does not imply any order in test implementation of SCCs.
Note 12: ID/test points that result in no refsens requirement shall be skipped.
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
215
Table 7.5A.7.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table with Wgap
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
216
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For mapping within Band
bandwidth classes. refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Highest NRB
Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2 SCC3
Ban Ran Ban Ran Ban Rang Ran
NRB Wgap NRB Wgap NRB Band NRB
I d ge d ge d e Wgap ge
[MHz [MHz
D UL UL [MHz] DL
DL ULall DLallo ] UL DL ULall DLall ] DL ULall DLall UL ULall DLallo
MO MO MO
MOD oc c MOD MOD oc oc MOD oc oc MOD oc c
D D D
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA-ZA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-XA-XA-ZA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-ZA-XA-XA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC2 X CC1 Y Mid Z Mid
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 Max N/A - N/A - N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X CC2 X CC1 Z Mid
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 - N/A Max N/A - N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X CC2 X CC1
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 - N/A - N/A Max N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
Default Test Settings for CA_66A-66A-YA-ZA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-66A-66A-ZA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-ZA-66A-66A Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC1 X CC2 Y Mid Z Mid
RBs RBs RBs RBs
REFS
1 Max 64- N/A - N/A - 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS NRB_ag 64- NRB_ag
NRB_agg N/A QA N/A N/A QA NRB_agg
K QAM g QAM g
M M
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X CC1 X CC2 Z Mid
RBs RBs RBs RBs
REFS
2 - 64- N/A Max N/A - 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS NRB_ag 64- NRB_ag
NRB_agg N/A QA N/A N/A QA NRB_agg
K QAM g QAM g
M M
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
217
ALL ALL - ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X CC1 X CC2
RBs RBs RBs RBs
REFS
3 - 64- N/A N/A Max 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS NRB_ag 64- NRB_ag
NRB_agg N/A QA N/A N/A QA NRB_agg
K QAM g QAM g
M M
Default Test Settings for CA_66A-66A-YC Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YC-66A-66A Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
66 CC1 66 CC2 Y Y
RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs
REFS
1 Max 64- N/A - N/A High - 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS NRB_ag 64- Highes
NRB_agg N/A QA N/A est N/A QA
K QAM g QAM t NRB
M NRB M
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL
Y Y 66 CC1 66 CC2
CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs
REFS
2 - 64- N/A - N/A Max 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS Highes Highe 64- NRB_ag
N/A QA N/A N/A QA NRB_agg
K QAM t NRB st NRB QAM g
M M
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XD/XD-XA/XC-XC Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
TBD
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA-YA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous)
ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC4 X CC3 Y CC2 Y CC1
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 Max N/A - N/A Max N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y CC4 Y CC3 X CC2 X CC1
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 Max N/A - N/A Max N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table. Otherwise use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table.
Otherwise use Default Test Settings test points.
Note 3: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA Configuration, test points with that individual band
as PCC are not applicable.
Note 4: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y,Z correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-4A-12A,X=2,Y=4,Z=12.
Note 5: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41C-41A-41A,X=41.
Note 6: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous: X,Y correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-4A-
4A,X=2,Y=4.
Note 7: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 8: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg , choose
the Combination with NRB_CC1 = NRB_CC2 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum NRB_CC1 for testing.
Note 9: The orders and numbering of SCCs in this table does not imply any order in test implementation of SCCs.
Note 10: ID/test points that result in no refsens requirement shall be skipped.
Release 15 218 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.58 if the UE
supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in at least one band within the CA
configuration.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.1

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Tables 7.5A.7.4.1-1 to 7.5A.7.4.1-2.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.5A.7.4.3.

7.5A.7.4.2 Test procedure


1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.5A.7.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer to TS 36.321 [13] clauses 5.13 and 6.1.3.8). Wait
for at least 2 seconds (Refer to TS 36.133 [4], clause 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables
7.5A.7.4.1-1 to 7.5A.7.4.1-6 as appropriate on PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the
DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Tables 7.5A.7.4.1-1 to 7.5A.7.4.1-2 as appropriate on PCC. Since the UE has
no payload and no loopback data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCCs to the value defined for Case 1 in Table 7.5A.7.5-2 or 7.5A.7.5-
5, according to the type of CA. Send Uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size
should be used), to ensure that the PCC output power is within +0dB, -3.4 dB of the target level for carrier
frequency f ≤ 3.0GHzor within +0dB, -4 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at
least the duration of the Throughput measurement.

7. Set the Interferer signal level to the value defined for Case 1 in Table 7.5A.7.5-2 or 7.5A.7.5-5, according to the
type of CA, with frequency below the measured carrier(s) according to table 7.5A.7.4.2-1, using a modulated
interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

8. Measure the average throughput for the carrier(s) indicated in table 7.5A.7.4.2-1 for a duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2A.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the measured carrier(s) according to table 7.5A.7.4.2-
1.

10. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCCs to the value defined for Case 2 in Table 7.5A.7.5-3 or 7.5A.7.5-
6, according to the type of CA. Send Uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size
should be used), to ensure that the PCC output power is within +0dB, -3.4 dB of the target level for carrier
frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz,
or within +0dB, -4 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of
the Throughput measurement.

11. Set the Interferer signal level to the value defined for Case 2 in Table 7.5A.7.5-3 or 7.5A.7.5-6, according to the
type of CA, with frequency below the measured carrier(s) according to table 7.5A.7.4.2-1, using a modulated
interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

12. Measure the average throughput for the carrier(s) indicated in table 7.5A.7.4.2-1 for a duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2A.
Release 15 219 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

13. Repeat steps from 10 to 12, using an interfering signal above the measured carrier(s) according to table
7.5A.7.4.2-1.

14. Repeat steps 6 to 13 for component carriers listed in Table 7.5A.7.4.2-1.

Table 7.5A.7.4.2-1: Test repetition and measurement configuration

ID Throughput Table with test


CA configuration (Not measured parameters to select
e 1) on (Note 3) (Note 2)
1 PCC, SCC1, 7.5A.7.5-2
Intra-band contiguous
2 SCC2,SCC3 7.5A.7.5-3
SCC1
1 SCC2
SCC3
SCC1
2 SCC2
SCC3 7.5A.7.5-5
Inter-band
SCC1 7.5A.7.5-6
3 SCC2
SCC3
SCC1
4 SCC2
SCC3
1 SCC2 7.5A.7.5-5
2 SCC3 7.5A.7.5-6
3 7.5A.7.5-2
SCC1,
7.5A.7.5-3
Intra-band contiguous + SCC2,
4 7.5A.7.5-5
Inter-band SCC3
7.5A.7.5-6
5 7.5A.7.5-5
SCC1,
7.5A.7.5-6
SCC2,
6 7.5A.7.5-2
SCC3
7.5A.7.5-3
1 7.5A.7.5-2
Intra-band contiguous + 2 SCC2 7.5A.7.5-3
Inter-band(2) 3 SCC3 7.5A.7.5-5
4 7.5A.7.5-6
SCC2, 7.5A.7.5-5
1
SCC3 7.5A.7.5-6
SCC1,
7.5A.7.5-5
Intra-band non-contiguous 2 SCC2
7.5A.7.5-6
+ Inter-band SCC3
SCC1,
7.5A.7.5-5
3 SCC2 7.5A.7.5-6
SCC3
7.5A.7.5-5
PCC
7.5A.7.5-6
7.5A.7.5-5
1 SCC1,
7.5A.7.5-6
SCC2,
7.5A.7.5-2
SCC3
Intra-band non-contiguous 7.5A.7.5-3
+ Intra-band contiguous 7.5A.7.5-2
SCC2
7.5A.7.5-3
7.5A.7.5-5
2
PCC, SCC1, 7.5A.7.5-6
SCC3 7.5A.7.5-2
7.5A.7.5-3
1 SCC2
Intra-band non-contiguous
SCC3 7.5A.7.5-5
+ Intra-band non-
SCC2 7.5A.7.5-6
contiguous 2
SCC3
Release 15 220 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Note 1: Test point ID for the particular CA configuration as defined in


section 7.5A.7.4.1.
Note 2: The reference for the placement of the interferer signals is the
centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer among the
carriers throughput is measured on.
Note 3: Where there are multiple rows for a single Test point ID, the test
is repeated for each row.

7.5A.7.4.3 Message contents


Same message contents as in clause 7.5.4.3 for without UL CA.

Same message contents as in clause 7.5A.1.4.3 for UL CA.

7.5A.7.5 Test requirement


The throughput measurement of each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the
reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables below, according to the
type of CA.

The test requirements do not apply when the interfering signal overlaps with the channel bandwidth of any downlink
CC.

Table 7.5A.7.5-1: Adjacent channel selectivity for 4DL CA (Intra-band contiguous)

CA Bandwidth Class
Rx Parameter Units B C D E F

ACS dB 27 24 22.2 21

Table 7.5A.7.5-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1, 4DL CA (Intra-band
contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in Transmission REFSENS
REFSENS + REFSENS + REFSENS +
Bandwidth Configuration, per + 14 dB
14 dB 14 dB 14 dB
CC
PInterferer dBm Aggregated Aggregated Aggregated Aggregate
power + 22.5 power + 22.5 power + d power +
dB dB 20.7 dB 19.5 dB
BWInterferer MHz 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 2.5 + Foffset 2.5 + Foffset 2.5 + Foffset 2.5 + Foffset
/ / / /
-2.5 - Foffset -2.5 - Foffset -2.5 - Foffset -2.5 - Foffset
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5 for one uplink
carrier.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to
Annex C.3.1.

NOTE 3: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the
interferer and the centre frequency of the adjacent channel interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.

Table 7.5A.7.5-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2, 4DL CA (Intra-band
contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Release 15 221 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

-50.5 -47.5 -45.7 -44.5


Pw in Transmission Bandwidth
dBm +10log10(N +10log10(NR
+10log10 +10log10(N
Configuration, per CC
RB,c/ NRB agg) B,c/NRB agg)
(NRB,c/NRB agg) RB,c/NRB agg)
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 2.5+ Foffset 2.5+ Foffset 2.5+ Foffset 2.5+ Foffset
/ / / /
-2.5- Foffset -2.5- Foffset -2.5- Foffset -2.5- Foffset
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5 for one
uplink carrier.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex 3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to
Annex C.3.1.

NOTE 3: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer
and the centre frequency of the adjacent channel interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.

Table 7.5A.7.5-4: Adjacent channel selectivity for 4DL CA (Inter-band), per CC

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
ACS dB 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 30 27

Table 7.5A.7.5-5: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for 4DL CA (Inter-band), Case 1

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in dBm
Transmission
Bandwidth REFSENS + 14 dB
Configuration
for each CC
dBm REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS
for SCC for SCC for SCC for SCC for SCC for SCC
PInterferer +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +42.5dB +39.5dB
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.0025
/ / / / / /
-1.4-0.0025 -3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5-0.0075 -10-0.0125 -12.5-0.0025
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L.at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table 7.3.3-
2 with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex
C.3.1.
NOTE 3: The REFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3.1-1 and Table 7.3.1-1a for two and four antenna ports,
respectively.

Table 7.5A.7.5-6: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for 4DL CA (Inter-band), Case 2

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Release 15 222 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Power in
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -53.5 -50.5
Configuration
for each CC
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz
1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.0025
/ / / / / /
-1.4-0.0025 -3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5-0.0075 -10-0.0125 -12.5-0.0025
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table
7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex 3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.

7.5A.8 Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for 5DL CA


7.5A.8.1 Test purpose
Adjacent channel selectivity for CA test verifies the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a
specified reference measurement channel, in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from
the centre frequency of the assigned channel, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when other e-
NodeB transmitters exist in the adjacent channel.

7.5A.8.2 Test applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE and forward that support 5DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2c.

7.5A.8.3 Minimum conformance requirements


The Minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.5A.0.

7.5A.8.4 Test description


7.5A.8.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA CA configurations specified in tables of 5.4.2A.1 as applicable. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in tables 7.5A.8.4.1-1 to 7.5A.8.4.1-2. The details
of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively.
The details of the OCNG patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before
measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
223

Table 7.5A.8.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table


Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
224
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For mapping within Band refer to “CC” columns
bandwidth classes.
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Refer to “PCC NRB” and “SCCs NRB” columns
Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2 SCC3 SCC4
Band Range NRB Band Range NRB Band Range NRB Band Range NRB Band Range NRB
ID ULalloc
UL DL DL UL DL UL DL UL UL DL UL UL DL UL DL UL DL UL DL
(Note
MOD MOD alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc MOD MOD MOD alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc
2,3,4)
Default Test Settings for a CA_XF Configuration (Intra-band contiguous)
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
X X X X X
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs CC5 RBs
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
X X X X X
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs CC5 RBs
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for a CA_XA-YA-ZA-RA-SA Configuration (Inter-band)
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
X Mid Y Mid Z Mid R Mid S Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X Mid Z Mid R Mid S Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid X Mid Y Mid R Mid S Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
R Mid X Mid Y Mid Z Mid S Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
4 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
S Mid X Mid Y Mid Z Mid R Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
5 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
225
Default Test Settings for a CA_XE-YA, YA-XE Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
X X X X Y Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs RBs
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENSE Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
X X X X Y Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs RBs
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENSE Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
Y Mid X X X X
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs
3 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENSE Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
Y Mid X X X X
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs
4 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENSE Highest Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-ZA-XB-RA and CA_YA-ZA-XC-RA Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-ZA-RA-XB and CA_YA-ZA-RA-XC Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL ALL
X X Y Mid Z Mid R Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB NRB NRB
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL ALL
X X Y Mid Z Mid R Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Lowest Lowest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB NRB NRB
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X X Z Mid R Mid
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs
3 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB NRB
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X X Z Mid R Mid
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs
4 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Lowest Lowest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB NRB
ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X X R Mid
REF RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
5 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X X R Mid
REF RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
6 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Lowest Lowest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
7 R Mid REF ALL Y Mid N/A ALL X Mid/ N/A ALL X Mid/ N/A ALL Z Mid N/A ALL
SENS RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
226
Highest Highest QPSK Highest Highest Highest
N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
R Mid Y Mid X X Z Mid
REF RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
8 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Lowest Lowest Highest
N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
Default Test Settings CA_XB-YB-ZA, CA_XB-YC-ZA, CA_XC-YB-ZA, and CA_XC-YC-ZA Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings CA_ZA-XB-YB, CA_ZA-XB-YC, CA_ZA-XC-YB, and CA_ZA-XC-YC Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
X X Y Y Z Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
X X Y Y Z Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
Y Y X X Z Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
3 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
Y Y X X Z Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
4 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
Z Mid X X Y Y
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs
5 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
Z Mid X X Y Y
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs
6 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Intra-band contiguous & Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, otherwise use Default Test Settings test points.
Note 3: Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, Otherwise use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table. Otherwise use the
Default Test Settings test points.
Note 4: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA Configuration, test points with that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 5: Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41F, X=41.
Note 6: Inter-band: X,Y,Z,R,S correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_1A-3A-7A-20A-42A,X=1,Y=3,Z=7,R=20,S=42.
Note 7: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y,Z,R correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_3C-7A-28A, X=3,Y=7 and Z=28.
Note 8: REFSENS refers to the PCC bands and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 9: Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg, choose for testing the Combination with maximum NRB_PCC and then
select maximum NRB_SCC1 for the chosen NRB_PCC.
Note 10: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg, choose the Combination with NRB_PCC = NRB_SCC1 for testing.
If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum NRB_PCC for testing.
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
227
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
228
Table 7.5A.8.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table with Wgap
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
229
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in
NC
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1
For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For mapping within
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes.
Band refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth
Highest NRB
combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2 SCC3 SCC4
Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB
ID [MH DL [MH UL DL [MH DL [MH DL
UL DL UL DL z] UL DL UL z] UL DL z] UL DL UL z] UL DL UL
allo allo allo allo allo
MOD MOD alloc alloc MOD MOD alloc MOD MOD MOD MOD alloc MOD MOD alloc
c c c c c
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA-ZA-RA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-ZA-XA-XA-RA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-ZA-RA-XA-XA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC2 X CC1 Y Mid Z Mid R Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 Max N/A - N/A - N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X CC2 X CC1 Z Mid R Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 - N/A Max N/A - N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X CC2 X CC1 R Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 - N/A - N/A Max N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
R Mid Z Mid Y Mid X CC2 X CC1
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
4 - N/A - N/A - N/A Max N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg

Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YD Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y CC3 Y CC2 Y CC1 X CC2 X CC1
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 - N/A - N/A - N/A Max N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC2 X CC1 Y CC3 Y CC2 Y CC1
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 Max N/A - N/A - N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK QPSK QPSK
g gg gg gg gg

Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA-ZA-ZA Configurations Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z CC2 Z CC1 X CC2 X CC1 Y Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 Max N/A - N/A Max N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
230
ALL ALL CC2 ALL ALL ALL
X CC2 X CC1 Z Z CC1 Y Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 Max N/A - N/A Max N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X CC2 X CC1 Z CC2 Z CC1
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 - N/A Max N/A - N/A Max N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg

Default Test Settings for CA_66A-66A-YA-ZC Configurations Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous
Mid/C ALL Mid/C ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Z 66 CC1 66 CC2 Y Mid
C1 RBs C2 RBs RBs RBs RBs
REF
1 High - N/A Hig - N/A Max N/A - N/A Hig
SENS NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK est N/A QPSK hest N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK hest
gg gg
NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL Mid/C ALL Mid/C ALL ALL
66 CC1 66 CC2 Z Z Y Mid
RBs RBs C1 RBs C2 RBs RBs
REF
2 Max N/A - N/A Hig - N/A Hig - N/A Hig
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a
QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK hest N/A QPSK hest N/A QPSK hest
g gg
NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL Mid/C ALL Mid/C ALL
Y Mid 66 CC1 66 CC2 Z Z
RBs RBs RBs C1 RBs C2 RBs
REF
3 High - N/A Max N/A - N/A Hig - N/A Hig
SENS NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK est N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK hest N/A QPSK hest
gg gg
NRB NRB NRB
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table. Otherwise use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table. Otherwise use Default Test
Settings test points.
Note 3: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA Configuration, test points with that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 4: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y,Z,R correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-5A-12A-66A,X=2,Y=5,Z=12,R=66.
Note 5: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: X,Y corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_5A-5A-66D,X=5,Y=66.
Note 6: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous: X,Y,Z correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-5A-66A-66A,X=2,Y=5,Z=66.
Note 7: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 8: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same N RB_agg , choose the Combination with NRB_CC1 =
NRB_CC2 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum NRB_CC1 for testing.
Release 15 231 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.58 if the UE
supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.1

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Tables 7.5A.8.4.1-1 to 7.5A.8.4.1-2.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.5A.8.4.3.

7.5A.8.4.2 Test procedure


1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.5A.8.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer to TS 36.321 [13] clauses 5.13 and 6.1.3.8). Wait
for at least 2 seconds (Refer to TS 36.133 [4], clause 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables
7.5A.8.4.1-1 to 7.5A.8.4.1-6 as appropriate on PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the
DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Tables 7.5A.8.4.1-1 to 7.5A.8.4.1-2 as appropriate on PCC. Since the UE has
no payload and no loopback data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCCs to the value defined for Case 1 in Table 7.5A.8.5-2 or 7.5A.8.5-
5, according to the type of CA. Send Uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size
should be used), to ensure that the PCC output power is within +0dB, -3.4 dB of the target level for carrier
frequency f ≤ 3.0GHzor within +0dB, -4 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at
least the duration of the Throughput measurement.

7. Set the Interferer signal level to the value defined for Case 1 in Table 7.5A.8.5-2 or 7.5A.8.5-5, according to the
type of CA, with frequency below the measured carrier(s) according to table 7.5A.8.4.2-1, using a modulated
interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

8. Measure the average throughput for the carrier(s) indicated in table 7.5A.8.4.2-1 for a duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2A.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the measured carrier(s) according to table 7.5A.8.4.2-
1.

10. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCCs to the value defined for Case 2 in Table 7.5A.8.5-3 or 7.5A.8.5-
6, according to the type of CA. Send Uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size
should be used), to ensure that the PCC output power is within +0dB, -3.4 dB of the target level for carrier
frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz,
or within +0dB, -4 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of
the Throughput measurement.

11. Set the Interferer signal level to the value defined for Case 2 in Table 7.5A.8.5-3 or 7.5A.8.5-6, according to the
type of CA, with frequency below the measured carrier(s) according to table 7.5A.8.4.2-1, using a modulated
interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

12. Measure the average throughput for the carrier(s) indicated in table 7.5A.8.4.2-1 for a duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2A.

13. Repeat steps from 10 to 12, using an interfering signal above the measured carrier(s) according to table
7.5A.8.4.2-1.
Release 15 232 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

14. Repeat steps 6 to 13 for component carriers listed in Table 7.5A.8.4.2-1.


Release 15 233 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5A.8.4.2-1: Test repetition and measurement configuration


Release 15 234 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

ID Throughput Table with


(Note 1) measured on test
CA configuration (Note 3) parameters
to select
(Note 2)
1 PCC, SCC1, 7.5A.8.5-2
Intra-band contiguous
2 SCC2,SCC3,SCC4 7.5A.8.5-3
SCC1
SCC2
1
SCC3
SCC4
SCC1
SCC2
2
SCC3
SCC4
SCC1
SCC2 7.5A.8.5-5
Inter-band 3
SCC3 7.5A.8.5-6
SCC4
SCC1
SCC2
4
SCC3
SCC4
SCC1
SCC2
5
SCC3
SCC4
1 7.5A.8.5-5
SCC4
2 7.5A.8.5-6
Intra-band contiguous + 3 7.5A.8.5-2
Inter-band SCC1, SCC2, 7.5A.8.5-3
4 SCC3, SCC4 7.5A.8.5-5
7.5A.8.5-6
1 SCC2 7.5A.8.5-5
SCC3 7.5A.8.5-6
2
SCC4
3 SCC1, SCC2, 7.5A.8.5-2
SCC3,SCC4 7.5A.8.5-3
4 7.5A.8.5-5
7.5A.8.5-6
Intra-band contiguous +
5 SCC1, SCC2, 7.5A.8.5-2
Inter-band
SCC3,SCC4 7.5A.8.5-3
6 7.5A.8.5-5
7.5A.8.5-6
SCC1, SCC2, 7.5A.8.5-2
7
SCC3,SCC4 7.5A.8.5-3
7.5A.8.5-5
8
7.5A.8.5-6
1 7.5A.8.5-2
2 SCC2, SCC3, 7.5A.8.5-3
3 SCC4 7.5A.8.5-5
Intra-band contiguous +
4 7.5A.8.5-6
Intra-band contiguous +
Inter-band 5 7.5A.8.5-2
SCC1, SCC2, 7.5A.8.5-3
6 SCC3, SCC4 7.5A.8.5-5
7.5A.8.5-6
SCC1, SCC2, 7.5A.8.5-5
1
SCC3, SCC4 7.5A.8.5-6
SCC1, SCC2, 7.5A.8.5-5
2
Intra-band non- SCC3, SCC4 7.5A.8.5-6
contiguous + Inter-band SCC1, SCC2, 7.5A.8.5-5
3
SCC3, SCC4 7.5A.8.5-6
SCC1, SCC2, 7.5A.8.5-5
4
SCC3, SCC4 7.5A.8.5-6
Intra-band non- 1 PCC, SCC1, SCC2 7.5A.8.5-2
7.5A.8.5-3
Release 15 235 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.5A.8.5-5
SCC3, SCC4
contiguous + Intra-band 7.5A.8.5-6
contiguous SCC1, SCC2, 7.5A.8.5-5
2
SCC3, SCC4 7.5A.8.5-6
Intra-band non- 1
SCC1, SCC2, 7.5A.8.5-5
contiguous + Intra-band 2
SCC3, SCC4 7.5A.8.5-6
non-contiguous 3
Note 1: Test point ID for the particular CA configuration as defined in
section 7.5A.8.4.1.
Note 2: The reference for the placement of the interferer signals is the
centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer among the
carriers throughput is measured on.
Note 3: Where there are multiple rows for a single Test point ID, the test
is repeated for each row.

7.5A.8.4.3 Message contents


Same message contents as in clause 7.5.4.3 for without UL CA.

Same message contents as in clause 7.5A.1.4.3 for UL CA.

7.5A.8.5 Test requirement


The throughput measurement of each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the
reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables below, according to the
type of CA.

Table 7.5A.8.5-1: Adjacent channel selectivity for 5DL CA (Intra-band contiguous)

CA Bandwidth Class
Rx Parameter Units B C D E F

ACS dB 27 24 22.2 21 20

Table 7.5A.8.5-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1, 5DL CA (Intra-band
contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in Transmission
REFSENS + REFSENS + REFSENS + REFSENS REFSENS +
Bandwidth Configuration, per
14 dB 14 dB 14 dB + 14 dB 14 dB
CC
PInterferer dBm Aggregated Aggregated Aggregated Aggregate Aggregated
power + 22.5 power + 22.5 power + d power + power + 18.5
dB dB 20.7 dB 19.5 dB dB
BWInterferer MHz 5 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 2.5 + Foffset 2.5 + Foffset 2.5 + Foffset 2.5 + Foffset 2.5 + Foffset
/ / / / /
-2.5 - Foffset -2.5 - Foffset -2.5 - Foffset -2.5 - Foffset -2.5 - Foffset
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5 for one uplink
carrier.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to
Annex C.3.1.
NOTE 3: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the
interferer and the centre frequency of the adjacent channel interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.

Table 7.5A.8.5-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2, 5DL CA (Intra-band
contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Release 15 236 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

-50.5 -47.5 -45.7 -44.5 -43.5


Pw in Transmission Bandwidth
dBm +10log10(N +10log10(NR +10log10 +10log10(N +10log10(NRB,
Configuration, per CC
RB,c/ NRB agg) B,c/NRB agg)
(NRB,c/NRB agg) RB,c/NRB agg) c/NRB agg)
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 5 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 2.5+ Foffset 2.5+ Foffset 2.5+ Foffset 2.5+ Foffset 2.5+ Foffset
/ / / / /
-2.5- Foffset -2.5- Foffset -2.5- Foffset -2.5- Foffset -2.5- Foffset
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5 for one
uplink carrier.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex 3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to
Annex C.3.1.
NOTE 3: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer
and the centre frequency of the adjacent channel interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.

Table 7.5A.8.5-4: Adjacent channel selectivity for 5DL CA (Inter-band), per CC

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
ACS dB 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 30 27

Table 7.5A.8.5-5: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for 5DL CA (Inter-band), Case 1

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in dBm
Transmission
Bandwidth REFSENS + 14 dB
Configuration
for each CC
dBm REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS
for SCC for SCC for SCC for SCC for SCC for SCC
PInterferer +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +42.5dB +39.5dB
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.0025
/ / / / / /
-1.4-0.0025 -3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5-0.0075 -10-0.0125 -12.5-0.0025
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L.at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table 7.3.3-
2 with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex
C.3.1.
NOTE 3: The REFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3.1-1 and Table 7.3.1-1a for two and four antenna ports,
respectively.

Table 7.5A.8.5-6: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for 5DL CA (Inter-band), Case 2

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Release 15 237 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Power in
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -53.5 -50.5
Configuration
for each CC
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz
1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.0025
/ / / / / /
-1.4-0.0025 -3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5-0.0075 -10-0.0125 -12.5-0.0025
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table
7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex 3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.

7.5B Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for UL-MIMO


7.5B.1 Test purpose
Adjacent channel selectivity tests the ability of UE that support UL-MIMO to receive data with a given average
throughput for a specified reference measurement channel, in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given
frequency offset from the centre frequency of the assigned channel, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added
noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when other e-
NodeB transmitters exist in the adjacent channel.

7.5B.2 Test applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support UL-MIMO.

7.5B.3 Minimum conformance requirements


For UE(s) with two transmitter antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the minimum
requirements in Clause 7.5.3 shall be met with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B.3-2. For UL-
MIMO, the parameter PCMAX_L is defined as the total transmitter power over the two transmit antenna connectors.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.5.1B.

7.5B.4 Test description


7.5B.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.5B.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the OCNG patterns
used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex
C.2.
Release 15 238 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5B.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK Full Full QPSK 5 5
3MHz QPSK Full Full QPSK 4 4
5MHz QPSK Full Full QPSK 8 8
5MHz QPSK Full N/A QPSK 53 N/A
10MHz QPSK Full Full QPSK 12 12
15MHz QPSK Full Full QPSK 16 16
20MHz QPSK Full Full QPSK 18 18
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band. The applicable
channel bandwidths are specified in Table 7.3.3-2.
Note 2: For the DL signal one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD is used.
Note 3: Applicable only to E-UTRA FDD Bands 31 and 72. The UL resource blocks shall be
located at RBstart 10 (according to Table 7.3.3-2).

1. Connect the SS and interfering source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure A.29.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.1.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.5B.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.5B.4.3.

7.5B.4.2 Test procedure


1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.5B.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 4 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.5B.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5B.5-2 (Case 1). Send Uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within
+0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in Table 7.5B.5-2 (Case 1) for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB
of the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the Throughput
measurement.

4. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5B.5-2 (Case 1) and frequency below the wanted
signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 4.

7. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5B.5-3 (Case 2). Send Uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within
+0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in Table 7.5B.5-3 (Case 2) for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB
Release 15 239 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

of the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput
measurement.

8. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5B.5-3 (Case 2) and frequency below the wanted
signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

9. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

10. Repeat steps from 7 to 9, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 2 at step 8.

11. Repeat for applicable channel bandwidths and operating band combinations in both Case 1 and Case 2.

7.5B.4.3 Message contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exception

Table 7.5B.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-uePUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length is
used to reduce the
RSRP
measurement
variation
}

7.5B.5 Test requirement


The throughput Rav shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.3.2 under the conditions specified in table 7.5B.5-2, and also under the conditions specified in table 7.5B.5-3.

Table 7.5B.5-1: Adjacent channel selectivity

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
ACS dB 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 30 27

Table 7.5B.5-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in dBm
Transmission
REFSENS + 14 dB
Bandwidth
Configuration
dBm REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS
PInterferer +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB* +45.5dB +42.5dB +39.5dB
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.002
5
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
Table 7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.
Release 15 240 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5B.5-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in
Transmission
dBm -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -53.5 -50.5
Bandwidth
Configuration
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125
12.5+0.002
5
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
Table 7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.

7.5D Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for ProSe


7.5D.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The UE shall fulfil the minimum requirement specified in Table 7.5D.0-1 for all values of an adjacent channel interferer
up to –25 dBm. However it is not possible to directly measure the ACS, instead the lower and upper range of test
parameters are chosen in Table 7.5D.0-2 and Table 7.5D.0-3 where the throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum
throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.6.2.

Table 7.5D.0-1: Adjacent channel selectivity for ProSe

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
ACS dB 33.0 33.0 30 27

Table 7.5D.0-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for ProSe, Case 1

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in dBm
Transmission
PREFSENS_ProSe + 14 dB
Bandwidth
Configuration
dBm REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS
PInterferer +45.5dB +45.5dB +42.5dB +39.5dB
BWInterferer MHz 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset)
MHz 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.0025
/ / / /
-5-0.0025 -7.5-0.0075 -10-0.0125 -12.5-0.0025
NOTE 1: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic prefix is
used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated according to clause 5 of TS
36.211.
Release 15 241 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5D.0-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for ProSe, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in
Transmission
dBm -56.5 -56.5 -53.5 -50.5
Bandwidth
Configuration
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.0025
/ / / /
-5-0.0025 -7.5-0.0075 -10-0.0125 -12.5-0.0025
NOTE 1: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic prefix is
used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated according to clause 5 of TS
36.211.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.5.1D.

7.5D.1 Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for ProSe Direct Discovery


Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- ProSe UE authentication is not handled in the test case and is still under investigation.

- Use of OCNG for Downlink has not been considered and is still FFS.

- Message exceptions content needs further investigation (some values still TBD).

- Test time is FFS.

7.5D.1.1 Test Purpose


Adjacent channel selectivity tests the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified
reference measurement channel, in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from the
centre frequency of the assigned channel, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when other e-
NodeB transmitters exist in the adjacent channel.

7.5D.1.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward which support ProSe Direct Discovery, but not
ProSe Direct Communication.

7.5D.1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.5D.0.

7.5D.1.4 Test Description


7.5D.1.4.1 Initial Conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA ProSe bands specified in table 5.4.2D.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.5D.1.4.1-1. The details of the downlink, uplink and
sidelink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2, A.3 and A.6.
Release 15 242 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5D.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range(Note 4)
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration Sidelink Configuration
(Note 2) (Note 2) (Reception)
(Note 3)
Ch BW Mod’n RB Mod’n RB Mod’n RB
allocation allocation allocation
5MHz QPSK 8 QPSK 8 QPSK 2
10MHz QPSK 16 QPSK 16 QPSK 2
15MHz QPSK 25 QPSK 25 QPSK 2
20MHz QPSK 30 QPSK 30 QPSK 2
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA ProSe and Operating
band, according to the applicability specified respectively in Table 5.4.2D.1-1 and Table
5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: After DRX configuration, DL-RMC (PDSCH) and DCI-0 for scheduling UL-RMC (PUSCH)
are applied only in the DRX On subframes.
Note 3: The RB start for the transmission of Sidelink RMC is RB#0.
Note 4: Sidelink uses the frequencies defined for Uplink.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.70.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.1.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.5D.1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 2A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.1A. Message contents exceptions are
defined in clause 7.5D.1.4.3.

7. SS continues with the generic procedures described in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.3A.3 and 4.5.4.3 and ensures the
UE is in State 4 according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.4 and the UE test loop Mode D is activated.

7.5D.1.4.2 Test Procedure


1. SS shall transmit an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to configure DRX. Message contents exceptions
(only those marked with "…Step 1…") are defined in clause 7.5D.1.4.3.

2. The UE shall transmit RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message.

3. Initialise the variables Ptot and Pok as 0.

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.5D.1.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC
according to Table 7.5D.1.4.1-1. When the UE has no payload data to send, it transmits uplink MAC padding
bits on the UL RMC.

6. SS transmits PSDCH to transmit the SL RMC according to Table 7.5D.1.4.1-1. Set the Sidelink signal level to
the appropriate value defined in Table 7.5D.1.4.1-1 to the value as defined in Table 7.5D.1.5-2 (Case 1)

7. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5D.1.5-2 (Case 1) and frequency below the
wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.
Release 15 243 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

8. SS shall send SL Discovery Packets (MAC padding bits) on the SL RMC for the test time [FFS]. SS stores the
number of the transmitted Discovery Packets in the current test iteration in the variable Ptot.

9. SS shall send (on the available PDSCH) a "UE TEST LOOP PROSE MODE D SIDELINK DIRECT
DISCOVERY PACKET COUNTER REQUEST" message and wait for the UE to respond (on the available
PUSCH) with a "UE TEST LOOP PROSE MODE D SIDELINK DIRECT DISCOVERY PACKET COUNTER
RESPONSE".

10. SS calculates the variable Pok as (current counter value - counter value at last test iteration).

11. SS shall compute the throughput as following:

TP = Pok / Ptot * 100%

12. Repeat steps from 6 to 12, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 7.

13. SS transmits PSDCH to transmit the SL RMC according to Table 7.5D.1.4.1-1. Set the Sidelink signal level to
the appropriate value defined in Table 7.5D.1.4.1-1 to the value as defined in Table 7.5D.1.5-3 (Case 2)

14. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5D.1.5-3 (Case 2) and frequency below the
wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

15. SS shall send SL Discovery Packets (MAC padding bits) on the SL RMC for the test time [FFS]. SS stores the
number of the transmitted Discovery Packets in the current test iteration in the variable Ptot.

16. SS shall send (on the available PDSCH) a "UE TEST LOOP PROSE MODE D SIDELINK DIRECT
DISCOVERY PACKET COUNTER REQUEST" message and wait for the UE to respond (on the available
PUSCH) with a "UE TEST LOOP PROSE MODE D SIDELINK DIRECT DISCOVERY PACKET COUNTER
RESPONSE".

17. SS calculates the variable Pok as (current counter value - counter value at last test iteration).

18. SS shall compute the throughput as following:

TP = Pok / Ptot * 100%

19. Repeat steps from 13 to 18, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 2 at step 14.

7.5D.1.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses TBD with following exceptions:

- Table A.7.1.1-1 for FDD

- Table A.7.1.2-1 for TDD

Table 7.5D.1.4.3-1: ACTIVATE TEST MODE: ACS for ProSe Direct Discovery

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7A-1, condition UE TEST LOOP MODE D

Table 7.5D.1.4.3-2: CLOSE UE TEST LOOP: ACS for ProSe Direct Discovery

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7A-3, condition UE TEST LOOP MODE D


Release 15 244 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5D.1.4.3-3: MAC-MainConfig-RBC: ACS for ProSe Direct Discovery (applicable only for Step 1
of Test procedure)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.8.2.1.5, Table 4.8.2.1.5-1 MAC-MainConfig-RBC


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
MAC-MainConfig-RBC ::= SEQUENCE {
ul-SCH-Config SEQUENCE {
maxHARQ-Tx TBD
periodicBSR-Timer TBD
retxBSR-Timer sf2560
ttiBundling FALSE
}
drx-Config CHOICE {
Setup SEQUENCE {
onDurationTimer psf1
drx-InactivityTimer psf1
drx-RetransmissionTimer psf1
longDRX-CycleStartOffset CHOICE {
sf2560 0
}
shortDRX Not present
}
}
timeAlignmentTimerDedicated TBD
}

7.5D.1.5 Test Requirement


The throughput TP shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.6.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.5D.1.5-1, 7.5D.1.5-2 and 7.5D.1.5-3.

Table 7.5D.1.5-1: Adjacent channel selectivity for ProSe

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
ACS dB 33.0 33.0 30 27

Table 7.5D.1.5-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for ProSe, Case 1

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in dBm
Transmission
PREFSENS_ProSe + 14 dB
Bandwidth
Configuration
dBm REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS
PInterferer +45.5dB +45.5dB +42.5dB +39.5dB
BWInterferer MHz 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset)
MHz 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.0025
/ / / /
-5-0.0025 -7.5-0.0075 -10-0.0125 -12.5-0.0025
NOTE 1: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic prefix is
used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated according to clause 5 of
TS36.211.
Release 15 245 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5D.1.5-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for ProSe, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in
Transmission
dBm -56.5 -56.5 -53.5 -50.5
Bandwidth
Configuration
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.0025
/ / / /
-5-0.0025 -7.5-0.0075 -10-0.0125 -12.5-0.0025
NOTE 1: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic prefix is
used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated according to clause 5 of
TS36.211.

7.5D.2 Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for ProSe Direct


Communication
Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- Test procedure is TBD

- Message contents are TBD

7.5D.2.1 Test Purpose


Same test purpose as in clause 7.5D.1.

7.5D.2.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward which support ProSe Direct Communication.

7.5D.2.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.5D.0.

7.5D.2.4 Test Description


7.5D.2.4.1 Initial Conditions
TBD

7.5D.2.4.2 Test Procedure


TBD

7.5D.2.4.3 Message Contents


TBD

7.5D.2.5 Test Requirement


Same test requirement as in clause 7.5D.1.5.

7.5E Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for category 0


7.5E.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 7.5.1.
Release 15 246 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.5E.2 Test applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward of category 0.

7.5E.3 Minimum conformance requirements


Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 7.5.3

7.5E.4 Test description


7.5E.4.1 Initial conditions
Same initial conditions as in clause 7.5.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.5.4.1-1  use Table 7.5E.4.1-1.

- Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.4 using only main UE
Tx/Rx antenna.

Table 7.5E.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD and TDD FDD and TDD
HD-FDD HD-FDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6 QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 25 25
5MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
10MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 36 36
10MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
10MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
15MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 36 36
15MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
20MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 36 36
20MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on E-UTRA band, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according
to table 7.3E.3-3 is tested per Test Channel Bandwidth. The allocation shall be located
as close as possible to the downlink operating band but confined within the transmission
bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2-1).
Note 3: For the DL signal one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD is used.
Note 4: Downlink RB position shall be RBstart = 0.

7.5E.4.2 Test procedure


Same test procedure as in clause 7.5.4.2

7.5E.4.3 Message contents


Same message contents as in clause 7.5.4.3.
Release 15 247 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.5E.5 Test requirement


The throughput Rav shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.3.2 under the conditions specified in table 7.5E.5-2, and also under the conditions specified in table 7.5E.5-3.

Table 7.5E.5-1: Adjacent channel selectivity

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
ACS dB 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 30 27

Table 7.5E.5-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in dBm
Transmission
REFSENS + 14 dB
Bandwidth
Configuration
dBm REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS
PInterferer +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +42.5dB +39.5dB
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025/ 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.002
-1.4-0.0025 / / / / 5
-3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5- -10-0.0125 /
0.0075 -12.5-
0.0025
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.

Table 7.5E.5-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in
Transmission
dBm -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -53.5 -50.5
Bandwidth
Configuration
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.002
/ / / / / 5
-1.4- -3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5- -10-0.0125 /
0.0025 0.0075 -12.5-
0.0025
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.

7.5EA Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for UE category M1


7.5EA.1 Test purpose
Adjacent channel selectivity tests the ability of category M1 UE to receive data with a given average throughput for a
specified reference measurement channel, in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from
the centre frequency of the assigned channel, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when other e-
NodeB transmitters exist in the adjacent channel.
Release 15 248 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.5EA.2 Test applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of category M1.

7.5EA.3 Minimum conformance requirements


Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) is a measure of a receiver's ability to receive an E-UTRA signal at its assigned
channel frequency in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from the centre frequency of
the assigned channel. ACS is the ratio of the receive filter attenuation on the assigned channel frequency to the receive
filter attenuation on the adjacent channel(s).

The UE shall fulfil the minimum requirement specified in Table 7.5EA.3-1 for all values of an adjacent channel
interferer up to –25 dBm. However it is not possible to directly measure the ACS, instead the lower and upper range of
test parameters are chosen in Table 7.5EA.3-2 and Table 7.5EA.3-3 where the throughput Rav shall be ≥ 95% of the
maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1). For operating
bands with an unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements only apply for carriers assigned in the paired
part.

Table 7.5EA.3-1: Adjacent channel selectivity

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
ACS dB 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 30 27

Table 7.5EA.3-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1

Rx Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Parameter

Power in dBm
Transmission
REFSENS + 14 dB
Bandwidth
Configuration
dBm REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS
PInterferer +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +42.5dB +39.5dB
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.002
/ / / / / 5
-1.4-0.0025 -3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5- -10-0.0125 /
0.0075 -12.5-
0.0025
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
Table 7.3EA-3 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5EA.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.
Note 3: For DL category M1 UE, the reference sensitivity for category M1 in table 7.3EA-1 and 7.3EA-2
should be used as REFSENS for the power in Transmission Bandwidth Configuration and PInterferer.
Note 4: For DL category M1 UE, the parameters for the applicable channel bandwidth apply.

Table 7.5EA.3-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Release 15 249 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Power in
Transmission
dBm -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -53.5 -50.5
Bandwidth
Configuration
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.002
/ / / / / 5
-1.4- -3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5- -10-0.0125 /
0.0025 0.0075 -12.5-
0.0025
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
Table 7.3EA-3 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5EA.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.5.1.

7.5EA.4 Test description


7.5EA.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA operating bands defined for CAT M1 in clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable
test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.5EA.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink
reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the OCNG
patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in
Annex C.2.

Table 7.5EA.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table RX test cases UE Cat-M1

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] clause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in 1.4, 3MHz, 5MHz
TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD and TDD FDD and TDD
HD-FDD HD-FDD
1.4MHz QPSK 4 4 QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 4 4 QPSK 6 6
5MHz QPSK 4 4 QPSK 6 6
Note 1: Downlink RB position shall be RBstart = 0 within the narrowband.
Note 2: Use narrowband index (TS36.211, 5.2.4) 0 when interferer is below carrier, and max
narrowband index when interferer is above carrier.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.4 using only main UE
Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.1.
Release 15 250 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.5EA.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined
in clause 7.5EA.4.3.

7.5EA.4.2 Test procedure


1. SS transmits PDSCH via M-PDCCH DCI format 6-1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.5EA.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via M-PDCCH DCI format 6-0A for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.5EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send,
the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5EA.5-2 (Case 1). Send Uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within
+0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in Table 7.5EA.5-2 (Case 1) for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0
dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the Throughput
measurement.

4. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5EA.5-2 (Case 1) and frequency below the
wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 4.

7. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5EA.5-3 (Case 2). Send Uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within
+0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in Table 7.5EA.5-3 (Case 2) for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0
dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the Throughput
measurement.

8. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5EA.5-3 (Case 2) and frequency below the
wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

9. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

10. Repeat steps from 7 to 9, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 2 at step 8.

11. Repeat for applicable channel bandwidths and operating band combinations in both Case 1 and Case 2.

7.5EA.4.3 Message contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exception:
Release 15 251 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5EA.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-uePUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}

7.5EA.5 Test requirement


The throughput Rav shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 with parameters specified in table 7.5EA.5-2, and also under the conditions specified in
table 7.5EA.5-3.

Table 7.5EA.5-1: Adjacent channel selectivity

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz
ACS dB 33.0 33.0 33.0

Table 7.5EA.5-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz
Power in Transmission dBm
REFSENS + 14 dB
Bandwidth Configuration
PInterferer dBm REFSENS +45.5dB REFSENS +45.5dB REFSENS +45.5dB
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025/ 3+0.0075 5+0.0025
-1.4-0.0025 / /
-3-0.0075 -5-0.0025
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table 7.3EA-
3 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5EA.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex
C.3.1.
Note 3: For DL category M1 UE, the reference sensitivity for category M1 in table 7.3EA-1 and 7.3EA-2 should be
used as REFSENS for the power in Transmission Bandwidth Configuration and PInterferer.
Note 4: For DL category M1 UE, the parameters for the applicable channel bandwidth apply.

Table 7.5EA.5-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz
Release 15 252 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Power in Transmission
dBm -56.5 -56.5 -56.5
Bandwidth Configuration
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025/ 3+0.0075 5+0.0025
-1.4-0.0025 / /
-3-0.0075 -5-0.0025
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5EA.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex
C.3.1.

7.5EB Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for UE Category 1bis


Editor’s note

- Test case incomplete with Annex F.3.3 needing update. TT shall be same as legacy test case.

7.5EB.1 Test purpose


Same test purpose as in clause 7.5.1.

7.5EB.2 Test applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of category 1bis.

7.5EB.3 Minimum conformance requirements


Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 7.5.3

7.5EB.4 Test description


7.5EB.4.1 Initial conditions
Same initial conditions as in clause 7.5.4.1 with the following exceptions:

Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.4 using only main UE
Tx/Rx antenna.

7.5EB.4.2 Test procedure


Same test procedure as in clause 7.5.4.2

7.5EB.4.3 Message contents


Same message contents as in clause 7.5.4.3.

7.5EB.5 Test requirement


The throughput Rav shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.3.2 under the conditions specified in table 7.5EB.5-2, and also under the conditions specified in table 7.5EB.5-
3.

Table 7.5EB.5-1: Adjacent channel selectivity

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
ACS dB 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 30 27
Release 15 253 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5EB.5-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in dBm
Transmission
REFSENS + 14 dB
Bandwidth
Configuration
dBm REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS
PInterferer +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +42.5dB +39.5dB
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025/ 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.002
-1.4-0.0025 / / / / 5
-3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5- -10-0.0125 /
0.0075 -12.5-
0.0025
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.
Note 3: The REFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3EB.3-1 for main antenna port.

Table 7.5EB.5-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in
Transmission
dBm -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -53.5 -50.5
Bandwidth
Configuration
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.002
/ / / / / 5
-1.4- -3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5- -10-0.0125 /
0.0025 0.0075 -12.5-
0.0025
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.

7.5EC Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for UE category M2


Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- Downlink RB allocation is TBD

- The test applicability needs to be added to TS36.521-2

7.5EC.1 Test purpose


Adjacent channel selectivity tests the ability of category M2 UE to receive data with a given average throughput for a
specified reference measurement channel, in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from
the centre frequency of the assigned channel, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when other e-
NodeB transmitters exist in the adjacent channel.

7.5EC.2 Test applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward of category M2.
Release 15 254 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.5EC.3 Minimum conformance requirements


Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) is a measure of a receiver's ability to receive a E-UTRA signal at its assigned
channel frequency in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from the centre frequency of
the assigned channel. ACS is the ratio of the receive filter attenuation on the assigned channel frequency to the receive
filter attenuation on the adjacent channel(s).

The UE shall fulfil the minimum requirement specified in Table 7.5EC.3-1 for all values of an adjacent channel
interferer up to –25 dBm. However it is not possible to directly measure the ACS, instead the lower and upper range of
test parameters are chosen in Table 7.5EC.3-2 and Table 7.5EC.3-3 where the throughput Rav shall be ≥ 95% of the
maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1). For operating
bands with an unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements only apply for carriers assigned in the paired
part.

Table 7.5EC.3-1: Adjacent channel selectivity

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
ACS dB 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 30 27

Table 7.5EC.3-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1

Rx Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Parameter

Power in dBm
Transmission
REFSENS + 14 dB
Bandwidth
Configuration
dBm REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS
PInterferer +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB +42.5dB +39.5dB
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.002
/ / / / / 5
-1.4-0.0025 -3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5- -10-0.0125 /
0.0075 -12.5-
0.0025
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
Table 7.3EA-3 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5EA.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.
Note 3: For DL category M1 and M2 UE, the reference sensitivity for category M1 in table 7.3EA-1 and
7.3EA-2 and category M2 in Table 7.3EC-1 should be used as REFSENS for the power in
Transmission Bandwidth Configuration and PInterferer.
Note 4: For DL category M1 and M2 UE, the parameters for the applicable channel bandwidth apply.

Table 7.5EC.3-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Release 15 255 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Power in
Transmission
dBm -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -53.5 -50.5
Bandwidth
Configuration
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.002
/ / / / / 5
-1.4- -3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5- -10-0.0125 /
0.0025 0.0075 -12.5-
0.0025
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
Table 7.3EA-3 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5EA.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.5.1.

7.5EC.4 Test description


7.5EC.4.1 Initial conditions
Same as in clause 7.5EA.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.5EA.4.1-1  use Table 7.5EC.4.1-1

- Instead of CAT M1  use CAT M2

Table 7.5EC.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table RX test cases UE Cat-M2

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] clause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in 1.4, 3MHz, 5MHz
TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD and TDD FDD and TDD
HD-FDD HD-FDD
1.4MHz QPSK TBD TBD QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK TBD TBD QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK TBD TBD QPSK 24 24
Note 1: Downlink RB position shall be RBstart = 0 within the narrowband.
Note 2: Use narrowband index (TS36.211, 5.2.4) 0 when interferer is below carrier, and max
narrowband index when interferer is above carrier.

7.5EC.4.2 Test procedure


Same as in clause 7.5EA.4.2 with the following exceptions:

Instead of Table 7.5EA.4.1-1  use Table 7.5EC.4.1-1

7.5EC.4.3 Message contents


Same as in clause 7.5EA.4.3.

7.5EC.5 Test requirement


Same as in clause 7.5EA.5.
Release 15 256 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.5F Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for category NB1


7.5F.1 Test purpose
Adjacent channel selectivity tests the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified
reference measurement channel, in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from the
centre frequency of the assigned channel, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when other e-
NodeB transmitters exist in the adjacent channel.

7.5F.2 Test applicability


This test case applies to all types of UE release 13 and forward of category NB1 UE.

7.5F.3 Minimum conformance requirements


Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) is a measure of a receiver's ability to receive a signal at its assigned channel
frequency in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from the centre frequency of the
assigned channel. ACS is the ratio of the receive filter attenuation on the assigned channel frequency to the receive filter
attenuation on the adjacent channel(s).

Category NB1 UE shall fulfil the minimum requirement specified in Table 7.5F.3-1 for all values of an adjacent channel
interferer up to –25 dBm. However it is not possible to directly measure the ACS, instead the lower and upper range of
test parameters are chosen in Table 7.5F.3-1 where the throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the
reference measurement channel as specified in Annex A.3.2.

Table 7.5F.3-1: Adjacent channel selectivity parameters for category NB1 UE

ACS1 test Parameters


Interferer GSM (GMSK) E-UTRA
Category NB1 signal power
REFSENS + 14 dB
(Pwanted ) / dBm
interferer signal power
REFSENS + 42 dB REFSENS + 47 dB
(PInterferer ) / dBm
Interferer bandwidth 200 kHz 5 MHz
Interferer offset from category NB1 channel edge ±200 kHz ±2.5 MHz
ACS2 test Parameters
Interferer GSM (GMSK) E-UTRA
Category NB1 signal power
-25 dBm -28 dB -25 dBm -33 dB
(Pwanted ) / dBm
interferer signal power
-25 dBm
(PInterferer ) / dBm
Interferer bandwidth 200 kHz 5 MHz
Interferer offset from category NB1 channel edge ±200 kHz ±2.5 MHz

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.5.1F.

7.5F.4 Test description


7.5F.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions and test frequencies based on the subset of E-UTRA
operating bands defined for NB-IoT in clause 5.2F. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters, and are shown in table 7.5F.4.1-1. The details of the downlink reference measurement channel (RMC) are
specified in Annex A.3. Configurations of NPDSCH and NPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Release 15 257 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5F.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] NC
clause 8.1.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] Frequency ranges defined in Annex K.1.1
clause 8.1.3.1
Configuration Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
ID
Modulation Subcarriers Modulation Ntones Subcarrier
spacing
1 QPSK 12 BPSK 1@0 15kHz

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connector as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.4 using only the main
UE Tx/Rx antenna, and noting that the interference can be either GSM or E-UTRA.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.2, and NPUSCH Format 2 is used to
carry ACK/NACK on the uplink.

4. The DL Reference Measurement channel is set according to Table 7.5F.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimisation according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.5F.4.3.

7.5F.4.2 Test procedure


1. SS transmits NPDSCH via NPDCCH DCI format N1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.5F.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The UE will send HARQ feedback
based on information contained in DCI format N1.

2. Set the Downlink signal level to the value defined for ACS1, GSM in Table 7.5F.5-1. For steps 2 to 5 and 6 to 9,
use the default message contents.

3. Set the Interferer signal level to the value defined for ACS1, GSM in Table 7.5F.5-1, with frequency below the
wanted signal according to table 7.5F.5-1, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D.2 of the
present document.

4. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 3.

6. Set the Downlink signal level to the value defined for ACS1, E-UTRA in Table 7.5F.5-1.

7. Set the Interferer signal level to the value defined for ACS1, E-UTRA in Table 7.5F.5-1, with frequency below
the wanted signal according to table 7.5F.5-1, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D.2 of
the present document.

8. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

9. Repeat steps 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 7.

10. Release the connection through State 3A-NB.

11. Modify system information elements according to Table 7.5F.4.3-1 and notify the UE via paging message with
SystemInformationModification included.

12. Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimisation according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.5 using the
new UL power control setting.
Release 15 258 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

13. SS transmits NPDSCH via NPDCCH DCI format N1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.5F.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The UE will send HARQ feedback
based on information contained in DCI format N1.

14. Set the Downlink signal level to the value defined for ACS2, GSM in Table 7.5F.5-1. For steps 14 to 17 and 18
to 21, use message contents with the exceptions defined in Table 7.5F.4.3-1.

15. Set the Interferer signal level to the value defined for ACS2, GSM in Table 7.5F.5-1, with frequency below the
wanted signal according to table 7.5F.5-1, using a modulated interferer of 5MHz bandwidth defined in Annex
D.2 of the present document.

16. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

17. Repeat steps 14 to 16, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 15.

18. Set the Downlink signal level to the value defined for ACS2, E-UTRA in Table 7.5F.5-1.

19. Set the Interferer signal level to the value defined for ACS2, E-UTRA in Table 7.5F.5-1, with frequency below
the wanted signal according to table 7.5F.5-1, using a modulated interferer of 5MHz bandwidth defined in Annex
D.2 of the present document.

20. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

21. Repeat steps 18 to 20, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 19.

7.5F.4.3 Message contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 7.5F.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlCommon-NB-DEFAULT: ACS2

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.6.3, Table 8.1.6.3-14 UplinkPowerControlCommon-NB-DEFAULT


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlCommon-NB-DEFAULT ::= -70
SEQUENCE {
p0-NominalNPUSCH-r13

7.5F.5 Test requirement


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex
A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.5F.5-1.

Table 7.5F.5-1: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, category NB1

ACS1 test Parameters


Interferer GSM (GMSK) E-UTRA
Category NB1 signal power
REFSENS + 14 dB
(Pwanted) / dBm
interferer signal power
REFSENS + 42 dB REFSENS + 47 dB
(PInterferer ) / dBm
Interferer bandwidth 200 kHz 5 MHz
Interferer offset from category NB1 channel edge ±200 kHz ±2.5 MHz
ACS2 test Parameters
Interferer GSM (GMSK) E-UTRA
Category NB1 signal power
-53 dBm -58 dBm
(Pwanted) / dBm
interferer signal power
-25 dBm
(PInterferer) / dBm
Interferer bandwidth 200 kHz 5 MHz
Interferer offset from category NB1 channel edge ±200 kHz ±2.5 MHz
Release 15 259 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.5GAdjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for V2X Communication


7.5G.1 Adjacent channel selectivity (ACS) for V2X Communication / Non-
concurrent with E-UTRA uplink transmissions
7.5G.1.1 Test Purpose
Adjacent channel selectivity tests the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified
reference measurement channel, in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from the
centre frequency of the assigned channel, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when other e-
NodeB transmitters exist in the adjacent channel.

7.5G.1.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of UE that support V2X Sidelink Communication and Band 47.

7.5G.1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The V2X UE shall fulfil the minimum requirement specified in Table 7.5G.1.3-1 for all values of an adjacent channel
interferer up to -25 dBm. However it is not possible to directly measure the ACS, instead the lower and upper range of
test parameters are chosen in Table 7.5G.1.3-2 and Table 7.5G.1.3-3 where the throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the
maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.8.2.

Table 7.5G.1.3-1: Adjacent channel selectivity for V2X

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
ACS dB 33.0 27

Table 7.5G.1.3-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for V2X, Case 1

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in dBm
Transmission
PREFSENS_V2X + 14 dB
Bandwidth
Configuration
dBm PREFSENS_V2X PREFSENS_V2X
PInterferer +45.5dB +39.5dB
BWInterferer MHz 10 10
FInterferer (offset)
MHz 10+0.0125 15+0.0075
/ /
-10-0.0125 -15-0.0075
NOTE 1: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic prefix is
used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated according to clause 5 of
TS36.211.
Release 15 260 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5G.1.3-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for V2X, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in
Transmission
dBm -56.5 -50.5
Bandwidth
Configuration
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 10 10
FInterferer (offset) MHz 10+0.0125 15+0.0075
/ /
-10-0.0125 -15-0.0075
NOTE 1: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic prefix is
used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated according to clause 5 of
TS36.211.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.5.1G.

7.5G.1.4 Test Description


7.5G.1.4.1 Initial Conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA operating bands specified in table 5.4.2G.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.5G.1.4.1-1. The details of the V2X reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.8.3and the GNSS configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause
4.11.

Table 7.5G.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
V2X Configuration to Transmit
Ch BW Modulation RB allocation
10MHz QPSK 48
20MHz QPSK 96

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors and connect the GNSS simulator to the UE GNSS RX antenna
connector as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.92a.

2. The parameter settings for the V2X sidelink transmission over PC5 are pre-configured according to TS 36.508
[7] subclause 4.10.1. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 7.5G.1.4.3.

3. The V2X reference measurement channel is set according to Table 7.5G.1.4.1-1.

3a. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7]
Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 5A-V2X in Receive Mode according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9. Message content
exceptions are defined in clause 7.5G.1.4.3.
Release 15 261 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

6. Trigger the UE to reset UTC time. (NOTE: The UTC time reset may be performed by MMI or AT command
(+CUTCR).)

7. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of
Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.

7.5G.1.4.2 Test Procedure


1. The UE starts to perform the V2X sidelink communication according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration and to
schedule the V2X RMC according to Table 7.5G.1.4.1-1.

2. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5G.1.5-2 (Case 1) and frequency below and
above the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

3. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5G.1.5-3 (Case 2) and frequency below and
above the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

4. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

7.5G.1.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.10.

7.5G.1.5 Test Requirement


The throughput Rav shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.8.2 under the conditions specified in table 7.5G.1.5-2, and also under the conditions specified in table
7.5G.1.5-3.

Table 7.5G.1.5-1: Adjacent channel selectivity for V2X

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
ACS dB 33.0 27

Table 7.5G.1.5-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for V2X, Case 1

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in dBm
Transmission
PREFSENS_V2X + 14 dB
Bandwidth
Configuration
dBm PREFSENS_V2X PREFSENS_V2X
PInterferer +45.5dB +39.5dB
BWInterferer MHz 10 10
FInterferer (offset)
MHz 10+0.0125 15+0.0075
/ /
-10-0.0125 -15-0.0075
NOTE 1: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic prefix is
used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated according to clause 5 of
TS36.211.
Release 15 262 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5G.1.5-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for V2X, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in
Transmission
dBm -56.5 -50.5
Bandwidth
Configuration
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 10 10
FInterferer (offset) MHz 10+0.0125 15+0.0075
/ /
-10-0.0125 -15-0.0075
NOTE 1: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic prefix is
used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated according to clause 5 of
TS36.211.

7.5G.2 Adjacent channel selectivity (ACS) for V2X Communication /


Simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions
7.5G.2.1 Test Purpose
The test purpose is the same as in clause 7.5G.1.1.

7.5G.2.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that support V2X Communication.

7.5G.2.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The V2X UE shall fulfil the minimum requirement specified in Table 7.5G.2.3-1 for all values of an adjacent channel
interferer up to -22 dBm. However it is not possible to directly measure the ACS, instead the lower and upper range of
test parameters are chosen in Table 7.5G.2.3-2 and Table 7.5G.2.3-3 where the throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the
maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.8.2

Table 7.5G.2.3-1: Adjacent channel selectivity for V2X

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
ACS dB 33.0 27

Table 7.5G.2.3-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for V2X, Case 1

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in DBm
Transmission
PREFSENS_V2X + 14 dB
Bandwidth
Configuration
DBm PREFSENS_V2X PREFSENS_V2X
PInterferer +45.5dB +39.5dB
BWInterferer MHz 10 10
FInterferer (offset)
MHz 10+0.0125 15+0.0075
/ /
-10-0.0125 -15-0.0075
NOTE 1: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic prefix is
used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated according to clause 5 of
TS36.211.
Release 15 263 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5G.2.3-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for V2X, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in
Transmission
DBm -53.5 -47.5
Bandwidth
Configuration
PInterferer DBm -22
BWInterferer MHz 10 10
FInterferer (offset) MHz 10+0.0125 15+0.0075
/ /
-10-0.0125 -15-0.0075
NOTE 1: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic prefix is
used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated according to clause 5 of
TS36.211.

When UE is configured for simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA downlink reception for inter-band E-
UTRA V2X / E-UTRA bands specified in Table 5.5G-2, the requirements in subclause 7.5G.2 apply for the E-UTRA
V2X sidelink reception and the requirements in subclause 7.5.3 apply for the E-UTRA downlink reception while all
downlink carriers are active.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.5.1G.

7.5G.2.4 Test Description


7.5G.2.4.1 Initial Conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA operating bands specified in Table 5.4.2G.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.5G.2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink, downlink and
V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2, A.3 and A.8.3 respectively.
Release 15 264 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5G.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Uplink Configuration V2X Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation
1.4 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1 10 MHz QPSK 48
1.4 MHz QPSK 5 QPSK 5 20 MHz QPSK 96
3 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
3 MHz QPSK 4 QPSK 4
5 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
5 MHz QPSK 8 QPSK 8
10 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
10 MHz QPSK 12 QPSK 12
15 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
15 MHz QPSK 16 QPSK 16
20 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
20 MHz QPSK 18 QPSK 18
Note 1: V2X con-current band configurations are checked separately for each band configuration, which applicable
aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2G.1-2.
Note 2: Depending on E-UTRA band, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according to table 7.3G.0-4 is
tested per Test Channel Bandwidth. The allocation shall be located as close as possible to the downlink
operating band but confined within the transmission bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table
5.4.2G.1-2).

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.93c.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3. Message content
exceptions are defined in clause 7.5G.2.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and V2X Reference Measurement Channels are set according to Table 7.5G.2.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-V2X according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2C. Message content exceptions
are defined in clause 7.5G.2.4.3.

7.5G.2.4.2 Test Procedure


1. The SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables
7.5G.2.4.1-1 on E-UTRA Band. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS simultaneously sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0
for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC and V2X scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 5A for
SL_V_RNTI to schedule the V2X RMC according to Table 7.5G.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no
loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL and V2X RMCs.

3. Set the Downlink signal level for V2X band and E-UTRA band to the value as defined in Table 7.5G.2.5-2 (Case
1). Send Uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure
that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in Table 7.5G.2.5-2 (Case 1) for carrier
frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz or
within +0, -4.3 dB of the target level for carrier frequency f ≤ 6.0GHz, for at least the duration of the Throughput
measurement.

4. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5G.2.5-2 (Case 1) and frequency below and
above the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.
Release 15 265 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

5. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth for each test point in table 7.5G.1.5-2 according to
the test configuration from Table 7.5G.2.4.1-1. The period of measurement shall be at least continuous duration
of one sub-frame (1ms).

6. Set the Downlink signal level for V2X band and E-UTRA band to the value as defined in Table 7.5G.2.5-3 (Case
2). Send Uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure
that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in Table 7.5G.2.5-2 (Case 1) for carrier
frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz or
within +0, -4.3 dB of the target level for carrier frequency f ≤ 6.0GHz, for at least the duration of the Throughput
measurement.

7. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5G.2.5-3 (Case 2) and frequency below and
above the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

8. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

7.5G.2.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

7.5G.2.5 Test Requirement


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex
A.8.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.5G.2.5-2, and also under the conditions specified in table 7.5G.2.5-3.

Table 7.5G.2.5-1: Adjacent channel selectivity for V2X

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
ACS dB 33.0 27

Table 7.5G.2.5-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for V2X, Case 1

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in DBm
Transmission
PREFSENS_V2X + 14 dB
Bandwidth
Configuration
DBm PREFSENS_V2X PREFSENS_V2X
PInterferer +45.5dB +39.5dB
BWInterferer MHz 10 10
FInterferer (offset)
MHz 10+0.0125 15+0.0075
/ /
-10-0.0125 -15-0.0075
NOTE 1: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic prefix is
used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated according to clause 5 of
TS36.211.
Release 15 266 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5G.2.5-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for V2X, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in
Transmission
DBm -53.5 -47.5
Bandwidth
Configuration
DBm -22
PInterferer
BWInterferer MHz 10 10
FInterferer (offset) MHz 10+0.0125 15+0.0075
/ /
-10-0.0125 -15-0.0075
NOTE 1: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic prefix is
used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated according to clause 5 of
TS36.211.

7.5G.3 Adjacent channel selectivity (ACS) for V2X Communication /


Intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation
Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- Test configuration table is investigating.

- Test procedure is TBD

- Message contents are TBD

7.5G.3.1 Test Purpose


The test purpose is the same as in clause 7.5G.1.1.

7.5G.3.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of UE that support Intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation V2X Sidelink
Communication and Band 47.

7.5G.3.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


For intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation the V2X UE shall fulfil the minimum requirement specified in Table
7.5G.3.3-1 to Table 7.5G.3.3-3 where the throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.8.2.

Table 7.5G.3.3-1: Adjacent channel selectivity for intra-band contiguous multi-carrier for V2X

V2X Bandwidth Class


Rx Parameter Units B C D E F

ACS dB 30
Release 15 267 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5G.3.3-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1

Rx Parameter Units V2X Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth REFSENS
Configuration, per CC + 14 dB
dBm Aggregated
power +
PInterferer 28.5 dB
BWInterferer MHz 10
FInterferer (offset) MHz 5 + Foffset
/
-5 - Foffset
NOTE 1: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the
interferer and the centre frequency of the adjacent channel interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.
NOTE 2: The requirement is applied for 2 carrier intra-concurrent receptions when 2 carrier transmissions are
activated at the same time.

Table 7.5G.3.3-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units V2X Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
-50.5
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth
dBm +10log10(N
Configuration, per CC
RB,c/ NRB agg)
PInterferer dBm -22
BWInterferer MHz 10
FInterferer (offset) MHz 5+ Foffset
/
-5- Foffset
NOTE 1: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer
and the centre frequency of the adjacent channel interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.
NOTE 2: The requirement is applied for 2 carrier intra-concurrent receptions when 2 carrier transmissions are
activated at the same time.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.5.1G.

7.5G.3.4 Test Description


7.5G.3.4.1 Initial Conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA operating bands specified in Table 5.4.2G.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.5G.3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink, downlink and
V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2, A.3 and A.8.3 respectively and the GNSS
configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.11.
Release 15 268 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.5G.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Low range, High range
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
V2X multi-carrier Configuration V2X PSSCH Allocation
CC1 CC2 CC1 & CC2 CC1 and CC2
NRB NRB Mod RB Allocation
10MHz 10MHz QPSK [48+48]

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors and connect the GNSS simulator to the UE GNSS RX antenna
connector as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.92d.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and V2X Reference Measurement Channels are set according to Table 7.5G.3.4.1-1.

4a. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7]
Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-V2X according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2C. Message content exceptions
are defined in clause 7.5G.3.4.3.

7. Trigger the UE to reset UTC time. (NOTE: The UTC time reset may be performed by MMI or AT command
(+CUTCR).)

8. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of
Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.

7.5G.3.4.2 Test Procedure


1. The UE starts to perform the V2X sidelink communication according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration and to
schedule the V2X RMC according to Table 7.5G.3.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to
send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the V2X RMC.

2. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5G.3.5-2 (Case 1) and frequency below and
above the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth for each test point in table 7.5G.3.5-2 according to
the test configuration from Table 7.5G.3.4.1-1. The period of measurement shall be at least continuous duration
of one sub-frame (1ms).

4. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5G.3.5-3 (Case 2) and frequency below and
above the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
[TBD].

7.5G.3.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.
Release 15 269 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.5G.3.5 Test Requirement


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.8.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.5G.3.5-2, and also under the conditions specified in table 7.5G.3.5-3.

Table 7.5G.3.5-1: Adjacent channel selectivity for intra-band contiguous multi-carrier for V2X

V2X Bandwidth Class


Rx Parameter Units B C D E F

ACS dB 30

Table 7.5G.3.5-2 Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1

Rx Parameter Units V2X Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth REFSENS
Configuration, per CC + 14 dB
dBm Aggregated
power +
PInterferer 28.5 dB
BWInterferer MHz 10
FInterferer (offset) MHz 5 + Foffset
/
-5 - Foffset
NOTE 1: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the
interferer and the centre frequency of the adjacent channel interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.
NOTE 2: The requirement is applied for 2 carrier intra-concurrent receptions when 2 carrier transmission are
activated at the same time

Table 7.5G.3.5-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units V2X Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
-50.5
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth
dBm +10log10(N
Configuration, per CC
RB,c/ NRB agg)
PInterferer dBm -22
BWInterferer MHz 10
FInterferer (offset) MHz 5+ Foffset
/
-5- Foffset
NOTE 1: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer
and the centre frequency of the adjacent channel interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.
NOTE 2: The requirement is applied for 2 carrier intra-concurrent receptions when 2 carrier transmissions are
activated at the same time.

7.6 Blocking characteristics


The blocking characteristic is a measure of the receiver's ability to receive a wanted signal at its assigned channel
frequency in the presence of an unwanted interferer on frequencies other than those of the spurious response or the
adjacent channels, without this unwanted input signal causing a degradation of the performance of the receiver beyond a
specified limit. The blocking performance shall apply at all frequencies except those at which a spurious response occur.
Release 15 270 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.1 In-band blocking


7.6.1.1 Test Purpose
In-band blocking is defined for an unwanted interfering signal falling into the range from 15MHz below to 15MHz
above the UE receive band, at which the relative throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement for the specified
measurement channels.

The lack of in-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except in
the adjacent channels and spurious response).

7.6.1.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.

7.6.1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described
in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.1.3-1 and 7.6.1.3-2. For operating bands with an
unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements only apply for carriers assigned in the paired part.

Table 7.6.1.3-1: In band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 2.1+0.0125 4.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125 7.5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 3.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0075 12.5+0.0075 12.5+0.012 12.5+0.002 12.5+0.007
5 5 5
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
Table 7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.
Note 3: The REFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3.3-1 and Table 7.3.3-1a for two and four antenna
ports, respectively.
Release 15 271 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1.3-2: In-band blocking

E-UTRA Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4 Case 5 Case 6


band PInterferer dBm -56 -44 -38 -15
=-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 ≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer
MHz & & -BW/2 - 11
(offset)
=+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11, 12,
13, 14, 17,
18, 19, 20,
21, 22, 23,
25, 26, 27, FDL_low – 15
Void Void
28, 31, 33, FInterferer MHz (NOTE 2) to
34, 35, 36, FDL_high + 15
37, 38, 39,
40, 41, 42,
43, 44, 45,
48, 50, 51,
65, 66, 68,
70, 72, 74
FDL_low – 15
30 FInterferer MHz (NOTE 2) to FDL_low – 11
FDL_high + 15
FDL_low – 12 to FDL_high
71 FInterferer MHz (NOTE 2) FDL-low - 12
+ 15
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but within the first 15
MHz below or above the UE receive band
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
NOTE 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer centre frequencies

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Table 7.3.3-1A, PInterferer power defined in Table 7.6.1.3-2 is
increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3.3-1A.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6.1.

7.6.1.4 Test Description


7.6.1.4.1 Initial Conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the OCNG patterns
used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex
C.2.
Release 15 272 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6 QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 15 15 QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 25 25 QPSK 25 25
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 15 N/A
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 54 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 50 QPSK 50 50
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 15 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 75 QPSK 75 75
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100 100
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on E-UTRA band, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according
to table 7.3.3-2 is tested per Test Channel Bandwidth. The allocation shall be located as
close as possible to the downlink operating band but confined within the transmission
bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2-1).
Note 3: For the DL signal one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD is used.
Note 4: Applicable only to E-UTRA FDD Bands 31 and 72. The UL resource blocks shall be
located at RBstart 10 (according to Table 7.3.3-2).

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, in Figure A.4.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.1.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to in Table 7.6.1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.6.1.4.3.

7.6.1.4.2 Test Procedure


1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.1.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
Release 15 273 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

3. Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal in Case 1 according
to Tables 7.6.1.5-1 and 7.6.1.5-2.

4. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.1.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the UE
(less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the
target level in table 7.6.1.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for carrier
frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 3.

7. Repeat steps from 3 to 6, using interfering signals in Case 2 at step 3and 6. The ranges of case 2 are covered in
steps equal to the interferer bandwidth. The test frequencies are chosen in analogy to table 7.6.1.4.2-1.

Table 7.6.1.4.2-1: Example for interferer frequencies

Lower frequency Upper frequency


Band 1 DL 2110 MHz 2170 MHz
Band 1 Midrange 2140 MHz
Receive band wanted signal 2137.5 MHz 2142.5 MHz
(BW 5MHz)
Interferer case 1 2129.9875 MHz 2150.0125 MHz
Interferer case 2 (inner frequency) 2124.9925 MHz 2155.0075 MHz
Interferer case 2 (outer frequency) 2099.9925 MHz 2180.0075 MHz
Outer limit for in band blocking 2095MHz 2185MHz
Number of test frequencies case 2 6 6
Number of test frequencies for 0 2
Band 17(asymmetric!), BW 5MHz,
case 2

7.6.1.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exception

Table 7.6.1.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-uePUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}

7.6.1.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.1.5-1 and 7.6.1.5-2.

Table 7.6.1.5-1: In band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Release 15 274 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below


Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 2.1+0.0125 4.5+0.0075 7.5+0.01257.5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 3.5+0.0075 12.5+0.0075
12.5+0.012 12.5+0.002 12.5+0.007
7.5+0.0075 5 5 5
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.

Table 7.6.1.5-2: In-band blocking

E-UTRA Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4 Case 5 Case 6


band PInterferer dBm -56 -44 -38 -15
=-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 ≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer
MHz & & -BW/2 - 11
(offset)
=+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11, 12,
13, 14, 17,
18, 19, 20,
21, 22, 23,
25, 26, 27, FDL_low – 15
Void Void
28, 31, 33, FInterferer MHz (NOTE 2) to
34, 35, 36, FDL_high + 15
37, 38, 39,
40, 41, 42,
43, 44, 45,
48, 50, 51,
65, 66, 68,
70, 72, 74
FDL_low – 15
30 FInterferer MHz (NOTE 2) to FDL_low – 11
FDL_high + 15
FDL_low – 12 to FDL_high
71 FInterferer MHz (NOTE 2) FDL-low - 12
+ 15
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but within the first 15
MHz below or above the UE receive band
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
NOTE 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer centre frequencies

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Table 7.3.3-1A, PInterferer power defined in Table 7.6.1.5-2 is
increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3.3-1A.

7.6.1_1 In-band blocking with 4 Rx antenna ports


7.6.1_1.1 Test Purpose
In-band blocking with 4 Rx antenna ports is defined for an unwanted interfering signal falling into the range from
15MHz below to 15MHz above the UE 4 Rx receive band, at which the relative throughput shall meet or exceed the
requirement for the specified measurement channels.

The lack of in-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except in
the adjacent channels and spurious response).
Release 15 275 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.1_1.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that supports 4 Rx antenna ports.

7.6.1_1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


Same as in clause 7.6.1.3.

7.6.1_1.4 Test Description


7.6.1_1.4.1 Initial Conditions
Same as in clause 7.6.1.4.1 with following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.1.4.1-1 use table 7.6.1_1.4-1

- Instead of Figure A.4 use Figure A.81

- Instead of clause 7.6.1.4.3 use clause 7.6.1_1.4.3

Table 7.6.1_1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6 QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 15 15 QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 25 25 QPSK 25 25
10MHz QPSK 50 50 QPSK 50 50
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 75 QPSK 75 75
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100 100
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on E-UTRA band, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according
to table 7.3.3-2 is tested per Test Channel Bandwidth. The allocation shall be located as
close as possible to the downlink operating band but confined within the transmission
bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2-1).
Note 3: For the DL signal one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD is used.

7.6.1_1.4.2 Test Procedure


Same as in clause 7.6.1.4.2 with following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.1.4.1-1 use Table 7.6.1_1.4.1-1

- Instead of Table 7.6.1.5-1 use Table 7.6.1_1.5-1

7.6.1_1.4.3 Message Contents


Same as in clause 7.6.1.4.3.
Release 15 276 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.1_1.5 Test Requirement


Same as in clause 7.6.1.5 with following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.1.5-1 use Table 7.6.1_1.5-1

Table 7.6.1_1.5-1: In band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 2.1+0.0125 4.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125 7.5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 3.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0075 12.5+0.0075 12.5+0.012 12.5+0.002 12.5+0.007
5 5 5
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.
Note 3: The REFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3_1.5-1.

7.6.1A In-band blocking for CA


7.6.1A.0 Minimum conformance requirements
For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink assigned to one E-
UTRA band the in-band blocking requirements are defined with the uplink active on the band(s) other than the band
whose downlink is being tested. The UE shall meet the requirements specified in subclause 7.6.1 for each component
carrier while all downlink carriers are active. For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Table 7.3.3-1A,
PInterferer power defined in Table 7.6.1.3-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3.3-1A. For E-UTRA CA
configurations including an operating band without uplink operation or an operating band with an unpaired DL part (as
noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements for all downlinks shall be met with the single uplink carrier active in each band
capable of UL operation. The requirements for the component carrier configured in the operating band without uplink
operation are specified in Table 7.6.1A.0-0, Table 7.6.1A.0-0a and Table 7.6.1A.0-0b.

Table 7.6.1A.0-0: In-band blocking for additional operating bands for carrier aggregation

E-UTRA band Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


PInterferer dBm -56 -44
=-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer
MHz & &
(offset)
=+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1
≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
FDL_low – 15
29, 32, 67, 69 FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to
FDL_high + 15
Note 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall
inside the UE receive band, but within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE
receive band.
Note 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
Note 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer
centre frequencies.
Release 15 277 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1A.0-0a: In band blocking parameters for additional operating bands for carrier aggregation

E-UTRA band Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 9
46 Configuration
(NOTE 3)
BWInterferer MHz 20
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 30+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 50+0.0075
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table 7.3.1-2 with
PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.
NOTE 3: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 (TBD)

Table 7.6.1A.0-0b: In-band blocking for additional operating bands for carrier aggregation

E-UTRA band Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


PInterferer dBm -50 -44
=-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 ≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer (offset) MHz & &
=+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
FDL_low – 60
46 FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to
FDL_high + 60
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the
UE receive band, but within the first 15 MHz or 60 MHz below or above the UE receive
band.
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
NOTE 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer centre
frequencies.

For E-UTRA CA configurations listed in Table 7.3A.0-0a under conditions for which reference sensitivity for the
operating band being tested is N/A, the in-band blocking requirements of subclause 7.6.1A.0 do not apply.

For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the downlink SCC(s) shall be configured at nominal channel spacing to
the PCC. For FDD, the PCC shall be configured closest to the uplink band. All downlink carriers shall be active
throughout the test. The uplink output power shall be set as specified in Table 7.6.1A.0-1 with the uplink configuration
set according to Table 7.3A.0-1 for the applicable carrier aggregation configuration. For UE(s) supporting one uplink
carrier, the uplink configuration of the PCC shall be in accordance with Table 7.3.3-2. The UE shall fulfil the minimum
requirement in presence of an interfering signal specified in Tables 7.6.1A.0-1 and Tables 7.6.1A.0-2 being on either
side of the aggregated signal. The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the
reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.1A.0-
1 and 7.6.1A.0-2. For operating bands with an unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements also apply
for an SCC assigned in the unpaired part with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.1A.0-1 and 7.6.1A.0-2.

For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier and two downlink sub-blocks, each larger
than or equal to 5 MHz, the in-band blocking requirements are defined with the uplink configuration in accordance with
Table 7.3A.0-3. For this uplink configuration, the UE shall meet the requirements for each sub-block as specified in
subclause 7.6.1.3 and in this subclause for single component carrier and two component carriers per sub-block,
respectively. The requirements apply for in-gap and out-of-gap interferers while all downlink carriers are active.

Table 7.6.1A.0-1: In band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Release 15 278 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Pw in Transmission REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below


Bandwidth dBm
9 12 13.8 15 16
Configuration, per CC
BWInterferer MHz 5 5 5 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to
Annex C.3.1

Table 7.6.1A.0-2: In-band blocking

CA configuration Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


PInterferer dBm -56 -44
=-Foffset– FIoffset,case 1 ≤-Foffset– FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer MHz & &
=+Foffset + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+Foffset + FIoffset,case 2
CA_1C, CA_2C, CA_3B, CA_3C, CA_5B,
CA_7C, CA_8B, CA_12B, CA_23B,
CA_27B, CA_38C, CA_39C, CA_40C,
FDL_low – 15
CA_40D, CA_40E, CA_41C, CA_41D,
FInterferer (Range) MHz (Note 2) to
CA_41E, CA_41F, CA_42C, CA_42D,
FDL_high + 15
CA_42E, CA_42F, CA_43C, CA_48C,
CA_48D, CA_48E, CA_48F, CA_66B,
CA_66C, CA_70C
Note 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but within the first 15 MHz
below or above the UE receive band
Note 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a) the carrier frequency -Foffset - FIoffset, case 1 and
b) the carrier frequency +Foffset + FIoffset, case 1
Note 3: Foffset is the frequency offset from the centre frequency of the adjacent CC being tested to the edge of aggregated channel bandwidth.
Note 4: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer and the centre frequency
of the interferer and shall be further adjusted to  Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier
raster.

For combinations of intra-band and inter-band carrier aggregation with up to five downlink carriers (up to two non-
contiguously sub-blocks per band and up to four contiguously aggregated carriers per band) and one uplink carrier
assigned to one E-UTRA band, the requirement is defined with the uplink active in the band other than that supporting
the downlink(s) under test. The uplink configuration shall be in accordance with Table 7.3A.0-3 when the uplink is
active in the band supporting two non-contiguous component carriers, Table 7.3A.0-1 when the uplink is active in a
band supporting two contiguous component carriers and in accordance with Table 7.3.3-2 when the uplink is active in a
band supporting one carrier per band. The downlink PCC shall be configured closer to the uplink operating band than
the downlink SCC(s) when the uplink is active in band(s) supporting contiguous aggregation of up to four component
carriers. For these uplink configurations, the UE shall meet the in-band blocking requirements for intra-band non-
contiguous carrier aggregation of two downlink sub-blocks with RIBNC = 0 dB for all sub-block gaps (Table 7.3A.0-3)
for the two non-contiguous downlink sub-blocks, the requirements for intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation for the
contiguously aggregated downlink carriers and for any remaining component carrier(s) the requirements specified in
subclause 7.6.1.3. All downlink carriers shall be active throughout the tests and the requirements for the downlinks shall
be met with the single uplink carrier active in each band capable of uplink operation.

For contiguously aggregated component carriers configured in Band 46, the said requirements for intra-band contiguous
carrier aggregation of downlink carriers are replaced by requirements in Table 7.6.1A.0-3 and 7.6.1A.0-4.
Release 15 279 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1A.0-3: In band blocking parameters

E-UTRA Band Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in Transmission REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below
Bandwidth dBm
12 13.8 15
Configuration, per CC
46
BWInterferer MHz 20 20 20
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 30 30 30
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 50 50 50
NOTE 1: In a band capable of uplink operation, the transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L,c or PCMAX_L as defined in
subclause 6.2.5A.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.

Table 7.6.1A.0-4: In-band blocking

E-UTRA Band Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


PInterferer dBm -50 -44
=-Foffset– FIoffset,case 1
≤-Foffset– FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer
MHz & &
(offset)
=+Foffset + FIoffset,case 1
≥+Foffset + FIoffset,case 2
FDL_low – 60
FInterferer
46 MHz (Note 2) to
(Range)
FDL_high + 60
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive
band, but within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band.
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -Foffset - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +Foffset + FIoffset, case 1
NOTE 3: Foffset is the frequency offset from the centre frequency of the CC being tested to the edge of
aggregated channel bandwidth.
NOTE 4: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to
the interferer and the centre frequency of the interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6.1.1A.

7.6.1A.1 In-band blocking for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA)


7.6.1A.1.1 Test Purpose
In-band blocking is defined for an unwanted interfering signal falling into the range from 15MHz below to 15MHz
above the UE receive band, at which the relative throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement for the specified
measurement channels. The lack of in-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB
transmitters exist (except in the adjacent channels and spurious response).

7.6.1A.1.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL
CA.

7.6.1A.1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.1A.0.

7.6.1A.1.4 Test Description


7.6.1A.1.4.1 Initial Conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
Release 15 280 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and CC combinations based on
E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in table 7.6.1A.1.4.1-1. The details of the OCNG patterns used
are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 7.6.1A.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth
classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical
frequencies according to Table 7.1-2
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in Lowest NRB_agg
subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across Highest NRB_agg
bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. (Note 3)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
CA Configuration / DL Allocation UL Allocation
NRB_agg
PCC SCC CC PCC & SCC RB CC NRB_alloc PCC & SCC RB allocations
NRB NRB MOD allocation MOD (LCRB @ RBstart)
50 25 QPSK 50+25 QPSK 25 P_25@25 S_0@0
50 50 QPSK 50+50 QPSK 25 P_25@25 S_0@0
50 100 QPSK 50+100 QPSK 150 P_50@0 S_100@0
75 50 QPSK 75+50 QPSK 75 P_75@0 S_0@0
75 75 QPSK 75+75 QPSK 75 P_75@0 S_0@0
75 75 QPSK 75+75 QPSK 129 P_75@0 S_54@0
75 75 QPSK 75+75 QPSK 150 P_75@0 S_75@0
100 25 QPSK 100+25 QPSK 50 P_50@50 S_0@0
100 25 QPSK 100+25 QPSK 125 P_100@0 S_25@0
100 50 QPSK 100+50 QPSK 75 P_75@25 S_0@0
100 50 QPSK 100+50 QPSK 150 P_100@0 S_50@0
100 75 QPSK 100+75 QPSK 175 P_100@0 S_75@0
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 50 P_50@50 S_0@0
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 75 P_75@25 S_0@0
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 130 P_100@0 S_30@0
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 200 P_100@0 S_100@0
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which
applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on CA Configuration only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according to table 7.3A.0-1 is
tested per CA Configuration Test CC combination.
Note 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.34 as
appropriate if the UE supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are for PCC initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.1.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.1A.1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.


Release 15 281 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.6.1A.1.4.3.

7.6.1A.1.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6.1A.1.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.1A.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.1A.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload
data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the aggregated component carriers in
Case 1 according to Tables 7.6.1A.1.5-1 and 7.6.1A.1.5-2.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.1A.1.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that for at least the duration of the throughput
measurement:
The PCC output power is within (+0dB, -3.4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.6.1A.1.5-1 + 10log(P_LCRB/NRB_alloc)),
for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz,
or within (+0dB, -4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.6.1A.1.5-1 + 10log(P_LCRB/NRB_alloc)) for carrier frequency
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.
The SCC output power is within (+0dB, -3.4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.6.1A.1.5-1 + 10log(S_LCRB/NRB_alloc)),
for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz,
or within (+0dB, -4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.6.1A.1.5-1 + 10log(S_LCRB/NRB_alloc)) for carrier frequency
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

8. Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G.2A.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the aggregated component carriers in Case 1 at step 6.

10. Repeat steps from 6 to 9, using interfering signals in Case 2 at step 6 and 9. The ranges of case 2 are covered in
steps equal to the interferer bandwidth. The test frequencies are chosen in analogy to table 7.6.1A.1.4.2-1.
Release 15 282 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1A.1.4.2-1: Example for interferer frequencies

Lower frequency Upper frequency


Band 1 DL 2110 MHz 2170 MHz
PCC: 2132.5 MHz
Band 1 Midrange
SCC: 2147.5 MHz
Receive band wanted signal PCC: 2125 MHz 2140 MHz
(CC Configuration / NRB_agg 75 + 75) SCC: 2140 MHz 2155 MHz
FInterferer, case 1 2117.5000 MHz 2162.5000 MHz
FInterferer, case 1(Offset) 15.0000 MHz
 FInterferer, case1 (Offset) 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 15.0075 MHz
Adjusted FInterferer, case 1 2117.4925 MHz 2162.5075 MHz
Case 2, 1st ( inner )
FInterferer, case 2 2112.5000 MHz 2167.5000 MHz
FInterferer, case 2 (Offset) 20.0000 MHz
 FInterferer, case2 (Offset) 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 20.0025 MHz

Adjusted FInterferer, case 2 2112.4975 MHz 2167.5025 MHz


Case 2, 2nd
FInterferer, case 2 2107.5000 MHz 2172.5000 MHz
FInterferer, case 2 (Offset) 25.0000 MHz
 FInterferer, case2 (Offset) 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 25.0125 MHz

Adjusted FInterferer, case 2 2107.4875 MHz 2172.5125 MHz


Case 2, 3rd
FInterferer, case 2 2102.5000 MHz 2177.5000 MHz
FInterferer, case 2 (Offset) 30.0000 MHz
 FInterferer, case2 (Offset) 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 30.0075 MHz

Adjusted FInterferer, case 2 2102.4925 MHz 2177.5075 MHz


Case 2, 4th ( outer )
FInterferer, case 2 2097.5000 MHz 2182.5000 MHz
FInterferer, case 2 (Offset) 35.0000 MHz
 FInterferer, case2 (Offset) 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 35.0025 MHz

Adjusted FInterferer, case 2 2097.4975 MHz 2182.5025 MHz


Outer limit for in band blocking 2095MHz 2185MHz
Number of test frequencies case 2 4 4

7.6.1A.1.4.3 Message Contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exception.

Table 7.6.1A.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-uePUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}
Release 15 283 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1A.1.4.3-2: UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UE-PUSCH-r10 0
deltaMCS-Enabled-r10 en0
accumulationEnabled-r10 TRUE
pSRS-Offset-r10 7 (0 dB) The actual
parameter value is
-10.5 + 1.5*pSRS-
Offset value; 0 is
the actual value in
dB (-10.5 + 1.5*7
dB).
pSRS-OffsetAp-r10 7 (0 dB) The actual
parameter value is
-10.5 + 1.5*pSRS-
Offset value; 0 is
the actual value in
dB (-10.5 + 1.5*7
dB).
filterCoefficient-r10 fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
pathlossReferenceLinking-r10 sCell
}

7.6.1A.1.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement of each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of
the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.6.1A.1.5-1 and
7.6.1A.1.5-2.

Table 7.6.1A.1.5-1: In band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in Transmission REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below
Bandwidth dBm
9 12
Configuration, per CC
BWInterferer MHz 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 7.5 7.5
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 12.5 12.5
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5 for one
uplink carrier and in subclause 6.2.5A for two uplink carriers.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to
Annex C.3.1

Table 7.6.1A.1.5-2: In-band blocking

CA configuration Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


PInterferer dBm -56 -44
=-Foffset– FIoffset,case 1 ≤-Foffset– FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer MHz & &
=+Foffset + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+Foffset + FIoffset,case 2
Release 15 284 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

CA_1C, CA_2C, CA_3C, CA_7C, CA_8B, FDL_low – 15


FInterferer
CA_12B, CA_23B, CA_27B, CA_38C, MHz (Note 2) to
(Range)
CA_39C, CA_40C, CA_41C. CA_42C FDL_high + 15
Note 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but
within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band
Note 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a) the carrier frequency -Foffset - FIoffset, case 1 and
b) the carrier frequency +Foffset + FIoffset, case 1
Note 3: Foffset is the frequency offset from the centre frequency of the adjacent CC being tested to the edge of
aggregated channel bandwidth.
Note 4: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the
interferer and the centre frequency of the interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer power
defined in Table 7.6.1A.1.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.6.1A.2 In-band blocking for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA without UL CA)


7.6.1A.2.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 7.6.1A.1.

7.6.1A.2.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA. This test
case applies only for CA Configurations that do not support UL CA.

7.6.1A.2.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.1A.0.

7.6.1A.2.4 Test Description


7.6.1A.2.4.1 Initial Conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 7.6.1A.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.1A.1.4.1-1  use Table 7.6.1A.2.4.1-1.

- Instead of clause 7.6.1A.1.4.3  use clause 7.6.1A.2.4.3.


Release 15 285 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1A.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in B: Mid range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth C: Mid range (Note 4)
classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical
frequencies according to Table 7.1-2
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in Lowest NRB_agg
subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across Highest NRB_agg
bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. (Notes 3, 4)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
CA Configuration / DL Allocation UL Allocation
NRB_agg
PCC SCC CC PCC & SCC RB CC NRB_alloc PCC & SCC RB allocations
NRB NRB MOD allocation MOD (LCRB @ RBstart)
6 25 QPSK 6+25 QPSK 6 P_6@0 -
15 50 QPSK 15+50 QPSK 15 P_15@0 -
25 25 QPSK 25+25 QPSK 20 P_20@0 -
25 25 QPSK 25+25 QPSK 25 P_25@0 -
25 50 QPSK 25+50 QPSK 20 P_20@0 -
25 100 QPSK 25+100 QPSK 25 P_25@0 -
50 25 QPSK 50+25 QPSK 25 P_25@25 -
50 50 QPSK 50+50 QPSK 25 P_25@25 -
50 50 QPSK 50+50 QPSK 50 P_50@0 -
50 75 QPSK 50+75 QPSK 50 P_50@0 -
75 25 QPSK 75+25 QPSK 75 P_75@0 -
75 50 QPSK 75+50 QPSK 75 P_75@0 -
75 75 QPSK 75+75 QPSK 75 P_75@0 -
100 25 QPSK 100+25 QPSK 50 P_50@50 -
100 25 QPSK 100+25 QPSK 100 P_100@0 -
100 50 QPSK 100+50 QPSK 75 P_75@25 -
100 50 QPSK 100+50 QPSK 100 P 100@0 -
100 75 QPSK 100+75 QPSK 100 P_100@0 -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 50 P_50@50 -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 75 P_75@25 -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 100 P_100@0 -
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which
applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on CA Configuration only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according to table 7.3.3-2 is
tested per CA Configuration Test CC combination.
Note 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
Note 4: For CA_70C all test frequency IDs shall be tested according to table 4.3.1.1.70A-1, in TS 36.508 [7].

7.6.1A.2.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
Release 15 286 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.1A.2.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.1A.2.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the
UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the aggregated component carriers in
Case 1 according to Tables 7.6.1A.1.5-1 and 7.6.1A.1.5-2.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.1A.1.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of
the target level in table 7.6.1A.1.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for
carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8. Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G.2A.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the aggregated component carriers in Case 1 at step 6.

10. Repeat steps from 6 to 9, using interfering signals in Case 2 at step 6 and 9. The ranges of case 2 are covered in
steps equal to the interferer bandwidth. The test frequencies are chosen in analogy to table 7.6.1A.1.4.2-1.

7.6.1A.2.4.3 Message Contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.1.4.3.

7.6.1A.2.5 Test Requirement


Same test requirement as in clause 7.6.1A.1.5 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.1A.1.5-1  use Table 7.6.1A.2.5-1.

- Instead of Table 7.6.1A.1.5-2  use Table 7.6.1A.2.5-2.

Table 7.6.1A.2.5-1: In band blocking parameter

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in Transmission REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below
Bandwidth dBm
9 12
Configuration, per CC
BWInterferer MHz 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 7.5 7.5
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 12.5 12.5
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to
Annex C.3.1

Table 7.6.1A.2.5-2: In-band blocking

CA configuration Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


PInterferer dBm -56 -44
=-Foffset– FIoffset,case 1 ≤-Foffset– FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer MHz & &
=+Foffset + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+Foffset + FIoffset,case 2
Release 15 287 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

CA_1C, CA_2C, CA_3C, CA_5B, CA_7C,


FDL_low – 15
CA_12B, CA_23B, CA_27B, CA_38C, FInterferer
MHz (Note 2) to
CA_39C, CA_40C, CA_41C, CA_42C, (Range)
FDL_high + 15
CA_66B, CA_66C, CA_70C
Note 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but
within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band
Note 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a) the carrier frequency -Foffset - FIoffset, case 1 and
b) the carrier frequency +Foffset + FIoffset, case 1
Note 3: Foffset is the frequency offset from the centre frequency of the adjacent CC being tested to the edge of
aggregated channel bandwidth.
Note 4: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the
interferer and the centre frequency of the interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer power
defined in Table 7.6.1A.2.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.6.1A.3 In-band blocking for CA (inter-band DL CA without UL CA)


7.6.1A.3.1 Test Purpose
In-band blocking is defined for an unwanted interfering signal falling into the range from 15MHz below (60 MHz for
band 46) to 15MHz above (60 MHz for band 46) the UE receive band, at which the relative throughput shall meet or
exceed the requirement for the specified measurement channels.

7.6.1A.3.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support inter-band DL CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward that support 2DL CA with FDD-TDD
inter-band CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support DL LAA.

7.6.1A.3.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.1A.0.

7.6.1A.3.4 Test Description


7.6.1A.3.4.1 Initial Conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 7.6.1A.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 5.4.2A.1-1 use Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

- Instead of Table 7.6.1A.1.4.1-1  use Table 7.6.1A.3.4.1-1.

- Instead of clause 7.6.1A.1.4.3  use clause 7.6.1A.3.4.3.


Release 15 288 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1A.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7]
NC
subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7]
subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth
A: Mid range for PCC and SCC
classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto
physical frequencies according to Table 7.1-2
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified
in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration
Highest NRB_agg for PCC and SCC
across bandwidth combination sets supported by
the UE
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
CA Configuration / NRB_agg DL Allocation UL Allocation
PCC SCCs CC PCC & SCC CC PCC
NRB NRB MOD RB allocation MOD NRB_alloc
50 50 QPSK 50 50 QPSK 50
50 50 QPSK 50 50 QPSK 25
50 50 QPSK 50 50 QPSK 20
50 50 QPSK 50 50 QPSK 16
50 75 QPSK 50 75 QPSK 25
50 100 QPSK 50 100 QPSK 50
50 100 QPSK 50 100 QPSK 25
50 100 QPSK 50 100 QPSK 20
50 100 QPSK 50 100 QPSK 16
75 50 QPSK 75 50 QPSK 25
75 75 QPSK 75 75 QPSK 25
75 100 QPSK 75 100 QPSK 25
100 50 QPSK 100 50 QPSK 100
100 50 QPSK 100 50 QPSK 75
100 50 QPSK 100 50 QPSK 50
100 75 QPSK 100 75 QPSK 100
100 75 QPSK 100 75 QPSK 50
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 75
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 50
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 45
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 25
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 20
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which
applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.
Note 2: Depending on CA configurations, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according to table 7.3A.3.5-
2 for UE supporting one uplink carrier is tested per Test CA configuration.
Note 3: The UL resource blocks shall be located as close as possible to the downlink PCC but confined within the
transmission bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2-1).
Note 4: The frequencies of PCC and SCC shall be switched and tested in each configuration, according to the UE
declared capability for UL support (within CA operation) in the individual bands.

7.6.1A.3.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
Release 15 289 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.1A.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.1A.3.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the
UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the SCC in Case 1 according to Tables
7.6.1.5-1 and 7.6.1.5-2, or 7.6.1.5-1 and 7.6.1A.3.5-0 for operating bands without uplink band (as noted in Table
5.2-1) , or 7.6.1A.3.5-0a and 7.6.1A.3.5-0b for operating band 46 without uplink band.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.1A.3.5-1 or table 7.6.1A.3.5-0a for operating band 46.
Send uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that
the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in table 7.6.1A.3.5-1 or table 7.6.1A.3.5-0a for
operating band 46 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for carrier frequency
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8. Measure the average throughput of SCC for duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
Annex G.2.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the SCC in Case 1 at step 6.

10. Repeat steps from 6 to 9, using interfering signals in Case 2 at step 6 and 9. The ranges of case 2 are covered in
steps equal to the interferer bandwidth. The test frequencies are chosen in analogy to table 7.6.1.4.2-1.

7.6.1A.3.4.3 Message Contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.1.4.3.

7.6.1A.3.5 Test Requirement


For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to one E-UTRA band the in-band blocking requirements are
defined with the uplink active on the band other than the band whose downlink is being tested i.e. the requirements are
tested only for the SCell downlink. The UE shall meet the requirement for each component carrier, when operated as
SCell, while both downlink carriers are active.

For band combinations including an operating band without uplink band (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements for
both downlinks shall be met with the uplink in the band capable of UL operation.

The throughput measured during the test procedure for each component carrier, when operated as SCell, shall be ≥ 95%
of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters
specified in Tables 7.6.1A.3.5-1 and 7.6.1A.3.5-2 (originated from the single carrier Tables 7.6.1.5-1 and 7.6.1.5-2) and
also Table 7.6.1A.3.5-0 for band combinations including an operating band without uplink operation or Table
7.6.1A.3.5-0a and Table 7.6.1A.3.5-0b for band combinations including operating band 46 without uplink operation.

Table 7.6.1A.3.5-0: In-band blocking for additional operating bands for carrier aggregation

E-UTRA band Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


PInterferer dBm -56 -44
FInterferer =-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 ≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
(offset from MHz & &
SCC) =+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
FDL_low – 15
29, 32, 69 FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to
FDL_high + 15
Note 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall
inside the UE receive band, but within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE
receive band.
Note 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
Note 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer
centre frequencies.
Release 15 290 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1A.3.5-0a: In band blocking parameters for additional operating bands for carrier
aggregation

E-UTRA band Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz
20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 9
46 Configuration
(NOTE 3)
BWInterferer MHz 20
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 30+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 50+0.0075
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table 7.3.1-2 with
PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD/FS3 as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1/A.5.3.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.
NOTE 3: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 (TBD).

Table 7.6.1A.3.5-0b: In-band blocking for additional operating bands for carrier aggregation

E-UTRA band Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


PInterferer dBm -50 -44
=-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1
≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer (offset) MHz & &
=+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1
≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
FDL_low – 60
46 FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to
FDL_high + 60
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the
UE receive band, but within the first 15 MHz or 60 MHz below or above the UE receive
band.
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
NOTE 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer centre
frequencies.

Table 7.6.1A.3.5-1: In band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Pw in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration,
per CC
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 2.1+0.0125 4.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
7.5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 3.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0075 12.5+0.0075
12.5+0.012 12.5+0.002 12.5+0.007
5 5 5
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.

Table 7.6.1A.3.5-2: In-band blocking

E-UTRA Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4 Case 5


band PInterferer dBm -56 -44 -38
FInterferer =-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 ≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
Void Void
(offset from MHz & & -BW/2 - 11
SCC) =+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
Release 15 291 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11, 12,
13, 14, 17,
18, 19, 20,
21, 22, 23, FDL_low – 15
25, 26, 27, FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to
28, 31, 33, FDL_high + 15
34, 35, 36,
37, 38, 39,
40, 41, 42,
43, 44, 66,
70
FDL_low – 15
30 FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to FDL_low – 11
FDL_high + 15
Note 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but within
the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band
Note 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
Note 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer centre frequencies

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer power
defined in Table 7.6.1A.3.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.6.1A.4 In-band blocking for CA (intra-band non-contiguous DL CA without UL CA)


7.6.1A.4.1 Test Purpose
Same as in clause 7.6.1A.1.1.

7.6.1A.4.2 Test Applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support intra-band non-contiguous DL CA
but no UL CA.

7.6.1A.4.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.1A.0.

7.6.1A.4.4 Test description


7.6.1A.4.4.1 Initial Conditions

Same as in clause 7.6.1A.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.1A.1.4.1-1 use Table 7.6.1A.4.4.1-1.

Table 7.6.1A.4.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7]
NC
subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7]
subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes ,
A: N/A (Range is not relevant)
and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical
frequencies according to Table 7.1-2
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in
Refer to test point
subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration.
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
use the content of Table 7.3A.4.4.1-1
Release 15 292 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.1A.4.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6.1A.4.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.1A.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.1A.4.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the
UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the PCC in Case 1 according to Tables
7.6.1.5-1 and 7.6.1.5-2, excluding frequencies where the interferer centre frequency falls within SCC carrier ±
(BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1), where BW & offset refer to SCC.

7. Set the downlink signal level for PCC and SCC according to the table 7.6.1.5-1. Send uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within
+0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in table 7.6.1.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the
target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8. Measure the average throughput of the PCC for duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
Annex G.2A.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the PCC in Case 1 at step 6.

10. Repeat steps from 6 to 9, using an interfering signal below and above the SCC in Case 1 and measuring SCC
instead of PCC in step 8, excluding the frequencies where the interferer centre frequency falls within PCC carrier
±(BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1), where BW & offset refer to PCC.

11. Repeat steps from 6 to 10, replacing references to Case 1 with references to Case 2. The ranges of case 2 are
covered in steps equal to the interferer bandwidth. The test frequencies are chosen in analogy to table 7.6.1.4.2-1.

7.6.1A.4.4.3 Message Contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.1.4.3.

7.6.1A.4.5 Test Requirement


For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier and two downlink carriers, each larger than or
equal to 5 MHz, the in-band blocking requirements are defined with the uplink configuration of the PCC being in
accordance with Table 7.3A.0-3. The UE shall meet the requirements specified in tables 7.6.1A.4.5-1 and 7.6.1A.4.5-2
for each component carrier while both downlink carriers are active. The requirements for each component carrier are the
same as single carrier requirements in Tables 7.6.1.5-1 and 7.6.1.5-2.

The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.1A.4.5-1 and 7.6.1A.4.5-2.

Table 7.6.1A.4.5-1: In band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Pw in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration,
per CC
Release 15 293 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5


FIoffset, case 1 MHz 2.1+0.0125 4.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125 7.5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 3.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0075 12.5+0.0075 12.5+0.012 12.5+0.002 12.5+0.007
5 5 5
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.

Table 7.6.1A.4.5-2: In-band blocking

CA Configuration Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


PInterferer dBm -56 -44
=-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 ≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer
MHz & &
(offset)
=+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
CA_2A-2A, CA_3A-3A, CA_4A-4A,
FDL_low – 15
CA_5A-5A, CA_7A-7A, CA_23A-23A,
FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to
CA_25A-25A, CA_41A-41A, CA_42A-
FDL_high + 15
42A, CA_66A-66A
Note1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but
within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band
Note 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
Note 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer centre frequencies

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer power
defined in Table 7.6.1A.4.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.6.1A.5 In-band blocking for 3DL CA


7.6.1A.5.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 7.6.1A.1.

7.6.1A.5.2 Test Applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support 3DL with Intra-band contiguous
CA or 3DL with Inter-band CA or 3DL with Intra-band contiguous and Inter-band CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support 3DL with Intra-band non-
contiguous and Inter-band CA or 3DL with Intra-band non-contiguous and Intra-band contiguous CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward that support 3DL with FDD-TDD CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support 3DL CA involving Band
46.7.6.1A.5.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.1A.0.

7.6.1A.5.4 Test Description


7.6.1A.5.4.1 Initial Conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1 through table 5.4.2A.1-2a. All of these configurations shall be
tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.1A.5.4.1-1 through table
7.6.1A.5.4.1-2 as appropriate. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex
A.2 and A.3. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Release 15 294 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1A.5.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table


Release 15 295 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For
classes. mapping within Band refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA
Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. Refer to “PCC NRB” and “SCCs NRB” columns
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2
Band Range NRB Band Range NRB Band Range NRB
ID
UL DL ULalloc UL UL
DLalloc DL MOD ULalloc DLalloc DL MOD ULalloc DLalloc
MOD MOD (Note 2,3) MOD MOD
Default Test Settings for a CA_XD Configuration (Intra-band contiguous)
X Mid/CC1 All RBs X Mid/CC2 All RBs X Mid/CC3 All RBs
1 REFSENS Lowest N/A Lowest N/A Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
X Mid/CC1 All RBs X Mid/CC2 All RBs X Mid/CC3 All RBs
2 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for a CA_XA-YA-ZA Configuration (Inter-band)
X Mid All RBs Y Mid All RBs Z Mid All RBs
1 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB
Y Mid All RBs X Mid All RBs Z Mid All RBs
2 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB
Z Mid All RBs X Mid All RBs Y Mid All RBs
3 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB
Test Settings for CA_1A-18A-28A Configuration
1 Low All 18 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
1 50@0 RBs N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50
1 Low All 18 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
2 75@0 RBs N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50
1 Low All 18 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
3 100@0 RBs N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50
1 Low All 18 Mid All RBs 28 High All RBs
4 100@0 RBs N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50
18 Low All 1 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
5 25@25 RBs N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50
18 Low All 1 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
6 25@25 RBs N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50
18 Low All 1 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
7 25@25 RBs N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50
18 Mid All 1 Low All RBs 28 High All RBs
8 25@50 RBs N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 25
18 Mid All 1 Low All RBs 28 High All RBs
9 25@50 RBs N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50
28 High All 1 Low All RBs 18 Mid All RBs
10 25@0 RBs N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75
11 28 Mid 25@25 All 1 Low N/A All RBs 18 Low N/A All RBs
RBs
Release 15 296 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50


28 High All 1 High All RBs 18 Mid All RBs
12 25@25 RBs N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75
Default Test Settings for CA_XB-YA and CA_XC-YA Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
X Mid/CC1 All RBs X Mid/CC2 All RBs Y Mid All RBs
1 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
X Mid/CC1 All RBs X Mid/CC2 All RBs Y Mid All RBs
2 REFSENS Lowest N/A Lowest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
Y Mid All RBs X Mid/CC1 All RBs X Mid/CC2 All RBs
3 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg
Y Mid All RBs X Mid/CC1 All RBs X Mid/CC2 All RBs
4 REFSENS Highest N/A Lowest N/A Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-YB and CA_XA-YC Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Y Mid/CC1 All RBs Y Mid/CC2 All RBs X Mid All RBs
1 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
Y Mid/CC1 All RBs Y Mid/CC2 All RBs X Mid All RBs
2 REFSENS Lowest N/A Lowest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
X Mid All RBs Y Mid/CC1 All RBs Y Mid/CC2 All RBs
3 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg
X Mid All RBs Y Mid/CC1 All RBs Y Mid/CC2 All RBs
4 REFSENS Highest N/A Lowest N/A Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, The applicable aggregated
channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.
Note 2: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, otherwise use Default Test Settings test points.
Note 3: Inter-band & Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an
individual band within the CA Configuration, test points with that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 4: Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41D, X=41
Note 5: Inter-band: X,Y,Z correspond to the 1st, 2nd and 3rd band in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_1A-3A-19A, X=1, Y=3, Z=19
Note 6: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_1C-3A, X=1 and
Y=3
Note 7: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table
7.3.5-2.
Note 8: Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg , choose for testing
the Combination with maximum NRB_PCC and then select maximum NRB_SCC1 for the chosen NRB_PCC.
Note 9: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg ,
choose the Combination with NRB_PCC = NRB_SCC1 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum
NRB_PCC for testing.
Note 10: The orders and numbering of SCCs in this table does not imply any order in test implementation of SCCs.
Note 11: ID/test points that result in no refsens requirement shall be skipped.
Release 15 297 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1A.5.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table Wgap


Release 15 298 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For
bandwidth classes. mapping within Band refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Highest NRB
Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2
Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB
ID [MHz] [MHz]
UL DL ULalloc DL UL DL UL DL UL DL UL DL
MOD MOD (Note 2,3,4) alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
All
X CC2 All RBs X CC1 Y Mid All RBs
1 REFSENS Max N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
All
Y Mid All RBs X CC2 X CC1 All RBs
2 REFSENS - N/A RBs Max N/A
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-YA-YA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
All
Y CC2 All RBs Y CC1 X Mid All RBs
1 REFSENS Max N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
All
X Mid All RBs Y CC2 Y CC1 All RBs
2 REFSENS - N/A RBs Max N/A
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
Test Settings for CA_29A-66A-66A Configuration (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
All
66 CC1 All RBs 66 CC2 29 Mid All RBs
1 100@0 50 N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50
Test Settings for a CA_41C-41A Configuration (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
All
41 CC3 All RBs 41 CC2 41 CC1 All RBs
1 100@0 134.2 N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100
Test Settings for a CA_41A-41C Configuration (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
All
41 CC3 All RBs 41 CC2 41 CC1 All RBs
2 100@0 - N/A RBs 134.2 N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100
Group Test Settings for CA_66A-66A-XA or CA_XA-66A-66A Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
All
66 CC1 All RBs 66 CC2 X Mid All RBs
RBs
1 100@0 50 N/A - N/A
Highest
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK
NRB
All
X Mid All RBs 66 CC1 66 CC2 All RBs
RBs
2 REFSENS - N/A 50 N/A
Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100
NRB
Test Settings for a CA_66A-66C Configuration (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
All
66 CC1 All RBs 66 CC2 66 CC3 All RBs
1 100@0 30.2 N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table. Otherwise use test
points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table. Otherwise use Default Test Settings test points.
Note 3: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, otherwise
use Default Test Settings test points.
Note 4: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA Configuration, test points with
that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 5: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: X and Y correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-
5A,X=2,Y=5
Note 6: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41C-
41A,X=41.
Note 7: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for
Release 15 299 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.


Note 8: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB
allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 9: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the
same NRB_agg , choose the Combination with NRB_CC1 = NRB_CC2 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with
maximum NRB_CC1 for testing.
Note 10: The orders and numbering of SCCs in this table does not imply any order in test implementation of SCCs.
Note 11: ID/test points that result in no refsens requirement shall be skipped.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.58 as appropriate if
the UE supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.1A.5.4.1-1 through Table
7.6.1A.5.4.1-2 as appropriate.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.6.1A.5.4.3.

7.6.1A.5.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6.1A.5.4.3

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.1A.5.4.1-1 through Table 7.6.1A.5.4.1-5 as appropriate on PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC
padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.1A.5.4.1-1 through Table 7.6.1A.5.4.1-2 on PCC. Since the UE has
no payload data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6 Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the aggregated component carriers in
Case 1 according to Table 7.6.1A.5.4.2-1.

7 Set the downlink signal level according to the Table 7.6.1A.5.4.2-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of
the target level in table 7.6.1A.5.4.2-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level
for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8 Measure the average throughput for the carrier(s) indicated in Table 7.6.1A.5.4.2-1for duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2A.

9 Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the measured carrier(s) according to Table
7.6.1A.5.4.2-1 in Case 1 at step 6.

10 Repeat steps from 6 to 9, using interfering signals in Case 2 at step 6 and 9. The ranges of case 2 are covered in
steps equal to the interferer bandwidth. The test frequencies are chosen in analogy to table 7.6.1A.1.4.2-1.

11. Repeat steps 1 to 10 for all component carriers listed in Table 7.6.1A.5.4.2-1.
Release 15 300 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1A.5.4.2-1: Test repetition and measurement configuration

ID Throughput Table with


(Note 1) measured test
CA configuration on (Note 3) parameters
to select
(Note 2)
1 PCC, 7.6.1A.5.5-2
Intra-band contiguous SCC1, 7.6.1A.5.5-3
2
SCC2
SCC1
1 7.6.1A.5.5-1
SCC2
7.6.1A.5.5-1a
SCC1
Inter-band 2 7.6.1A.5.5-1b
SCC2
7.6.1A.5.5-4
SCC1 7.6.1A.5.5-5
3
SCC2
1 7.6.1A.5.5-1
7.6.1A.5.5-1a
SCC2 7.6.1A.5.5-1b
2 7.6.1A.5.5-4
Intra-band contiguous + Inter-
7.6.1A.5.5-5
band
3 7.6.1A.5.5-2
SCC1, 7.6.1A.5.5-3
4 SCC2 7.6.1A.5.5-3a
7.6.1A.5.5-3b
7.6.1A.5.5-1
7.6.1A.5.5-1a
1 SCC2 7.6.1A.5.5-1b
7.6.1A.5.5-4
Intra-band non-contiguous +
7.6.1A.5.5-5
Inter-band
SCC1, 7.6.1A.5.5-1a
7.6.1A.5.5-1b
2
SCC2 7.6.1A.5.5-4
7.6.1A.5.5-5
7.6.1A.5.5-4
PCC
7.6.1A.5.5-5
7.6.1A.5.5-2
1
SCC1, 7.6.1A.5.5-3
SCC2 7.6.1A.5.5-3a
Intra-band non-contiguous + 7.6.1A.5.5-3b
Intra-band contiguous 7.6.1A.5.5-1a
7.6.1A.5.5-1b
SCC2
7.6.1A.5.5-4
2
7.6.1A.5.5-5
7.6.1A.5.5-2
PCC, SCC1
7.6.1A.5.5-3
Note 1: Test point ID for the particular CA configuration as defined in
section 7.6.1A.5.4.1.
Note 2: The reference for the placement of the interferer signals is the
centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer among the
carriers throughput is measured on.
Note 3: Where there are multiple rows for a single Test point ID, the test
is repeated for each row.

7.6.1A.5.4.3 Message Contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.1.4.3 for without UL CA.

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.1A.1.4.3 for UL CA.

7.6.1A.5.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement of each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of
the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table s below, according
to the type of CA.
Release 15 301 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1A.5.5-1: In-band blocking for additional operating bands for carrier aggregation
(inter-band)

E-UTRA band Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


PInterferer dBm -56 -44
FInterferer =-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1
≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
(offset from MHz & &
SCC) =+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1
≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
FDL_low – 15
29 FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to
FDL_high + 15
Note 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall
inside the UE receive band, but within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE
receive band.
Note 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
Note 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer
centre frequencies.

Table 7.6.1A.5.5-1a: In band blocking parameters for additional operating bands for carrier
aggregation

E-UTRA band Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 9
46 Configuration
(NOTE 3)
BWInterferer MHz 20
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 30+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 50+0.0075
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table 7.3.1-2 with
PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.
NOTE 3: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 (TBD)

Table 7.6.1A.5.5-1b: In-band blocking for additional operating bands for carrier aggregation

E-UTRA band Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


PInterferer dBm -50 -44
=-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 ≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer (offset) MHz & &
=+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
FDL_low – 60
46 FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to
FDL_high + 60
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the
UE receive band, but within the first 15 MHz or 60 MHz below or above the UE receive
band.
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
NOTE 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer centre
frequencies.

Table 7.6.1A.5.5-2: In band blocking parameter (intra-band contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Release 15 302 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Power per CC in REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below


Aggregated
Transmission dBm
9 12 13.8
Bandwidth
Configuration
BWInterferer MHz 5 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 7.5 7.5 7.5
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 12.5 12.5 12.5
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to
Annex C.3.1

Table 7.6.1A.5.5-3: In-band blocking (intra-band contiguous)

CA configuration Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


PInterferer dBm -56 -44
=-Foffset– FIoffset,case 1 ≤-Foffset– FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer MHz & &
=+Foffset + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+Foffset + FIoffset,case 2
CA_1C, CA_2C, CA_3C,
CA_7C, CA_12B, CA_23B, FDL_low – 15
FInterferer
CA_27B, CA_38C, CA_39C, MHz (Note 2) to
(Range)
CA_40C, CA_41C, CA_40D, FDL_high + 15
CA_41D, CA_42C, CA_66C
Note 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive
band, but within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band
Note 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -Foffset - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +Foffset + FIoffset, case 1
Note 3: Foffset is the frequency offset from the centre frequency of the adjacent CC being tested to the
edge of aggregated channel bandwidth.
Note 4: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to
the interferer and the centre frequency of the interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.

Table 7.6.1A.5.5-3a: In band blocking parameters (band 46, intra-band contiguous)

E-UTRA Band Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in Transmission REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below
Bandwidth dBm
12 13.8
Configuration, per CC
46
BWInterferer MHz 20 20
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 30 30
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 50 50
NOTE 1: In a band capable of uplink operation, the transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L,c or PCMAX_L as defined in
subclause 6.2.5A.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.

Table 7.6.1A.5.5-3b: In-band blocking (band 46, intra-band contiguous)

E-UTRA Band Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


PInterferer dBm -50 -44
=-Foffset– FIoffset,case 1 ≤-Foffset– FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer
MHz & &
(offset)
=+Foffset + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+Foffset + FIoffset,case 2
Release 15 303 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

FDL_low – 60
FInterferer
46 MHz (Note 2) to
(Range)
FDL_high + 60
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive
band, but within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band.
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -Foffset - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +Foffset + FIoffset, case 1
NOTE 3: Foffset is the frequency offset from the centre frequency of the CC being tested to the edge of
aggregated channel bandwidth.
NOTE 4: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to
the interferer and the centre frequency of the interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.

Table 7.6.1A.5.5-4: In-band blocking parameters (inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration for
each CC
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 2.1+0.0125 4.5+0.0075 7.5+0.01257.5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 3.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0075 12.5+0.0075
12.5+0.012 12.5+0.002 12.5+0.007
5 5 5
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.

Table 7.6.1A.5.5-5: In-band blocking (inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)

E-UTRA Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4 Case 5


band PInterferer dBm -56 -44 -38
FInterferer =-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 ≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
(offset from MHz & & -BW/2 - 11
SCC) =+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11, 12,
13, 14, 17,
18, 19, 20,
FDL_low – 15
21, 22, 23, Void Void
FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to
25, 26, 27,
FDL_high + 15
28, 31, 33,
34, 35, 36,
37, 38, 39,
40, 41, 42,
43, 44, 66
FDL_low – 15
30 FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to FDL_low – 11
FDL_high + 15
Note 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but within
the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band
Note 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
Note 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer centre frequencies
Note 4: For intra-band non-contiguous + inter-band CA, RIBNC = 0 dB for all sub-block gaps.
Release 15 304 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

For a UE, which supports CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer power defined in Tables
7.6.1A.5.5-1, 7.6.1A.5.5-3 and 7.6.1A.5.5-5 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and
7.3.3-1C accordingly.

7.6.1A.6
7.6.1A.7 In-band blocking for 4DL CA
7.6.1A.7.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 7.6.1A.1.

7.6.1A.7.2 Test Applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support 4DL with TDD Intra-band
contiguous CA, or 4DL with Inter-band CA, or 4DL with Intra-band contiguous and Inter-band CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support 4DL Intra-band non-
contiguous CA + Inter-band CA or 4DL Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous CA, or 4DL with Intra-band
non-contiguous and Intra-band non-contiguous CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward that support 4DL CA with FDD-TDD CA.

7.6.1A.7.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.1A.0.

7.6.1A.7.4 Test Description


7.6.1A.7.4.1 Initial Conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1 through table 5.4.2A.1-2a. All of these configurations shall be
tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.1A.7.4.1-1 through table
7.6.1A.7.4.1-2 as appropriate. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex
A.2 and A.3. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
305

Table 7.6.1A.7.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in


TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes. For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For mapping within Band refer
to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration Refer to “PCC NRB” and “SCCs NRB” columns
across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

PCC SCC1 SCC2


SCC3
Band Range NRB Band Range NRB
ID Band Range NRB Band Range NRB
UL DL UL DL UL UL DL
ULalloc DLalloc ULalloc DLalloc DL MOD ULalloc DLalloc ULalloc DLalloc
MOD MOD MOD MOD MOD MOD MOD
Default Test Settings for a CA_XE Configuration (Intra-band contiguous)

ALL ALL ALL


X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 X Mid/CC3 ALL RBs X Mid/CC4
RBs RBs RBs
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
ALL ALL ALL
X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 X Mid/CC3 ALL RBs X Mid/CC4
RBs RBs RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for a CA_XA-YD, YD-XA Configuration (Inter-band)

ALL ALL ALL


Y Mid/CC1 Y Mid/CC2 Y Mid/CC3 ALL RBs X Mid
RBs RBs RBs
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid/CC1 Y Mid/CC2 Y Mid/CC3 ALL RBs X Mid
RBs RBs RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Lowest Lowest Lowest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
ALL ALL ALL
X Mid Y Mid/CC1 Y Mid/CC2 ALL RBs Y Mid/CC3
RBs RBs RBs
3 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
306
ALL ALL Y ALL
X Mid Y Mid/CC1 Mid/CC2 ALL RBs Y Mid/CC3
RBs RBs RBs
4 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
307
Default Test Settings for a CA_XA-YA-ZA-RA Configuration (Inter-band)

ALL ALL ALL


X Mid Y Mid Z Mid ALL RBs R Mid
RBs RBs RBs
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X Mid Z Mid ALL RBs R Mid
RBs RBs RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid X Mid Y Mid ALL RBs R Mid
RBs RBs RBs
3 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
R Mid X Mid Y Mid ALL RBs Z Mid
RBs RBs RBs
4 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
Default Test Settings for CA_XB-YA-ZA and CA_XC-YA-ZA Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-XB-ZA and CA_YA-XC-ZA Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-ZA-XB and CA_YA-ZA-XC Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
ALL ALL ALL
X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 Y Mid ALL RBs Z Mid
RBs RBs RBs
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 Y Mid ALL RBs Z Mid
RBs RBs RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Lowest Lowest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 ALL RBs Z Mid
RBs RBs RBs
3 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 ALL RBs Z Mid
RBs RBs RBs
4 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Lowest Lowest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X Mid/CC1 ALL RBs X Mid/CC2
RBs RBs RBs
5 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X Mid/CC1 ALL RBs X Mid/CC2
RBs RBs RBs
6 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
308
Default Test Settings for CA_XC-YC Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band(2))

ALL ALL ALL


X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 Y Mid/CC1 ALL RBs Y Mid/CC2
RBs RBs RBs
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 Y Mid/CC1 ALL RBs Y Mid/CC2
RBs RBs RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid/CC1 Y Mid/CC2 X Mid/CC1 ALL RBs X Mid/CC2
RBs RBs RBs
3 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid/CC1 Y Mid/CC2 X Mid/CC1 ALL RBs X Mid/CC2
RBs RBs RBs
4 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Intra-band contiguous & Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, otherwise use Default Test Settings
test points.
Note 3: Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, Otherwise use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table.
Otherwise use the Default Test Settings test points.
Note 4: Inter-band & Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA Configuration,
test points with that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 5: Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41E, X=41.
Note 6: Inter-band: X,Y,Z,R correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_1A-3A-7A-8A,X=1,Y=3,Z=7,R=8.
Note 7: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y,Z correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_3C-7A-28A, X=3,Y=7 and Z=28.
Note 8: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 9: Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg, choose for testing the Combination with maximum
NRB_PCC and then select maximum NRB_SCC1 for the chosen NRB_PCC.
Note 10: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg , choose the Combination with NRB_PCC =
NRB_SCC1 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum NRB_PCC for testing.
Note 11: The orders and numbering of SCCs in this table does not imply any order in test implementation of SCCs.
Note 12: ID/test points that result in no refsens requirement shall be skipped.
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
309
Table 7.6.1A.7.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table with Wgap
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
310
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For mapping within Band
bandwidth classes. refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Highest NRB
Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2 SCC3
Ban Ran Ban Ran Ban Rang Ran
NRB Wgap NRB Wgap NRB Band NRB
I d ge d ge d e Wgap ge
[MHz [MHz
D UL UL [MHz] DL
DL ULall DLallo ] UL DL ULall DLall ] DL ULall DLall UL ULall DLallo
MO MO MO
MOD oc c MOD MOD oc oc MOD oc oc MOD oc c
D D D
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA-ZA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-XA-XA-ZA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-ZA-XA-XA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC2 X CC1 Y Mid Z Mid
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 Max N/A - N/A - N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X CC2 X CC1 Z Mid
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 - N/A Max N/A - N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X CC2 X CC1
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 - N/A - N/A Max N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
Default Test Settings for CA_66A-66A-YA-ZA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-66A-66A-ZA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-ZA-66A-66A Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC1 X CC2 Y Mid Z Mid
RBs RBs RBs RBs
REFS
1 Max 64- N/A - N/A - 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS NRB_ag 64- NRB_ag
NRB_agg N/A QA N/A N/A QA NRB_agg
K QAM g QAM g
M M
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X CC1 X CC2 Z Mid
RBs RBs RBs RBs
REFS
2 - 64- N/A Max N/A - 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS NRB_ag 64- NRB_ag
NRB_agg N/A QA N/A N/A QA NRB_agg
K QAM g QAM g
M M
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
311
ALL ALL - ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X CC1 X CC2
RBs RBs RBs RBs
REFS
3 - 64- N/A N/A Max 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS NRB_ag 64- NRB_ag
NRB_agg N/A QA N/A N/A QA NRB_agg
K QAM g QAM g
M M
Default Test Settings for CA_66A-66A-YC Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YC-66A-66A Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
66 CC1 66 CC2 Y Y
RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs
REFS
1 Max 64- N/A - N/A High - 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS NRB_ag 64- Highes
NRB_agg N/A QA N/A est N/A QA
K QAM g QAM t NRB
M NRB M
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL
Y Y 66 CC1 66 CC2
CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs
REFS
2 - 64- N/A - N/A Max 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS Highes Highe 64- NRB_ag
N/A QA N/A N/A QA NRB_agg
K QAM t NRB st NRB QAM g
M M
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XD/XD-XA/XC-XC Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
TBD
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA-YA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous)
ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC4 X CC3 Y CC2 Y CC1
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 Max N/A - N/A Max N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y CC4 Y CC3 X CC2 X CC1
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 Max N/A - N/A Max N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table. Otherwise use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table.
Otherwise use Default Test Settings test points.
Note 3: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA Configuration, test points with that individual band
as PCC are not applicable.
Note 4: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y,Z correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-4A-12A,X=2,Y=4,Z=12.
Note 5: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41C-41A-41A,X=41.
Note 6: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous: X,Y correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-4A-
4A,X=2,Y=4.
Note 7: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 8: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg , choose
the Combination with NRB_CC1 = NRB_CC2 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum NRB_CC1 for testing.
Note 9: The orders and numbering of SCCs in this table does not imply any order in test implementation of SCCs.
Note 10: ID/test points that result in no refsens requirement shall be skipped.
Release 15 312 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.58 as appropriate if
the UE supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.1A.7.4.1-1 through Table
7.6.1A.7.4.1-2 as appropriate.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.6.1A.7.4.3.

7.6.1A.7.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6.1A.7.4.3

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.1A.7.4.1-1 through Table 7.6.1A.7.4.1-6 as appropriate on PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC
padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.1A.7.4.1-1 through Table 7.6.1A.7.4.1-2 on PCC. Since the UE has
no payload data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6 Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the aggregated component carriers in
Case 1 according to Table 7.6.1A.7.4.2-1.

7 Set the downlink signal level according to the Table 7.6.1A.7.4.2-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of
the target level in table 7.6.1A.7.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for
carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8 Measure the average throughput for the carrier(s) indicated in Table 7.6.1A.7.4.2-1for duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2A.

9 Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the measured carrier(s) according to Table 7.6.1A.7.5-
1 in Case 1 at step 6.

10 Repeat steps from 6 to 9, using interfering signals in Case 2 at step 6 and 9. The ranges of case 2 are covered in
steps equal to the interferer bandwidth. The test frequencies are chosen in analogy to table 7.6.1A.1.4.2-1.

11. Repeat steps 1 to 10 for all component carriers listed in Table 7.6.1A.7.4.2-1.
Release 15 313 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1A.7.4.2-1: Test repetition and measurement configuration

ID Throughput Table with


(Note 1) measured test
CA configuration on (Note 3) parameters
to select
(Note 2)
1 PCC, SCC1, 7.6.1A.7.5-2
Intra-band contiguous
2 SCC2,SCC3 7.6.1A.7.5-3
SCC1
1 SCC2
SCC3
SCC1
2 SCC2
SCC3
Inter-band 7.6.1A.7.5-1
SCC1
3 SCC2
SCC3
SCC1
4 SCC2
SCC3
1 SCC2
7.6.1A.7.5-1
2 SCC3
3 SCC1, 7.6.1A.7.5-1
Intra-band contiguous + Inter- SCC2, 7.6.1A.7.5-2
band 4 SCC3 7.6.1A.7.5-3
5 SCC1, 7.6.1A.7.5-1
SCC2, 7.6.1A.7.5-2
6
SCC3 7.6.1A.7.5-3
1
7.6.1A.7.5-1
Intra-band contiguous + Inter- 2 SCC2
7.6.1A.7.5-2
band(2) 3 SCC3
7.6.1A.7.5-3
4
SCC2,
1 7.6.1A.7.5-1
SCC3
SCC1,
7.6.1A.7.5-4
Intra-band non-contiguous + 2 SCC2
7.6.1A.7.5-5
Inter-band SCC3
SCC1
7.6.1A.7.5-4
3 SCC2 7.6.1A.7.5-5
SCC3
7.6.1A.7.5-4
PCC
7.6.1A.7.5-5
7.6.1A.7.5-4
1 SCC1,
7.6.1A.7.5-5
SCC2,
7.6.1A.7.5-2
SCC3
Intra-band non-contiguous + 7.6.1A.7.5-3
Intra-band contiguous 7.6.1A.7.5-2
SCC2
7.6.1A.7.5-3
7.6.1A.7.5-4
2
PCC, SCC1, 7.6.1A.7.5-5
SCC3 7.6.1A.7.5-2
7.6.1A.7.5-3
1 SCC2
Intra-band non-contiguous + SCC3 7.6.1A.7.5-4
Intra-band non-contiguous SCC2 7.6.1A.7.5-5
2
SCC3
Note 1: Test point ID for the particular CA configuration as defined in
section 7.6.1A.7.4.1.
Note 2: The reference for the placement of the interferer signals is the
centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer among the
carriers throughput is measured on.
Note 3: Where there are multiple rows for a single Test point ID, the test
is repeated for each row.
Release 15 314 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.1A.7.4.3 Message Contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.1.4.3 for without UL CA.

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.1A.1.4.3 for UL CA.

7.6.1A.7.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement of each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of
the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table s below, according
to the type of CA.

Table 7.6.1A.7.5-1: In-band blocking for additional operating bands for carrier aggregation
(inter-band)

E-UTRA band Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


PInterferer dBm -56 -44
FInterferer =-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1
≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
(offset from MHz & &
SCC) =+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1
≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
FDL_low – 15
29, 32, 67, 69 FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to
FDL_high + 15
Note 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall
inside the UE receive band, but within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE
receive band.
Note 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
Note 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer
centre frequencies.

Table 7.6.1A.7.5-2: In band blocking parameter (intra-band contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Power per CC in REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below
Aggregated
Transmission dBm
9 12 13.8 15
Bandwidth
Configuration
BWInterferer MHz 5 5 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to
Annex C.3.1

Table 7.6.1A.7.5-3: In-band blocking (intra-band contiguous)

CA configuration Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


PInterferer dBm -56 -44
=-Foffset– FIoffset,case 1 ≤-Foffset– FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer MHz & &
=+Foffset + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+Foffset + FIoffset,case 2
Release 15 315 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

CA_1C, CA_2C, CA_3C,


CA_5B, CA_7C, CA_8B,
CA_12B, CA_23B, CA_27B,
FDL_low – 15
CA_38C, CA_39C, CA_40C, FInterferer
MHz (Note 2) to
CA_41C, CA_40D, CA_40E, (Range)
FDL_high + 15
CA_41D, CA_42C, CA_42D,
CA_42E, CA66B, CA_66C,
CA_70C, CA_66D
Note 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive
band, but within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band.
Note 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -Foffset - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +Foffset + FIoffset, case 1
Note 3: Foffset is the frequency offset from the centre frequency of the adjacent CC being tested to the
edge of aggregated channel bandwidth.
Note 4: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to
the interferer and the centre frequency of the interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.

Table 7.6.1A.7.5-4: In-band blocking parameters (inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration for
each CC
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 2.1+0.0125 4.5+0.0075 7.5+0.01257.5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 3.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0075 12.5+0.0075
12.5+0.012 12.5+0.002 12.5+0.007
5 5 5
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.

Table 7.6.1A.7.5-5: In-band blocking (inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)

E-UTRA Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4 Case 5


band PInterferer dBm -56 -44 Void Void -38
FInterferer MHz =-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 ≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2 -BW/2 - 11
(offset from & &
SCC) =+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
Release 15 316 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11, 12,
13, 14, 17,
18, 19, 20,
21, 22, 23,
FDL_low – 15
25, 26, 27,
FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to
28, 31, 33,
FDL_high + 15
34, 35, 36,
37, 38, 39,
40, 41, 42,
43, 44, 45,
65, 66, 68,
70
FDL_low – 15
30 FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to FDL_low – 11
FDL_high + 15
Note 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but within
the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band.
Note 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
Note 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer centre frequencies.
Note 4: For intra-band non-contiguous + inter-band CA, RIBNC = 0 dB for all sub-block gaps.

For a UE, which supports CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer power defined in Tables
7.6.1A.7.5-1, 7.6.1A.7.5-3 and 7.6.1A.7.5-5 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and
7.3.3-1C accordingly.

7.6.1A.8 In-band blocking for 5DL CA


7.6.1A.8.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 7.6.1A.1.

7.6.1A.8.2 Test Applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE and forward that support 5DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2a.

7.6.1A.8.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.1A.0.

7.6.1A.8.4 Test Description


7.6.1A.8.4.1 Initial Conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1 through table 5.4.2A.1-2a. All of these configurations shall be
tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.1A.8.4.1-1 through table
7.6.1A.8.4.1-2 as appropriate. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex
A.2 and A.3. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
317

Table 7.6.1A.8.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table


Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
318
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For mapping within Band refer to “CC” columns
bandwidth classes.
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the Refer to “PCC NRB” and “SCCs NRB” columns
CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2 SCC3 SCC4
Band Range NRB Band Range NRB Band Range NRB Band Range NRB Band Range NRB
I
ULalloc
D UL DL DL UL DL UL DL UL UL DL UL UL DL UL DL UL DL UL DL
(Note
MOD MOD alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc MOD MOD MOD alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc
2,3,4)
Default Test Settings for a CA_XF Configuration (Intra-band contiguous)
Mid/ Mid/ Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
X X X X X X X
CC1 REF CC1 CC1 RBs CC4 RBs CC4 RBs
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Mid/ Mid/ Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
X X X X X X X
CC1 REF CC1 CC1 RBs CC4 RBs CC4 RBs
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for a CA_XA-YA-ZA-RA-SA Configuration (Inter-band)
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
X Mid Y Mid Z Mid R Mid S Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X Mid Z Mid R Mid S Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid X Mid Y Mid R Mid S Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
R Mid X Mid Y Mid Z Mid S Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
4 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
S Mid X Mid Y Mid Z Mid R Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
5 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
319
Default Test Settings for a CA_XE-YA, YA-XE Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
X X X X X Y Mid
REF RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs RBs
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
320
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ N/A ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
X X X X X Y Mid
REF RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs RBs
2 N/A N/A N/A
SENS Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
Y Y X X X X
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs
3 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
Y Y X X X X
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs
4 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-ZA-RA-YB and CA_XA-ZA-RA-YC Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL ALL
X X Y Mid Z Mid R Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB NRB NRB
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL ALL
X X Y Mid Z Mid R Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Lowest Lowest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB NRB NRB
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X X Z Mid R Mid
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs
3 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB NRB
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X X Z Mid R Mid
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs
4 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Lowest Lowest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB NRB
ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X X R Mid
REF RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
5 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X X R Mid
REF RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
6 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Lowest Lowest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
R Mid Y Mid X X Z Mid
REF RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
7 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
R Mid Y Mid X X Z Mid
REF RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
8 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Lowest Lowest Highest
N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
321
Default Test Settings CA_XB-YB-ZA, CA_XB-YC-ZA, CA_XC-YB-ZA, and CA_XC-YC-ZA Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings CA_ZA-XB-YB, CA_ZA-XB-YC, CA_ZA-XC-YB, and CA_ZA-XC-YC Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
X X Y Y Z Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
X X Y Y Z Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
Y Y X X Z Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
3 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
Y Y X X Z Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
4 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
Z Mid X X Y Y
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs
5 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
Z Mid X X Y Y
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs
6 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Intra-band contiguous & Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, otherwise use Default Test Settings test points.
Note 3: Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, Otherwise use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table. Otherwise use the Default
Test Settings test points.
Note 4: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA Configuration, test points with that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 5: Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41F, X=41.
Note 6: Inter-band: X,Y,Z,R,S correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_1A-3A-7A-20A-42A,X=1,Y=3,Z=7,R=20,S=42.
Note 7: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y,Z,R correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_3C-7A-28A, X=3,Y=7 and Z=28.
Note 8: REFSENS refers to the PCC bands and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 9: Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg, choose for testing the Combination with maximum NRB_PCC and then select
maximum NRB_SCC1 for the chosen NRB_PCC.
Note 10: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg, choose the Combination with NRB_PCC = NRB_SCC1 for testing. If no
such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum NRB_PCC for testing.
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
322
Table 7.6.1A.8.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table with Wgap
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
323
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in
NC
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1
For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For mapping within
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes.
Band refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth
Highest NRB
combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2 SCC3 SCC4
Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB
ID [MH DL [MH UL DL [MH DL [MH DL
UL DL UL DL z] UL DL UL z] UL DL z] UL DL UL z] UL DL UL
allo allo allo allo allo
MOD MOD alloc alloc MOD MOD alloc MOD MOD MOD MOD alloc MOD MOD alloc
c c c c c
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA-ZA-RA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-ZA-XA-XA-RA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-ZA-RA-XA-XA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC2 X CC1 Y Mid Z Mid R Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 Max N/A - N/A - N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X CC2 X CC1 Z Mid R Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 - N/A Max N/A - N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X CC2 X CC1 R Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 - N/A - N/A Max N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
R Mid Z Mid Y Mid X CC2 X CC1
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
4 - N/A - N/A - N/A Max N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg

Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YD Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y CC3 Y CC2 Y CC1 X CC2 X CC1
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 - N/A - N/A - N/A Max N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC2 X CC1 Y CC3 Y CC2 Y CC1
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 Max N/A - N/A - N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK QPSK QPSK
g gg gg gg gg

Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA-ZA-ZA Configurations Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z CC2 Z CC1 X CC2 X CC1 Y Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 Max N/A - N/A Max N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
324
ALL ALL CC2 ALL ALL ALL
X CC2 X CC1 Z Z CC1 Y Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 Max N/A - N/A Max N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X CC2 X CC1 Z CC2 Z CC1
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 - N/A Max N/A - N/A Max N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg

Default Test Settings for CA_66A-66A-YA-ZC Configurations Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous
Mid/C ALL Mid/C ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Z 66 CC1 66 CC2 Y Mid
C1 RBs C2 RBs RBs RBs RBs
REF
1 High - N/A Hig - N/A Max N/A - N/A Hig
SENS NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK est N/A QPSK hest N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK hest
gg gg
NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL Mid/C ALL Mid/C ALL ALL
66 CC1 66 CC2 Z Z Y Mid
RBs RBs C1 RBs C2 RBs RBs
REF
2 Max N/A - N/A Hig - N/A Hig - N/A Hig
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a
QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK hest N/A QPSK hest N/A QPSK hest
g gg
NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL Mid/C ALL Mid/C ALL
Y Mid 66 CC1 66 CC2 Z Z
RBs RBs RBs C1 RBs C2 RBs
REF
3 High - N/A Max N/A - N/A Hig - N/A Hig
SENS NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK est N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK hest N/A QPSK hest
gg gg
NRB NRB NRB
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table. Otherwise use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table. Otherwise use Default Test
Settings test points.
Note 3: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA Configuration, test points with that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 4: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y,Z,R correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-5A-12A-66A,X=2,Y=5,Z=12,R=66.
Note 5: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: X,Y corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_5A-5A-66D,X=5,Y=66.
Note 6: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous: X,Y,Z correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-5A-66A-66A,X=2,Y=5,Z=66.
Note 7: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 8: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same N RB_agg , choose the Combination with NRB_CC1 =
NRB_CC2 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum NRB_CC1 for testing.
Release 15 325 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.58 as appropriate if
the UE supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.1A.8.4.1-1 through Table
7.6.1A.8.4.1-2 as appropriate.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.6.1A.8.4.3.

7.6.1A.8.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6.1A.8.4.3

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.1A.8.4.1-1 through Table 7.6.1A.8.4.1-6 as appropriate on PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC
padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.1A.8.4.1-1 through Table 7.6.1A.8.4.1-2 on PCC. Since the UE has
no payload data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6 Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the aggregated component carriers in
Case 1 according to Table 7.6.1A.8.4.2-1.

7 Set the downlink signal level according to the Table 7.6.1A.8.4.2-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of
the target level in table 7.6.1A.8.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for
carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8 Measure the average throughput for the carrier(s) indicated in Table 7.6.1A.8.4.2-1for duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2A.

9 Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the measured carrier(s) according to Table 7.6.1A.8.5-
1 in Case 1 at step 6.

10 Repeat steps from 6 to 9, using interfering signals in Case 2 at step 6 and 9. The ranges of case 2 are covered in
steps equal to the interferer bandwidth. The test frequencies are chosen in analogy to table 7.6.1A.1.4.2-1.

11. Repeat steps 1 to 10 for all component carriers listed in Table 7.6.1A.8.4.2-1.
Release 15 326 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1A.8.4.2-1: Test repetition and measurement configuration


Release 15 327 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

ID Throughput Table with


(Note 1) measured on test
CA configuration (Note 3) parameters
to select
(Note 2)
1 PCC, SCC1, 7.6.1A.8.5-2
Intra-band contiguous
2 SCC2,SCC3,SCC4 7.6.1A.8.5-3
SCC1
SCC2
1
SCC3
SCC4
SCC1
SCC2
2
SCC3
SCC4
SCC1
7.6.1A.8.5-1
SCC2
Inter-band 3 7.6.1A.8.5-4
SCC3
7.6.1A.8.5-5
SCC4
SCC1
SCC2
4
SCC3
SCC4
SCC1
SCC2
5
SCC3
SCC4
1 7.6.1A.8.5-1
SCC4 7.6.1A.8.5-4
2
7.6.1A.8.5-5
Intra-band contiguous + 3 7.6.1A.8.5-1
Inter-band 7.6.1A.8.5-2
SCC1, SCC2,
7.6.1A.8.5-3
4 SCC3, SCC4
7.6.1A.8.5-4
7.6.1A.8.5-5
1 SCC2 7.6.1A.8.5-1
SCC3 7.6.1A.8.5-4
2
SCC4 7.6.1A.8.5-5
3 7.6.1A.8.5-1
7.6.1A.8.5-2
SCC1, SCC2,
7.6.1A.8.5-3
4 SCC3,SCC4
7.6.1A.8.5-4
7.6.1A.8.5-5
Intra-band contiguous + 5 7.6.1A.8.5-1
Inter-band 7.6.1A.8.5-2
SCC1, SCC2,
7.6.1A.8.5-3
6 SCC3,SCC4
7.6.1A.8.5-4
7.6.1A.8.5-5
7 7.6.1A.8.5-1
7.6.1A.8.5-2
SCC1, SCC2,
7.6.1A.8.5-3
8 SCC3,SCC4
7.6.1A.8.5-4
7.6.1A.8.5-5
1 7.6.1A.8.5-1
2 7.6.1A.8.5-2
SCC2, SCC3,
3 7.6.1A.8.5-3
SCC4
7.6.1A.8.5-4
Intra-band contiguous + 4 7.6.1A.8.5-5
Intra-band contiguous +
5 7.6.1A.8.5-1
Inter-band
7.6.1A.8.5-2
SCC1, SCC2,
7.6.1A.8.5-3
6 SCC3, SCC4
7.6.1A.8.5-4
7.6.1A.8.5-5
Intra-band non- SCC1, SCC2, 7.6.1A.8.5-1
1
contiguous + Inter-band SCC3, SCC4 7.6.1A.8.5-4
2 SCC1, SCC2, 7.6.1A.8.5-5
SCC3, SCC4
Release 15 328 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

SCC1, SCC2,
3
SCC3, SCC4
SCC1, SCC2,
4
SCC3, SCC4
7.6.1A.8.5-2
PCC, SCC1, SCC2
7.6.1A.8.5-3
1 7.6.1A.8.5-1
Intra-band non-
SCC3, SCC4 7.6.1A.8.5-4
contiguous + Intra-band
7.6.1A.8.5-5
contiguous
7.6.1A.8.5-1
SCC1, SCC2,
2 7.6.1A.8.5-4
SCC3, SCC4
7.6.1A.8.5-5
Intra-band non- 1 7.6.1A.8.5-1
SCC1, SCC2,
contiguous + Intra-band 2 7.6.1A.8.5-4
SCC3, SCC4
non-contiguous 3 7.6.1A.8.5-5
Note 1: Test point ID for the particular CA configuration as defined in
section 7.6.1A.8.4.1.
Note 2: The reference for the placement of the interferer signals is the
centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer among the
carriers throughput is measured on.
Note 3: Where there are multiple rows for a single Test point ID, the test
is repeated for each row.

7.6.1A.8.4.3 Message Contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.1.4.3 for without UL CA.

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.1A.1.4.3 for UL CA.

7.6.1A.8.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement of each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of
the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table s below, according
to the type of CA.

Table 7.6.1A.8.5-1: In-band blocking for additional operating bands for carrier aggregation
(inter-band)

E-UTRA band Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


PInterferer dBm -56 -44
FInterferer =-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
(offset from MHz & &
SCC) =+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1
≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
FDL_low – 15
29, 32, 67, 69 FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to
FDL_high + 15
Note 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall
inside the UE receive band, but within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE
receive band.
Note 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
Note 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer
centre frequencies.

Table 7.6.1A.8.5-2: In band blocking parameter (intra-band contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Release 15 329 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Power per CC in REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below


Aggregated
Transmission dBm
9 12 13.8 15 16
Bandwidth
Configuration
BWInterferer MHz 5 5 5 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to
Annex C.3.1

Table 7.6.1A.8.5-3: In-band blocking (intra-band contiguous)

CA configuration Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


PInterferer dBm -56 -44
=-Foffset– FIoffset,case 1 ≤-Foffset– FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer MHz & &
=+Foffset + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+Foffset + FIoffset,case 2
CA_1C, CA_2C, CA_3B,
CA_3C, CA_5B, CA_7C,
CA_8B, CA_12B, CA_23B,
CA_27B, CA_38C, CA_39C,
CA_40C, CA_40D, CA_40E, FDL_low – 15
FInterferer
CA_41C, CA_41D, CA_41E, MHz (Note 2) to
(Range)
CA_41F, CA_42C, CA_42D, FDL_high + 15
CA_42E, CA_42F, CA_43C,
CA_48C, CA_48D, CA_48E,
CA_48F, CA_66B, CA_66C,
CA_70C, CA_66D
Note 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive
band, but within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band.
Note 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -Foffset - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +Foffset + FIoffset, case 1
Note 3: Foffset is the frequency offset from the centre frequency of the adjacent CC being tested to the
edge of aggregated channel bandwidth.
Note 4: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to
the interferer and the centre frequency of the interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.

Table 7.6.1A.8.5-4: In-band blocking parameters (inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration for
each CC
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 2.1+0.0125 4.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
7.5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 3.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0075 12.5+0.0075
12.5+0.012 12.5+0.002 12.5+0.007
5 5 5
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.

Table 7.6.1A.8.5-5: In-band blocking (inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)

E-UTRA Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4 Case 5


band PInterferer dBm -56 -44 Void Void -38
Release 15 330 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

FInterferer =-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 ≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2


(offset from MHz & & -BW/2 - 11
SCC) =+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11, 12,
13, 14, 17,
18, 19, 20,
21, 22, 23,
FDL_low – 15
25, 26, 27,
FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to
28, 31, 33,
FDL_high + 15
34, 35, 36,
37, 38, 39,
40, 41, 42,
43, 44, 45,
65, 66, 68,
70
FDL_low – 15
30 FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to FDL_low – 11
FDL_high + 15
Note 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but within
the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band.
Note 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
Note 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer centre frequencies.
Note 4: For intra-band non-contiguous + inter-band CA, RIBNC = 0 dB for all sub-block gaps.

For a UE, which supports CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer power defined in
Tables 7.6.1A.8.5-1, 7.6.1A.8.5-3 and 7.6.1A.8.5-5 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A,
7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C accordingly.

7.6.1B In-band blocking for UL-MIMO


7.6.1B.1 Test Purpose
In-band blocking for UL- MIMO is defined for an unwanted interfering signal falling into the range from 15MHz below
to 15MHz above the UE that support UL-MIMO receive band, at which the relative throughput shall meet or exceed the
requirement for the specified measurement channels.

The lack of in-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except in
the adjacent channels and spurious response).

7.6.1B.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support UL-MIMO.

7.6.1B.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


For UE with two transmitter antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the minimum requirements
in subclause 7.6 shall be met with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B.3-2. For UL-MIMO, the
parameter PCMAX_L is defined as the total transmitter power over the two transmit antenna connectors.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6B.

7.6.1B.4 Test Description


7.6.1B.4.1 Initial Conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.1B.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference
Release 15 331 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the OCNG patterns
used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex
C.2.

Table 7.6.1B.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6 QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 15 15 QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 25 25 QPSK 25 25
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 15 N/A
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 54 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 50 QPSK 50 50
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 15 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 75 QPSK 75 75
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100 100
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on E-UTRA band, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according
to table 7.3.3-2 is tested per Test Channel Bandwidth.
Note 3: For the DL signal one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD is used.
Note 4: Applicable only to E-UTRA FDD Bands 31 and 72. The UL resource blocks shall be
located at RBstart 10 (according to Table 7.3.3-2).

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, in Figure A.29.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.1.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to in Table 7.6.1B.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.6.1B.4.3.

7.6.1B.4.2 Test Procedure


1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.1B.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
Release 15 332 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 4 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.1B.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3. Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal in Case 1 according
to Tables 7.6.1B.5-1 and 7.6.1B.5-2.

4. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.1B.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the UE
(less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the
target level in table 7.6.1B.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for
carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 3.

7. Repeat steps from 3 to 6, using interfering signals in Case 2 at step 3and 6. The ranges of case 2 are covered in
steps equal to the interferer bandwidth. The test frequencies are chosen in analogy to table 7.6.1B.4.2-1.

8. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using successively all interfering signals in Case 3 and Case 4 at step 3.

Table 7.6.1B.4.2-1: Example for interferer frequencies

Lower frequency Upper frequency


Band 1 DL 2110 MHz 2170 MHz
Band 1 Midrange 2140 MHz
Receive band wanted signal 2137.5 MHz 2142.5 MHz
(BW 5MHz)
Interferer case 1 2129.9875 MHz 2150.0125 MHz
Interferer case 2 (inner frequency) 2124.9925 MHz 2155.0075 MHz
Interferer case 2 (outer frequency) 2099.9925 MHz 2180.0075 MHz
Outer limit for in band blocking 2095MHz 2185MHz
Number of test frequencies case 2 6 6
Number of test frequencies for 0 2
Band 17(asymmetric!), BW 5MHz,
case 2

7.6.1B.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exception:

Table 7.6.1B.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-uePUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length is
used to reduce the
RSRP
measurement
variation
}

7.6.1B.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.1B.5-1 and 7.6.1B.5-2.
Release 15 333 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1B.5-1: In band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 2.1+0.0125 4.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
7.5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 3.5+0.0075 12.5+0.0075
12.5+0.012 12.5+0.002 12.5+0.007
7.5+0.0075 5 5 5
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.

Table 7.6.1B.5-2: In-band blocking

E-UTRA Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4 Case 5


band PInterferer dBm -56 -44 -38
=-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1
≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer &
MHz & -BW/2 - 11
(offset) =+BW/2 + FIoffset,case
≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11, 12,
13, 14, 17,
18, 19, 20,
21, 22, 23,
FDL_low – 15 Void Void
25, 26, 27,
FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to
28, 31, 33,
FDL_high + 15
34, 35, 36,
37, 38, 39,
40, 41, 42,
43, 44, 45,
65, 66, 68,
70, 72
FDL_low – 15
30 FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to FDL_low – 11
FDL_high + 15
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but within
the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
NOTE 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer centre frequencies

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer power
defined in Table 7.6.1B.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.6.1D In-band blocking for ProSe


7.6.1D.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.6.2.
Release 15 334 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1D.0-1: In band blocking parameters for ProSe Direct Discovery

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in PREFSENS_ProSe + channel bandwidth specific value below + Poffset
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 7 9
Configuration
BWInterferer MHz 5 5 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 7.5+0.0125
7.5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 12.5+0.0075
12.5+0.012 12.5+0.002 12.5+0.007
5 5 5
Poffset dB 10.9 13.9 15.7 16.9
NOTE 1: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic
prefix is used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated according to
clause 5 of TS36.211.

Table 7.6.1D.0-2: In band blocking parameters for ProSe Direct Communication

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in PREFSENS_ProSe + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 7 9
Configuration
BWInterferer MHz 5 5 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 7.5+0.0125
7.5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 12.5+0.0075
12.5+0.012 12.5+0.002 12.5+0.007
5 5 5
NOTE 1: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic
prefix is used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated according to
clause 5 of TS36.211.

Table 7.6.1D.0-3: In-band blocking for ProSe

E-UTRA Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


ProSe PInterferer dBm -56 -44
band =-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 ≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer
MHz & &
(offset)
=+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
2,3,4,7,14, FDL_low – 15
20,26,28,31 FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to
, 68, 72 FDL_high + 15
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside
the UE receive band, but within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive
band.
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
NOTE 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer
centre frequencies.

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer power
defined in Tables 7.6.1D.0-3 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6.1.1D.

7.6.1D.1 In-band blocking for ProSe Direct Discovery


Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- ProSe UE authentication is not handled in the test case and is still under investigation.

- Use of OCNG for Downlink has not been considered and is still FFS.
Release 15 335 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

- Message exceptions content needs further investigation (some values still TBD).

- Test time is FFS.

7.6.1D.1.1 Test Purpose


In-band blocking is defined for an unwanted interfering signal falling into the range from 15MHz below to 15MHz
above the ProSe band, at which the relative throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement for the specified
measurement channels.

The lack of in-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other Sidelink transmitters exist (except in
the adjacent channels and spurious response).

7.6.1D.1.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward which support ProSe Direct Discovery, but not
ProSe Direct Communication.

7.6.1D.1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.1D.0.

7.6.1D.1.4 Test Description


7.6.1D.1.4.1 Initial Conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA ProSe bands specified in table 5.4.2D.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.1D.1.4.1-1. The details of the downlink, uplink and
sidelink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2, A.3 and A.6.

Table 7.6.1D.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range(Note 4)
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration Sidelink Configuration
(Note 2) (Note 2) (Reception)
(Note 3)
Ch BW Mod’n RB Mod’n RB Mod’n RB
allocation allocation allocation
5MHz QPSK 8 QPSK 8 QPSK 2
10MHz QPSK 16 QPSK 16 QPSK 2
15MHz QPSK 25 QPSK 25 QPSK 2
20MHz QPSK 30 QPSK 30 QPSK 2
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA ProSe and Operating
band, according to the applicability specified respectively in Table 5.4.2D.1-1 and Table
5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: After DRX configuration, DL-RMC (PDSCH) and DCI-0 for scheduling UL-RMC (PUSCH)
are applied only in the DRX On subframes.
Note 3: The RB start for the transmission of Sidelink RMC is RB#0.
Note 4: Sidelink uses the frequencies defined for Uplink.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.70.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.1.
Release 15 336 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.1D.1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 2A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.1A. Message contents exceptions are
defined in clause 7.6.1D.1.4.3.

7. SS continues with the generic procedures described in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.3A.3 and 4.5.4.3 and ensures the
UE is in State 4 according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.4 and the UE test loop Mode D is activated.

7.6.1D.1.4.2 Test Procedure

1. SS shall transmit an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to configure DRX. Message contents exceptions


(only those marked with "…Step 1…" ) are defined in clause 7.6.1D.1.4.3.

2. The UE shall transmit RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message.

3. Initialise the variables Ptot and Pok as 0.

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.3D.1.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC
according to Table 7.3D.1.4.1-1. When the UE has no payload data to send, it transmits uplink MAC padding
bits on the UL RMC.

6. SS transmits PSDCH to transmit the SL RMC according to Table 7.6.1D.1.4.1-1. Set the Sidelink signal level to
the appropriate value defined in Table 7.6.1D.1.5-1.

7. Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the aggregated component carriers in
Case 1 according to Tables 7.6.1D.1.5-1 and 7.6.1D.1.5-2.

8. SS shall send SL Discovery Packets (MAC padding bits) on the SL RMC for the test time [FFS]. SS stores the
number of the transmitted Discovery Packets in the current test iteration in the variable Ptot.

10. SS shall send (on the available PDSCH) a "UE TEST LOOP PROSE MODE D SIDELINK DIRECT
DISCOVERY PACKET COUNTER REQUEST" message and wait for the UE to respond (on the available
PUSCH) with a "UE TEST LOOP PROSE MODE D SIDELINK DIRECT DISCOVERY PACKET COUNTER
RESPONSE".

11. SS calculates the variable Pok as (current counter value - counter value at last test iteration).

12. SS shall compute the throughput as following:

TP = Pok / Ptot * 100%

13. Repeat steps from 6 to 12, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 7.

14. Repeat steps from 6 to 13, using interfering signals in Case 2 at step 7 and 13. The ranges of case 2 are covered
in steps equal to the interferer bandwidth. The test frequencies are chosen in analogy to table 7.6.1D.1.4.2-1.

Table 7.6.1D.1.4.2-1: Example for interferer frequencies

Lower frequency Upper frequency


Band 2 SL 1850 MHz 1910 MHz
Band 2 Midrange 1880 MHz
Sidlink wanted signal 1877.5 MHz 1882.5 MHz
(BW 5MHz)
Interferer case 1 1869.9875 MHz 1890.0125 MHz
Interferer case 2 (inner frequency) 1864.9925 MHz 1895.0075 MHz
Interferer case 2 (outer frequency) 1839.9925 MHz 1920.0075 MHz
Outer limit for in band blocking 1835 MHz 1925 MHz
Number of test frequencies case 2 6 6
Release 15 337 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.1D.1.4.3 Message Contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses TBD with following exceptions:

- Table A.7.1.1-1 for FDD

- Table A.7.1.2-1 for TDD

Table 7.6.1D.1.4.3-1: ACTIVATE TEST MODE: Reference sensitivity for ProSe Direct Discovery

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7A-1, condition UE TEST LOOP MODE D

Table 7.6.1D.1.4.3-2: CLOSE UE TEST LOOP: Reference sensitivity for ProSe Direct Discovery

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7A-3, condition UE TEST LOOP MODE D

Table 7.6.1D.1.4.3-3: MAC-MainConfig-RBC: Reference sensitivity for ProSe Direct Discovery


(applicable only for Step 1 of Test procedure)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.8.2.1.5, Table 4.8.2.1.5-1 MAC-MainConfig-RBC


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
MAC-MainConfig-RBC ::= SEQUENCE {
ul-SCH-Config SEQUENCE {
maxHARQ-Tx TBD
periodicBSR-Timer TBD
retxBSR-Timer sf2560
ttiBundling FALSE
}
drx-Config CHOICE {
Setup SEQUENCE {
onDurationTimer psf1
drx-InactivityTimer psf1
drx-RetransmissionTimer psf1
longDRX-CycleStartOffset CHOICE {
sf2560 0
}
shortDRX Not present
}
}
timeAlignmentTimerDedicated TBD
}

7.6.1D.1.5 Test Requirement


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.6.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.1D.1.5-1 and 7.6.1D.1.5-2.

Table 7.6.1D.1.5-1: In band blocking parameters for ProSe Direct Discovery

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in PREFSENS_ProSe + channel bandwidth specific value below + Poffset
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 7 9
Configuration
BWInterferer MHz 5 5 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 7.5+0.0125 7.5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 12.5+0.0075 12.5+0.012 12.5+0.002 12.5+0.007
5 5 5
Poffset dB 10.9 13.9 15.7 16.9
NOTE 1: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic
prefix is used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated according to
clause 5 of TS36.211.
Release 15 338 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1D.1.5-2: In-band blocking for ProSe

E-UTRA Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


ProSe PInterferer dBm -56 -44
band =-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 ≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer
MHz & &
(offset)
=+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
2,3,4,7,14, FDL_low – 15
20,26,28,31 FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to
, 68, 72 FDL_high + 15
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside
the UE receive band, but within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive
band.
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
NOTE 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer
centre frequencies.

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer power
defined in Table 7.6.1D.1.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.6.1D.2 In-band blocking for ProSe Direct Communication


Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- Test description is TBD

- Test system uncertainties and test tolerances are TBD

7.6.1D.2.1 Test Purpose


Same test purpose as in clause 7.6.1D.1.1.

7.6.1D.2.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward which support ProSe Direct Communication.

7.6.1D.2.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.1D.0.

7.6.1D.2.4 Test Description


TBD

7.6.1D.2.5 Test Requirement


Same test requirement as in clause 7.6.1D.1.5 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.1D.1.5-1  use Table 7.6.1D.2.5-1.


Release 15 339 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1D.2.5-1: In band blocking parameters for ProSe Direct Communication

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in PREFSENS_ProSe + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 7 9
Configuration
BWInterferer MHz 5 5 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 7.5+0.0125 7.5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 12.5+0.0075 12.5+0.012 12.5+0.002 12.5+0.007
5 5 5
NOTE 1: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic
prefix is used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated according to
clause 5 of TS36.211.

7.6.1E In-band blocking for UE category 0


7.6.1E.1 Test Purpose
The same test purpose as in clause 7.6.1.

7.6.1E.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward of UE category 0.

7.6.1E.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 7.6.1.3.

7.6.1E.4 Test Description


7.6.1E.4.1 Initial Conditions
Same initial conditions as in clause 7.6.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.1.4.1-1  use Table 7.6.1E.4.1-1.

- Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.4 using only main UE
Tx/Rx antenna.
Release 15 340 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1E.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD and TDD FDD and TDD
HD-FDD HD-FDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6 QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 25 25
5MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
10MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 36 36
10MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
10MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
15MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 36 36
15MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
20MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 36 36
20MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on E-UTRA band, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according
to table 7.3E.3-3 is tested per Test Channel Bandwidth. The allocation shall be located
as close as possible to the downlink operating band but confined within the transmission
bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2-1).
Note 3: For the DL signal one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD is used.
Note 4: Downlink RB position shall be RBstart = 0.

7.6.1E.4.2 Test Procedure


Same test procedure as in clause 7.6.1.4.2

7.6.1E.4.3 Message Contents


Same message contents as in clause 7.6.1.4.3

7.6.1E.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in clause A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.1E.5-1 and 7.6.1E.5-2.

Table 7.6.1E.5-1: In band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 2.1+0.0125 4.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125 7.5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 3.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0075 12.5+0.0075 12.5+0.012 12.5+0.002 12.5+0.007
5 5 5
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5E.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in clause A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in clauses A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to clause C.3.1.
Release 15 341 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1E.5-2: In-band blocking

E-UTRA Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4 Case 5


band PInterferer dBm -56 -44 -38
=-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 ≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer
MHz & & -BW/2 - 11
(offset)
=+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2 Void Void
2, 3, 4, 5, FDL_low – 15
8, 13, 20, FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to
39, 41 FDL_high + 15
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but within
the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band.
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1.
NOTE 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer centre frequencies.

7.6.1EB In-band blocking for UE Category 1bis


Editor’s note

- Test case incomplete with Annex F.3.3 needing update. TT shall be same as legacy test case.

7.6.1EB.1 Test Purpose


The same test purpose as in clause 7.6.1.

7.6.1EB.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category 1bis.

7.6.1EB.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 7.6.1.3.

7.6.1EB.4 Test Description


7.6.1EB.4.1 Initial Conditions
Same initial conditions as in clause 7.6.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.4 using only main UE
Tx/Rx antenna.

7.6.1EB.4.2 Test Procedure


Same test procedure as in clause 7.6.1.4.2

7.6.1EB.4.3 Message Contents


Same message contents as in clause 7.6.1.4.3

7.6.1EB.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in clause A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.1EB.5-1 and 7.6.1EB.5-2.

Table 7.6.1EB.5-1: In band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
Release 15 342 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5


FIoffset, case 1 MHz 2.1+0.0125 4.5+0.0075 7.5+0.01257.5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 3.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0075 12.5+0.0075
12.5+0.012 12.5+0.002 12.5+0.007
5 5 5
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5E.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in clause A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in clauses A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to clause C.3.1.
Note 3: The REFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3EB.3-1 for main antenna port.

Table 7.6.1EB.5-2: In-band blocking

E-UTRA Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4 Case 5


band PInterferer dBm -56 -44 -38
=-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 ≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer
MHz & & -BW/2 - 11
(offset)
=+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
1, 2, 3, 4, Void Void
5, 6, 7, 8,
FDL_low – 15
12, 13, 18,
FInterferer MHz (Note 2) to
26, 28, 31,
FDL_high + 15
39, 41, 66,
72
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but within
the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band.
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1.
NOTE 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer centre frequencies.

7.6.1EC In-band blocking for UE category M2


Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- Downlink RB allocation is TBD

- The test applicability needs to be added to TS36.521-2

7.6.1EC.1 Test purpose


In-band blocking is defined for an unwanted interfering signal falling into the range from 15MHz below to 15MHz
above the category M2 UE receive band, at which the relative throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement for the
specified measurement channels.

The lack of in-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except in
the adjacent channels and spurious response).

7.6.1EC.2 Test applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward of category M2.

7.6.1EC.3 Minimum conformance requirements


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described
in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.1EC.3-1 and 7.6.1EC.3-2. For operating bands with
an unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements only apply for carriers assigned in the paired part.

Table 7.6.1EC.3-1: In band blocking parameters

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Release 15 343 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below


Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 2.1+0.0125 4.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
7.5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 3.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0075 12.5+0.0075
12.5+0.012 12.5+0.002 12.5+0.007
5 5 5
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
Table 7.3EA-3 with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5EA.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1.
NOTE 3: For DL category M1 and M2 UE, the reference sensitivity for category M1 in table 7.3EA-1 and 7.3EA-
2 and category M2 in Table 7.3EC-1 should be used as REFSENS for the power in Transmission
Bandwidth Configuration.
NOTE 4: For DL category M1 and M2 UE, the parameters for the applicable channel bandwidth apply.

Table 7.6.1EC.3-2: In-band blocking

E-UTRA Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4 Case 5


band PInterferer dBm -56 -44 -38
=-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 ≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer
MHz & & -BW/2 - 11
(offset)
=+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Void Void
7, 8, 11, 12,
FDL_low – 15
13, 18, 19,
FInterferer MHz (NOTE 2) to
20, 21, 26,
FDL_high + 15
27, 28, 31,
39, 41
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but within
the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
NOTE 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer centre frequencies

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6.1.

7.6.1EC.4 Test description


7.6.1EC.4.1 Initial conditions
Same as in clause 7.6.1EA.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.1EA.4.1-1  use Table 7.6.1EC.4.1-1

- Instead of CAT M1  use CAT M2


Release 15 344 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1EC.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] clause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in 1.4, 3MHz, 5MHz
TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD and TDD FDD and TDD
HD-FDD HD-FDD
1.4MHz QPSK TBD TBD QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK TBD TBD QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK TBD TBD QPSK 24 24
Note 1: Downlink RB position shall be RBstart = 0 within the narrowband.
Note 2: Use narrowband index (TS36.211, 5.2.4) 0 when interferer is below carrier, and max
narrowband index when interferer is above carrier.

7.6.1EC.4.2 Test procedure


Same as in clause 7.6.1EA.4.2 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.1EA.4.1-1  use Table 7.6.1EC.4.1-1

7.6.1EC.4.3 Message contents


Same as in clause 7.6.1EA.4.3.

7.6.1EC.5 Test requirement


Same as in clause 7.6.1EA.5.

7.6.1F In-band blocking for category NB1


7.6.1F.1 Test Purpose
In-band blocking is defined for an unwanted interfering signal falling into the range from 15MHz below to 15MHz
above the UE receive band, at which the relative throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement for the specified
measurement channels.

The lack of in-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except in
the adjacent channels and spurious response).

7.6.1F.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category NB1.

7.6.1F.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


Category NB1 UE throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channel as
specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.6.1F.3-1.
Release 15 345 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1F.3-1: In-band blocking parameters for category NB1

IBB1 test Parameters


Category NB1 signal power
REFSENS + 6 dB
(Pwanted) / dBm
Interferer E-UTRA
Interferer signal power
- 56 dBm
(PInterferer ) / dBm
Interferer bandwidth 5 MHz
+7.5 MHz + 0.005 MHz
Interferer offset from category NB1 channel edge and
-7.5 MHz - 0.005 MHz
IBB2 test Parameters
Category NB1 signal power
REFSENS + 6 dB
(Pwanted ) / dBm
Interferer E-UTRA
Interferer signal power
- 44 dBm
(PInterferer ) / dBm
Interferer bandwidth 5 MHz
From +12.5 MHz to FDL_high + 15 MHz
Interferer offset range from category NB1 channel edge and
From -12.5 MHz to FDL_low - 15 MHz

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6.1.1F.

7.6.1F.4 Test Description


7.6.1F.4.1 Initial Conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions and test frequencies based on the subset of E-UTRA
operating bands defined for NB-IoT in clause 5.2F. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters, and are shown in table 7.6.1F.4.1-1. The details of the downlink reference measurement channels (RMCs)
are specified in Annex A.3. Configurations of NPDSCH and NPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 7.6.1F.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] NC
clause 8.1.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] Frequency ranges defined in Annex K.1.1
clause 8.1.3.1
Configuration Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
ID
Modulation Subcarriers Modulation Ntones Subcarrier
spacing
1 QPSK 12 BPSK 1@0 15 kHz

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connector as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.4 using only the main
UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.2, and NPUSCH Format 2 is used to
carry ACK/NACK on the uplink.

4. The DL Reference Measurement channel is set according to Table 7.6.1F.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.


Release 15 346 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

6. Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimisation according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.6.1F.4.3.

7.6.1F.4.2 Test Procedure


1. SS transmits NPDSCH via NPDCCH DCI format N1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.1F.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The UE will send HARQ feedback
based on information contained in DCI format N1.

2. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.1F.5-1.

3. Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal in IBB1 according to
Table 7.6.1F.5-1.

4. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

5. Repeat steps from 3 to 4, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in IBB1 at step 3.

6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using interfering signals in IBB2 at step 3 and 5. The ranges of IBB2 are covered in
steps equal to the interferer bandwidth. The test frequencies are chosen in analogy to table 7.6.1F.4.2-1.

Table 7.6.1F.4.2-1: Example for interferer frequencies

Lower frequency Upper frequency


Band 1 DL 2110 MHz 2170 MHz
Band 1 Midrange 2140 MHz
Receive band wanted signal 2139.9 MHz 2140.1 MHz
(BW 200KHz)
Interferer IBB1 2132.395 MHz 2147.605 MHz
Interferer IBB2 2127.4 MHz 2152.6 MHz
Outer limit for in band blocking 2095MHz 2185MHz

7.6.1F.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.6.

7.6.1F.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in clause A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.1F.5-1.

Table 7.6.1F.5-1: In-band blocking parameters for category NB1

IBB1 test Parameters


Category NB1 signal power
REFSENS + 6 dB
(Pwanted ) / dBm
Interferer E-UTRA
Interferer signal power
- 56 dBm
(PInterferer ) / dBm
Interferer bandwidth 5 MHz
+7.5 MHz + 0.005 MHz
Interferer offset from category NB1 channel edge and
-7.5 MHz - 0.005 MHz
IBB2 test Parameters
Category NB1 signal power
REFSENS + 6 dB
(Pwanted ) / dBm
Interferer E-UTRA
Interferer signal power
- 44 dBm
(PInterferer ) / dBm
Interferer bandwidth 5 MHz
From +12.5 MHz to FDL_high + 15 MHz
Interferer offset range from category NB1 channel edge and
From -12.5 MHz to FDL_low - 15 MHz
Release 15 347 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.1G In-band blocking for V2X Communication


7.6.1G.1 In-band blocking for V2X Communication / Non-concurrent with E-UTRA
uplink transmissions
7.6.1G.1.1 Test Purpose
In-band blocking is defined for an unwanted interfering signal falling into the range from 15MHz below to 15MHz
above the V2X band, at which the relative throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement for the specified
measurement channels.

The lack of in-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other Sidelink transmitters exist (except in
the adjacent channels and spurious response).

7.6.1G.1.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of UE that support V2X Sidelink Communication and Band 47.

7.6.1G.1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The V2X UE throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annex A.8.2 with parameters defined in Table 7.6.1G.1.3-1 and Table 7.6.1G.1.3-2.

Table 7.6.1G.1.3-1: In band blocking parameters

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in PREFSENS_V2X + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 9
Configuration
BWInterferer MHz 10 10
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 15+0.0025 15+0.005
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 25+0.0075 25+0.0025
NOTE 1: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic
prefix is used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated according to
clause 5 of TS36.211

Table 7.6.1G.1.3-2: In-band blocking

E-UTRA Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


V2X PInterferer dBm -56 -44
band =-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 ≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer
MHz & &
(offset)
=+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
FDL_low –30
47 FInterferer MHz (NOTE 2) to
FDL_high + 30
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside
the UE receive band, but within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive
band
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
NOTE 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer
centre frequencies

When UE is configured for simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA downlink reception for inter-band E-
UTRA V2X / E-UTRA bands specified in Table 5.5G-2, the requirements in subclause 7.6.1G apply for the E-UTRA
V2X sidelink reception and the requirements in subclause 7.6.1.1 apply for the E-UTRA downlink reception while all
downlink carriers are active.
Release 15 348 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6.1.1G.

7.6.1G.1.4 Test Description


7.6.1G.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA operating bands specified in table 5.4.2G.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.1G.1.4.1-1. The details of the V2X reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.8.3 and the GNSS configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause
4.11.

Table 7.6.1 G.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest for uplink
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 Lowest, Highest for V2X
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Uplink Configuration V2X Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation
1.4 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1 10 MHz QPSK 48
1.4 MHz QPSK 5 QPSK 5 20 MHz QPSK 96
3 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
3 MHz QPSK 4 QPSK 4
5 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
5 MHz QPSK 8 QPSK 8
10 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
10 MHz QPSK 12 QPSK 12
15 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
15 MHz QPSK 16 QPSK 16
20 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
20 MHz QPSK 18 QPSK 18
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths
are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors and connect the GNSS simulator to the UE GNSS RX antenna
connector as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.92a.

2. The parameter settings for the V2X sidelink transmission over PC5 are pre-configured according to TS 36.508
[7] subclause 4.10.1. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 7.6.1 G.1.4.3.

3. The V2X reference measurement channel is set according to Table 7.6.1 G.1.4.1-1.

3a. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7]
Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 5A-V2X in Receive Mode according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9. Message content
exceptions are defined in clause 7.6.1G.1.4.3.

6. Trigger the UE to reset UTC time. (NOTE: The UTC time reset may be performed by MMI or AT command
(+CUTCR).)

7. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of
Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.
Release 15 349 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.1G.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. The UE starts to perform the V2X sidelink communication according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration and to
schedule the V2X RMC according to Table 7.6.1G.1.4.1-1.

2. Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal in Case 1 according
to Tables 7.6.1G.1.5-1 and 7.6.1G.1.5-2.

3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

4. Repeat step 3, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 2.

5. Repeat step 3, using interfering signals in Case 2 at step2 and 4. The ranges of case 2 are covered in steps equal
to the interferer bandwidth. The test frequencies are chosen in analogy to table 7.6.1G.1.5-2.

7.6.1G.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.10.

7.6.1G.1.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.8.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.1G.1.5-1 and 7.6.1G.1.5-2.

Table 7.6.1G.1.5-1: In band blocking parameters

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in PREFSENS_V2X + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 9
Configuration
BWInterferer MHz 10 10
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 15+0.0025 15+0.005
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 25+0.0075 25+0.0025
NOTE 1: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic
prefix is used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated according to
clause 5 of TS36.211.

Table 7.6.1G.1.5-2: In-band blocking

E-UTRA Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


V2X PInterferer dBm -56 -44
band =-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 ≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer
MHz & &
(offset)
=+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
FDL_low –30
47 FInterferer MHz (NOTE 2) to
FDL_high + 30
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside
the UE receive band, but within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive
band
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
NOTE 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer
centre frequencies

7.6.1G.2 In-band blocking for V2X Communication / Simultaneous E-UTRA V2X


sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions
7.6.1G.2.1 Test Purpose
Same as in clause 7.6.1G.1.1.
Release 15 350 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.1G.2.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that support V2X Communication.

7.6.1G.2.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The V2X UE throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annex A.8.2 with parameters defined in Table 7.6.1G.2.3-1 and Table 7.6.1G.2.3-2.

Table 7.6.1G.2.3-1: In band blocking parameters

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in PREFSENS_V2X + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 9
Configuration
BWInterferer MHz 10 10
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 15+0.0025 15+0.005
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 25+0.0075 25+0.0025
NOTE 1: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic
prefix is used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated according to
clause 5 of TS36.211

Table 7.6.1G.2.3-2: In-band blocking

E-UTRA Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


V2X PInterferer dBm -44 -44
band =-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 ≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer
MHz & &
(offset)
=+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
FDL_low –30
47 FInterferer MHz (NOTE 2) to
FDL_high + 30
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside
the UE receive band, but within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive
band
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
NOTE 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer
centre frequencies.

When UE is configured for simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA downlink reception for inter-band E-
UTRA V2X / E-UTRA bands specified in Table 5.5G-2, the requirements in subclause 7.6.1G.2.3 apply for the E-
UTRA V2X sidelink reception and the requirements in subclause 7.6.1.3 apply for the E-UTRA downlink reception
while all downlink carriers are active.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6.1.1G.

7.6.1G.2.4 Test Description


7.6.1G.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA operating bands specified in Table 5.4.2G.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.1G.2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink, downlink and
V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2, A.3 and A.8.3 respectively.
Release 15 351 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1G.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Uplink Configuration V2X Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation
1.4 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1 10 MHz QPSK 48
1.4 MHz QPSK 5 QPSK 5 20 MHz QPSK 96
3 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
3 MHz QPSK 4 QPSK 4
5 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
5 MHz QPSK 8 QPSK 8
10 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
10 MHz QPSK 12 QPSK 12
15 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
15 MHz QPSK 16 QPSK 16
20 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
20 MHz QPSK 18 QPSK 18
Note 1: V2X con-current band configurations are checked separately for each band configuration, which applicable
aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2G.1-2.
Note 2: Depending on E-UTRA band, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according to table 7.3G.0-4 is
tested per Test Channel Bandwidth. The allocation shall be located as close as possible to the downlink
operating band but confined within the transmission bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table
5.4.2G.1-2).

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.93c.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and V2X Reference Measurement Channels are set according to Table 7.6.1G.2.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-V2X according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2C. Message content exceptions
are defined in clause 7.6.1G.2.4.3.

7.6.1G.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. The SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables
7.6.1G.2.4.1-1 on E-UTRA Band. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS simultaneously sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0
for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC and V2X scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 5A for
SL_V_RNTI to schedule the V2X RMC according to Table 7.6.1G.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no
loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL and V2X RMCs.

3. Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the V2X band in Case 1 according to
Tables 7.6.1G.2.5-1 and 7.6.1G.2.5-2.

4. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.1G.2.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of
the target level in table 7.6.1G.2.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for
carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz or within +0, -4.3 dB of the target level for carrier frequency f ≤ 6.0GHz,
for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.
Release 15 352 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

5. Measure the average throughput for duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the V2X band in Case 1 at step 6.

7. Repeat steps from 3 to 6, using interfering signals in Case 2 at step 3 and 6. The ranges of case 2 are covered in
steps equal to the interferer bandwidth.

7.6.1G.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

7.6.1G.2.5 Test Requirement


Same test requirement as in clause 7.6.1G.2.3 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.1G.2.3-1  use Table 7.6.1G.2.5-1.

- Instead of Table 7.6.1G.2.3-2  use Table 7.6.1G.2.5-2.

Table 7.6.1G.2.5-1: In band blocking parameters

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in PREFSENS_V2X + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 9
Configuration
BWInterferer MHz 10 10
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 15+0.0025 15+0.005
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 25+0.0075 25+0.0025
NOTE 1: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic
prefix is used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated according to
clause 5 of TS36.211

Table 7.6.1G.2.5-2: In-band blocking

E-UTRA Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


V2X PInterferer dBm -44 -44
band =-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 ≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer
MHz & &
(offset)
=+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
FDL_low –30
47 FInterferer MHz (NOTE 2) to
FDL_high + 30
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside
the UE receive band, but within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive
band
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
NOTE 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer
centre frequencies

7.6.1G.3 In-band blocking for V2X Communication / Intra-band contiguous multi-carrier


operation
Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- Test configuration table is investigating.

- Test procedure is TBD

- Message contents are TBD


Release 15 353 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.1G.3.1 Test Purpose


Same as in clause 7.6.1G.1.1.

7.6.1G.3.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of UE that support Intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation V2X Sidelink
Communication and Band 47.

7.6.1G.3.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


For intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation the V2X UE throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput
of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.8.2 with parameters defined in Table 7.6.1G.3.3-1 and
Table 7.6.1G.3.3-2.

Table 7.6.1G.3.3-1: In band blocking parameters for intra-band contiguous multi-carrier for V2X

Rx Parameter Units V2X Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in Transmission REFSENS + V2X Bandwidth Class specific value below
Bandwidth dBm
9
Configuration, per CC
BWInterferer MHz 10
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 15
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 25

Table 7.6.1G.3.3-2: In-band blocking for intra-band contiguous multi-carrier for V2X

V2X multi-carrier configuration Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


PInterferer dBm -44 -44
=-Foffset– FIoffset,case 1
≤-Foffset– FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer
MHz & &
(offset)
=+Foffset + FIoffset,case 1
≥+Foffset + FIoffset,case 2
FDL_low – 30
V2X_47B FInterferer (Range) MHz (NOTE 2) to
FDL_high + 30
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but
within the first 30 MHz below or above the UE receive band
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -Foffset - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +Foffset + FIoffset, case 1
NOTE 3: Foffset is the frequency offset from the centre frequency of the CC being tested to the edge of aggregated
channel bandwidth.
NOTE 4: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the
interferer and the centre frequency of the interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.
NOTE 5: The requirement is applied for 2 carrier intra-concurrent receptions when 2 carrier transmission are activated
at the same time

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6.1.1G.

7.6.1G.3.4 Test Description


7.6.1G.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA operating bands specified in Table 5.4.2G.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.1G.3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink, downlink and
V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2, A.3 and A.8.3 respectively and the GNSS
configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.11.
Release 15 354 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1G.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Low range, High range
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
V2X multi-carrier Configuration V2X PSSCH Allocation
CC1 CC2 CC1 & CC2 CC1 and CC2
NRB NRB Mod RB Allocation
10MHz 10MHz QPSK [48+48]

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors and connect the GNSS simulator to the UE GNSS RX antenna
connector as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.92d.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and V2X Reference Measurement Channels are set according to Table 7.6.1G.3.4.1-1.

4a. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7]
Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-V2X according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2C. Message content exceptions
are defined in clause 7.6.1G.3.4.3.

7. Trigger the UE to reset UTC time. (NOTE: The UTC time reset may be performed by MMI or AT command
(+CUTCR).)

8. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of
Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.

7.6.1G.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. The UE starts to perform the V2X sidelink communication according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration and to
schedule the V2X RMC according to Table 7.6.1G.3.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to
send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the V2X RMC.

3. Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the V2X band in Case 1 according to
Tables 7.6.1G.3.5-1 and 7.6.1G.3.5-2.

4. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.1G.3.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power [TBD] for carrier
frequency f ≤ 6.0GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

5. Measure the average throughput for duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
[TBD].

6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the V2X band in Case 1 at step 6.

7. Repeat steps from 3 to 6, using interfering signals in Case 2 at step 3 and 6. The ranges of case 2 are covered in
steps equal to the interferer bandwidth.

7.6.1G.3.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.TBD


Release 15 355 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.1G.3.5 Test Requirement


Same test requirement as in clause 7.6.1G.3.3 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.1G.3.3 -1  use Table 7.6.1G.3.5 -1.

- Instead of Table 7.6.1G.3.3 -2  use Table 7.6.1G.3.5-2.

Table 7.6.1G.3.5-1: In band blocking parameters for intra-band contiguous multi-carrier for V2X

Rx Parameter Units V2X Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in Transmission REFSENS + V2X Bandwidth Class specific value below
Bandwidth dBm
9
Configuration, per CC
BWInterferer MHz 10
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 15
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 25

Table 7.6.1G.3.5-2: In-band blocking for intra-band contiguous multi-carrier for V2X

V2X multi-carrier configuration Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2


PInterferer dBm -44 -44
=-Foffset– FIoffset,case 1≤-Foffset– FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer
MHz & &
(offset)
=+Foffset + FIoffset,case 1
≥+Foffset + FIoffset,case 2
FDL_low – 30
V2X_47B FInterferer (Range) MHz (NOTE 2) to
FDL_high + 30
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but
within the first 30 MHz below or above the UE receive band
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -Foffset - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +Foffset + FIoffset, case 1
NOTE 3: Foffset is the frequency offset from the centre frequency of the CC being tested to the edge of aggregated
channel bandwidth.
NOTE 4: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the
interferer and the centre frequency of the interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.
NOTE 5: The requirement is applied for 2 carrier intra-concurrent receptions when 2 carrier transmission are activated
at the same time

7.6.1EA In-band blocking for UE category M1


7.6.1EA.1 Test Purpose
In-band blocking is defined for an unwanted interfering signal falling into the range from 15MHz below to 15MHz
above the category M1 UE receive band, at which the relative throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement for the
specified measurement channels.

The lack of in-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except in
the adjacent channels and spurious response).

7.6.1EA.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category M1.

7.6.1EA.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described
in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.1EA.3-1 and 7.6.1EA.3-2. For operating bands with
an unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements only apply for carriers assigned in the paired part.
Release 15 356 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1EA.3-1: In band blocking parameters

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 2.1+0.0125 4.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
7.5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 3.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0075 12.5+0.0075
12.5+0.012 12.5+0.002 12.5+0.007
5 5 5
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
Table 7.3EA-3 with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5EA.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to
Annex C.3.1.
NOTE 3: For DL category M1 UE, the reference sensitivity for category M1 in table 7.3EA-1 and 7.3EA-2 should
be used as REFSENS for the power in Transmission Bandwidth Configuration.
NOTE 4: For DL category M1 UE, the parameters for the applicable channel bandwidth apply.

Table 7.6.1EA.3-2: In-band blocking

E-UTRA Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4 Case 5


band PInterferer dBm -56 -44 -38
=-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 ≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer
MHz & & -BW/2 - 11
(offset)
=+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Void Void
7, 8, 11, 12,
FDL_low – 15
13, 18, 19,
FInterferer MHz (NOTE 2) to
20, 21, 26,
FDL_high + 15
27, 28, 31,
39, 41, 72
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but within
the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
NOTE 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer centre frequencies

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6.1.

7.6.1EA.4 Test Description


7.6.1EA.4.1 Initial Conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions and test frequencies based on the subset of E-UTRA
operating bands defined for CAT M1 in clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.1EA.4.1-1. The details of the downlink and uplink
reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3. The details of the OCNG patterns used
are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Release 15 357 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1EA.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in 5MHz
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD TDD FDD and TDD Narrowband
HD-FDD index (Note 1)
5MHz QPSK 4 4 QPSK 6 6 0
Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and
Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.4 using only main UE
Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.1.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.1EA.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined
in clause 7.6.1EA.4.3.

7.6.1EA.4.2 Test Procedure


1. SS transmits PDSCH via MPDCCH DCI format 6-1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.1EA.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.1EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send,
the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3. Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal in Case 1 according
to Tables 7.6.1EA.5-1 and 7.6.1EA.5-2.

4. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.1EA.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of
the target level in table 7.6.1EA.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for
carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

5. Measure the average throughput for duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 3.

7. Repeat steps from 3 to 6, using interfering signals in Case 2 at step 3 and 6. The ranges of case 2 are covered in
steps equal to the interferer bandwidth. The test frequencies are chosen in analogy to table 7.6.1EA.4.2-1.
Release 15 358 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1EA.4.2-1: Example for interferer frequencies

Lower frequency Upper frequency


Band 1 DL 2110 MHz 2170 MHz
Band 1 Midrange 2140 MHz
Receive band wanted signal 2137.5 MHz 2142.5 MHz
(BW 5MHz)
Interferer case 1 2129.9875 MHz 2150.0125 MHz
Interferer case 2 (inner frequency) 2124.9925 MHz 2155.0075 MHz
Interferer case 2 (outer frequency) 2099.9925 MHz 2180.0075 MHz
Outer limit for in band blocking 2095MHz 2185MHz
Number of test frequencies case 2 6 6

7.6.1EA.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the condition CEModeA and the following
exception

Table 7.6.1EA.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UE-PUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-UE-PUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}

7.6.1EA.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.1EA.5-1 and 7.6.1EA.5-2.

Table 7.6.1EA.5-1: In band blocking parameters

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 2.1+0.0125 4.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125 7.5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 3.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0075 12.5+0.0075 12.5+0.012 12.5+0.002 12.5+0.007
5 5 5
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
Table 7.3EA-3 with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5EA.
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to
Annex C.3.1.
NOTE 3: For DL category M1 UE, the reference sensitivity for category M1 in table 7.3EA-1 and 7.3EA-2 should
be used as REFSENS for the power in Transmission Bandwidth Configuration.
NOTE 4: For DL category M1 UE, the parameters for the applicable channel bandwidth apply.
Release 15 359 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.1EA.5-2: In-band blocking

E-UTRA Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 Case 4 Case 5


band PInterferer dBm -56 -44 -38
=-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 1 ≤-BW/2 – FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer
MHz & & -BW/2 - 11
(offset)
=+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥+BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Void Void
7, 8, 11, 12,
FDL_low – 15
13, 18, 19,
FInterferer MHz (NOTE 2) to
20, 21, 26,
FDL_high + 15
27, 28, 31,
39, 41, 72
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but within
the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1
NOTE 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer centre frequencies

7.6.2 Out-of-band blocking


7.6.2.1 Test Purpose
Out-of-band band blocking is defined for an unwanted CW interfering signal falling more than 15 MHz below or above
the UE receive band, at which a given average throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement for the specified
measurement channels.

For the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band the appropriate in-band blocking or adjacent channel
selectivity in sub-clause 7.5.1 and sub-clause 7.6.1 shall be applied.

The lack of out-of-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).

7.6.2.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.

7.6.2.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described
in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.2.3-1 and 7.6.2.3-2. For operating bands with an
unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements only apply for carriers assigned in the paired part.

For Table 7.6.2.3-2 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, up to max24, 6   NRB / 6  exceptions are allowed for spurious

response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size, where N RB is the
number of resource blocks in the downlink transmission bandwidth configuration (see Figure 5.4.2-1). For these
exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7 Spurious Response are applicable.

For Table 7.6.2.3-2 in frequency range 4, up to max8, (NRB  2  LCRBs ) /8  exceptions are allowed for spurious

response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size, where N RB is the
number of resource blocks in the downlink transmission bandwidth configurations (see Figure 5.4.2-1) and LCRBs is
Release 15 360 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

the number of resource blocks allocated in the uplink. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7 Spurious
Response are applicable.

Table 7.6.2.3-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink
configuration specified in Table 7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The REFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3.3-1 and Table 7.3.3-1a for
two and four antenna ports, respectively.

Table 7.6.2.3-2: Out of band blocking

E-UTRA band Parameter Units Frequency


range 1 range 2 range 3 range 4
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15 -15
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, FDL_low -15 to FDL_low -60 to FDL_low -85 to
-
6, 7, 8, 9, 10, FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
11, 12, 13, 14,
17, 18, 19, 20,
21, 22, 23, 24,
25, 26, 27, 28,
30, 31, 33, 34,
FInterferer (CW) MHz
35, 36, 37, 38, FDL_high +15 to FDL_high +60 to FDL_high +85 to
-
39, 40, 41, 42 FDL_high + 60 FDL_high +85 +12750 MHz
(Note 2), 43
(Note 2), 44,
45, 48 (NOTE
2), 65, 66, 68,
70, 71, 72, 74
2, 5, 12, 17 FInterferer MHz - - - FUL_low - FUL_high
Note 1: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the out of blocking is FFS.
Note 2: The power level of the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer > 2800
MHz and FInterferer < 4400 MHz.
Note 3: For the UE that supports both Band 4 and Band 66, the out-of-blocking frequency range for Band 4 is
defined relative to FDL_low and FDL_high of Band 66.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6.2.

7.6.2.4 Test Description


7.6.2.4.1 Initial Conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the OCNG patterns
used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex
C.2.
Release 15 361 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in One frequency chosen arbitrarily from low or high range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6 QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 15 15 QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 25 25 QPSK 25 25
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 15 N/A
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 54 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 50 QPSK 50 50
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 15 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 75 QPSK 75 75
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100 100
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on E-UTRA band, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according
to table 7.3.3-2 is tested per Test Channel Bandwidth. The allocation shall be located as
close as possible to the downlink operating band but confined within the transmission
bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2-1).
Note 3: For the DL signal one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD is used.
Note 4: Applicable only to E-UTRA FDD Bands 31 and 72. The UL resource blocks shall be
located at RBstart 10 (according to Table 7.3.3-2).

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, in Figure A.5.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.1.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.2.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.6.2.4.3.

7.6.2.4.2 Test Procedure


1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
Release 15 362 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

3. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal according to
Table 7.6.2.5-2. The frequency step size is 1MHz.

4. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.2.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the UE
(less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the
target level in table 7.6.2.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for carrier
frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

6. Record the frequencies for which the throughput doesn't meet the requirements.

7. Repeat steps from 3 to 6, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 3.

7.6.2.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exception.

Table 7.6.2.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-uePUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}

7.6.2.5 Test Requirement


Except for the spurious response frequencies recorded at the final step of test procedure, the throughput measurement
derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.2.5-1 and 7.6.2.5-2.

For frequency range 1, 2, and 3, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the final step of test procedure

shall not exceed max24, 6  N RB / 6  in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size. For

these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7 Spurious Response are applicable.

For frequency range 4, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the final step of test procedure shall not

exceed max8, (NRB  2  LCRBs ) /8  in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size. For

these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7 Spurious Response are applicable.

Table 7.6.2.5-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
Release 15 363 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below


Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause
6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

Table 7.6.2.5-2: Out of band blocking

E-UTRA band Parameter Units Frequency


range 1 range 2 range 3 range 4
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15 -15
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, FDL_low -15 to FDL_low -60 to FDL_low -85 to
-
7, 8, 9, 10, 11, FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
12, 13, 14, 17,
18, 19, 20, 21,
22, 23, 24, 25,
26, 27, 28, 30,
31, 33, 34, 35, FInterferer (CW) MHz
FDL_high +15 to FDL_high +60 to FDL_high +85 to
36, 37, 38, 39, -
FDL_high + 60 FDL_high +85 +12750 MHz
40, 41, 42
(Note 3), 43
(Note 3), 44,
45, 65, 66, 68,
70, 71, 72, 74
2, 5, 12, 17 FInterferer MHz - - - FUL_low - FUL_high
Note 1: Range 3 shall be tested only with the highest channel bandwidth.
Note 2: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the out of blocking is FFS.
Note 3: The power level of the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer > 2800
MHz and FInterferer < 4400 MHz.
Note 4: For the UE that supports both Band 4 and Band 66, the out-of-blocking frequency range for Band 4 is
defined relative to FDL_low and FDL_high of Band 66.

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer power
defined in Table 7.6.2.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.6.2_1 Out-of-band blocking with 4 Rx antenna ports


7.6.2_1.1 Test Purpose
Out-of-band band blocking with 4 Rx antenna ports is defined for an unwanted CW interfering signal falling more than
15 MHz below or above the UE 4 Rx receive band, at which a given average throughput shall meet or exceed the
requirement for the specified measurement channels.

For the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band the appropriate in-band blocking or adjacent channel
selectivity in sub-clause 7.5_1.1 and sub-clause 7.6.1_1.1 shall be applied.

The lack of out-of-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).

7.6.2_1.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that supports 4 Rx antenna ports.

7.6.2_1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


Same as in clause 7.6.2.3.

7.6.2_1.4 Test Description


7.6.2_1.4.1 Initial Conditions
Same as in clause 7.6.2.4.1 with following exceptions:
Release 15 364 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

- Instead of Table 7.6.2.4.1-1 use table 7.6.2_1.4.1-1

- Instead of Figure A.4 use Figure A.81

- Instead of clause 7.6.2.4.3 use clause 7.6.2_1.4.3

Table 7.6.2_1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in One frequency chosen arbitrarily from low or high range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6 QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 15 15 QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 25 25 QPSK 25 25
10MHz QPSK 50 50 QPSK 50 50
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 75 QPSK 75 75
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100 100
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on E-UTRA band, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according
to table 7.3.3-2 is tested per Test Channel Bandwidth. The allocation shall be located as
close as possible to the downlink operating band but confined within the transmission
bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2-1).
Note 3: For the DL signal one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD is used.

7.6.2_1.4.2 Test Procedure


Same as in clause 7.6.2.4.2 with following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.2.4.1-1 use Table 7.6.2_1.4.1-1

- Instead of Table 7.6.2.5-1 use Table 7.6.2_1.5-1

7.6.2_1.4.3 Message Contents


Same as in clause 7.6.2.4.3.

7.6.2_1.5 Test Requirement


Same as in clause 7.6.2.5 with following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.2.5-1 use Table 7.6.2_1.5-1

Table 7.6.2_1.5-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
Release 15 365 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause
6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The REFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3_1.5-1.

7.6.2A Out-of-band blocking for CA


7.6.2A.0 Minimum conformance requirements
For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink assigned to one E-
UTRA band, the out-of-band blocking requirements are defined with the uplink active on the band(s) other than the
band whose downlink is being tested. The throughput in the downlink measured shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum
throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters
specified in Tables 7.6.2.3-1 and 7.6.2A.0-0. For E-UTRA CA configurations including an operating band without
uplink operation (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements for all downlinks shall be met with the uplink active in the
band(s) capable of UL operation. The UE shall meet these requirements for each component carrier while all downlink
carriers are active.

For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink active in two E-UTRA
bands, the out-of-band blocking requirements specified above shall be met with the transmitter power for the uplink set
to 7 dB below PCMAX_L,c for each serving cell c.

For E-UTRA CA configurations including an operating band without uplink band or an operating band with an unpaired
DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements for all downlinks shall be met with the single uplink carrier active in
each band capable of UL operation. For E-UTRA CA configurations listed in Table 7.3A.0-0a under conditions for
which reference sensitivity for the operating band being tested is N/A, the out-of-band blocking requirements of
subclause 7.6.2A.0 do not apply.

Table 7.6.2A.0-0: Out-of-band blocking for inter-band carrier aggregation

Parameter Unit Range 1 Range 2 Range 3


Pw dBm Table 7.6.2.3-1 for all component carriers
Pinterferer dBm -44 + RIB,c -30 + RIB,c -15 + RIB,c
Finterferer MHz -60 < f – FDL_Low(j) < -15 -85 < f – FDL_Low(j) ≤ -60 1 ≤ f ≤ FDL_Low(1) – 85
(CW) or or or
15 < f – FDL_High(j) < 60 60 ≤ f – FDL_High(j) < 85 FDL_High(j) + 85 ≤ f
≤ FDL_Low(j+1) – 85 with
j<X
or
FDL_High(X) + 85 ≤ f
≤ 12750
Note 1: FDL_Low(j) and FDL_High(j) denote the respective lower and upper frequency limits of the operating band
containing carrier j, j = 1,…,X, with carriers numbered in increasing order of carrier frequency and X the
number of component carriers in the band combination (X ≤ 5 for the present version of this
specification).
Note 2: For FDL_Low(j+1) – FDL_High(j) < 145 MHz and FInterferer in FDL_High(j) < f < FDL_Low(j+1), FInterferer can be in both Range 1
and Range 2. Then the lower of the PInterferer applies.
Note 3: For FDL_Low(j) – 15 MHz ≤ f ≤ FDL_High(j) + 15 MHz the appropriate adjacent channel selectivity and in-band
blocking requirements in the respective subclauses 7.5.1A and 7.6.1.1A shall be applied for carrier j.
Note 4: RIB,c according to Table 7.3.3-1A applies when serving cell c is measured.
Note 5 For inter-band CA combinations containing Bands 42 or 43, the interferer with respect to Band 42 or
Band 43 shall have power level (PInterferer) for Range 3 modified to -20 + RIB,c dBm for FInterferer > 2800
MHz and FInterferer < 4400 MHz.
NOTE 6: For inter-band CA combinations containing Bands 7 and 38 simultaneously, for FInterferer Bands 7 and 38
are considered as one single band as follows: FDL_Low = 2570 MHz and FDL_High = 2690 MHz. For Range 2,
the following applies for FDL_Low: -95 < f – FDL_Low ≤ -60 or 60 ≤ f – FDL_High < 85. For Range 3 the following
applies 1 ≤ f ≤ FDL_Low -95 or FDL_High + 85 ≤ f ≤ 12750.
NOTE 7: For CA_20A-28A the FDL_low(1) is given by the lower limit of the restricted operating frequency range in
Band 28 and FDL_high(2) by Band 20 (Table 5.2A-2).
Release 15 366 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2A.0-0a: out-of-band blocking for inter-band carrier aggregation with band 46 and with one
active uplink

Parameter Unit Range 1 Range 2 Range 3


Pwanted dBm Table 7.6.2.1-1 for all component carriers
Pinterferer dBm -44 + RIB,c -30 + RIB,c -15 + RIB,c
(NOTE 5)
Finterferer MHz -60 < f – FDL_Low(j) < -15 -85 < f – FDL_Low(j) ≤ -60 1 ≤ f ≤ FDL_Low(j) – 85
(CW) with j ≤ K or or
or 60 ≤ f – FDL_High(j) < 85 FDL_High(j) + 85 ≤ f
15 < f – FDL_High(j) < 60 ≤ 12750
with j ≤ K
NOTE 1: FDL_Low(j) and FDL_High(j), j = 1,…,K,…N, denote the respective lower and upper frequency
limits of the (non-overlapping) operating bands of the CA configuration numbered in
increasing order of frequency, with N the number of bands in the band combination and
K the number of bands with FDL_High ≤ 3800 MHz.
NOTE 2: For FDL_Low(j) – 15 MHz ≤ f ≤ FDL_High(j) + 15 MHz the appropriate adjacent channel
selectivity and in-band blocking requirements in the respective subclauses 7.5.1A and
7.6.1.1A shall be applied for carrier j ≤ K.
NOTE 3: For FDL_Low(j) – 60 MHz ≤ f ≤ FDL_High(j) + 60 MHz the appropriate adjacent channel
selectivity and in-band blocking requirements in the respective subclauses 7.5.1A and
7.6.1.1A shall be applied for carrier K < j ≤ N.
NOTE 4: RIB,c according to Table 7.3.1-1A applies when serving cell c is measured.
NOTE 5: The power level (PInterferer) for Range 3 is modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer > 4400 MHz
except for band combinations with Band 42 or Band 43 for which PInterferer for Range 3 is
modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer > 2800 MHz.

 
For Table 7.6.2A.0-0 in frequency ranges 1, 2 and 3, up to max 24,6   N RB  / 6 exceptions per downlink are
allowed for spurious response frequencies for one active uplink when measured using a step size of 1 MHz.

 
For Table 7.6.2A.0-0 in frequency ranges 1, 2 and 3, up to 2∙ max 24,6   N RB  / 6 exceptions per downlink are
allowed for spurious response frequencies for two active uplinks when measured using a step size of 1 MHz. For these
exceptions the requirements in clause 7.7A.0 apply.

For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregations the downlink SCC(s) shall be configured at nominal channel spacing to
the PCC. For FDD, the PCC shall be configured closest to the uplink band. All downlink carriers shall be active
throughout the test. The uplink output power shall be set as specified in Table 7.6.2A.0-1 with the uplink configuration
set according to Table 7.3A.0-1 for the applicable carrier aggregation configuration. For UE(s) supporting one uplink
carrier, the uplink configuration of the PCC shall be in accordance with Table 7.3.3-2.

The UE shall fulfil the minimum requirement in presence of an interfering signal specified in Tables 7.6.2A.0-1 and
Tables 7.6.2A.0-2 being on either side of the aggregated signal. The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the
maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with
parameters specified in Tables 7.6.2A.0-1 and 7.6.2A.0-2. For operating bands with an unpaired DL part (as noted in
Table 5.2-1), the requirements also apply for an SCC assigned in the unpaired part with parameters specified in Tables
7.6.2A.0-1 and 7.6.2A.0-2.

 
For Table 7.6.2A.0-2 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, up to max 24,6   N RB  / 6 exceptions are allowed for
spurious response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size. For these
exceptions the requirements of subclause 7.7 Spurious response are applicable.

Table 7.6.2A.0-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth Configuration, per
dBm below
CC
9 9 9 9 9
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.
Release 15 367 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2A.0-2: Out of band blocking

CA configuration Parameter Unit Frequency


s Range Range Range
1 2 3
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15
FDL_low FDL_low
FDL_low
-15 to -60 to
CA_1C, CA_2C, CA_3B, CA_3C, CA_5B, CA_7C, CA_8B, -85 to
FDL_low FDL_low
CA_12B, CA_23B, CA_27B, CA_38C, CA_40C, CA_40D, 1 MHz
FInterferer -60 -85
CA_40E, CA_41C, CA_41D, CA_41E, CA_41F, CA_42C1, MHz
(CW) FDL_high FDL_high FDL_high
CA_42D1, CA_42E1, CA_42F1, CA_43C1, CA_48C1, CA_48D1,
1 1 +15 to +60 to +85 to
CA_48E , CA_48F , CA_66B, CA_66C, CA_66D, CA_70C
FDL_high + FDL_high +12750
60 +85 MHz
Note 1: For CA_42C, the power level of the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer >
2800 MHz and FInterferer < 4400 MHz.

For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier and two downlink sub-blocks, the out-of-band
blocking requirements are defined with the uplink configuration in accordance with table 7.3A.0-3. For this uplink
configuration, the UE shall meet the requirements for each sub-block as specified in subclauses 7.6.2.3 and 7.6.2A.0 for
one component carrier and two component carriers per sub-block, respectively. The requirements apply with all
downlink carriers active.

 
For Table 7.6.2.3-2 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, up to max 24,6   N RB  / 6 exceptions per assigned E-UTRA
channel per sub-block of the E-UTRA CA configuration are allowed for spurious response frequencies when measured
using a 1MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of subclause 7.7A.4.3 spurious response are applicable.

For Table 7.6.2.3-2 in frequency range 4, up to max8, (NRB  2  LCRBs ) /8  exceptions per assigned E-UTRA channel

per sub-block of the E-UTRA CA configuration are allowed for spurious response frequencies when measured using a
1MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7A.4.3 spurious response are applicable.

For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with two uplink carriers and two downlink carriers, the out-of-band
blocking requirements are defined with the uplink configuration of the PCC and SCC being in accordance with Table
7.3A.0-4 and powers of both carriers set to PCMAX_L,c – 7 dBm. The UE shall meet the requirements specified in
subclause 7.6.2A.0 for each component carrier while both downlink carriers are active.

 
For Table 7.6.2.3-2 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, up to 2∙ max 24,6   N RB  / 6 exceptions per assigned E-UTRA
channel per sub-block of the E-UTRA CA configuration are allowed for spurious response frequencies for two active
uplinks in the same operating band when measured using a 1MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of
subclause 7.7 spurious response are applicable.

For Table 7.6.2.3-2 in frequency range 4, up to 2∙ max8, (NRB  2  LCRBs) /8  exceptions per assigned E-UTRA

channel per sub-block of the E-UTRA CA configuration are allowed for spurious response frequencies for two active
uplinks in the same operating band when measured using a 1MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of
clause 7.7 spurious response are applicable.

For combinations of intra-band and inter-band carrier aggregation with up to five downlink carriers (up to two non-
contiguously sub-blocks per band and up to four contiguously aggregated carriers per band) and the uplink assigned to
one E-UTRA band, the requirement is defined with the uplink active a band other than that supporting the downlink(s)
under test. The uplink configuration shall be in accordance with Table 7.3A.0-3 when the uplink is active in the band
supporting two non-contiguous component carriers, Table 7.3A.0-1 when the uplink is active in a band supporting two
contiguous component carriers and in accordance with Table 7.3.3-2 when the uplink is active in a band supporting one
carrier per band. The downlink PCC shall be configured closer to the uplink operating band than the downlink SCC(s)
when the uplink is active in band(s) supporting contiguous aggregation of up to four component carriers. For the two
Release 15 368 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

non-contiguous component carriers within the same band, Pwanted in Table 7.6.2A.0-0 is set using RIBNC = 0 dB for all
sub-block gaps (Table 7.3A.0-3) while a band supporting contiguously aggregated carriers the out-of-band blocking
parameters in Table 7.6.2.3-1 are replaced by those specified in Table 7.6.2A.0-1. For each downlink the UE shall meet
the out-of-band blocking requirements applicable for inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per
operating band but with up to four component carriers assigned to the same band with the following exception. All
downlink carriers shall be active throughout the tests and the requirements for the downlinks shall be met with the
single uplink carrier active in each band capable of UL operation.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6.2.1A.

7.6.2A.1 Out-of-band blocking for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA)


7.6.2A.1.1 Test Purpose
Out-of-band blocking for CA is defined for an unwanted CW interfering signal falling more than 15 MHz below or
above the UE receive band, at which a given average throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement for the specified
measurement channels in aggregated signals.

For the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band the appropriate in-band blocking or adjacent channel
selectivity in sub-clause 7.5A and sub-clause 7.6.1A shall be applied.

The lack of out-of-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).

7.6.2A.1.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL
CA.

7.6.2A.1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.2A.0.

7.6.2A.1.4 Test Description


7.6.2A.1.4.1 Initial Conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and CC combinations based on
E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in table 7.6.2A.1.4.1-1. The details of the OCNG patterns used
are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Release 15 369 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2A.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth
classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical
frequencies according to Table 7.1-2
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in Highest NRB_agg
subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across (Note 3)
bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
CA Configuration / DL Allocation UL Allocation
NRB_agg
PCC SCC CC PCC & SCC RB CC NRB_alloc PCC & SCC RB allocations
NRB NRB MOD allocation MOD (LCRB @ RBstart)

50 50 QPSK 50+50 QPSK 25 P_25@25 S_0@0


100 75 QPSK 100+75 QPSK 175 P_100@0 S_75@0
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 50 P_50@50 S_0@0
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 75 P_75@25 S_0@0
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 130 P_100@0 S_30@0
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 200 P_100@0 S_100@0
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which
applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on CA Configuration only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according to table 7.3A.0-1 is
tested per CA Configuration Test CC combination.
Note 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.34 as
appropriate if the UE supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.1

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.2A.1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.6.2A.1.4.3.

7.6.2A.1.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6.2A.1.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2A.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.2A.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload
data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
Release 15 370 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the CA Band according to Table
7.6.2A.1.5-2. The frequency step size is 1MHz.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.2A.1.5-1 for both carriers. Send uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that for at least the duration of the
throughput measurement:
The PCC output power is within (+0dB, -3.4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.6.2A.1.5-1 + 10log(P_LCRB/NRB_alloc)),
for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz,
or within (+0dB, -4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.6.2A.1.5-1 + 10log(P_LCRB/NRB_alloc)) for carrier frequency
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.
The SCC output power is within (+0dB, -3.4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.6.2A.1.5-1 + 10log(S_LCRB/NRB_alloc)),
for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz,
or within (+0dB, -4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.6.2A.1.5-1 + 10log(S_LCRB/NRB_alloc)) for carrier frequency
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

8. Measure the average throughput for all the carrier(s) indicated in the Table 7.6.2A.7.4.2-1 simultaneously for
duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2. Note that the statistical decision for
each component carrier should be postponed until the statistical decisions for all component carriers are obtained
simultaneously according to table G.2.4-1.

9. Record the frequencies for which the throughput doesn't meet the requirements.

10. Repeat steps from 6 to 9, using an interfering signal above the CA Band at step 5.

7.6.2A.1.4.3 Message Contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exception.

Table 7.6.2A.1.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-uePUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}
Release 15 371 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2A.1.4.3-2: UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UE-PUSCH-r10 0
deltaMCS-Enabled-r10 en0
accumulationEnabled-r10 TRUE
pSRS-Offset-r10 7 (0 dB) The actual
parameter value is
-10.5 + 1.5*pSRS-
Offset value; 0 is
the actual value in
dB (-10.5 + 1.5*7
dB).
pSRS-OffsetAp-r10 7 (0 dB) The actual
parameter value is
-10.5 + 1.5*pSRS-
Offset value; 0 is
the actual value in
dB (-10.5 + 1.5*7
dB).
filterCoefficient-r10 fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
pathlossReferenceLinking-r10 sCell
}

7.6.2A.1.5 Test Requirement


Except for the spurious response frequencies recorded at the final step of test procedure, the throughput measurement of
each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement
channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.6.2A.1.5-1 and 7.6.2A.1.5-2.

 
For Table 7.6.2A.1.5-2 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, up to max 24,6   N RB  / 6 exceptions are allowed for
spurious response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size, where NRB is
the allocated number of resource blocks in the frequency channel. For these exceptions the requirements of subclause
7.7A Spurious response for CA are applicable.

Table 7.6.2A.1.5-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth Configuration, per
dBm below
CC
9 9
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.

Table 7.6.2A.1.5-2: Out of band blocking

CA configuration Parameter Unit Frequency


s range 1 range 2 range 3
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15
Release 15 372 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

FDL_low -15 FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85


to to to
CA_1C, CA_2C, CA_3C, CA_7C, CA_8B, CA_12B, FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
FInterferer
CA_23B, CA_27B, CA_38C, CA_39C, CA_40C,CA_41C, MHz FDL_high FDL_high FDL_high
(CW)
CA_42C (note) +15 to +60 to +85 to
FDL_high + FDL_high +12750
60 +85 MHz
Note: For CA_42C, the power level of the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer >
2800 MHz and FInterferer < 4400 MHz.

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer power
defined in Table 7.6.2A.1.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.6.2A.2 Out-of-band blocking for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA without UL CA)


7.6.2A.2.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as 7.6.2A.1.

7.6.2A.2.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA. This test
case applies only for CA Configurations that do not support UL CA.

7.6.2A.2.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.2A.0.

7.6.2A.2.4 Test Description


7.6.2A.2.4.1 Initial Conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 7.6.2A.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.2A.1.4.1-1  use Table 7.6.2A.2.4.1-1.

- Instead of clause 7.6.2A.1.4.3  use clause 7.6.2A.2.4.3.


Release 15 373 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2A.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in B: Mid range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth C: Mid range
classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical
frequencies according to Table 7.1-2
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in Highest NRB_agg
subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across (Note 3)
bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
CA Configuration / DL Allocation UL Allocation
NRB_agg
PCC SCC CC PCC & SCC RB CC NRB_alloc PCC & SCC RB allocations
NRB NRB MOD allocation MOD (LCRB @ RBstart)
15 50 QPSK 15+50 QPSK 15 P_15@0 -
25 50 QPSK 25+50 QPSK 20 P_20@0 -
50 50 QPSK 50+50 QPSK 25 P_25@25 -
50 50 QPSK 50+50 QPSK 50 P_50@0 -
75 25 QPSK 75+25 QPSK 75 P_75@0
75 50 QPSK 75+50 QPSK 75 P_75@0
100 75 QPSK 100+75 QPSK 100 P_100@0 -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 50 P_50@0 -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 75 P_75@0 -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 100 P 100@0 -
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which
applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on CA Configuration only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according to table 7.3.3-2 is
tested per CA Configuration Test CC combination.
Note 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
Note 4: For CA_70C 75+50 shall be tested.

7.6.2A.2.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2A.2.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.2A.2.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the
UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the CA Band according to Table
7.6.2A.1.5-2. The frequency step size is 1MHz.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.2A.1.5-1 for both carriers. Send uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within
+0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in table 7.6.2A.1.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the
target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.
Release 15 374 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

8. Measure the average throughput for all the carrier(s) indicated in the Table 7.6.2A.7.4.2-1 simultaneously for
duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2. Note that the statistical decision for
each component carrier should be postponed until the statistical decisions for all component carriers are obtained
simultaneously according to table G.2.4-1.

9. Record the frequencies for which the throughput doesn't meet the requirements.

10. Repeat steps from 6 to 9, using an interfering signal above the CA Band at step 5.

7.6.2A.2.4.3 Message Contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.2.4.3.

7.6.2A.2.5 Test Requirement


Same test requirement as in clause 7.6.2A.1.5 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.2A.1.5-1  use Table 7.6.2A.2.5-1.

- Instead of Table 7.6.2A.1.5-2  use Table 7.6.2A.2.5-2.

Table 7.6.2A.2.5-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth Configuration, per
dBm below
CC
9 9
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.

Table 7.6.2A.2.5-2: Out of band blocking

CA configuration Parameter Unit Frequency


s range 1 range 2 range 3
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15
FDL_low FDL_low
FDL_low -85
-15 to -60 to
to
FDL_low FDL_low
CA_1C, CA_2C, CA_3C, CA_5B, CA_7C, CA_12B, 1 MHz
FInterferer -60 -85
CA_23B, CA_27B, CA_38C, CA_39C, CA_40C, CA_41C, MHz
(CW) FDL_high FDL_high FDL_high
CA_42C (note) , CA_66B, CA_66C, CA_70C
+15 to +60 to +85 to
FDL_high + FDL_high +12750
60 +85 MHz
Note: For CA_42C, the power level of the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer >
2800 MHz and FInterferer < 4400 MHz.

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C PInterferer power
defined in Table 7.6.2A.2.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.6.2A.3 Out-of-band blocking for CA (inter-band DL CA without UL CA)


Editor's notes: This clause is incomplete for Band 46. The following aspects are either missing or not yet
determined.

- Test system uncertainties are missing in annex F.

7.6.2A.3.1 Test Purpose


Out-of-band band blocking is defined for an unwanted CW interfering signal falling more than 15 MHz below or above
(60 MHz for band 46) the UE receive band, at which a given average throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement
for the specified measurement channels.
Release 15 375 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

For the first 15 MHz below or above (60 MHz for band 46) the UE receive band the appropriate in-band blocking or
adjacent channel selectivity in sub-clause 7.5.1 and sub-clause 7.6.1 shall be applied.

The lack of out-of-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).

7.6.2A.3.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support inter-band DL CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward that support 2DL CA with FDD-TDD
inter-band CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support DL LAA.

7.6.2A.3.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.2A.0.

7.6.2A.3.4 Test Description


7.6.2A.3.4.1 Initial Conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 7.6.2A.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 5.4.2A.1-1 use Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

- Instead of Table 7.6.2A.1.4.1-1  use Table 7.6.2A.3.4.1-1.

- Instead of clause 7.6.2A.1.4.3  use clause 7.6.2A.3.4.3.


Release 15 376 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2A.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS
NC
36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for
different CA bandwidth classes, and
A: Mid range for PCC and SCC
PCC and SCCs are mapped onto
physical frequencies according to
Table 7.1-2
Test CC Combination setting b(NRB_agg)
as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for
Highest NRB_agg for PCC and SCC
the CA Configuration across bandwidth
combination sets supported by the UE
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
CA Configuration /
DL Allocation UL Allocation
NRB_agg
PCC SCCs CC PCC & SCC CC PCC
NRB NRB MOD RB allocation MOD NRB_alloc
50 50 QPSK 50 50 QPSK 50
50 50 QPSK 50 50 QPSK 25
50 50 QPSK 50 50 QPSK 20
50 50 QPSK 50 50 QPSK 16
50 75 QPSK 50 75 QPSK 25
50 100 QPSK 50 100 QPSK 50
50 100 QPSK 50 100 QPSK 25
50 100 QPSK 50 100 QPSK 20
50 100 QPSK 50 100 QPSK 16
75 25 QPSK 75 25 QPSK 75
75 25 QPSK 75 25 QPSK 20
75 50 QPSK 75 50 QPSK 25
75 100 QPSK 75 100 QPSK 25
75 75 QPSK 75 75 QPSK 25
100 50 QPSK 100 50 QPSK 100
100 50 QPSK 100 50 QPSK 75
100 50 QPSK 100 50 QPSK 50
100 75 QPSK 100 75 QPSK 100
100 75 QPSK 100 75 QPSK 50
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 75
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 50
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 45
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 25
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 20
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA
Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table
5.4.2A.1-2.
Note 2: Depending on CA configurations, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value
according to table 7.3A.3.5-2 for UE supporting one uplink carrier is tested per Test CA
configuration.
Note 3: The UL resource blocks shall be located as close as possible to the downlink PCC but
confined within the transmission bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth
(Table 5.4.2-1).
Note 4: The frequencies of PCC and SCC shall be switched and tested in each configuration
(given UL is supported in PCC band as per Table 5.2-1).
Release 15 377 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.2A.3.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2A.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.2A.3.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the
UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the SCC’s operating band according to
Table 7.6.2 A.3.5-2, or Table 7.6.2A.3.5-2a for operating band 46 without uplink band. The frequency step size is
1 MHz.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.2A.3.5-1 for both carriers. Send uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within
+0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in table 7.6.2A.3.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the
target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8. Measure the average throughput of SCC for duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
Annex G.2.

9. Record the frequencies for which the throughput doesn't meet the requirements.

10. Repeat steps from 6 to 9, using an interfering signal above the SCC’s operating band at step 6.

11. Switch the SCell into PCell and repeat steps 1 to 10, except for operating bands without uplink band (as noted in
Table 5.2-1).

7.6.2A.3.4.3 Message Contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.2.4.3.

7.6.2A.3.5 Test Requirement


For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to one E-UTRA band the out-of-band blocking requirements are
defined with the uplink active on the band other than the band whose downlink is being tested i.e. the requirements are
tested only for the SCell downlink. The UE shall meet the requirement for each component carrier, when operated as
SCell, while both downlink carriers are active.

Except for the spurious response frequencies recorded at step 9, the throughput measured during the test procedure for
each component carrier, when operated as SCell, shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.2A.3.5-1
(originated from the single carrier Table 7.6.2.5-1) and 7.6.2.3.5-2.

For frequency range 1, 2, and 3, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the step 9 of the test

procedure shall not exceed max24, 6  N RB / 6  exceptions per downlink in each assigned frequency channel when

measured using a 1MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7A.3 Spurious Response are
applicable.
Release 15 378 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2A.3.5-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
Pw in Transmission REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Bandwidth dBm
6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration, per CC
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause
6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

Table 7.6.2A.3.5-2: Out-of-band blocking for inter-band carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier

Parameter Unit Range 1 Range 2 Range 3


Pw dBm Table 7.6.2A.3.5-1 for both component carriers
Pinterferer dBm -44 + RIB,c -30 + RIB,c -15 + RIB,c
Finterferer MHz -60 < f – FDL_Low(1) < -15 -85 < f – FDL_Low(1) ≤ -60 1 ≤ f ≤ FDL_Low(1) – 85
(CW) or or or
-60 < f – FDL_Low(2) < -15 -85 < f – FDL_Low(2) ≤ -60 FDL_High(1) + 85 ≤ f ≤ FDL_Low(2) – 85
or or or
15 < f – FDL_High(1) < 60 60 ≤ f – FDL_High(1) < 85 FDL_High(2) + 85 ≤ f ≤ 12750
or or
15 < f – FDL_High(2) < 60 60 ≤ f – FDL_High(2) < 85
Note 1: FDL_Low(1) and FDL_High(1) denote the respective lower and upper frequency limits of the lower operating
band, FDL_Low(2) and FDL_High(2) the respective lower and upper frequency limits of the upper operating band.
Note 2: For FDL_Low(2) – FDL_High(1) < 145 MHz and FInterferer in FDL_High(1) < f < FDL_Low(2), FInterferer can be in both Range
1 and Range 2. Then the lower of the PInterferer applies.
Note 3: For FDL_Low(1) – 15 MHz ≤ f ≤ FDL_High(1) + 15 MHz and FDL_Low(2) – 15 MHz ≤ f ≤ FDL_High(2) + 15 MHz the
appropriate adjacent channel selectivity and in-band blocking in the respective subclauses 7.5A.1.5 and
7.6.1A.5 shall be applied.
Note 4: RIB,c according to Table 7.3.3-1A applies when serving cell c is measured.
Note 5 For inter-band CA combinations containing Bands 42 or 43, the interferer with respect to Band 42 or
Band 43 shall have power level (PInterferer) for Range 3 modified to -20 + RIB,c dBm for FInterferer > 2800
MHz and FInterferer < 4400 MHz.
Note 6: For inter-band CA combinations containing Bands 7 and 38 simultaneously, for FInterferer Bands 7 and 38
are considered as one single band as follows: FDL_Low = 2570 MHz and FDL_High = 2690 MHz. For Range 2,
the following applies for FDL_Low: -95 < f – FDL_Low ≤ -60 or 60 ≤ f – FDL_High < 85. For Range 3 the following
applies 1 ≤ f ≤ FDL_Low -95 or FDL_High + 85 ≤ f ≤ 12750.
Note 7: For CA_20A-28A the FDL_low(1) is given by the lower limit of the restricted operating frequency range in
Band 28 and FDL_high(2) by Band 20 (Table 5.2A-2).
Release 15 379 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2A.3.5-2a: Out-of-band blocking for inter-band carrier aggregation with band 46 and with
one active uplink

Parameter Unit Range 1 Range 2 Range 3


Pwanted dBm Table 7.6.2A.3.5-1 for both component carriers
Pinterferer dBm -44 + RIB,c -30 + RIB,c -15 + RIB,c
(NOTE 5)
Finterferer MHz -60 < f – FDL_Low(1) < -15 -85 < f – FDL_Low(1) ≤ -60 1 ≤ f ≤ FDL_Low(1) – 85
(CW) or or or
15 < f – FDL_High(1) < 60 -85 < f – FDL_Low(2) ≤ -60 1 ≤ f ≤ FDL_Low(2) – 85
or or
60 ≤ f – FDL_High(1) < 85 FDL_High(1) + 85 ≤ f
or ≤ 12750
60 ≤ f – FDL_High(2) < 85 or
FDL_High(2) + 85 ≤ f
≤ 12750
NOTE 1: FDL_Low(1) and FDL_High(1) denote the respective lower and upper frequency limits of the lower
operating band, FDL_Low(2) and FDL_High(2) the respective lower and upper frequency limits of
the upper operating band.
NOTE 2: For FDL_Low(1) – 15 MHz ≤ f ≤ FDL_High(1) + 15 MHz the appropriate adjacent channel
selectivity and in-band blocking requirements in the respective subclauses 7.5.1A and
7.6.1.1A shall be applied.
NOTE 3: For FDL_Low(2) – 60 MHz ≤ f ≤ FDL_High(2) + 60 MHz the appropriate adjacent channel
selectivity and in-band blocking requirements in the respective subclauses 7.5.1A and
7.6.1.1A shall be applied.
NOTE 4: RIB,c according to Table 7.3.1-1A applies when serving cell c is measured.
NOTE 5: The power level (PInterferer) for Range 3 is modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer > 4400 MHz
except for band combinations with Band 42 or Band 43 for which PInterferer for Range 3 is
modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer > 2800 MHz.

7.6.2A.4 Out-of-band blocking for CA (intra-band non-contiguous DL CA without UL


CA)
7.6.2A.4.1 Test Purpose
Same as in clause 7.6.2A.1.1.

7.6.2A.4.2 Test Applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support intra-band non-contiguous DL CA
but no UL CA.

7.6.2A.4.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.2A.0.

7.6.2A.4.4 Test description


7.6.2A.4.4.1 Initial Conditions

Same as in clause 7.6.2A.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.2A.1.4.1-1 use Table 7.6.2A.4.4.1-1.


Release 15 380 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2A.4.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7]
NC
subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7]
subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes ,
A: N/A (Range is not relevant)
and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical
frequencies according to Table 7.1-2
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in
highest NRB_agg
subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration.
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
use the content of Table 7.3A.4.4.1-1 and test only for each CA configuration highest NRB_agg,

7.6.2A.4.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6.2A.4.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2A.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.2A.4.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the
UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the CA band according to Table 7.6.2.5-
2. The frequency step size is 1 MHz.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.2.5-1 for both carriers. Send uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within
+0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in table 7.6.2.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the
target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8. Measure the average throughput for all the carrier(s) indicated in the Table 7.6.2A.7.4.2-1 simultaneously for
duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2. Note that the statistical decision for
each component carrier should be postponed until the statistical decisions for all component carriers are obtained
simultaneously according to table G.2.4-1.

9. Record the frequencies for which the throughput doesn't meet the requirements.

10. Repeat steps from 6 to 9, using an interfering signal above the CA band at step 6.

7.6.2A.4.4.3 Message Contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.2.4.3.

7.6.2A.4.5 Test Requirement


For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier and two downlink carriers, the out-of-band
blocking requirements are defined with the uplink configuration of the PCC being in accordance with table 7.3.1A-
3.The UE shall meet the requirements specified in tables 7.6.2A.4.5-1 and 7.6.2A.4.5-2 for each component carrier
while both downlink carriers are active.

The out-of-band blocking parameters in tables 7.6.2A.4.5-1 and 7.6.2A.4.5-2 for each component carrier are the same
as single carrier requirements in Tables 7.6.2.5-1 and 7.6.2.5-2.

For Table 7.6.2A.4.5-2 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the step
 
9 of the test procedure shall not exceed max 24,6   N RB  / 6 exceptions per assigned E-UTRA channel per sub-
Release 15 381 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

block gap of the E-UTRA CA configuration are allowed for spurious response frequencies when measured using a
1MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of subclause 7.7A.4 spurious response are applicable.

For Table 7.6.2A.4.5-2 in frequency range 4 the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the step 9 of the

test procedure shall not exceed max8, (NRB  2  LCRBs) /8  exceptions per assigned E-UTRA channel per sub-block

gap of the E-UTRA CA configuration are allowed for spurious response frequencies when measured using a 1MHz step
size. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7A.4 spurious response are applicable.

Table 7.6.2A.4.5-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
Pw in Transmission REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Bandwidth dBm
6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration, per CC
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause
6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

Table 7.6.2A.4.5-2: Out of band blocking

E-UTRA band Parameter Units Frequency


range 1 range 2 range 3 range 4
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15 -15
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, FDL_low -15 to FDL_low -60 to FDL_low -85 to
-
7, 8, 9, 10, 11, FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
12, 13, 14, 17,
18, 19, 20, 21,
22, 23, 24, 25,
26, 27, 28, 30, FInterferer (CW) MHz
FDL_high +15 to FDL_high +60 to FDL_high +85 to
31, 33, 34, 35, -
FDL_high + 60 FDL_high +85 +12750 MHz
36, 37, 38, 39,
40, 41, 42
(Note 4), 43
(Note 4),44, 66
2, 5, 12, 17 FInterferer MHz - - - FUL_low - FUL_high
Note 1: Range 3 shall be tested only with the highest channel bandwidth.
Note 2: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the out of band blocking is FFS.
Note 3: The power level of the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer > 2800
MHz and FInterferer < 4400 MHz.
Note 4: For the UE that supports both Band 4 and Band 66, the out-of-blocking frequency range for Band 4 is
defined relative to FDL_low and FDL_high of Band 66.

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer power
defined in Table 7.6.2A.4.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.6.2A.5 Out-of-band blocking for 3DL CA


7.6.2A.5.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 7.6.2A.3.1.

7.6.2A.5.2 Test Applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE and forward that support 3DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2a.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support 3DL CA involving Band 46.
Release 15 382 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.2A.5.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.2A.0.

7.6.2A.5.4 Test Description


7.6.2A.5.4.1 Initial Conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1 through table 5.4.2A.1-2a. All of these configurations shall be
tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.2A.5.4.1-1 through table
7.6.2A.5.4.1-2 as appropriate. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex
A.2 and A.3. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Release 15 383 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2A.5.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table


Release 15 384 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For
classes. mapping within Band refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA
Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. Refer to “PCC NRB” and “SCCs NRB ” columns
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2
Band Range NRB Band Range NRB Band Range NRB
ID
UL DL ULalloc UL UL
DLalloc DL MOD ULalloc DLalloc DL MOD ULalloc DLalloc
MOD MOD (Note 2,3) MOD MOD
Default Test Settings for a CA_XD Configuration (Intra-band contiguous)
X Mid/CC1 All RBs X Mid/CC2 All RBs X Mid/CC3 All RBs
1 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for a CA_XA-YA-ZA Configuration (Inter-band)
X Mid All RBs Y Mid All RBs Z Mid All RBs
1 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB
Y Mid All RBs X Mid All RBs Z Mid All RBs
2 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB
Z Mid All RBs X Mid All RBs Y Mid All RBs
3 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB
Test Settings for CA_1A-18A-28A Configuration
1 1 Low All 18 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
50@0 RBs N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50
2 1 Low All 18 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
75@0 RBs N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50
3 1 Low All 18 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
100@0 RBs N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50
4 1 Low All 18 Mid All RBs 28 High All RBs
100@0 RBs N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50
5 18 Low All 1 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
25@25 RBs N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50
6 18 Low All 1 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
25@25 RBs N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50
7 18 Low All 1 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
25@25 RBs N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50
8 18 Mid All 1 Low All RBs 28 High All RBs
25@50 RBs N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 25
9 18 Mid All 1 Low All RBs 28 High All RBs
25@50 RBs N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50
10 28 High All 1 Low All RBs 18 Mid All RBs
25@0 RBs N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75
11 28 Mid All 1 Low All RBs 18 Low All RBs
25@25 RBs N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50
12 28 High 25@25 All 1 High N/A All RBs 18 Mid N/A All RBs
RBs
Release 15 385 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75


Default Test Settings for CA_XB-YA and CA_XC-YA Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
X Mid/CC1 All RBs X Mid/CC2 All RBs Y Mid All RBs
1 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
Y Mid All RBs X Mid/CC1 All RBs X Mid/CC2 All RBs
2 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-YB and CA_XA-YC Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Y Mid/CC1 All RBs Y Mid/CC2 All RBs X Mid All RBs
1 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
X Mid All RBs Y Mid/CC1 All RBs Y Mid/CC2 All RBs
2 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, otherwise use Default Test Settings test points.
Note 3: Inter-band & Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an
individual band within the CA Configuration, test points with that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 4: Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41D, X=41
Note 5: Inter-band: X,Y,Z correspond to the 1st, 2nd and 3rd band in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_1A-3A-19A, X=1, Y=3, Z=19
Note 6: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_1C-3A, X=1 and
Y=3
Note 7: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table
7.3.5-2.
Note 8: Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg , choose for testing
the Combination with maximum NRB_PCC and then select maximum NRB_SCC1 for the chosen NRB_PCC.
Note 9: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg ,
choose the Combination with NRB_PCC = NRB_SCC1 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum
NRB_PCC for testing.
Note 10: The orders and numbering of SCCs in this table does not imply any order in test implementation of SCCs.
Note 11: ID/test points that result in no refsens requirement shall be skipped.
Release 15 386 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2A.5.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table with Wgap


Release 15 387 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For
bandwidth classes. mapping within Band refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Highest NRB
Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2
Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB
ID [MHz] [MHz]
UL DL ULalloc DL UL DL UL DL UL DL UL DL
MOD MOD (Note 2,3,4) alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
All
X CC2 All RBs X CC1 Y Mid All RBs
1 REFSENS Max N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
All
Y Mid All RBs X CC2 X CC1 All RBs
2 REFSENS - N/A RBs Max N/A
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-YA-YA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
All
Y CC2 All RBs Y CC1 X Mid All RBs
1 REFSENS Max N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
All
X Mid All RBs Y CC2 Y CC1 All RBs
2 REFSENS - N/A RBs Max N/A
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
Test Settings for CA_29A-66A-66A Configuration (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
All
66 CC1 All RBs 66 CC2 29 Mid All RBs
1 100@0 50 N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50
Test Settings for a CA_41C-41A Configuration (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
All
41 CC3 All RBs 41 CC2 41 CC1 All RBs
1 100@0 134.2 N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100
Test Settings for a CA_41A-41C Configuration (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
All
41 CC3 All RBs 41 CC2 41 CC1 All RBs
2 100@0 - N/A RBs 134.2 N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100
Group Test Settings for CA_66A-66A-XA or CA_XA-66A-66A Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
All
66 CC1 All RBs 66 CC2 X Mid All RBs
RBs
1 100@0 50 N/A - N/A
Highest
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK
NRB
All
X Mid All RBs 66 CC1 66 CC2 All RBs
RBs
2 REFSENS - N/A 50 N/A
Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100
NRB
Test Settings for a CA_66A-66C Configuration (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
All
66 CC1 All RBs 66 CC2 66 CC3 All RBs
1 100@0 30.2 N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table. Otherwise use test
points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table. Otherwise use Default Test Settings test points.
Note 3: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, otherwise
use Default Test Settings test points.
Note 4: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA Configuration, test points with
that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 5: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: X and Y correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-
5A,X=2,Y=5
Note 6: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41C-
41A,X=41.
Note 7: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for
Release 15 388 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.


Note 8: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB
allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 9: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the
same NRB_agg , choose the Combination with NRB_CC1 = NRB_CC2 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with
maximum NRB_CC1 for testing.
Note 10: The orders and numbering of SCCs in this table does not imply any order in test implementation of SCCs.
Note 11: ID/test points that result in no refsens requirement shall be skipped.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure group A.58 as
appropriate if the UE supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.2A.5.4.1-1 through Table
7.6.2A.5.4.1-2 as appropriate.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.6.2A.5.4.3.

7.6.2A.5.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6.2A.5.4.3

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2A.5.4.1-1 through Table 7.6.2A.5.4.1-2 as appropriate on PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC
padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.2A.5.4.1-1 through Table 7.6.2A.5.4.1-2 on PCC. Since the UE has
no payload data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the lowest CA Band according to
the table indicated in the column "Table with interferer parameters to select" of Table 7.6.2A.5.4.2-1. The
frequency step size is 1MHz. Use the highest RIB,c among CA bands for Pinterferer calculation.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the table indicated in the column "Table with transmission parameters
to select" of Table 7.6.2A.5.4.2-1. Send uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size
should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in table 7.6.2A.5.5-1
for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤
4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8. Measure the average throughput for all the carrier(s) indicated in the Table 7.6.2A.7.4.2-1 simultaneously for
duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2. Note that the statistical decision for
each component carrier should be postponed until the statistical decisions for all component carriers are obtained
simultaneously according to table G.2.4-1.

9. Record the frequencies for which the throughput doesn't meet the requirements and for each frequency, the
carriers for which the throughput was not met.

10. Repeat steps 6 to 8 for each recorded frequency-carrier pair, with exception of pairs for which RIB,c is the same
as RIB used in Step 6. In Step 6 use only recorded frequencies for interferer placement and use RIB,c relevant to
recorded carrier for Pinterferer calculation. Remove the frequency-carrier pairs that meet the throughput
requirements from the record.
Release 15 389 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

11. If the CA Configuration includes multiple bands, repeat steps from 6 to 10 using an interfering signal in each gap
between the CA bands, according to the table indicated in the column "Table with interferer parameters to select"
of Table 7.6.2A.5.4.2-1.

12. Repeat steps from 6 to 10, using an interfering signal above the highest CA Band according to the table indicated
in the column "Table with interferer parameters to select" of Table 7.6.2A.5.4.2-1.

13. Repeat steps 1 to 12 for each row of "Throughput measured on" column listed in the Table 7.6.2A.5.4.2-1.

Table 7.6.2A.5.4.2-1: Test repetition and measurement configuration

ID Throughput Table with transmission Table with interferer


CA
(Note 1) measured on parameters to select parameters to select
configuration
(Note 3) (Note 2)
Intra-band 1
PCC, SCC1, SCC2 7.6.2A.5.5-1 7.6.2A.5.5-2
contiguous 2
1 SCC1, SCC2
Inter-band 2 SCC1, SCC2 7.6.2A.5.5-3 7.6.2A.5.5-4
3 SCC1, SCC2
Intra-band 1 SCC2 7.6.2A.5.5-3 7.6.2A.5.5-4 (Note 4)
contiguous +
Inter-band 2 SCC1, SCC2 7.6.2A.5.5-1 7.6.2A.5.5-2 (Note 5)
Intra-band 1 SCC2 7.6.2A.5.5-3 7.6.2A.5.5-4 (Note 6)
non- SCC1,
contiguous + 2 7.6.2A.5.5-3 7.6.2A.5.5-5 (Note 5)
Inter-band SCC2
Intra-band PCC 7.6.2A.5.5-3 7.6.2A.5.5-5 (Note 4)
1
non- SCC1, SCC2 7.6.2A.5.5-1 7.6.2A.5.5-2 (Note 6)
contiguous + SCC2 7.6.2A.5.5-3 7.6.2A.5.5-5 (Note 4)
Intra-band 2
PCC, SCC1 7.6.2A.5.5-1 7.6.2A.5.5-2 (Note 6)
contiguous
Note 1: Test point ID for the particular CA configuration as defined in section 7.6.2A.5.4.1.
Note 2: The reference for the placement of the interferer signals is the centre frequency of the carrier
closest to the interferer among the carriers throughput is measured on.
Note 3: Where there are multiple rows for a single Test point ID, the test is repeated for each row.
Note 4: When interferer position is within range 1 or 2 frequency of other CC block, Pinterfer is selected
from table 7.6.2A.5.5-2. When interferer position is closer than 15 MHz from other CC block
interferer is OFF.
Note 5: When interferer position is within range 1 or 2 frequency of other CC block, Pinterfer is selected
from table 7.6.2A.5.5-4. When interferer position is closer than 15 MHz from other CC block
interferer is OFF.
Note 6: When interferer position is within range 1 or 2 frequency of other CC block, Pinterfer is selected
from table 7.6.2A.5.5-5. When interferer position is closer than 15 MHz from other CC block
interferer is OFF.

7.6.2A.5.4.3 Message Contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.2.4.3 for without UL CA.

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.2A.1.4.3 for UL CA.

7.6.2A.5.5 Test Requirement


Except for the spurious response frequencies recorded at the final step of test procedure, the throughput measurement of
each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement
channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table s below, according to the type of CA.

 
For Table 7.6.2A.5.5-2 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, up to max 24,6   N RB  / 6 exceptions are allowed for
spurious response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size, where NRB is
the allocated number of resource blocks in the frequency channel. For these exceptions the requirements of subclause
7.7A.5 Spurious Response for CA are applicable.
Release 15 390 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2A.5.5-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters (intra-band contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth Configuration, per
dBm below
CC
9 9 9
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.

Table 7.6.2A.5.5-2: Out of band blocking (intra-band contiguous)

CA configuration Parameter Unit Frequency


s range 1 range 2 range 3
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15
FDL_low -15 FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85
to to to
CA_1C, CA_2C, CA_3C, CA_7C , CA_12B, CA_23B, FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
FInterferer
CA_27B, CA_38C, CA_40C, CA_41C, CA_40D, CA_42C MHz FDL_high FDL_high FDL_high
(CW)
(Note) , CA_66C +15 to +60 to +85 to
FDL_high + FDL_high +12750
60 +85 MHz
Note: For CA_42C, the power level of the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer
> 2800 MHz and FInterferer < 4400 MHz.

For Table 7.6.2A.5.5-4 frequency range 1, 2, and 3, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the step 9

of the test procedure shall not exceed max24, 6  N RB / 6  exceptions per downlink in each assigned frequency channel

when measured using a 1MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7A.5 Spurious Response for
CA are applicable.

Table 7.6.2A.5.5-3: Out-of-band blocking parameters (inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
Pw in Transmission REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Bandwidth dBm
6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause
6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Release 15 391 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2A.5.5-4: Out-of-band blocking for inter-band carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier

Parameter Unit Range 1 Range 2 Range 3


Pwanted dBm Table 7.6.2A.5.5-3 for all component carriers
Pinterferer dBm -44 + RIB,c -30 + RIB,c -15 + RIB,c
Finterferer MHz -60 < f – FDL_Low(j) < -15 -85 < f – FDL_Low(j ) ≤ -60 1 ≤ f ≤ FDL_Low(j ) – 85
(CW) or or or
FDL_High(j ) + 85 ≤ f ≤ FDL_Low(j +1) – 85
15 < f – FDL_High(j) < 60 60 ≤ f – FDL_High(j) < 85 or
FDL_High(X) + 85 ≤ f ≤ 12750
Note 1: FDL_Low(j) and FDL_High(j) denote the respective lower and upper frequency limits of the operating band
containing carrier j, j = 1,…,X, with carriers numbered in increasing order of carrier frequency and X the
number of component carriers in the band combination (X = 2 or X = 3 for the present version of this
specification).
Note 2: For FDL_Low(j+1) – FDL_High(j) < 145 MHz and FInterferer in FDL_High(j) < f < FDL_Low(j+1), FInterferer can be in both Range 1
and Range 2. Then the lower of the PInterferer applies.
Note 3: For FDL_Low(j) – 15 MHz ≤ f ≤ FDL_High(j) + 15 MHz the appropriate adjacent channel selectivity and in-band
blocking requirements in the respective subclauses 7.5A.5.5 and 7.6.1A.5.5 shall be applied for carrier j.
Note 4: RIB,c according to Table 7.3.3-1A applies when serving cell c is measured.
Note 5: For inter-band CA combinations containing Bands 42 or 43, the interferer with respect to Band 42 or
Band 43 shall have power level (PInterferer) for Range 3 modified to -20 + RIB,c dBm for FInterferer > 2800
MHz and FInterferer < 4400 MHz.

Table 7.6.2A.5.5-4a: Out-of-band blocking for inter-band carrier aggregation with band 46 and with
one active uplink

Parameter Unit Range 1 Range 2 Range 3


Pwanted dBm Table 7.6.2A.5.5-3 for all component carriers
Pinterferer dBm -44 + RIB,c -30 + RIB,c -15 + RIB,c
(NOTE 5)
Finterferer MHz -60 < f – FDL_Low(j) < -15 -85 < f – FDL_Low(j) ≤ -60 1 ≤ f ≤ FDL_Low(j) – 85
(CW) with j ≤ K or or
or 60 ≤ f – FDL_High(j) < 85 FDL_High(j) + 85 ≤ f
15 < f – FDL_High(j) < 60 ≤ 12750
with j ≤ K
NOTE 1: FDL_Low(j) and FDL_High(j), j = 1,…,K,…N, denote the respective lower and upper frequency
limits of the (non-overlapping) operating bands of the CA configuration numbered in
increasing order of frequency, with N the number of bands in the band combination and
K the number of bands with FDL_High ≤ 3800 MHz.
NOTE 2: For FDL_Low(j) – 15 MHz ≤ f ≤ FDL_High(j) + 15 MHz the appropriate adjacent channel selectivity
and in-band blocking requirements in the respective subclauses 7.5A.5.5 and 7.6.1A.5.5
shall be applied for carrier j ≤ K.
NOTE 3: For FDL_Low(j) – 60 MHz ≤ f ≤ FDL_High(j) + 60 MHz the appropriate adjacent channel selectivity
and in-band blocking requirements in the respective subclauses 7.5A.5.5 and 7.6.1A.5.5
shall be applied for carrier K < j ≤ N.
NOTE 4: RIB,c according to Table 7.3.3-1A applies when serving cell c is measured.
NOTE 5: The power level (PInterferer) for Range 3 is modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer > 4400 MHz
except for band combinations with Band 42 or Band 43 for which PInterferer for Range 3 is
modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer > 2800 MHz.

For Table 7.6.2A.5.5-5 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the step
 
9 of the test procedure shall not exceed max 24,6   N RB  / 6 exceptions per assigned E-UTRA channel per sub-
block gap of the E-UTRA CA configuration are allowed for spurious response frequencies when measured using a
1MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of subclause 7.7A.5 spurious response for CA are applicable.

For Table 7.6.2A.5.5-5 in frequency range 4 the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the step 9 of the

test procedure shall not exceed max8, (NRB  2  LCRBs) /8  exceptions per assigned E-UTRA channel per sub-block

gap of the E-UTRA CA configuration are allowed for spurious response frequencies when measured using a 1MHz step
size. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7A.5 spurious response for CA are applicable.
Release 15 392 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2A.5.5-5: Out of band blocking (intra-band non-contiguous)

E-UTRA band Parameter Units Frequency


range 1 range 2 range 3 range 4
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15 -15
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, FDL_low -15 to FDL_low -60 to FDL_low -85 to
-
7, 8, 9, 10, 11, FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
12, 13, 14, 17,
18, 19, 20, 21,
22, 23, 24, 25,
26, 27, 28, 30,
FInterferer (CW) MHz
31, 33, 34, 35, FDL_high +15 to FDL_high +60 to FDL_high +85 to
-
36, 37, 38, 39, FDL_high + 60 FDL_high +85 +12750 MHz
40, 41, 42
(Note 4), 43
(Note 4), 44,
66
2, 5, 12, 17 FInterferer MHz - - - FUL_low - FUL_high
Note 1: Range 3 shall be tested only with the highest channel bandwidth.
Note 2: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the out of band blocking is FFS.
Note 3: For intra-band non-contiguous + inter-band CA, RIBNC = 0 dB for all sub-block gaps.
Note 4: The power level of the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer > 2800
MHz and FInterferer < 4400 MHz.

For a UE, which supports CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer power defined in Tables
7.6.2A.5.5 2, 7.6.2A.5.5-4 and 7.6.2A.5.5-5 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and
7.3.3-1C accordingly.

7.6.2A.6
7.6.2A.7 Out-of-band blocking for 4DL CA
7.6.2A.7.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 7.6.2A.1.

7.6.2A.7.2 Test Applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE and forward that support 4DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2b.

7.6.2A.7.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.2A.0.

7.6.2A.7.4 Test Description


7.6.2A.7.4.1 Initial Conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1 through table 5.4.2A.1-2a. All of these configurations shall be
tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.2A.7.4.1-1 through table
7.6.2A.7.4.1-2 as appropriate. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex
A.2 and A.3. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
393

Table 7.6.2A.7.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table


Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
394
Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in


TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes. For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For mapping within Band
refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration Refer to “PCC NRB" and “SCCs NRB ” columns
across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

PCC SCC1 SCC2


SCC3
Band Range NRB Band Range NRB
ID Band Range NRB Band Range NRB
UL UL DL UL UL DL UL DL UL DL UL UL DL
DL MOD DL MOD DL MOD
MOD alloc alloc MOD alloc alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc MOD alloc alloc
Default Test Settings for a CA_XE Configuration (Intra-band contiguous)

Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL


X X X X
CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
X X X X
CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for a CA_XA-YD, YD-XA Configuration (Inter-band)

ALL ALL
Y Mid/CC1 ALL RBs Y Mid/CC2 Y Mid/CC3 ALL RBs X Mid
RBs RBs
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
ALL ALL
X Mid ALL RBs Y Mid/CC1 Y Mid/CC2 ALL RBs Y Mid/CC3
RBs RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for a CA_XA-YA-ZA-RA Configuration (Inter-band)

ALL ALL ALL ALL


X Mid Y Mid Z Mid R Mid
RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
395
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X Mid Z Mid R Mid
RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid X Mid Y Mid R Mid
RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL
R Mid X Mid Y Mid Z Mid
RBs RBs RBs RBs
4 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
Default Test Settings for CA_XB-YA-ZA and CA_XC-YA-ZA Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-XB-ZA and CA_YA-XC-ZA Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-ZA-XB and CA_YA-ZA-XC Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Mid/ Mid/
X ALL RBs X ALL RBs Y Mid ALL RBs Z Mid ALL RBs
CC1 CC2
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
Mid/ Mid/
Y Mid ALL RBs X ALL RBs X ALL RBs Z Mid ALL RBs
CC1 CC2
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
Mid/ Mid/
Z Mid ALL RBs Y Mid ALL RBs X ALL RBs X ALL RBs
CC1 CC2
3 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
Default Test Settings for CA_XC-YC Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band(2))
Mid/CC
X Mid/CC1 ALL RBs X Mid/CC2 ALL RBs Y Mid/CC1 ALL RBs Y ALL RBs
2
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
Mid/CC
Y Mid/CC1 ALL RBs Y Mid/CC2 ALL RBs X Mid/CC1 ALL RBs X ALL RBs
2
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Intra-band contiguous & Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, otherwise use Default Test Settings
test points.
Note 3: Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, Otherwise use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table.
Otherwise use the Default Test Settings test points.
Note 4: Inter-band & Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA
Configuration, test points with that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 5: Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41E, X=41.
Note 6: Inter-band: X,Y,Z,R correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_1A-3A-7A-8A,X=1,Y=3,Z=7,R=8.
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
396
Note 7: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y,Z correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_3C-7A-28A, X=3,Y=7 and Z=28.
Note 8: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 9: Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg, choose for testing the Combination with maximum
NRB_PCC and then select maximum NRB_SCC1 for the chosen NRB_PCC.
Note 10: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg , choose the Combination with NRB_PCC =
NRB_SCC1 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum NRB_PCC for testing.
Note 11: The orders and numbering of SCCs in this table does not imply any order in test implementation of SCCs.
Note 12: ID/test points that result in no refsens requirement shall be skipped.
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
397
Table 7.6.2A.7.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table with Wgap
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
398
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For mapping within Band
bandwidth classes. refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Highest NRB
Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2 SCC3
Ban Ran Ban Ran Ban Rang Ran
NRB Wgap NRB Wgap NRB Band NRB
I d ge d ge d e Wgap ge
[MHz [MHz
D UL UL [MHz] DL
DL ULall DLallo ] UL DL ULall DLall ] DL ULall DLall UL ULall DLallo
MO MO MO
MOD oc c MOD MOD oc oc MOD oc oc MOD oc c
D D D
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA-ZA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC2 X CC1 Y Mid Z Mid
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 Max N/A - N/A - N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X CC2 X CC1 Z Mid
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 - N/A Max N/A - N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X CC2 X CC1
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 - N/A - N/A Max N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-ZA-YA-YA Configurations Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y CC2 Y CC1 X Mid Z Mid
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 Max N/A - N/A - N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
ALL ALL ALL ALL
X Mid Y CC2 Y CC1 Z Mid
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 - N/A Max N/A - N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid X Mid Y CC2 Y CC1
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 - N/A - N/A Max N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
Default Test Settings for CA_66A-66A-YA-ZA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-66A-66A-ZA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-ZA-66A-66A Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
399
ALL ALL - ALL ALL
X CC1 X CC2 Y Mid Z Mid
RBs RBs RBs RBs
REFS
1 Max 64- N/A N/A - 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS NRB_ag 64- NRB_ag
NRB_agg N/A QA N/A N/A QA NRB_agg
K QAM g QAM g
M M
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X CC1 X CC2 Z Mid
RBs RBs RBs RBs
REFS
2 - 64- N/A Max N/A - 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS NRB_ag 64- NRB_ag
NRB_agg N/A QA N/A N/A QA NRB_agg
K QAM g QAM g
M M
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X CC1 X CC2
RBs RBs RBs RBs
REFS
3 - 64- N/A - N/A Max 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS NRB_ag 64- NRB_ag
NRB_agg N/A QA N/A N/A QA NRB_agg
K QAM g QAM g
M M
Default Test Settings for CA_66A-66A-YC Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YC-66A-66A Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
66 CC1 66 CC2 Y Y
RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs
REFS
1 Max 64- N/A - N/A High - 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS NRB_ag 64- Highes
NRB_agg N/A QA N/A est N/A QA
K QAM g QAM t NRB
M NRB M
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL
Y Y 66 CC1 66 CC2
CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs
REFS
2 - 64- N/A - N/A Max 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS Highes Highe 64- NRB_ag
N/A QA N/A N/A QA NRB_agg
K QAM t NRB st NRB QAM g
M M
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XD/XD-XA/XC-XC Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
TBD
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA-YA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous)
ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC4 X CC3 Y CC2 Y CC1
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 Max N/A - N/A Max N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y CC4 Y CC3 X CC2 X CC1
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 Max N/A - N/A Max N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table. Otherwise use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table.
Otherwise use Default Test Settings test points.
Note 3: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA Configuration, test points with that individual band
as PCC are not applicable.
Note 4: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y,Z correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-4A-12A,X=2,Y=4,Z=12.
Note 5: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41C-41A-41A,X=41.
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
400
Note 6: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous: X,Y correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-4A-
4A,X=2,Y=4.
Note 7: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 8: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg , choose
the Combination with NRB_CC1 = NRB_CC2 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum NRB_CC1 for testing.
Note 9: The orders and numbering of SCCs in this table does not imply any order in test implementation of SCCs.
Note 10: ID/test points that result in no refsens requirement shall be skipped.
Release 15 401 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure group A.58 as
appropriate if the UE supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.2A.7.4.1-1 through Table
7.6.2A.7.4.1-2 as appropriate.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.6.2A.7.4.3.

7.6.2A.7.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6.2A.7.4.3

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2A.7.4.1-1 through Table 7.6.2A.7.4.1-2 as appropriate on PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC
padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.2A.7.4.1-1 through Table 7.6.2A.7.4.1-2 on PCC. Since the UE has
no payload data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the lowest CA Band according to
the table indicated in the column "Table with interferer parameters to select" of Table 7.6.2A.7.4.2-1. The
frequency step size is 1MHz. Use the highest RIB,c among CA bands for Pinterferer calculation.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the table indicated in the column "Table with transmission parameters
to select" of Table 7.6.2A.7.4.2-1. Send uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size
should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in table 7.6.2A.7.5-1
for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤
4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8. Measure the average throughput for all the carrier(s) indicated in the Table 7.6.2A.7.4.2-1 simultaneously for
duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2. Note that the statistical decision for
each component carrier should be postponed until the statistical decisions for all component carriers are obtained
simultaneously according to table G.2.4-1.

9. Record the frequencies for which the throughput doesn't meet the requirements and for each frequency, the
carriers for which the throughput was not met.

10. Repeat steps 6 to 8 for each recorded frequency-carrier pair, with exception of pairs for which RIB,c is the same
as RIB used in Step 6. In Step 6 use only recorded frequencies for interferer placement and use RIB,c relevant to
recorded carrier for Pinterferer calculation. Remove the frequency-carrier pairs that meet the throughput
requirements from the record.

11. If the CA Configuration includes multiple bands, repeat steps from 6 to 10 using an interfering signal in each gap
between the CA bands, according to the table indicated in the column "Table with interferer parameters to select"
of Table 7.6.2A.7.4.2-1.

12. Repeat steps from 6 to 10, using an interfering signal above the highest CA Band according to the table indicated
in the column "Table with interferer parameters to select" of Table 7.6.2A.7.4.2-1.

13. Repeat steps 1 to 12 for each row of "Throughput measured on" column listed in the Table 7.6.2A.7.4.2-1.
Release 15 402 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2A.7.4.2-1: Test repetition and measurement configuration

ID Throughput measured Table with Table with interferer


CA
(Note on (Note 3) transmission parameters to select
configuration
1) parameters to select (Note 2)
Intra-band 1
PCC, SCC1, SCC2, SCC3 7.6.2A.7.5-1 7.6.2A.7.5-2
contiguous
1 SCC1, SCC2, SCC3
2 SCC1, SCC2, SCC3
Inter-band 7.6.2A.7.5-3 7.6.2A.7.5-4
3 SCC1, SCC2, SCC3
4 SCC1, SCC2, SCC3
1 SCC2, SCC3 7.6.2A.7.5-3 7.6.2A.7.5-4 (Note 4)
Intra-band SCC1, SCC2 7.6.2A.7.5-1 7.6.2A.7.5-2 (Note 5)
contiguous + 2
SCC3 7.6.2A.7.5-3 7.6.2A.7.5-4 (Note 4)
Inter-band SCC1 7.6.2A.7.5-3 7.6.2A.7.5-4 (Note 4)
3
SCC2, SCC3 7.6.2A.7.5-1 7.6.2A.7.5-2 (Note 5)
Intra-band 1 SCC2, SCC3 7.6.2A.7.5-1 7.6.2A.7.5-2 (Note 5)
contiguous +
2 SCC2, SCC3 7.6.2A.7.5-1 7.6.2A.7.5-2 (Note 5)
Inter-band(2)
1 SCC2, SCC3 7.6.2A.7.5-3 7.6.2A.7.5-4 (Note 6)
Intra-band
SCC1, SCC2 7.6.2A.7.5-3 7.6.2A.7.5-5 (Note 5)
non- 2
SCC3 7.6.2A.7.5-3 7.6.2A.7.5-4 (Note 6)
contiguous +
SCC1 7.6.2A.7.5-3 7.6.2A.7.5-4 (Note 6)
Inter-band 3
SCC2, SCC3 7.6.2A.7.5-3 7.6.2A.7.5-5 (Note 5)
Intra-band PCC 7.6.2A.7.5-3 7.6.2A.7.5-5 (Note 4)
1
non- SCC1, SCC2, SCC3 7.6.2A.7.5-1 7.6.2A.7.5-2 (Note 6)
contiguous + SCC2 7.6.2A.7.5-3 7.6.2A.7.5-5 (Note 4)
Intra-band 2
PCC, SCC1, SCC3 7.6.2A.7.5-1 7.6.2A.7.5-2 (Note 6)
contiguous
Intra-band 1
non-
contiguous +
SCC2, SCC3 7.6.2A.7.5-3 7.6.2A.7.5-5
Intra-band 2
non-
contiguous
Note 1: Test point ID for the particular CA configuration as defined in section 7.6.2A.7.4.1.
Note 2: The reference for the placement of the interferer signals is the centre frequency of the carrier
closest to the interferer among the carriers throughput is measured on.
Note 3: Where there are multiple rows for a single Test point ID, the test is repeated for each row.
Note 4: When interferer position is within range 1 or 2 frequency of other CC block, Pinterfer is selected
from table 7.6.2A.7.5-2. When interferer position is closer than 15 MHz from other CC block
interferer is OFF.
Note 5: When interferer position is within range 1 or 2 frequency of other CC block, Pinterfer is selected
from table 7.6.2A.7.5-4. When interferer position is closer than 15 MHz from other CC block
interferer is OFF.
Note 6: When interferer position is within range 1 or 2 frequency of other CC block, Pinterfer is selected
from table 7.6.2A.7.5-5. When interferer position is closer than 15 MHz from other CC block
interferer is OFF.

7.6.2A.7.4.3 Message Contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.2.4.3 for without UL CA.

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.2A.1.4.3 for UL CA.

7.6.2A.7.5 Test Requirement


Except for the spurious response frequencies recorded at the final step of test procedure, the throughput measurement of
each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement
channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table s below, according to the type of CA.

 
For Table 7.6.2A.7.5-2 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, up to max 24,6   N RB  / 6 exceptions are allowed for
spurious response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size, where NRB is
the allocated number of resource blocks in the frequency channel. For these exceptions the requirements of subclause
7.7A.5 Spurious Response for CA are applicable.
Release 15 403 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2A.7.5-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters (intra-band contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth Configuration, per
dBm below
CC
9 9 9 9
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.

Table 7.6.2A.7.5-2: Out of band blocking (intra-band contiguous)

CA configuration Parameter Unit Frequency


s range 1 range 2 range 3
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15
FDL_low FDL_low
FDL_low
-15 to -60 to
-85 to
CA_1C, CA_2C, CA_3C, CA_5B, CA_7C, CA_8B, CA_12B, FDL_low FDL_low
1 MHz
CA_23B, CA_27B, CA_38C, CA_40C, CA_41C, CA_40D, FInterferer -60 -85
1 1 1 MHz
CA_40E, CA_42C , CA_42D , CA_42E , CA_66B, CA_66C, (CW) FDL_high FDL_high FDL_high
CA_66D, CA_70C +15 to +60 to +85 to
FDL_high + FDL_high +12750
60 +85 MHz
Note 1: The power level of the interferer (PInterferer) for this CA configuration for Range 3 shall be modified to -20 dBm
for FInterferer > 2800 MHz and FInterferer < 4400 MHz.

For Table 7.6.2A.7.5-4 frequency range 1, 2, and 3, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the step 9

of the test procedure shall not exceed max24, 6  N RB / 6  exceptions per downlink in each assigned frequency channel

when measured using a 1MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7A.5 Spurious Response for
CA are applicable.

Table 7.6.2A.7.5-3: Out-of-band blocking parameters (inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
Pw in Transmission REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Bandwidth dBm
6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause
6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
NOTE 3: The REFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3.1-1 and Table 7.3.1-1a for
two and four antenna ports, respectively.
Release 15 404 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2A.7.5-4: Out-of-band blocking for inter-band carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier

Parameter Unit Range 1 Range 2 Range 3


Pwanted dBm Table 7.6.2A.7.5-3 for all component carriers
Pinterferer dBm -44 + RIB,c -30 + RIB,c -15 + RIB,c
Finterferer MHz -60 < f – FDL_Low(j) < -15 -85 < f – FDL_Low(j ) ≤ -60 1 ≤ f ≤ FDL_Low(j ) – 85
(CW) or or or
FDL_High(j ) + 85 ≤ f
15 < f – FDL_High(j) < 60 60 ≤ f – FDL_High(j) < 85 ≤ FDL_Low(j +1) – 85 with
j<X
or
FDL_High(X) + 85 ≤ f ≤ 12750
Note 1: FDL_Low(j) and FDL_High(j) denote the respective lower and upper frequency limits of the operating band
containing carrier j, j = 1,…,X, with carriers numbered in increasing order of carrier frequency and X the
number of component carriers in the band combination (X ≤ 5 for the present version of this
specification).
Note 2: For FDL_Low(j+1) – FDL_High(j) < 145 MHz and FInterferer in FDL_High(j) < f < FDL_Low(j+1), FInterferer can be in both Range 1
and Range 2. Then the lower of the PInterferer applies.
Note 3: For FDL_Low(j) – 15 MHz ≤ f ≤ FDL_High(j) + 15 MHz the appropriate adjacent channel selectivity and in-band
blocking requirements in the respective subclauses 7.5A.5.5 and 7.6.1A.5.5 shall be applied for carrier j.
Note 4: RIB,c according to Table 7.3.3-1A applies when serving cell c is measured.
Note 5: For inter-band CA combinations containing Bands 42 or 43, the interferer with respect to Band 42 or
Band 43 shall have power level (PInterferer) for Range 3 modified to -20 + RIB,c dBm for FInterferer > 2800
MHz and FInterferer < 4400 MHz.
Note 6: For inter-band CA combinations containing Bands 7 and 38 simultaneously, for FInterferer Bands 7 and 38
are considered as one single band as follows: FDL_Low = 2570 MHz and FDL_High = 2690 MHz. For Range 2,
the following applies for FDL_Low: -95 < f – FDL_Low ≤ -60 or 60 ≤ f – FDL_High < 85. For Range 3 the following
applies 1 ≤ f ≤ FDL_Low -95 or FDL_High + 85 ≤ f ≤ 12750.

For Table 7.6.2A.7.5-5 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the step
 
9 of the test procedure shall not exceed max 24,6   N RB  / 6 exceptions per assigned E-UTRA channel per sub-
block gap of the E-UTRA CA configuration are allowed for spurious response frequencies when measured using a
1MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of subclause 7.7A.5 spurious response for CA are applicable.

For Table 7.6.2A.7.5-5 in frequency range 4 the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the step 9 of the

test procedure shall not exceed max8, (NRB  2  LCRBs) /8  exceptions per assigned E-UTRA channel per sub-block

gap of the E-UTRA CA configuration are allowed for spurious response frequencies when measured using a 1MHz step
size. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7A.5 spurious response for CA are applicable.

Table 7.6.2A.7.5-5: Out of band blocking (intra-band non-contiguous)

E-UTRA band Parameter Units Frequency


range 1 range 2 range 3 range 4
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15 -15
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, FDL_low -15 to FDL_low -60 to FDL_low -85 to
-
7, 8, 9, 10, 11, FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
12, 13, 14, 17,
18, 19, 20, 21,
22, 23, 24, 25,
26, 27, 28, 30,
31, 33, 34, 35, FInterferer (CW) MHz
FDL_high +15 to FDL_high +60 to FDL_high +85 to
36, 37, 38, 39, -
FDL_high + 60 FDL_high +85 +12750 MHz
40, 41, 42
(NOTE 2), 43
(NOTE 2), 44,
45, 65, 66, 68,
70
2, 5, 12, 17 FInterferer MHz - - - FUL_low - FUL_high
Release 15 405 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

NOTE 1: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the out of blocking is FFS.
NOTE 2: The power level of the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer > 2800
MHz and FInterferer < 4400 MHz.
NOTE 3: For the UE that supports both Band 4 and Band 66, the out-of-blocking frequency range for Band 4 is
defined relative to FDL_low and FDL_high of Band 66.
NOTE 4: For a UE supporting CA_20A-28A the requirements for Band 20 and Band 28 apply with FDL_low given by
the lower limit of the restricted operating frequency range in Band 28 and FDL_high by Band 20 (Table 5.5A-
2).

For a UE, which supports CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer power defined in Tables
7.6.2A.7.5 2, 7.6.2A.7.5-4 and 7.6.2A.7.5-5 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and
7.3.3-1C accordingly.

7.6.2A.8 Out-of-band blocking for 5DL CA


7.6.2A.8.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 7.6.2A.1.

7.6.2A.8.2 Test Applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE and forward that support 5DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2c.

7.6.2A.8.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.2A.0.

7.6.2A.8.4 Test Description


7.6.2A.8.4.1 Initial Conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1 through table 5.4.2A.1-2a. All of these configurations shall be
tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.2A.8.4.1-1 through table
7.6.2A.8.4.1-2 as appropriate. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex
A.2 and A.3. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
406

Table 7.6.2A.8.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table


Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
407
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For mapping within Band refer to “CC” columns
bandwidth classes.
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Refer to “PCC NRB” and “SCCs NRB” columns
Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2 SCC3 SCC4
Band Range NRB Band Range NRB Band Range NRB Band Range NRB Band Range NRB
ID ULalloc
UL DL DL UL DL UL DL UL UL DL UL UL DL UL DL UL DL UL DL
(Note
MOD MOD alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc MOD MOD MOD alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc
2,3,4)
Default Test Settings for a CA_XF Configuration (Intra-band contiguous)
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
X X X X X
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs CC5 RBs
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
X X X X X
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs CC5 RBs
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for a CA_XA-YA-ZA-RA-SA Configuration (Inter-band)
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
X Mid Y Mid Z Mid R Mid S Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X Mid Z Mid R Mid S Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid X Mid Y Mid R Mid S Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
R Mid X Mid Y Mid Z Mid S Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
4 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
S Mid X Mid Y Mid Z Mid R Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
5 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
408
Default Test Settings for a CA_XE-YA, YA-XE Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
X X X X Y Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs RBs
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENSE Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
Y Mid X X X X
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENSE Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-ZA-RA-YB and CA_XA-ZA-RA-YC Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Y X Mid Z Mid R Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB NRB NRB
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL
X Mid Y Y Z Mid R Mid
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB NRB
ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
Z Mid X Mid Y Y R Mid
REF RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
3 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
R Mid X Mid Y Y Z Mid
REF RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
4 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
Default Test Settings CA_XB-YB-ZA, CA_XB-YC-ZA, CA_XC-YB-ZA, and CA_XC-YC-ZA Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings CA_ZA-XB-YB, CA_ZA-XB-YC, CA_ZA-XC-YB, and CA_ZA-XC-YC Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
X X Y Y Z Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
Y Y X X Z Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC1 RBs RBs
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
Z Mid X X Y Y
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs
3 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Intra-band contiguous & Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, otherwise use Default Test Settings test points.
Note 3: Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, Otherwise use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table. Otherwise use the
Default Test Settings test points.
Note 4: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA Configuration, test points with that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
409
Note 5: Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41F, X=41.
Note 6: Inter-band: X,Y,Z,R,S correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_1A-3A-7A-20A-42A,X=1,Y=3,Z=7,R=20,S=42.
Note 7: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y,Z,R correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_3C-7A-28A, X=3,Y=7 and Z=28.
Note 8: REFSENS refers to the PCC bands and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 9: Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg, choose for testing the Combination with maximum NRB_PCC and then
select maximum NRB_SCC1 for the chosen NRB_PCC.
Note 10: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg, choose the Combination with NRB_PCC = NRB_SCC1 for testing.
If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum NRB_PCC for testing.
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
410
Table 7.6.2A.8.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table with Wgap
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
411
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in
NC
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1
For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For mapping within
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes.
Band refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth
Highest NRB
combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2 SCC3 SCC4
Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB
ID [MH DL [MH UL DL [MH DL [MH DL
UL DL UL DL z] UL DL UL z] UL DL z] UL DL UL z] UL DL UL
allo allo allo allo allo
MOD MOD alloc alloc MOD MOD alloc MOD MOD MOD MOD alloc MOD MOD alloc
c c c c c
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA-ZA-RA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-ZA-XA-XA-RA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-ZA-RA-XA-XA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC2 X CC1 Y Mid Z Mid R Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 Max N/A - N/A - N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X CC2 X CC1 Z Mid R Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 - N/A Max N/A - N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X CC2 X CC1 R Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 - N/A - N/A Max N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
R Mid Z Mid Y Mid X CC2 X CC1
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
4 - N/A - N/A - N/A Max N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg

Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YD Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y CC3 Y CC2 Y CC1 X CC2 X CC1
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 - N/A - N/A - N/A Max N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC2 X CC1 Y CC3 Y CC2 Y CC1
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 Max N/A - N/A - N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK QPSK QPSK
g gg gg gg gg

Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA-ZA-ZA Configurations Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z CC2 Z CC1 X CC2 X CC1 Y Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 Max N/A - N/A Max N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
412
ALL ALL CC2 ALL ALL ALL
X CC2 X CC1 Z Z CC1 Y Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 Max N/A - N/A Max N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X CC2 X CC1 Z CC2 Z CC1
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 - N/A Max N/A - N/A Max N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg

Default Test Settings for CA_66A-66A-YA-ZC Configurations Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous
Mid/C ALL Mid/C ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Z 66 CC1 66 CC2 Y Mid
C1 RBs C2 RBs RBs RBs RBs
REF
1 High - N/A Hig - N/A Max N/A - N/A Hig
SENS NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK est N/A QPSK hest N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK hest
gg gg
NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL Mid/C ALL Mid/C ALL ALL
66 CC1 66 CC2 Z Z Y Mid
RBs RBs C1 RBs C2 RBs RBs
REF
2 Max N/A - N/A Hig - N/A Hig - N/A Hig
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a
QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK hest N/A QPSK hest N/A QPSK hest
g gg
NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL Mid/C ALL Mid/C ALL
Y Mid 66 CC1 66 CC2 Z Z
RBs RBs RBs C1 RBs C2 RBs
REF
3 High - N/A Max N/A - N/A Hig - N/A Hig
SENS NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK est N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK hest N/A QPSK hest
gg gg
NRB NRB NRB
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table. Otherwise use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table. Otherwise use Default Test
Settings test points.
Note 3: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA Configuration, test points with that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 4: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y,Z,R correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-5A-12A-66A,X=2,Y=5,Z=12,R=66.
Note 5: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: X,Y corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_5A-5A-66D,X=5,Y=66.
Note 6: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous: X,Y,Z correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-5A-66A-66A,X=2,Y=5,Z=66.
Note 7: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 8: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same N RB_agg , choose the Combination with NRB_CC1 =
NRB_CC2 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum NRB_CC1 for testing.
Release 15 413 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure group A.58 as
appropriate if the UE supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.2A.8.4.1-1 through Table
7.6.2A.8.4.1-2 as appropriate.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.6.2A.8.4.3.

7.6.2A.8.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6.2A.8.4.3

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2A.8.4.1-1 through Table 7.6.2A.8.4.1-2 as appropriate on PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC
padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.2A.8.4.1-1 through Table 7.6.2A.8.4.1-2 on PCC. Since the UE has
no payload data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the lowest CA Band according to
the table indicated in the column "Table with interferer parameters to select" of Table 7.6.2A.8.4.2-1. The
frequency step size is 1MHz. Use the highest RIB,c among CA bands for Pinterferer calculation.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the table indicated in the column "Table with transmission parameters
to select" of Table 7.6.2A.8.4.2-1. Send uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size
should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in table 7.6.2A.8.5-1
for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤
4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8. Measure the average throughput for all the carrier(s) indicated in the Table 7.6.2A.7.4.2-1 simultaneously for
duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2. Note that the statistical decision for
each component carrier should be postponed until the statistical decisions for all component carriers are obtained
simultaneously according to table G.2.4-1.

9. Record the frequencies for which the throughput doesn't meet the requirements and for each frequency, the
carriers for which the throughput was not met.

10. Repeat steps 6 to 8 for each recorded frequency-carrier pair, with exception of pairs for which RIB,c is the same
as RIB used in Step 6. In Step 6 use only recorded frequencies for interferer placement and use RIB,c relevant to
recorded carrier for Pinterferer calculation. Remove the frequency-carrier pairs that meet the throughput
requirements from the record.

11. If the CA Configuration includes multiple bands, repeat steps from 6 to 10 using an interfering signal in each gap
between the CA bands, according to the table indicated in the column "Table with interferer parameters to select"
of Table 7.6.2A.8.4.2-1.

12. Repeat steps from 6 to 10, using an interfering signal above the highest CA Band according to the table indicated
in the column "Table with interferer parameters to select" of Table 7.6.2A.8.4.2-1.

13. Repeat steps 1 to 12 for each row of "Throughput measured on" column listed in the Table 7.6.2A.8.4.2-1.

3GPP 413
Release 15 414 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2A.8.4.2-1: Test repetition and measurement configuration

ID Throughput measured Table with Table with interferer


CA
(Note on (Note 3) transmission parameters to select
configuration
1) parameters to select (Note 2)
Intra-band 1 PCC, SCC1, SCC2,
7.6.2A.8.5-1 7.6.2A.8.5-2
contiguous SCC3, SCC4
SCC1, SCC2,
1
SCC3, SCC4
SCC1, SCC2,
2
SCC3, SCC4
Inter-band 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-4
SCC1, SCC2,
3
SCC3, SCC4
SCC1, SCC2,
4
SCC3, SCC4
Intra-band 1 SCC4 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-4 (Note 4)
contiguous + SCC1, SCC2,
2 7.6.2A.8.5-1 7.6.2A.8.5-2 (Note 5)
Inter-band SCC3, SCC4
1 SCC2, SCC3, SCC4 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-4 (Note 4)
SCC1, SCC2 7.6.2A.8.5-1 7.6.2A.8.5-2 (Note 5)
Intra-band 2
SCC3, SCC4 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-4 (Note 4)
contiguous + SCC2, SCC3 7.6.2A.8.5-1 7.6.2A.8.5-2 (Note 5)
Inter-band 3
SCC1, SCC4 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-4 (Note 4)
SCC2, SCC3 7.6.2A.8.5-1 7.6.2A.8.5-2 (Note 5)
4
SCC1, SCC4 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-4 (Note 4)
SCC2, SCC3 7.6.2A.8.5-1 7.6.2A.8.5-2 (Note 5)
1
Intra-band SCC4 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-4 (Note 4)
contiguous + SCC2, SCC3 7.6.2A.8.5-1 7.6.2A.8.5-2 (Note 5)
2
Intra-band SCC4 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-4 (Note 4)
contiguous SCC1, SCC2,
3 7.6.2A.8.5-1 7.6.2A.8.5-2 (Note 5)
SCC3, SCC4
SCC1 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-5 (Note 5)
1
SCC2, SCC3, SCC4 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-4 (Note 6)
Intra-band SCC1, SCC2 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-5 (Note 5)
2
non- SCC3, SCC4 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-4 (Note 6)
contiguous + SCC2, SCC3 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-5 (Note 5)
3
Inter-band SCC1, SCC4 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-4 (Note 6)
SCC3, SCC4 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-5 (Note 5)
4
SCC1, SCC2 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-4 (Note 6)
Intra-band SCC3, SCC4 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-5 (Note 4)
1
non- PCC, SCC1, SCC2 7.6.2A.8.5-1 7.6.2A.8.5-2 (Note 6)
contiguous + PCC, SCC1 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-5 (Note 4)
Intra-band 2
contiguous SCC2, SCC3, SCC4 7.6.2A.8.5-1 7.6.2A.8.5-2 (Note 6)
Intra-band SCC1, SCC2, SCC3 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-5 (Note 5)
1
non- SCC4 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-4 (Note 6)
contiguous + SCC1, SCC2, SCC3 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-5 (Note 5)
2
Intra-band SCC4 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-4 (Note 6)
non- SCC1, SCC2,
contiguous 3 7.6.2A.8.5-3 7.6.2A.8.5-5 (Note 5)
SCC3, SCC4
Note 1: Test point ID for the particular CA configuration as defined in section 7.6.2A.8.4.1.
Note 2: The reference for the placement of the interferer signals is the centre frequency of the carrier
closest to the interferer among the carriers throughput is measured on.
Note 3: Where there are multiple rows for a single Test point ID, the test is repeated for each row.
Note 4: When interferer position is within range 1 or 2 frequency of other CC block, Pinterfer is selected
from table 7.6.2A.8.5-2. When interferer position is closer than 15 MHz from other CC block
interferer is OFF.
Note 5: When interferer position is within range 1 or 2 frequency of other CC block, Pinterfer is selected
from table 7.6.2A.8.5-4. When interferer position is closer than 15 MHz from other CC block
interferer is OFF.
Note 6: When interferer position is within range 1 or 2 frequency of other CC block, Pinterfer is selected
from table 7.6.2A.8.5-5. When interferer position is closer than 15 MHz from other CC block
interferer is OFF.

3GPP 414
Release 15 415 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.2A.8.4.3 Message Contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.2.4.3 for without UL CA.

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.2A.1.4.3 for UL CA.

7.6.2A.8.5 Test Requirement


Except for the spurious response frequencies recorded at the final step of test procedure, the throughput measurement of
each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement
channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table s below, according to the type of CA.

 
For Table 7.6.2A.8.5-2 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, up to max 24,6   N RB  / 6 exceptions are allowed for
spurious response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size, where NRB is
the allocated number of resource blocks in the frequency channel. For these exceptions the requirements of subclause
7.7A.8 Spurious Response for CA are applicable.

Table 7.6.2A.8.5-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters (intra-band contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth Configuration, per
dBm below
CC
9 9 9 9 9
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.

Table 7.6.2A.8.5-2: Out of band blocking (intra-band contiguous)

CA configuration Parameter Unit Frequency


s
range 1 range 2 range 3
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15
FDL_low FDL_low
FDL_low
-15 to -60 to
CA_1C, CA_2C, CA_3B, CA_3C, CA_5B, CA_7C , CA_8B, -85 to
FDL_low FDL_low
CA_12B, CA_23B, CA_27B, CA_38C, CA_40C, CA_40D, 1 MHz
FInterferer -60 -85
CA_40E, CA_41C, CA_41D, CA_41E, CA_41F, CA_42C1, MHz
(CW) FDL_high FDL_high FDL_high
CA_42D1, CA_42E1, CA_42F1, CA_43C1, CA_48C1, CA_48D1,
1 1 +15 to +60 to +85 to
CA_48E , CA_48F , CA_66B, CA_66C, CA_66D, CA_70C
FDL_high + FDL_high +12750
60 +85 MHz
Note 1: The power level of the interferer (PInterferer) for this CA configuration for Range 3 shall be modified to -20 dBm
for FInterferer > 2800 MHz and FInterferer < 4400 MHz.

For Table 7.6.2A.8.5-4 frequency range 1, 2, and 3, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the step 9

of the test procedure shall not exceed max24, 6  N RB / 6  exceptions per downlink in each assigned frequency channel

when measured using a 1MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7A.5 Spurious Response for
CA are applicable.

Table 7.6.2A.8.5-3: Out-of-band blocking parameters (inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
Pw in Transmission REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Bandwidth dBm
6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration

3GPP 415
Release 15 416 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause
6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The REFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3.1-1 and Table 7.3.1-1a for
two and four antenna ports, respectively.

Table 7.6.2A.8.5-4: Out-of-band blocking for inter-band carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier

Parameter Unit Range 1 Range 2 Range 3


Pwanted dBm Table 7.6.2A.8.5-3 for all component carriers
Pinterferer dBm -44 + RIB,c -30 + RIB,c -15 + RIB,c
Finterferer MHz -60 < f – FDL_Low(j) < -15 -85 < f – FDL_Low(j ) ≤ -60 1 ≤ f ≤ FDL_Low(j ) – 85
(CW) or or or
FDL_High(j ) + 85 ≤ f
15 < f – FDL_High(j) < 60 60 ≤ f – FDL_High(j) < 85 ≤ FDL_Low(j +1) – 85 with
j<X
or
FDL_High(X) + 85 ≤ f ≤ 12750
Note 1: FDL_Low(j) and FDL_High(j) denote the respective lower and upper frequency limits of the operating band
containing carrier j, j = 1,…,X, with carriers numbered in increasing order of carrier frequency and X the
number of component carriers in the band combination (X ≤ 5 for the present version of this
specification).
Note 2: For FDL_Low(j+1) – FDL_High(j) < 145 MHz and FInterferer in FDL_High(j) < f < FDL_Low(j+1), FInterferer can be in both Range 1
and Range 2. Then the lower of the PInterferer applies.
Note 3: For FDL_Low(j) – 15 MHz ≤ f ≤ FDL_High(j) + 15 MHz the appropriate adjacent channel selectivity and in-band
blocking requirements in the respective subclauses 7.5A.5.5 and 7.6.1A.5.5 shall be applied for carrier j.
Note 4: RIB,c according to Table 7.3.3-1A applies when serving cell c is measured.
Note 5: For inter-band CA combinations containing Bands 42 or 43, the interferer with respect to Band 42 or
Band 43 shall have power level (PInterferer) for Range 3 modified to -20 + RIB,c dBm for FInterferer > 2800
MHz and FInterferer < 4400 MHz.
Note 6: For inter-band CA combinations containing Bands 7 and 38 simultaneously, for FInterferer Bands 7 and 38
are considered as one single band as follows: FDL_Low = 2570 MHz and FDL_High = 2690 MHz. For Range 2,
the following applies for FDL_Low: -95 < f – FDL_Low ≤ -60 or 60 ≤ f – FDL_High < 85. For Range 3 the following
applies 1 ≤ f ≤ FDL_Low -95 or FDL_High + 85 ≤ f ≤ 12750.

For Table 7.6.2A.8.5-5 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the step
 
9 of the test procedure shall not exceed max 24,6   N RB  / 6 exceptions per assigned E-UTRA channel per sub-
block gap of the E-UTRA CA configuration are allowed for spurious response frequencies when measured using a
1MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of subclause 7.7A.8 spurious response for CA are applicable.

For Table 7.6.2A.8.5-5 in frequency range 4 the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the step 9 of the

test procedure shall not exceed max8, (NRB  2  LCRBs) /8  exceptions per assigned E-UTRA channel per sub-block

gap of the E-UTRA CA configuration are allowed for spurious response frequencies when measured using a 1MHz step
size. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7A.8 spurious response for CA are applicable.

Table 7.6.2A.8.5-5: Out of band blocking (intra-band non-contiguous)

E-UTRA band Parameter Units Frequency


range 1 range 2 range 3 range 4
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15 -15

3GPP 416
Release 15 417 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, FDL_low -15 to FDL_low -60 to FDL_low -85 to


-
7, 8, 9, 10, 11, FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
12, 13, 14, 17,
18, 19, 20, 21,
22, 23, 24, 25,
26, 27, 28, 30,
31, 33, 34, 35, FInterferer (CW) MHz
FDL_high +15 to FDL_high +60 to FDL_high +85 to
36, 37, 38, 39, -
FDL_high + 60 FDL_high +85 +12750 MHz
40, 41, 42
(NOTE 2), 43
(NOTE 2), 44,
45, 65, 66, 68,
70
2, 5, 12, 17 FInterferer MHz - - - FUL_low - FUL_high
Note 1: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the out of blocking is FFS.
Note 2: The power level of the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer > 2800
MHz and FInterferer < 4400 MHz.
Note 3: For the UE that supports both Band 4 and Band 66, the out-of-blocking frequency range for Band 4 is
defined relative to FDL_low and FDL_high of Band 66.
Note 4: For a UE supporting CA_20A-28A the requirements for Band 20 and Band 28 apply with FDL_low given by
the lower limit of the restricted operating frequency range in Band 28 and FDL_high by Band 20 (Table 5.5A-
2).

For a UE, which supports CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer power defined in Tables
7.6.2A.8.5 2, 7.6.2A.8.5-4 and 7.6.2A.8.5-5 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and
7.3.3-1C accordingly.

7.6.2B Out-of-band blocking for UL-MIMO


7.6.2B.1 Test Purpose
Out-of-band band blocking for UL-MIMO is defined for an unwanted CW interfering signal falling more than 15 MHz
below or above the UE that support UL- MIMO receive band, at which a given average throughput shall meet or exceed
the requirement for the specified measurement channels.

For the first 15 MHz below or above the UE that support UL-MIMO receive band the appropriate in-band blocking for
UL-MIMO or adjacent channel selectivity for UL-MIMO in sub-clause 7.5.3 and sub-clause 7.6.1.3 shall be applied.

The lack of out-of-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).

7.6.2B.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support UL-MIMO.

7.6.2B.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


For UE with two transmitter antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the minimum requirements
in subclause 7.6 shall be met with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B.3-2. For UL-MIMO, the
parameter PCMAX_L is defined as the total transmitter power over the two transmit antenna connectors.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6B.

7.6.2B.4 Test Description


7.6.2B.4.1 Initial Conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.2B.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the OCNG patterns

3GPP 417
Release 15 418 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex
C.2.

Table 7.6.2B.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in One frequency chosen arbitrarily from low or high range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6 QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 15 15 QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 25 25 QPSK 25 25
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 15 N/A
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 54 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 50 QPSK 50 50
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 15 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 75 QPSK 75 75
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100 100
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on E-UTRA band, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according
to table 7.3.3-2 is tested per Test Channel Bandwidth.
Note 3: For the DL signal one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD is used.
Note 4: Applicable only to E-UTRA FDD Bands 31 and 72. The UL resource blocks shall be
located at RBstart 10 (according to Table 7.3.3-2).

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, in Figure A.30.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.1.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.2B.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.6.2B.4.3.

7.6.2B.4.2 Test Procedure


1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2B.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 4 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.2B.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3GPP 418
Release 15 419 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

3. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal according to
Table 7.6.2B.5-2. The frequency step size is 1MHz.

4. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.2B.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the UE
(less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the
target level in table 7.6.2B.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for
carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

6. Record the frequencies for which the throughput doesn't meet the requirements.

7. Repeat steps from 3 to 6, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 3.

7.6.2B.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exception.

Table 7.6.2B.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-uePUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length is
used to reduce the
RSRP
measurement
variation
}

7.6.2B.5 Test Requirement


Except for the spurious response frequencies recorded at the final step of test procedure, the throughput measurement
derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.2B.5-1 and 7.6.2B.5-2.

For frequency range 1, 2, and 3, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the final step of test procedure

shall not exceed max24, 6  N RB / 6  in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size. For

these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7 Spurious Response are applicable.

For frequency range 4, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the final step of test procedure shall not

exceed max8, (NRB  2  LCRBs ) /8  in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size. For

these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7 Spurious Response are applicable.

Table 7.6.2B.5-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz

3GPP 419
Release 15 420 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below


Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause
6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

Table 7.6.2B.5-2: Out of band blocking

E-UTRA band Parameter Units Frequency


range 1 range 2 range 3 range 4
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15 -15
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, FDL_low -15 to FDL_low -60 to FDL_low -85 to
-
6, 7, 8, 9, 10, FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
11, 12, 13, 14,
17, 18, 19, 20,
21, 22, 23, 24,
25, 26, 27, 28, FInterferer (CW) MHz
FDL_high +15 to FDL_high +60 to FDL_high +85 to
30, 31, 33, 34, -
FDL_high + 60 FDL_high +85 +12750 MHz
35, 36, 37, 38,
39, 40, 41, 42,
43, 44, 45, 65,
66, 68, 70, 72
2, 5, 12, 17 FInterferer MHz - - - FUL_low - FUL_high
Note 1: Range 3 shall be tested only with the highest channel bandwidth.
Note 2: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the out of blocking is FFS.
Note 3: The power level of the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer > 2800
MHz and FInterferer < 4400 MHz.
Note 4: For the UE that supports both Band 4 and Band 66, the out-of-blocking frequency range for Band 4 is
defined relative to FDL_low and FDL_high of Band 66.

7.6.2D Out-of-band blocking for ProSe


7.6.2D.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.6.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.2.1D.0-1, 7.6.2.1D.0-2 and 7.6.2.1D.0-3.

For Table 7.6.2D.0-3 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, up to max24, 6   NRB / 6  exceptions are allowed for spurious

response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size, where N RB is the
number of resource blocks in the downlink transmission bandwidth configuration (see Figure 5.4.2-1). For these
exceptions the requirements of subclause 7.7D Spurious response are applicable.

For Table 7.6.2D.0-3 in frequency range 4, up to max8, (NRB  2  LCRBs) /8  exceptions are allowed for spurious

response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size, where N RB is the
number of resource blocks in the downlink transmission bandwidth configurations (see Figure 5.6-1) and LCRBs is the
number of resource blocks allocated in the uplink. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7D spurious
response are applicable.

3GPP 420
Release 15 421 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2D.0-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters for ProSe Direct Discovery

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
Power in PREFSENS_ProSe + channel bandwidth specific value below +
Transmission Poffset
dBm
Bandwidth
6 6 7 9
Configuration
Poffset dB 10.9 13.9 15.7 16.9
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.6.2.

Table 7.6.2D.0-2: Out-of-band blocking parameters for ProSe Direct Communication

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
Power in PREFSENS_ProSe + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 7 9
Configuration
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.6.2.

Table 7.6.2D.0-3: Out of band blocking for ProSe

E-UTRA Parameter Units Frequency


ProSe Range 1 Range 2 Range 3
band PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15
FDL_low -15 to FDL_low -60 to FDL_low -85 to
2,3,4,7,14,
FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
20,26,28,31, FInterferer (CW) MHz
FDL_high +15 to FDL_high +60 to FDL_high +85 to
68, 72
FDL_high + 60 FDL_high +85 +12750 MHz
NOTE 1: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the out of blocking is FFS.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6.2.1D.

7.6.2D.1 Out-of-band blocking for ProSe Direct Discovery


Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- ProSe UE authentication is not handled in the test case and is still under investigation.

- Use of OCNG for Downlink has not been considered and is still FFS.

- Message exceptions content needs further investigation (some values still TBD).

- Test time is FFS.

7.6.2D.1.1 Test Purpose


Out-of-band blocking for ProSe is defined for an unwanted CW interfering signal falling more than 15 MHz below or
above the ProSe band, at which a given average throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement for the specified
measurement channels in aggregated signals.

For the first 15 MHz below or above the ProSe band the appropriate in-band blocking or adjacent channel selectivity in
sub-clause 7.5D and sub-clause 7.6.1D shall be applied.

The lack of out-of-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).

7.6.2D.1.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward which support ProSe Direct Discovery, but not
ProSe Direct Communication.

3GPP 421
Release 15 422 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.2D.1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.2D.0.

7.6.2D.1.4 Test Description


7.6.2D.1.4.1 Initial Conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA ProSe bands specified in table 5.4.2D.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.2D.1.4.1-1. The details of the downlink, uplink and
sidelink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2, A.3 and A.6.

Table 7.6.2D.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range (Note 4)
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration Sidelink Configuration
(Note 2) (Note 2) (Reception)
(Note 3)
Ch BW Mod’n RB Mod’n RB Mod’n RB
allocation allocation allocation
5MHz QPSK 8 QPSK 8 QPSK 2
10MHz QPSK 16 QPSK 16 QPSK 2
15MHz QPSK 25 QPSK 25 QPSK 2
20MHz QPSK 30 QPSK 30 QPSK 2
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA ProSe and Operating
band, according to the applicability specified respectively in Table 5.4.2D.1-1 and Table
5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: After DRX configuration, DL-RMC (PDSCH) and DCI-0 for scheduling UL-RMC (PUSCH)
are applied only in the DRX On subframes.
Note 3: The RB start for the transmission of Sidelink RMC is RB#0.
Note 4: Sidelink uses the frequencies defined for Uplink.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.71

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.1.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.2D.1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 2A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.1A. Message contents exceptions are
defined in clause 7.6.2D.1.4.3.

7. SS continues with the generic procedures described in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.3A.3 and 4.5.4.3 and ensures the
UE is in State 4 according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.4 and the UE test loop Mode D is activated.

7.6.2D.1.4.2 Test Procedure

1. SS shall transmit an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to configure DRX. Message contents exceptions


(only those marked with "…Step 1…" ) are defined in clause 7.6.2D.1.4.3.

2. The UE shall transmit RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message.

3GPP 422
Release 15 423 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

3. Initialise the variables Ptot and Pok as 0.

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.3D.1.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC
according to Table 7.6.2D.1.4.1-1. When the UE has no payload data to send, it transmits uplink MAC padding
bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the Sidelink Band according to
Table 7.6.2D.1.5-2. The frequency step size is 1MHz.

7. SS transmits PSDCH to transmit the SL RMC according to Table 7.6.2D.1.4.1-1. Set the Sidelink signal level to
the appropriate value defined in Table 7.6.2D.1.5-1.

8. SS shall send SL Discovery Packets (MAC padding bits) on the SL RMC for the test time [FFS]. SS stores the
number of the transmitted Discovery Packets in the current test iteration in the variable Ptot.

9. SS shall send (on the available PDSCH) a "UE TEST LOOP PROSE MODE D SIDELINK DIRECT
DISCOVERY PACKET COUNTER REQUEST" message and wait for the UE to respond (on the available
PUSCH) with a "UE TEST LOOP PROSE MODE D SIDELINK DIRECT DISCOVERY PACKET COUNTER
RESPONSE".

10. SS calculates the variable Pok as (current counter value - counter value at last test iteration).

11. SS shall compute the throughput as following:

TP = Pok / Ptot * 100%

12. Record the frequencies for which the throughput doesn't meet the requirements.

13. Repeat steps from 6 to 12, using an interfering signal above the Sidelink Band at step 6.

7.6.2D.1.4.3 Message Contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses TBD with following exceptions:

- Table A.7.1.1-1 for FDD

- Table A.7.1.2-1 for TDD

Table 7.6.2D.1.4.3-1: ACTIVATE TEST MODE: Reference sensitivity for ProSe Direct Discovery

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7A-1, condition UE TEST LOOP MODE D

Table 7.6.2D.1.4.3-2: CLOSE UE TEST LOOP: Reference sensitivity for ProSe Direct Discovery

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7A-3, condition UE TEST LOOP MODE D

3GPP 423
Release 15 424 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2D.1.4.3-3: MAC-MainConfig-RBC: Reference sensitivity for ProSe Direct Discovery


(applicable only for Step 1 of Test procedure)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.8.2.1.5, Table 4.8.2.1.5-1 MAC-MainConfig-RBC


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
MAC-MainConfig-RBC ::= SEQUENCE {
ul-SCH-Config SEQUENCE {
maxHARQ-Tx TBD
periodicBSR-Timer TBD
retxBSR-Timer sf2560
ttiBundling FALSE
}
drx-Config CHOICE {
Setup SEQUENCE {
onDurationTimer psf1
drx-InactivityTimer psf1
drx-RetransmissionTimer psf1
longDRX-CycleStartOffset CHOICE {
sf2560 0
}
shortDRX Not present
}
}
timeAlignmentTimerDedicated TBD
}

7.6.2D.1.5 Test Requirement


Except for the spurious response frequencies recorded in step 12 of the test procedure, the throughput measurement of
the sidelink derived in the test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement
channels as specified in Annex A.6.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.6.2D.1.5-1 and 7.6.2D.1.5-2.

For Table 7.6.2D.1.5-2 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, up to max24, 6   NRB / 6  exceptions are allowed for spurious

response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size, where N RB is the
number of resource blocks in the downlink transmission bandwidth configuration (see Figure 5.6-1). For these
exceptions the requirements of subclause 7.7D Spurious response are applicable.

Table 7.6.2D.1.5-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters for ProSe Direct Discovery

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
Power in PREFSENS_ProSe + channel bandwidth specific value below +
Transmission Poffset
dBm
Bandwidth
6 6 7 9
Configuration
Poffset dB 10.9 13.9 15.7 16.9
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.6.2.

Table 7.6.2D.1.5-2: Out of band blocking for ProSe

E-UTRA Parameter Units Frequency


ProSe Range 1 Range 2 Range 3
band PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15
FDL_low -15 to FDL_low -60 to FDL_low -85 to
2,3,4,7,14,
FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
20,26,28,31, FInterferer (CW) MHz
FDL_high +15 to FDL_high +60 to FDL_high +85 to
68
FDL_high + 60 FDL_high +85 +12750 MHz
NOTE 1: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the out of blocking is FFS.

3GPP 424
Release 15 425 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.2D.2 Out-of-band blocking for Prose Direct Communication


Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- Test description is TBD

7.6.2D.2.1 Test Purpose


Same test purpose as 7.6.2D.1.1.

7.6.2D.2.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward which support ProSe Direct Communication.

7.6.2D.2.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.2D.0.

7.6.2D.2.4 Test Description


TBD

7.6.2D.2.5 Test Requirement


Same test requirement as in clause 7.6.2D.1.5 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.2D.1.5-1  use Table 7.6.2D.2.5-1.

- Instead of Table 7.6.2D.1.5-2  use Table 7.6.2D.2.5-2.

Table 7.6.2D.2.5-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters for ProSe Direct Communication

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
Power in PREFSENS_ProSe + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 7 9
Configuration
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.6.2.

Table 7.6.2D.2.5-2: Out of band blocking for ProSe

E-UTRA Parameter Units Frequency


ProSe Range 1 Range 2 Range 3
band PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15
FDL_low -15 to FDL_low -60 to FDL_low -85 to
2,3,4,7,14,
FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
20,26,28,31, FInterferer (CW) MHz
FDL_high +15 to FDL_high +60 to FDL_high +85 to
68
FDL_high + 60 FDL_high +85 +12750 MHz
NOTE 1: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the out of blocking is FFS.

7.6.2E Out-of-band blocking for UE category 0


7.6.2E.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 7.6.2.1.

7.6.2E.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward of UE category 0.

3GPP 425
Release 15 426 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.2E.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 7.6.2.3.

7.6.2E.4 Test Description


7.6.2E.4.1 Initial Conditions
Same initial conditions as in clause 7.6.2.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.2.4.1-1  use Table 7.6.2E.4.1-1.

- Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.5 using only main UE
Tx/Rx antenna.

Table 7.6.2E.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in One frequency chosen arbitrarily from low or high range
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD and TDD FDD and TDD
HD-FDD HD-FDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6 QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 25 25
5MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
10MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 36 36
10MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
10MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
15MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 36 36
15MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
20MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 36 36
20MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on E-UTRA band, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according
to table 7.3E.3-3 is tested per Test Channel Bandwidth. The allocation shall be located
as close as possible to the downlink operating band but confined within the transmission
bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2-1).
Note 3: For the DL signal one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD is used.
Note 4: Downlink RB position shall be RBstart = 0.

7.6.2E.4.2 Test Procedure


Same test procedure as in clause 7.6.2.4.2

7.6.2E.4.3 Message Contents


Same message contents as in clause 7.6.2.4.3

7.6.2E.5 Test Requirement


Except for the spurious response frequencies recorded at the final step of test procedure, the throughput measurement
derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in clause A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.2E.5-1 and 7.6.2E.5-2.

3GPP 426
Release 15 427 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

For frequency range 1, 2, and 3, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the final step of test procedure

shall not exceed max24, 6  N RB / 6  in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size. For

these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7E Spurious Response are applicable.

For frequency range 4, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the final step of test procedure shall not

exceed max8, (NRB  2  LCRBs ) /8  in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size. For

these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7E Spurious Response are applicable.

Table 7.6.2E.5-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in
clause 6.2.5E.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in clause A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in clauses A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

Table 7.6.2E.5-2: Out of band blocking

E-UTRA band Parameter Units Frequency


range 1 range 2 range 3 range 4
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15 -15
FDL_low -15 to FDL_low -60 to FDL_low -85 to
-
2, 3, 4, 5, 8, FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
FInterferer (CW) MHz
13, 20, 39, 41 FDL_high +15 to FDL_high +60 to FDL_high +85 to
-
FDL_high + 60 FDL_high +85 +12750 MHz
2, 5, FInterferer MHz - - - FUL_low - FUL_high
Note 1: Range 3 shall be tested only with the highest channel bandwidth.

7.6.2EB Out-of-band blocking for UE category 1bis


Editor’s note

- Test case incomplete with Annex F.3.3 needing update. TT shall be same as legacy test case.

7.6.2EB.1 Test Purpose


Same test purpose as in clause 7.6.2.1.

7.6.2EB.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category 1bis.

7.6.2EB.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 7.6.2.3.

3GPP 427
Release 15 428 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.2EB.4 Test Description


7.6.2EB.4.1 Initial Conditions
Same initial conditions as in clause 7.6.2.4.1 with the following exceptions:

Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.5 using only main UE
Tx/Rx antenna.

7.6.2EB.4.2 Test Procedure


Same test procedure as in clause 7.6.2.4.2

7.6.2EB.4.3 Message Contents


Same message contents as in clause 7.6.2.4.3

7.6.2EB.5 Test Requirement


Except for the spurious response frequencies recorded at the final step of test procedure, the throughput measurement
derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in clause A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.2EB.5-1 and 7.6.2EB.5-2.

For frequency range 1, 2, and 3, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the final step of test procedure

shall not exceed max24, 6  N RB / 6  in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size. For

these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7E Spurious Response are applicable.

For frequency range 4, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the final step of test procedure shall not

exceed max8, (NRB  2  LCRBs ) /8  in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size. For

these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7E Spurious Response are applicable.

Table 7.6.2EB.5-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in
clause 6.2.5E.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in clause A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in clauses A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The REFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3EB.3-1 for main antenna
port.

Table 7.6.2EB.5-2: Out of band blocking

E-UTRA band Parameter Units Frequency


range 1 range 2 range 3 range 4
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15 -15
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, FDL_low -15 to FDL_low -60 to FDL_low -85 to
-
7, 8, 12, 13, FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
FInterferer (CW) MHz
18, 26, 28, 31, FDL_high +15 to FDL_high +60 to FDL_high +85 to
-
39, 41, 66, 72 FDL_high + 60 FDL_high +85 +12750 MHz

3GPP 428
Release 15 429 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

2, 5, 12 FInterferer MHz - - - FUL_low - FUL_high


Note 1: Range 3 shall be tested only with the highest channel bandwidth.
Note 2: For the UE that supports both Band 4 and Band 66, the out-of-blocking frequency range for Band 4 is
defined relative to FDL_low and FDL_high of Band 66.

7.6.2G Out-of-band blocking for V2X Communication


7.6.2G.1 Out-of-band blocking for V2X Communication/ Non-concurrent with E-UTRA
uplink transmissions
7.6.2G.1.1 Test Purpose
Out-of-band blocking for V2X is defined for an unwanted CW interfering signal falling more than 15 MHz below or
above the V2X band, at which a given average throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement for the specified
measurement channels in aggregated signals.

For the first 15 MHz below or above the V2X band the appropriate in-band blocking or adjacent channel selectivity in
sub-clause 7.5G and sub-clause 7.6.1G shall be applied.

The lack of out-of-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).

7.6.2G.1.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of UE that support V2X Sidelink Communication and Band 47.

7.6.2G.1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.8.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.2G.3-1, 7.6.2G.3-2.

For Table 7.6.2G.3-2 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, up to max24, 6   NRB / 6  exceptions are allowed for spurious

response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size, where N RB is the
number of resource blocks in the downlink transmission bandwidth configuration (see Figure 5.4.2-1). For these
exceptions the requirements of subclause 7.7G Spurious response are applicable.

Table 7.6.2G.1.3-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
Power in PREFSENS_V2X + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 9
Configuration
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in TS 36.101 [2] Annex A.8.2.

Table 7.6.2G.1.3-2: Out of band blocking

E-UTRA V2X Parameter Units Frequency


band Range 1 Range 2 Range 3
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15
FDL_low -30 to FDL_low -60 to FDL_low -85 to
FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
47 FInterferer (CW) MHz
FDL_high +30 to FDL_high +60 to FDL_high +85 to
FDL_high + 60 FDL_high +85 +12750 MHz
NOTE: The power level of the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to -20 dBm for
FInterferer > 4400 MHz.

3GPP 429
Release 15 430 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

NOTE: it is FFS how to accommodate the blocking level of -30dBm in Region 1.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6.2.1G.

7.6.2G.1.4 Test Description


7.6.2G.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA operating bands specified in table 5.4.2G.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.2G.1.4.1-1. The details of the V2X reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.8.3 and the GNSS configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause
4.11.

Table 7.6.2G.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
V2X Configuration to Transmit
Ch BW Modulation RB allocation
10MHz QPSK [48]
20MHz QPSK [96]

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors and connect the GNSS simulator to the UE GNSS RX antenna
connector as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.89.

2. The parameter settings for the V2X sidelink transmission over PC5 are pre-configured according to TS 36.508
[7] subclause 6.8.2. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 7.6.2G.1.4.3.

3. The V2X reference measurement channel is set according to Table 7.6.2G.1.4.1-1.

3a. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7]
Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. UE test mode – State 3A-RF-V2X according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2C.

6. Trigger the UE to reset UTC time. (NOTE: The UTC time reset may be performed by MMI or AT command
(+CUTCR).)

7. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of
Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.

7.6.2G.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. The UE starts to perform the V2X sidelink communication according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration. Since the UE
has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the V2X RMC.

2. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.2G.1.5-1.

3. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal according to
Table 7.6.2G.1.5-2. The frequency step size is 1MHz.

3GPP 430
Release 15 431 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

4. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

5. Record the frequencies for which the throughput doesn't meet the requirements.

6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 3.

7.6.2G.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

7.6.2G.1.5 Test Requirement


Except for the spurious response frequencies recorded at the final step of test procedure, the throughput measurement
derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in clause A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.2G.1.5-1 and 7.6.2G.1.5-2

For Table 7.6.2G.1.5-2 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the final

step of test procedure shall not exceed max24, 6  N RB / 6  in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a

1MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of subclause 7.7G spurious response are applicable.

Table 7.6.2G.1.5-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
Power in PREFSENS_V2X + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 9
Configuration
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in TS 36.101 [2] Annex A.8.2.

Table 7.6.2G.1.5-2: Out of band blocking

E-UTRA V2X Parameter Units Frequency


band Range 1 Range 2 Range 3
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15
FDL_low -30 to FDL_low -60 to FDL_low -85 to
FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
47 FInterferer (CW) MHz
FDL_high +30 to FDL_high +60 to FDL_high +85 to
FDL_high + 60 FDL_high +85 +12750 MHz
NOTE: The power level of the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to -20 dBm for
FInterferer > 4400 MHz.

7.6.2G.2 Out-of-band blocking for V2X Communication / Simultaneous E-UTRA V2X


sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions
Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- Test tolerance is TBD.

- Connection diagram is TBD.

7.6.2G.2.1 Test Purpose


Same as in clause 7.6.2G.1.1.

7.6.2G.2.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that support V2X Communication.

3GPP 431
Release 15 432 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.2G.2.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.8.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.2G.2.3-1, 7.6.2G.2.3-2.

For Table 7.6.2G.2.3-2 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, up to max24, 6   NRB / 6  exceptions are allowed for spurious

response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size, where N RB is the
number of resource blocks in the downlink transmission bandwidth configuration (see Figure 5.4.2-1). For these
exceptions the requirements of subclause 7.7G Spurious response are applicable.

Table 7.6.2G.2.3-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
Power in PREFSENS_V2X + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 9
Configuration
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in TS 36.101 [2] Annex A.8.2.

Table 7.6.2G.2.3-2: Out of band blocking

E-UTRA V2X Parameter Units Frequency


band Range 1 Range 2 Range 3
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15
FDL_low -30 to FDL_low -60 to FDL_low -85 to
FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
47 FInterferer (CW) MHz
FDL_high +30 to FDL_high +60 to FDL_high +85 to
FDL_high + 60 FDL_high +85 +12750 MHz
NOTE: The power level of the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to -20 dBm for
FInterferer > 4400 MHz.

When UE is configured for simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA downlink reception for inter-band E-
UTRA V2X / E-UTRA bands specified in Table 5.2G-2, the requirements in subclause 7.6.2G.2.3 apply for the E-
UTRA V2X sidelink reception and the requirements in subclause 7.6.2.3 apply for the E-UTRA downlink reception
while all downlink carriers are active.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6.2.1G.

7.6.2G.2.4 Test Description


7.6.2G.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA operating bands specified in table 5.4.2G.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.2G.2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink, downlink and
V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2, A.3 and A.8.3 respectively.

3GPP 432
Release 15 433 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2G.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest for uplink
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 Lowest, Highest for V2X
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Uplink Configuration V2X Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation
1.4 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1 10 MHz QPSK [48]
1.4 MHz QPSK 5 QPSK 5 20 MHz QPSK [96]
3 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
3 MHz QPSK 4 QPSK 4
5 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
5 MHz QPSK 8 QPSK 8
10 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
10 MHz QPSK 12 QPSK 12
15 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
15 MHz QPSK 16 QPSK 16
20 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
20 MHz QPSK 18 QPSK 18
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths
are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure [TBD].

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3. Message content
exceptions are defined in clause 7.6.2G.2.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and V2X Reference Measurement Channels are set according to Table 7.6.2G.2.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-V2X according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2C. Message content exceptions
are defined in clause 7.6.2G.2.4.3.

7.6.2G.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. The SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables
7.6.2G.2.4.1-1 on E-UTRA Band. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS simultaneously sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0
for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC and V2X scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 5A for
SL_V_RNTI to schedule the V2X RMC according to Table 7.6.2G.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no
loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL and V2X RMCs.

3. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.2G.2.5-1.

4. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal according to
Table 7.6.2G.2.5-2. The frequency step size is 1MHz.

5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

6. Record the frequencies for which the throughput doesn't meet the requirements.

7. Repeat steps from 4 to 6, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 4.

3GPP 433
Release 15 434 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.2G.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

7.6.2G.2.5 Test Requirement


Except for the spurious response frequencies recorded at the final step of test procedure, the throughput measurement
derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in clause A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.2G.2.5-1 and 7.6.2G.2.5-2

For Table 7.6.2G.2.5-2 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the final

step of test procedure shall not exceed max24, 6  N RB / 6  in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a

1MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of subclause 7.7G spurious response are applicable.

Table 7.6.2G.2.5-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
Power in PREFSENS_V2X + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 9
Configuration
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in TS 36.101 [2] Annex A.8.2.

Table 7.6.2G.2.5-2: Out of band blocking

E-UTRA V2X Parameter Units Frequency


band Range 1 Range 2 Range 3
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15
FDL_low -30 to FDL_low -60 to FDL_low -85 to
FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
47 FInterferer (CW) MHz
FDL_high +30 to FDL_high +60 to FDL_high +85 to
FDL_high + 60 FDL_high +85 +12750 MHz
NOTE: The power level of the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to -20 dBm for
FInterferer > 4400 MHz.

7.6.2G.3 Out-of-band blocking for V2X Communication / Intra-band contiguous multi-


carrier operation
Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- Test tolerance is FFS.

7.6.2G.3.1 Test Purpose


Same as in clause 7.6.2G.1.1.

7.6.2G.3.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of UE that support Intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation V2X Sidelink
Communication and Band 47.

7.6.2G.3.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


For intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation, the V2X UE throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput
of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.8.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.2G.3.3-1
and 7.6.2G.3.3-2.

3GPP 434
Release 15 435 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

 
For Table 7.6.2G.3.3-2 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, up to max 24,6   N RB  / 6 exceptions are allowed for
spurious response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size. For these
exceptions the requirements of subclause 7.7 spurious response are applicable.

Table 7.6.2G.3.3-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters for intra-band contiguous multi-carrier for V2X
UE

Rx Parameter Unit V2X Bandwidth Class


s B C D E F
REFSENS + V2X Bandwidth Class specific value
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth Configuration, per
dBm below
CC
9

Table 7.6.2G.3.3-2: Out of band blocking for intra-band contiguous multi-carrier for V2X UE

V2X multi-carrier configuration Parameter Units Frequency


Range 1 Range 2 Range 3
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15
FDL_low -30 to FDL_low -60 to FDL_low -85 to
FInterferer (CW) MHz FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
V2X_47B
FDL_high +30 to FDL_high +60 to FDL_high +85 to
FDL_high + 60 FDL_high +85 +12750 MHz
NOTE 1: The power level of the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer > 4400 MHz.
NOTE 2: The requirement is applied for 2 carrier intra-concurrent receptions when 2 carrier transmission are
activated at the same time

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6.2.1G.

7.6.2G.3.4 Test Description


7.6.2G.3.4.1 Initial conditions
Same initial conditions as in clause 7.6.2G.1.4.1 with the following exceptions- Instead of Table 7.6.2G.1.4.1-1  use
Table 7.6.2G.3.4.1-1.

The details of the GNSS configuration are specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.11.

Table 7.6.2G.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Low range, High range
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
V2X MCC Configuration V2X PSSCH Allocation
CC1 CC2 CC1 & CC2 CC1 and CC2
NRB NRB Mod RB Allocation
10MHz 10MHz QPSK [48+48]

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors and connect the GNSS simulator to the UE GNSS RX antenna
connector as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.92d.

2. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7]
Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.

3. Trigger the UE to reset UTC time. (NOTE: The UTC time reset may be performed by MMI or AT command
(+CUTCR).)

4. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of
Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.

3GPP 435
Release 15 436 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.2G.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. The UE starts to perform the V2X sidelink communication according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration. Since the UE
has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the V2X RMC.

2. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.2G.3.5-1.

3. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal according to
Table 7.6.2G.3.5-2. The frequency step size is 1MHz.

4. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

5. Record the frequencies for which the throughput doesn't meet the requirements.

7.6.2G.3.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6

7.6.2G.3.5 Test Requirement


For intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation, except for the spurious response frequencies recorded at the final
step of test procedure, the throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum
throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in clause A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables
7.6.2G.3.5-1 and 7.6.2G.3.5-2

For Table 7.6.2G.3.5-2 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the final

step of test procedure shall not exceed max24, 6  N RB / 6  in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a

1MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of subclause 7.7G spurious response are applicable.

Table 7.6.2G.3.5-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters for intra-band contiguous multi-carrier for V2X
UE

Rx Parameter Unit V2X Bandwidth Class


s B C D E F
REFSENS + V2X Bandwidth Class specific value
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth Configuration, per
dBm below
CC
9

Table 7.6.2G.3.5-2: Out of band blocking for intra-band contiguous multi-carrier for V2X UE

V2X multi-carrier configuration Parameter Units Frequency


Range 1 Range 2 Range 3
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15
FDL_low -30 to FDL_low -60 to FDL_low -85 to
FInterferer (CW) MHz FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
V2X_47B
FDL_high +30 to FDL_high +60 to FDL_high +85 to
FDL_high + 60 FDL_high +85 +12750 MHz
NOTE 1: The power level of the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer > 4400 MHz.
NOTE 2: The requirement is applied for 2 carrier intra-concurrent receptions when 2 carrier transmission are
activated at the same time

7.6.2F Out-of-band blocking for category NB1


7.6.2F.1 Test Purpose
Out-of-band band blocking is defined for an unwanted CW interfering signal falling more than 15 MHz below or above
the UE receive band, at which a given average throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement for the specified
measurement channels.

3GPP 436
Release 15 437 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

For the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band the appropriate in-band blocking or adjacent channel
selectivity in sub-clause 7.5F.1 and sub-clause 7.6.1F.1 shall be applied.

The lack of out-of-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).

7.6.2F.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category NB1.

7.6.2F.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The category NB1 UE throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels
as specified in Annexes A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.6.2F.3-1.

For Table 7.6.2F.3-1 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, up to 24 exceptions are allowed for spurious response frequencies in
each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of
subclause 7.7F spurious response are applicable.

Table 7.6.2F.3-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters for category NB1 UE

Frequency
Parameter Units
Range 1 Range 2 Range 3
Pwanted dBm REFSENS + 6 dB
Pinterferer (CW) dBm -44 -30 -15
MHz FDL_low - 15 to FDL_low - 60 FDL_low - 60 to FDL_low - 85 FDL_low - 85 to 1 MHz
Finterferer range
MHz FDL_high + 15 to FDL_high + 60 FDL_high + 60 to FDL_high + 85 FDL_high + 85 to 12750 MHz
NOTE 1: For operating bands which downlink band frequency range is between 729 MHz < 1 GHz the power level of
the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to: [-18] dBm for the frequency range which is bounded
by FDL_low - [150] MHz of the lowest band that UE supports in frequency range 729 MHz < 1 GHz and FDL_high
+ [150] MHz of the highest band that UE supports in frequency range 729 MHz < 1 GHz.
NOTE 2: For operating bands which downlink band frequency range is between 1805 MHz < f < 2200 MHz the power
level of the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to: [-20] dBm for the frequency range which is
bounded by FDL_low - [200] MHz of the lowest band that UE supports in frequency range 1805 MHz < f < 2200
MHz and FDL_high + [200] MHz of the highest band that UE supports in frequency range 1805 MHz < f < 2200
MHz.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6.2.1F.

7.6.2F.4 Test Description


7.6.2F.4.1 Initial Conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions and test frequencies based on the subset of E-UTRA
operating bands defined for NB-IoT in clause 5.2F. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters, and are shown in table 7.6.2F.4.1-1. The details of the downlink reference measurement channels (RMCs)
are specified in Annex A.3. Configurations of NPDSCH and NPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

3GPP 437
Release 15 438 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2F.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] NC
clause 8.1.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] Frequency ranges defined in Annex K.1.1 (Note)
clause 8.1.3.1
Configuration Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
ID
Modulation Subcarriers Modulation Ntones Subcarrier
spacing
1 QPSK 12 BPSK 1@0 15 kHz
Note: If UE only supports one operating band below 1GHz, one test frequency chosen arbitrarily
from low or high range of supported band is tested; If UE only supports one operating band
above 1GHz, one test frequency chosen arbitrarily from low or high range of supported band
is tested.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connector as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.5 using only the main
UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.2, and NPUSCH Format 2 is used to
carry ACK/NACK on the uplink.

4. The DL Reference Measurement channel is set according to Table 7.6.2F.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimisation according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.6.2F.4.3.

7.6.2F.4.2 Test Procedure


1. SS transmits NPDSCH via NPDCCH DCI format N1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2F.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The UE will send HARQ feedback
based on information contained in DCI format N1.

2. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.2F.5-1.

3. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal according to
Table 7.6.2F.5-1. The frequency step size is 1MHz.

4. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

5. Record the frequencies for which the throughput doesn't meet the requirements.

6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 3.

7.6.2F.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.6.

7.6.2F.5 Test Requirement


Except for the spurious response frequencies recorded at the final step of test procedure, the throughput measurement
derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in clause A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.2F.5-1.

For Table 7.6.2F.5-1 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, up to 24 exceptions are allowed for spurious response frequencies in
each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of
subclause 7.7F spurious response are applicable.

3GPP 438
Release 15 439 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2F.5-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters for category NB1 UE

Frequency
Parameter Units
Range 1 Range 2 Range 3
Pwanted dBm REFSENS + 6 dB
Pinterferer (CW) dBm -44 -30 -15
MHz FDL_low - 15 to FDL_low - 60 FDL_low - 60 to FDL_low - 85 FDL_low - 85 to 1 MHz
Finterferer range
MHz FDL_high + 15 to FDL_high + 60 FDL_high + 60 to FDL_high + 85 FDL_high + 85 to 12750 MHz
NOTE 1: For operating bands which downlink band frequency range is between 729 MHz < 1 GHz the power level of
the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to: [-18] dBm for the frequency range which is bounded
by FDL_low - [150] MHz of the lowest band that UE supports in frequency range 729 MHz < 1 GHz and FDL_high
+ [150] MHz of the highest band that UE supports in frequency range 729 MHz < 1 GHz.
NOTE 2: For operating bands which downlink band frequency range is between 1805 MHz < f < 2200 MHz the power
level of the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to: [-20] dBm for the frequency range which is
bounded by FDL_low - [200] MHz of the lowest band that UE supports in frequency range 1805 MHz < f < 2200
MHz and FDL_high + [200] MHz of the highest band that UE supports in frequency range 1805 MHz < f < 2200
MHz.

7.6.2EA Out-of-band blocking for UE category M1


7.6.2EA.1 Test Purpose
Out-of-band band blocking is defined for an unwanted CW interfering signal falling more than 15 MHz below or above
the category M1 UE receive band, at which a given average throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement for the
specified measurement channels.

For the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band the appropriate in-band blocking or adjacent channel
selectivity in sub-clause 7.5EA.1 and sub-clause 7.6.1EA shall be applied.

The lack of out-of-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).

7.6.2EA.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category M1.

7.6.2EA.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


Same as in clause 7.6.2.3.

7.6.2EA.4 Test Description


7.6.2EA.4.1 Initial Conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions and test frequencies based on the subset of E-UTRA
operating bands defined for CAT M1 in clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.2EA.4.1-1. The details of the downlink and uplink
reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3. The details of the OCNG patterns used
are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

3GPP 439
Release 15 440 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2EA.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in One frequency chosen arbitrarily from low or high range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in 5MHz
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD TDD FDD and TDD Narrowband
HD-FDD index (Note 1)
5MHz QPSK 4 4 QPSK 6 6 0
Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and
Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.5 using only main UE
Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.1.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.2EA.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined
in clause 7.6.2EA.4.3.

7.6.2EA.4.2 Test Procedure


1. SS transmits PDSCH via MPDCCH DCI format 6-1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2EA.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.2EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send,
the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal according to
Table 7.6.2EA.5-2. The frequency step size is 1MHz.

4. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.2EA.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of
the target level in table 7.6.2EA.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for
carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

5. Measure the average throughput for duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

6. Record the frequencies for which the throughput doesn't meet the requirements.

7. Repeat steps from 3 to 6, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 3.

7.6.2EA.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the condition CEModeA and the following
exception.

3GPP 440
Release 15 441 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2EA.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UE-PUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-UE-PUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}

7.6.2EA.5 Test Requirement


Except for the spurious response frequencies recorded at the final step of test procedure, the throughput measurement
derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.2EA.5-1 and 7.6.2EA.5-2.

For frequency range 1, 2, and 3, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded in the final step of test procedure

shall not exceed max24, 6  N RB / 6  in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size. For

these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7EA Spurious Response are applicable.

Table 7.6.2EA.5-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink
configuration specified in Table 7.3EA-3 with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause
6.2.5EA.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.
NOTE 3: For DL category M1 UE, the reference sensitivity for category M1 in table 7.3EA-
1 and 7.3EA-2 should be used as REFSENS for the power in Transmission
Bandwidth Configuration.
NOTE 4: For DL category M1 UE, the parameters for the applicable channel bandwidth
apply.

3GPP 441
Release 15 442 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.2EA.5-2: Out of band blocking

E-UTRA band Parameter Units Frequency


Range 1 Range 2 Range 3
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, FDL_low -15 to FDL_low -60 to FDL_low -85 to
8, 11, 12, 13, FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
18, 19, 20, 21, FInterferer (CW) MHz
FDL_high +15 to FDL_high +60 to FDL_high +85 to
26, 27, 28, 31,
FDL_high + 60 FDL_high +85 +12750 MHz
39, 41, 72
NOTE 1: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the out of blocking is FFS.
NOTE 2: The power level of the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to -20 dBm
for FInterferer > 2800 MHz and FInterferer < 4400 MHz.
NOTE 3: For the UE that supports both Band 4 and Band 66, the out-of-blocking frequency
range for Band 4 is defined relative to FDL_low and FDL_high of Band 66.

7.6.3 Narrow band blocking


7.6.3.1 Test Purpose
Verifies a receiver's ability to receive an E-UTRA signal at its assigned channel frequency in the presence of an
unwanted narrow band CW interferer at a frequency, which is less than the nominal channel spacing.

The lack of narrow-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).

7.6.3.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.

7.6.3.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The relative throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified
in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as
described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.6.3.3-1. For operating bands with an unpaired
DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements only apply for carriers assigned in the paired part.

Table 7.6.3.3-1: Narrow-band blocking


Parameter Unit Channel Bandwidth
1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Pw dBm PREFSENS + channel-bandwidth specific value below
22 18 16 13 14 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55
Fuw (offset for MHz 0.9075 1.7025 2.7075 5.2125 7.7025 10.2075
f = 15 kHz)
Fuw (offset for MHz
f = 7.5 kHz)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration
specified in Table 7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The REFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3.3-1 and Table 7.3.3-1a for two and four
antenna ports, respectively.

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Table 7.3.3-1A, Puw power defined in Table 7.6.3.3-1 is
increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3.3-1A.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6.3.

3GPP 442
Release 15 443 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.3.4 Test Description


7.6.3.4.1 Initial Conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the OCNG patterns
used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex
C.2.

Table 7.6.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6 QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 15 15 QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 25 25 QPSK 25 25
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 15 N/A
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 54 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 50 QPSK 50 50
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 15 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 75 QPSK 75 75
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100 100
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on E-UTRA band, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according
to table 7.3.3-2 is tested per Test Channel Bandwidth. The allocation shall be located as
close as possible to the downlink operating band but confined within the transmission
bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2-1).
Note 3: For the DL signal one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD is used.
Note 4: Applicable only to E-UTRA FDD Bands 31 and 72. The UL resource blocks shall be
located at RBstart 10 (according to Table 7.3.3-2).

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.5.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.1

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.3.4.1-1.

3GPP 443
Release 15 444 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.6.3.4.3.

7.6.3.4.2 Test Procedure


1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.3.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.3.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits
uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal according to
Table 7.6.3.5-1.

4. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.3.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the UE
(less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the
target level in table 7.6.3.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for carrier
frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 3.

7.6.3.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exception.

Table 7.6.3.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-uePUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}

7.6.3.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.6.3.5-1.

3GPP 444
Release 15 445 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.3.5-1: Narrow-band blocking

Parameter Unit Channel Bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Pw dBm PREFSENS + channel-bandwidth specific value below
22 18 16 13 14 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55
Fuw (offset for MHz 0.9075 1.7025 2.7075 5.2125 7.7025 10.2075
f = 15 kHz)
Fuw (offset for MHz
f = 7.5 kHz)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, Puw power defined in
Table 7.6.3.5-1 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.6.3_1 Narrow band blocking with 4 Rx antenna ports


7.6.3_1.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 7.6.3.

7.6.3_1.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that supports 4 Rx antenna ports.

7.6.3_1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


Same as in clause 7.6.3.3.

7.6.3_1.4 Test Description


7.6.3_1.4.1 Initial Conditions
Same as in clause 7.6.3.4.1 with following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.3.3.1-1 use table 7.6.3_1.4.1-1

- Instead of Figure A.4 use Figure A.81

- Instead of clause 7.6.3.4.3 use clause 7.6.3_1.4.3

3GPP 445
Release 15 446 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.3_1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6 QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 15 15 QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 25 25 QPSK 25 25
10MHz QPSK 50 50 QPSK 50 50
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 75 QPSK 75 75
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100 100
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on E-UTRA band, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according
to table 7.3.3-2 is tested per Test Channel Bandwidth. The allocation shall be located as
close as possible to the downlink operating band but confined within the transmission
bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2-1).
Note 3: For the DL signal one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD is used.

7.6.3_1.4.2 Test Procedure


Same as in clause 7.6.3.4.2 with following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.3.4.1-1 use Table 7.6.3_1.4.1-1

- Instead of Table 7.6.3.5-1 use Table 7.6.3_1.5-1

7.6.3_1.4.3 Message Contents


Same as in clause 7.6.3.4.3.

7.6.3_1.5 Test Requirement


Same as in clause 7.6.3.5 with following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.3.5-1 use Table 7.6.3_1.5-1

Table 7.6.3_1.5_1-1: Narrow-band blocking

Parameter Unit Channel Bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Pw dBm PREFSENS + channel-bandwidth specific value below
22 18 16 13 14 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55
Fuw (offset for MHz 0.9075 1.7025 2.7075 5.2125 7.7025 10.2075
f = 15 kHz)
Fuw (offset for MHz
f = 7.5 kHz)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The REFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3_1.5-1.

3GPP 446
Release 15 447 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.3A Narrow band blocking for CA


7.6.3A.0 Minimum conformance requirements
For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink assigned to one E-
UTRA band the narrow-band blocking requirements are defined with the uplink active on the band(s) other than the
band whose downlink is being tested. The UE shall meet the requirements specified in subclause 7.6.3 for each
component carrier while all downlink carriers are active. For E-UTRA CA configurations including an operating band
without uplink band or an operating band with an unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements for all
downlinks shall be met with the single uplink carrier active in each band capable of UL operation. For E-UTRA CA
configurations listed in Table 7.3A.0-0a under conditions for which reference sensitivity for the operating band being
tested is N/A, the narrow-band blocking requirements of subclause 7.6.3A.0 do not apply. For E-UTRA CA
configurations with a component carrier assigned in Band 46, narrow-band blocking requirements do not apply in the
presence of a narrow-band interferer in Band 46.

For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the downlink SCC(s) shall be configured at nominal channel spacing to
the PCC. For FDD, the PCC shall be configured closest to the uplink band. All downlink carriers shall be active
throughout the test. The uplink output power shall be set as specified in Table 7.6.3A.0-1 with the uplink configuration
set according to Table 7.3A.0-1 for the applicable carrier aggregation configuration. For UE(s) supporting one uplink,
the uplink configuration of the PCC shall be in accordance with Table 7.3.3-2.

The UE shall fulfil the minimum requirement in presence of an interfering signal specified in Table 7.6.3A.0-1 being on
either side of the aggregated signal. The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the
reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.6.3A.0-
1. For operating bands with an unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements also apply for an SCC
assigned in the unpaired part with parameters specified in Table 7.6.3A.0-1.

For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier and two downlink sub-blocks, the narrow
band blocking requirements are defined with the uplink configuration in accordance with Table 7.3A.0-3. For this
uplink configuration, the UE shall meet the requirements for each sub-block as specified in subclauses 7.6.3.3 and
7.6.3A.0 for one component carrier and two component carriers per sub-block, respectively. The requirements apply for
in-gap and out-of-gap interferers while all downlink carriers are active.

Table 7.6.3A.0-1: Narrow-band blocking

CA Bandwidth Class
Parameter Unit
B C D E F
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below
dBm
Configuration, per CC 16 164 16 16 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55 -55
- Foffset – - Foffset – - Foffset – - Foffset –
0.2 - Foffset – 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Fuw (offset for
MHz / / / / /
f = 15 kHz)
+ Foffset + + Foffset + 0.2 + Foffset + + Foffset + + Foffset +
0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Fuw (offset for
MHz
f = 7.5 kHz)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The Fuw (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer and
the centre frequency of the interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.
Note 4: The requirement is applied for the band combinations whose component carriers’ BW≥5 MHz.

For combinations of intra-band and inter-band carrier aggregation with up to five downlink carriers (up to two non-
contiguously sub-blocks per band and up to four contiguously aggregated carriers per band) and one uplink carrier
assigned to one E-UTRA band, the requirement is defined with the uplink active in a band other than that supporting the
downlink(s) under test. The uplink configuration shall be in accordance with Table 7.3A.0-3 when the uplink is active in
the band supporting two non-contiguous component carriers, Table 7.3A.0-1 when the uplink is active in a band

3GPP 447
Release 15 448 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

supporting two contiguous component carriers and in accordance with Table 7.3.3-2 when the uplink is active in a band
supporting one carrier per band. The downlink PCC shall be configured closer to the uplink operating band than the
downlink SCC(s) when the uplink is active in band(s) supporting contiguous aggregation of up to four component
carriers. For these uplink configurations, the UE shall meet the narrow-band blocking requirements for intra-band non-
contiguous carrier aggregation of two downlink sub-blocks with RIBNC = 0 dB for all sub-block gaps (Table 7.3A.0-3)
for the two non-contiguous downlink sub-blocks, the requirements for intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation for the
contiguously aggregated downlink carriers and for any remaining component carrier(s) the requirements specified in
subclause 7.6.3. All downlink carriers shall be active throughout the tests and the requirements for the downlinks shall
be met with the single uplink carrier active in each band capable of UL operation.

For E-UTRA CA configurations with a component carriers assigned in Band 46, narrow-band blocking requirements do
not apply in the presence of a narrow-band interferer in Band 46.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6.3.1A.

7.6.3A.1 Narrow band blocking for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA)


7.6.3A.1.1 Test Purpose
Verifies a receiver's ability to receive an E-UTRA signal at its assigned CA channel frequencies in the presence of an
unwanted narrow band CW interferer at a frequency, which is less than the nominal channel spacing.

The lack of narrow-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).

7.6.3A.1.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL
CA.

7.6.3A.1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.3A.0.

7.6.3A.1.4 Test Description


7.6.3A.1.4.1 Initial Conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and CC combinations based on
E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in table 7.6.3A.1.4.1-1. The details of the OCNG patterns used
are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

3GPP 448
Release 15 449 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.3A.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in C: Mid range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth
classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical
frequencies according to Table 7.1-2
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in Lowest NRB_agg
subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across Highest NRB_agg
bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. (Note 3)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
CA Configuration / DL Allocation UL Allocation
NRB_agg
PCC SCC CC PCC & SCC RB CC NRB_alloc PCC & SCC RB allocations
NRB NRB MOD allocation MOD (LCRB @ RBstart)
50 25 QPSK 50+25 QPSK 25 P_25@25 S_0@0
50 50 QPSK 50+50 QPSK 25 P_25@25 S_0@0
50 100 QPSK 50+100 QPSK 150 P_50@0 S_100@0
75 50 QPSK 75+50 QPSK 75 P_75@0 S_0@0
75 75 QPSK 75+75 QPSK 75 P_75@0 S_0@0
75 75 QPSK 75+75 QPSK 129 P_75@0 S_54@0
75 75 QPSK 75+75 QPSK 150 P_75@0 S_75@0
100 25 QPSK 100+25 QPSK 50 P_50@50 S_0@0
100 25 QPSK 100+25 QPSK 125 P_100@0 S_25@0
100 50 QPSK 100+50 QPSK 75 P_75@25 S_0@0
100 50 QPSK 100+50 QPSK 150 P_100@0 S_50@0
100 75 QPSK 100+75 QPSK 50 P_50@0 S_0@0
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 50 P_50@50 S_0@0
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 75 P_75@25 S_0@0
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 130 P_100@0 S_30@0
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 200 P_100@0 S_100@0
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which
applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on CA Configuration only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according to table 7.3A.0-1 is
tested per CA Configuration Test CC combination.
Note 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg, only the
fcombination with the highest NRB_PCC irst of those is tested, according to the order on the Test
Configuration Table list.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.34 as
appropriate if the UE supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are for PCC initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.1.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.3A.1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.6.3A.1.4.3.

7.6.3A.1.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

3GPP 449
Release 15 450 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6.3A.1.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.3A.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.3A.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload
data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the aggregated component carriers
according to Table 7.6.3A.1.5-1.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.3A.1.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that for at least the duration of the throughput
measurement:
The PCC output power is within (+0dB, -3.4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.6.3A.1.5-1 + 10log(P_LCRB/NRB_alloc)),
for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz,
or within (+0dB, -4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.6.3A.1.5-1 + 10log(P_LCRB/NRB_alloc)) for carrier frequency
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.
The SCC output power is within (+0dB, -3.4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.6.3A.1.5-1 + 10log(S_LCRB/NRB_alloc)),
for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz,
or within (+0dB, -4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.6.3A.1.5-1 + 10log(S_LCRB/NRB_alloc)) for carrier frequency
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

8. Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G.2A.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the aggregated component carriers at step 6.

7.6.3A.1.4.3 Message Contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exception.

Table 7.6.3A.1.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-uePUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}

3GPP 450
Release 15 451 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.3A.1.4.3-2: UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UE-PUSCH-r10 0
deltaMCS-Enabled-r10 en0
accumulationEnabled-r10 TRUE
pSRS-Offset-r10 7 (0 dB) The actual
parameter value is
-10.5 + 1.5*pSRS-
Offset value; 0 is
the actual value in
dB (-10.5 + 1.5*7
dB).
pSRS-OffsetAp-r10 7 (0 dB) The actual
parameter value is
-10.5 + 1.5*pSRS-
Offset value; 0 is
the actual value in
dB (-10.5 + 1.5*7
dB).
filterCoefficient-r10 fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
pathlossReferenceLinking-r10 sCell
}

7.6.3A.1.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement of each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of
the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.6.3A.5-1.

Table 7.6.3A.1.5-1: Narrow-band blocking

CA Bandwidth Class
Parameter Unit
B C D E F
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below
dBm
Configuration, per CC 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55
- Foffset – 0.2
Fuw (offset for
MHz /
f = 15 kHz)
+ Foffset + 0.2
Fuw (offset for
MHz
f = 7.5 kHz)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5 for one uplink
carrier and in subclause 6.2.5A for two uplink carriers.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The Fuw (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer and
the centre frequency of the interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Fuw (offset for f = 15 kHz) 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-
carrier raster.

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, Puw power defined in
Table 7.6.3A.1.5-1 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

3GPP 451
Release 15 452 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.3A.2 Narrow band blocking for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA without UL CA)


7.6.3A.2.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as 7.6.3A.1.

7.6.3A.2.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA. This test
case applies only for CA Configurations that do not support UL CA.

7.6.3A.2.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.3A.0.

7.6.3A.2.4 Test Description


7.6.3A.2.4.1 Initial Conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 7.6.3A.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- instead of Table 7.6.3A.1.4.1-1  use Table 7.6.3A.2.4.1-1.

- Instead of clause 7.6.3A.1.4.3  use clause 7.6.3A.2.4.3.

3GPP 452
Release 15 453 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.3A.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in B: Mid range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth C: Mid range (Note 4)
classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical
frequencies according to Table 7.1-2
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in Lowest NRB_agg
subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across Highest NRB_agg
bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. (Notes 3, 4)
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
CA Configuration / DL Allocation UL Allocation
NRB_agg
PCC SCC CC PCC & SCC RB CC NRB_alloc PCC & SCC RB allocations
NRB NRB MOD allocation MOD (LCRB @ RBstart)
6 25 QPSK 6+25 QPSK 6 P_6@0 -
15 50 QPSK 15+50 QPSK 15 P_15@0 -
25 25 QPSK 25+25 QPSK 20 P_20@0 -
25 25 QPSK 25+25 QPSK 25 P_25@0
25 50 QPSK 25+50 QPSK 20 P_20@0 -
25 100 QPSK 25+100 QPSK 25 P_25@0 -
50 25 QPSK 50+25 QPSK 25 P_25@25 -
50 50 QPSK 50+50 QPSK 25 P_25@25 -
50 50 QPSK 50+50 QPSK 50 P_50@0 -
50 75 QPSK 50+75 QPSK 50 P_50@0 -
75 25 QPSK 75+25 QPSK 75 P_75@0 -
75 50 QPSK 75+50 QPSK 75 P_75@0 -
75 75 QPSK 75+75 QPSK 75 P_75@0 -
100 25 QPSK 100+25 QPSK 50 P_50@50 -
100 25 QPSK 100+25 QPSK 100 P_100@0 -
100 50 QPSK 100+50 QPSK 75 P_75@25 -
100 50 QPSK 100+50 QPSK 100 P_100@0 -
100 75 QPSK 100+75 QPSK 100 P_100@0 -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 50 P_50@75 -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 75 P_75@25 -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 100 P 100@0 -
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which
applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on CA Configuration only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according to table 7.3.3-2 is
tested per CA Configuration Test CC combination.
Note 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg, only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
Note 4: For CA_70C all test frequency IDs shall be tested according to table 4.3.1.1.70A-1, in TS 36.508 [7].

7.6.3A.2.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

3GPP 453
Release 15 454 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.3A.2.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.3A.2.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the
UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the aggregated component carriers
according to Table 7.6.3A.1.5-1. The interferer frequency is adjusted in analogy with table 7.6.3A.2.4.2-1.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.3A.1.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of
the target level in table 7.6.3A.1.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for
carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8. Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G.2A.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the aggregated component carriers at step 6.

Table 7.6.3A.2.4.2-1: Example for interferer frequencies

Lower frequency Upper frequency


FDL = CA_1C Mid range 2130.1 MHz 2149.9 MHz
(BW 20MHz + 20MHz)
Foffset 10 MHz 10 MHz
Fuw (offset for f = 15 kHz) -10.2 MHz +10.2 MHz
 Fuw (offset for f = 15 kHz)  10.2075 MHz
0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 10.2075 MHz

Adjusted Fuw (offset for f = 15 kHz) -10.2075 MHz +10.2075 MHz


F uw = FDL + Adjusted F uw (offset for f = 15 kHz) 2117.5975 MHz 2162.4025 MHz

7.6.3A.2.4.3 Message Contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.3.4.3.

7.6.3A.2.5 Test Requirement


Same test requirement as in clause 7.6.3A.1.5 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.3A.1.5-1  use Table 7.6.3A.2.5-1.

Table 7.6.3A.2.5-1: Narrow-band blocking

CA Bandwidth Class
Parameter Unit
B C D E F
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below
dBm
Configuration, per CC 16 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55
- Foffset – 0.2 - Foffset – 0.2
Fuw (offset for f = 15 kHz) MHz / /
+ Foffset + 0.2 + Foffset + 0.2
Fuw (offset forf = 7.5 kHz) MHz
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The Fuw (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer and
the centre frequency of the interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Fuw (offset for f = 15 kHz) 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-
carrier raster.

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, Puw power defined in
Table 7.6.3A.2.5-1 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

3GPP 454
Release 15 455 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.3A.3 Narrow band blocking for CA (inter-band DL CA without UL CA)


7.6.3A.3.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as 7.6.3A.1.

7.6.3A.3.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support inter-band DL CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward that support 2DL CA with FDD-TDD
inter-band CA.

7.6.3A.3.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.3A.0.

7.6.3A.3.4 Test Description


7.6.3A.3.4.1 Initial Conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 7.6.3A.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 5.4.2A.1-1 use Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

- instead of Table 7.6.3A.1.4.1-1  use Table 7.6.3A.3.4.1-1.

- Instead of clause 7.6.3A.1.4.3  use clause 7.6.3A.3.4.3.

3GPP 455
Release 15 456 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.3A.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7]
NC
subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7]
subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth
A: Mid range for PCC and SCC
classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto
physical frequencies according to Table 7.1-2
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as
specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA
Highest NRB_agg for PCC and SCC
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE
Test Parameters for CA Configurations

CA Configuration / NRB_agg DL Allocation UL Allocation

PCC SCCs CC PCC & SCC CC PCC


NRB NRB MOD RB allocation MOD NRB_alloc
50 50 QPSK 50 50 QPSK 50
50 50 QPSK 50 50 QPSK 25
50 50 QPSK 50 50 QPSK 20
50 50 QPSK 50 50 QPSK 16
50 75 QPSK 50 75 QPSK 25
50 100 QPSK 50 100 QPSK 50
50 100 QPSK 50 100 QPSK 25
50 100 QPSK 50 100 QPSK 20
50 100 QPSK 50 100 QPSK 16
75 25 QPSK 75 25 QPSK 75
75 25 QPSK 75 25 QPSK 20
75 50 QPSK 75 50 QPSK 25
75 75 QPSK 75 75 QPSK 25
75 100 QPSK 75 100 QPSK 25
100 50 QPSK 100 50 QPSK 100
100 50 QPSK 100 50 QPSK 75
100 50 QPSK 100 50 QPSK 50
100 75 QPSK 100 75 QPSK 100
100 75 QPSK 100 75 QPSK 50
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 75
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 50
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 45
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 25
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 20
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which
applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.
Note 2: Depending on CA configurations, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according to table
7.3A.3.5-2 for UE supporting one uplink carrier is tested per Test CA configuration.
Note 3: The UL resource blocks shall be located as close as possible to the downlink PCC but confined within the
transmission bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2-1).
Note 4: The frequencies of PCC and SCC shall be switched and tested in each configuration, according to the UE
declared capability for UL support (within CA operation) in the individual bands. (given UL is supported in
PCC band as per Table 5.2-1).

3GPP 456
Release 15 457 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.3A.3.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.3A.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.3A.3.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the
UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the SCC according to Table
7.6.3A.3.5-1.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.3A.3.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of
the target level in table 7.6.3A.3.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for
carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8. Measure the average throughput of SCC for duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
Annex G.2.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the SCC at step 6.

7.6.3A.3.4.3 Message Contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.3.4.3.

7.6.3A.3.5 Test Requirement


For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to one E-UTRA band the narrow-band blocking requirements
are defined with the uplink active on the band other than the band whose downlink is being tested, i.e. the requirements
are tested only for the SCell downlink. The UE shall meet the requirement for each component carrier, when operated as
SCell, while both downlink carriers are active.

The throughput measured during the test procedure for each component carrier, when operated as SCell, shall be ≥ 95%
of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters
specified in Table 7.6.3A.3.5-1 (originated from the single carrier Table 7.6.3.5-1).

Table 7.6.3A.3.5-1: Narrow-band blocking

Parameter Unit Channel Bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Pw in dBm PREFSENS + channel-bandwidth specific value below
Transmission 22 18 16 13 14 16
Bandwidth
Configuration,
per CC
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55
Fuw (offset for MHz 0.9075 1.7025 2.7075 5.2125 7.7025 10.2075
f = 15 kHz from
SCC)
Fuw (offset for MHz
f = 7.5 kHz
from SCC)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

3GPP 457
Release 15 458 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, Puw power defined in
Table 7.6.3A.3.5-1 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.6.3A.4 Narrow band blocking for CA (intra-band non-contiguous DL CA without UL


CA)
7.6.3A.4.1 Test Purpose
Same as in clause 7.6.3A.1.1.

7.6.3A.4.2 Test Applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support intra-band non-contiguous DL CA
but no UL CA.

7.6.3A.4.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.3A.0.

7.6.3A.4.4 Test description


7.6.3A.4.4.1 Initial Conditions

Same as in clause 7.6.3A.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.3A.1.4.1-1 use Table 7.6.3A.4.4.1-1.

Table 7.6.3A.4.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7]
NC
subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7]
subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes ,
A: N/A (Range is not relevant)
and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical
frequencies according to Table 7.1-2
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in
Refer to test point
subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration.
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
use the content of Table 7.3A.4.4.1-1

7.6.3A.4.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6.3A.4.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.3A.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.3A.4.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the
UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the signal generator for the interfering signal below the PCC according to Tables
7.6.3A.4.5-1.

7. Set the downlink signal level for PCC and SCC according to the table 7.6.3.5-1. Send uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within

3GPP 458
Release 15 459 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

+0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in table 7.6.3A.4.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the
target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8. Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G.2A.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using the interfering signal above the PCC at step 6.

10. Repeat the steps from 6 to 9, using the interferer signal to the SCC.

7.6.3A.4.4.3 Message Contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.3.4.3.

7.6.3A.4.5 Test Requirement


For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier and two downlink carriers, the narrow band
blocking requirements are defined with the uplink configuration of the PCC being in accordance with Table 7.3A.0-3.
The UE shall meet the requirements specified in table 7.6.3A.4.5-1 for each component carrier while both downlink
carriers are active. The requirements for each component carrier are the same as single carrier requirements in Table
7.6.3.5-1.

The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.6.3A.4.5-1.

Table 7.6.3A.4.5-1: Narrow-band blocking

Parameter Unit Channel Bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Pw in dBm PREFSENS + channel-bandwidth specific value below
Transmission 22 18 16 13 14 16
Bandwidth
Configuration,
per CC
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55
Fuw (offset for MHz 0.9075 1.7025 2.7075 5.2125 7.7025 10.2075
f = 15 kHz)
Fuw (offset for MHz
f = 7.5 kHz)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, Puw power defined in
Table 7.6.3A.4.5-1 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.6.3A.5 Narrow band blocking for 3DL CA


7.6.3A.5.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as 7.6.3A.1.

7.6.3A.5.2 Test Applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support 3DL with Intra-band contiguous
CA or 3DL with Inter-band CA or 3DL with Intra-band contiguous and Inter-band CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support 3DL with Intra-band non-
contiguous and Inter-band CA or 3DL with Intra-band non-contiguous and Intra-band contiguous CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward that support 3DL with FDD-TDD CA.

7.6.3A.5.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


Same as in clause 7.6.3A.1.

3GPP 459
Release 15 460 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.3A.5.4 Test Description


7.6.3A.5.4.1 Initial Conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1 through table 5.4.2A.1-2a. All of these configurations shall be
tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.3A.5.4.1-1 through table
7.6.3A.5.4.1-2 as appropriate. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex
A.2 and A.3. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

3GPP 460
Release 15 461 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.3A.5.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

3GPP 461
Release 15 462 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns.
bandwidth classes. For mapping within Band refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA
Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. Refer to “PCC NRB” and “SCCs NRB” columns
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2
Band Range NRB Band Range NRB Band Range NRB
ID
UL ULalloc UL DL UL DL
DL MOD DLalloc ULalloc DLalloc ULalloc DLalloc
MOD (Note 2,3) MOD MOD MOD MOD
Default Test Settings for a CA_XD Configuration (Intra-band contiguous)
X Mid/CC1 All RBs X Mid/CC2 All RBs X Mid/CC3 All RBs
1 REFSENS Lowest N/A Lowest N/A Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
X Mid/CC1 All RBs X Mid/CC2 All RBs X Mid/CC3 All RBs
2 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for a CA_XA-YA-ZA Configuration (Inter-band)
X Mid All RBs Y Mid All RBs Z Mid All RBs
1 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB
Y Mid All RBs X Mid All RBs Z Mid All RBs
2 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB
Z Mid All RBs X Mid All RBs Y Mid All RBs
3 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB
Test Settings for CA_1A-18A-28A Configuration
1 Low All RBs 18 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
1 50@0 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50
1 Low All RBs 18 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
2 75@0 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50
1 Low All RBs 18 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
3 100@0 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50
1 Low All RBs 18 Mid All RBs 28 High All RBs
4 100@0 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50
18 Low All RBs 1 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
5 25@25 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50
18 Low All RBs 1 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
6 25@25 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50
18 Low All RBs 1 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RBs
7 25@25 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50
18 Mid All RBs 1 Low All RBs 28 High All RBs
8 25@50 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 25
18 Mid All RBs 1 Low All RBs 28 High All RBs
9 25@50 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50
28 High All RBs 1 Low All RBs 18 Mid All RBs
10 25@0 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75
28 Mid All RBs 1 Low All RBs 18 Low All RBs
11 25@25 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50
28 High All RBs 1 High All RBs 18 Mid All RBs
12 25@25 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75
Default Test Settings for CA_XB-YA and CA_XC-YA Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
X Mid/CC1 All RBs X Mid/CC2 All RBs Y Mid All RBs
1 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
2 X Mid/CC1 REFSENS All RBs X Mid/CC2 N/A All RBs Y Mid N/A All RBs

3GPP 462
Release 15 463 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Highest Lowest Highest


QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
Y Mid All RBs X Mid/CC1 All RBs X Mid/CC2 All RBs
3 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg
Y Mid All RBs X Mid/CC1 All RBs X Mid/CC2 All RBs
4 REFSENS Highest N/A Lowest N/A Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-YB and CA_XA-YC Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Y Mid/CC1 All RBs Y Mid/CC2 All RBs X Mid All RBs
1 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
Y Mid/CC1 All RBs Y Mid/CC2 All RBs X Mid All RBs
2 REFSENS Lowest N/A Lowest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
X Mid All RBs Y Mid/CC1 All RBs Y Mid/CC2 All RBs
3 REFSENS Highest N/A Highest N/A Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg
X Mid All RBs Y Mid/CC1 All RBs Y Mid/CC2 All RBs
4 REFSENS Highest N/A Lowest N/A Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, otherwise use Default Test Settings test points.
Note 3: Inter-band & Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in
an individual band within the CA Configuration, test points with that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 4: Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41D, X=41
Note 5: Inter-band: X,Y,Z correspond to the 1st, 2nd and 3rd band in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_1A-3A-19A, X=1, Y=3, Z=19
Note 6: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_1C-3A,
X=1 and Y=3
Note 7: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to
table 7.3.5-2.
Note 8: Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg , choose for
testing the Combination with maximum NRB_PCC and then select maximum NRB_SCC1 for the chosen NRB_PCC.
Note 9: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same
NRB_agg , choose the Combination with NRB_PCC = NRB_SCC1 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination
with maximum NRB_PCC for testing.
Note 10: The orders and numbering of SCCs in this table does not imply any order in test implementation of SCCs.
Note 11: ID/test points that result in no refsens requirement shall be skipped.

3GPP 463
Release 15 464 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.3A.5.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table with Wgap

3GPP 464
Release 15 465 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For
bandwidth classes. mapping within Band refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Highest NRB
Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2
Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB
ID [MHz] [MHz]
UL DL ULalloc DL UL DL UL DL UL DL UL DL
MOD MOD (Note 2,3,4) alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
All
X CC2 All RBs X CC1 Y Mid All RBs
1 REFSENS Max N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
All
Y Mid All RBs X CC2 X CC1 All RBs
2 REFSENS - N/A RBs Max N/A
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-YA-YA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
All
Y CC2 All RBs Y CC1 X Mid All RBs
1 REFSENS Max N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
All
X Mid All RBs Y CC2 Y CC1 All RBs
2 REFSENS - N/A RBs Max N/A
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
Test Settings for CA_29A-66A-66A Configuration (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
All
66 CC1 All RBs 66 CC2 29 Mid All RBs
1 100@0 50 N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50
Test Settings for a CA_41C-41A Configuration (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
All
41 CC3 All RBs 41 CC2 41 CC1 All RBs
1 100@0 134.2 N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100
Test Settings for a CA_41A-41C Configuration (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
All
41 CC3 All RBs 41 CC2 41 CC1 All RBs
2 100@0 - N/A RBs 134.2 N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100
Group Test Settings for CA_66A-66A-XA or CA_XA-66A-66A Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
All
66 CC1 All RBs 66 CC2 X Mid All RBs
RBs
1 100@0 50 N/A - N/A
Highest
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK
NRB
All
X Mid All RBs 66 CC1 66 CC2 All RBs
RBs
2 REFSENS - N/A 50 N/A
Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100
NRB
Test Settings for a CA_66A-66C Configuration (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
All
66 CC1 All RBs 66 CC2 66 CC3 All RBs
1 100@0 30.2 N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table. Otherwise use test
points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table. Otherwise use Default Test Settings test points.
Note 3: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, otherwise
use Default Test Settings test points.
Note 4: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA Configuration, test points with
that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 5: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: X and Y correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-
5A,X=2,Y=5
Note 6: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41C-
41A,X=41.
Note 7: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for

3GPP 465
Release 15 466 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.


Note 8: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB
allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 9: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the
same NRB_agg , choose the Combination with NRB_CC1 = NRB_CC2 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with
maximum NRB_CC1 for testing.
Note 10: The orders and numbering of SCCs in this table does not imply any order in test implementation of SCCs.
Note 11: ID/test points that result in no refsens requirement shall be skipped.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure group A.58 as
appropriate if the UE supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.3A.5.4.1-1 through Table
7.6.3A.5.4.1-2 as appropriate.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.6.3A.5.4.3.

7.6.3A.5.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6.3A.5.4.3

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.3A.5.4.1-1 through Table 7.6.3A.5.4.1-5 as appropriate on PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC
padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.3A.5.4.1-1 through Table 7.6.3A.5.4.1-2 on PCC. Since the UE has
no payload data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the aggregated component carriers
according to Table 7.6.3A.5.4.2-1.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.3A.5.4.2-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of
the target level in table 7.6.3A.5.4.2-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level
for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8. Measure the average throughput for the carrier(s) indicated in Table 7.6.3A.5.4.2-1 for duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2A.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the measured carrier(s) according to Table
7.6.3A.5.4.2-1 at step 6.

10. Repeat steps 1 to 9 for component carriers listed in Table 7.6.3A.5.4.2-1.

3GPP 466
Release 15 467 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.3A.5.4.2-1: Test repetition and measurement configuration

ID Throughput Table with


(Note 1) measured test
CA configuration on (Note 3) parameters
to select
(Note 2)
1 PCC,
Intra-band contiguous SCC1, 7.6.3A.5.5-1
2
SCC2
SCC1
1
SCC2
SCC1
Inter-band 2 7.6.3A.5.5-2
SCC2
SCC1
3
SCC2
1
SCC2 7.6.3A.5.5-2
Intra-band contiguous + Inter- 2
band 3 SCC1,
7.6.3A.5.5-1
4 SCC2
1 SCC2 7.6.3A.5.5-2
Intra-band non-contiguous +
SCC1,
Inter-band 2 7.6.3A.5.5-2
SCC2
PCC 7.6.3A.5.5-2
1 SCC1,
Intra-band non-contiguous + 7.6.3A.5.5-1
SCC2
Intra-band contiguous
SCC2 7.6.3A.5.5-2
2
PCC, SCC1 7.6.3A.5.5-1
Note 1: Test point ID for the particular CA configuration as defined in
section 7.6.3A.5.4.1.
Note 2: The reference for the placement of the interferer signals is the
centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer among the
carriers throughput is measured on.
Note 3: Where there are multiple rows for a single Test point ID, the test
is repeated for each row.

7.6.3A.5.4.3 Message Contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.3.4.3 for without UL CA.

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.3A.1.4.3 for UL CA.

7.6.3A.5.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement of each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of
the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table Tables below,
according to the type of CA.

Table 7.6.3A.5.5-1: Narrow-band blocking (intra-band contiguous)

CA Bandwidth Class
Parameter Unit
B C D E F

3GPP 467
Release 15 468 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Power per CC in Aggregated REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below


dBm
Transmission Bandwidth Configuration 16 164 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55
- Foffset –
- Foffset – 0.2 - Foffset – 0.2 0.2
Fuw (offset for f = 15 kHz) MHz / / /
+ Foffset + 0.2 + Foffset + 0.2 + Foffset +
0.2
Fuw (offset forf = 7.5 kHz) MHz
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The Fuw (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer and
the centre frequency of the interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Fuw (offset for f = 15 kHz) 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-
carrier raster.
Note 4: The requirement is applied for the band combinations whose component carriers’ BW≥5 MHz.

Table 7.6.3A.5.5-2: Narrow-band blocking (inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)

Parameter Unit Channel Bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Pw for each CC dBm PREFSENS + channel-bandwidth specific value below
22 18 16 13 14 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55
Fuw (offset for MHz 0.9075 1.7025 2.7075 5.2125 7.7025 10.2075
f = 15 kHz from
SCC)
Fuw (offset for MHz
f = 7.5 kHz
from SCC)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: For intra-band non-contiguous + inter-band CA, RIBNC = 0 dB for all sub-block gaps.

For a UE, which supports CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, Puw power defined in Table
7.6.3A.5.5-1 and 7.6.3A.5.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.6.3A.6
7.6.3A.7 Narrow band blocking for 4DL CA
7.6.3A.7.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as 7.6.3A.1.

7.6.3A.7.2 Test Applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support 4DL with TDD Intra-band
contiguous CA, or 4DL with Inter-band CA, or 4DL with Intra-band contiguous and Inter-band CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support4DL Intra-band non-
contiguous CA + Inter-band CA or 4DL Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous CA, or 4DL with Intra-band
non-contiguous and Intra-band non-contiguous CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward that support 4DL CA with FDD-TDD CA.

7.6.3A.7.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.3A.0.

3GPP 468
Release 15 469 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.3A.7.4 Test Description


7.6.3A.7.4.1 Initial Conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1 through table 5.4.2A.1-2a. All of these configurations shall be
tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.3A.7.4.1-1 through table
7.6.3A.7.4.1-2 as appropriate. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex
A.2 and A.3. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

3GPP 469
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
470

Table 7.6.3A.7.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes. For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For mapping within Band
refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration Refer to “PCC NRB” and “SCCs NRB” columns
across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2 SCC3
Band Range NRB Band Range NRB
Band Range NRB Band Range NRB
ID
UL UL UL UL
DL MOD ULalloc DLalloc DL MOD ULalloc DLalloc DL MOD ULalloc DLalloc DL MOD ULalloc DLalloc
MOD MOD MOD MOD
Default Test Settings for a CA_XE Configuration (Intra-band contiguous)
ALL ALL ALL
X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 X Mid/CC3 X Mid/CC4 ALL RBs
RBs RBs RBs
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
ALL ALL ALL
X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 X Mid/CC3 X Mid/CC4 ALL RBs
RBs RBs RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for a CA_XA-YD, YD-XA Configuration (Inter-band)

ALL ALL ALL ALL


Y Mid/CC1 Y Mid/CC2 Y Mid/CC3 X Mid
RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid/CC1 Y Mid/CC2 Y Mid/CC3 X Mid
RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Lowest Lowest Lowest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL
X Mid Y Mid/CC1 Y Mid/CC2 Y Mid/CC3
RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
ALL ALL ALL ALL
X Mid Y Mid/CC1 Y Mid/CC2 Y Mid/CC3
RBs RBs RBs RBs
4 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg

3GPP 470
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
471
Default Test Settings for a CA_XA-YA-ZA-RA Configuration (Inter-band)
ALL ALL ALL
X Mid Y Mid Z Mid R Mid ALL RBs
RBs RBs RBs
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X Mid Z Mid R Mid ALL RBs
RBs RBs RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid X Mid Y Mid R Mid ALL RBs
RBs RBs RBs
3 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
R Mid X Mid Y Mid Z Mid ALL RBs
RBs RBs RBs
4 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
Default Test Settings for CA_XB-YA-ZA and CA_XC-YA-ZA Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-XB-ZA and CA_YA-XC-ZA Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-ZA-XB and CA_YA-ZA-XC Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
ALL ALL ALL
X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 Y Mid Z Mid ALL RBs
RBs RBs RBs
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 Y Mid Z Mid ALL RBs
RBs RBs RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Lowest Lowest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 Z Mid ALL RBs
RBs RBs RBs
3 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 Z Mid ALL RBs
RBs RBs RBs
4 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Lowest Lowest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 ALL RBs
RBs RBs RBs
5 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 ALL RBs
RBs RBs RBs
6 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB

3GPP 471
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
472
Default Test Settings for CA_XC-YC Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band(2))
ALL ALL ALL
X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 Y Mid/CC1 Y Mid/CC2 ALL RBs
RBs RBs RBs
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 Y Mid/CC1 Y Mid/CC2 ALL RBs
RBs RBs RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid/CC1 Y Mid/CC2 X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 ALL RBs
RBs RBs RBs
3 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid/CC1 Y Mid/CC2 X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 ALL RBs
RBs RBs RBs
4 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Intra-band contiguous & Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, otherwise use Default Test Settings
test points.
Note 3: Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, Otherwise use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table.
Otherwise use the Default Test Settings test points.
Note 4: Inter-band & Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA
Configuration, test points with that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 5: Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41E, X=41.
Note 6: Inter-band: X,Y,Z,R correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_1A-3A-7A-8A,X=1,Y=3,Z=7,R=8.
Note 7: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y,Z correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_3C-7A-28A, X=3,Y=7 and Z=28.
Note 8: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 9: Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg, choose for testing the Combination with maximum
NRB_PCC and then select maximum NRB_SCC1 for the chosen NRB_PCC.
Note 10: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg , choose the Combination with NRB_PCC =
NRB_SCC1 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum NRB_PCC for testing.
Note 11: The orders and numbering of SCCs in this table does not imply any order in test implementation of SCCs.
Note 12: ID/test points that result in no refsens requirement shall be skipped.

3GPP 472
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
473
Table 7.6.3A.7.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table with Wgap

3GPP 473
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
474
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For mapping within Band
bandwidth classes. refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Highest NRB
Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2 SCC3
Ban Ran Ban Ran Ban Rang Ran
NRB Wgap NRB Wgap NRB Band NRB
I d ge d ge d e Wgap ge
[MHz [MHz
D UL UL [MHz] DL
DL ULall DLallo ] UL DL ULall DLall ] DL ULall DLall UL ULall DLallo
MO MO MO
MOD oc c MOD MOD oc oc MOD oc oc MOD oc c
D D D
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA-ZA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-XA-XA-ZA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-ZA-XA-XA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC2 X CC1 Y Mid Z Mid
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 Max N/A - N/A - N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X CC2 X CC1 Z Mid
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 - N/A Max N/A - N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X CC2 X CC1
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 - N/A - N/A Max N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
Default Test Settings for CA_66A-66A-YA-ZA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-66A-66A-ZA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-ZA-66A-66A Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC1 X CC2 Y Mid Z Mid
RBs RBs RBs RBs
REFS
1 Max 64- N/A - N/A - 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS NRB_ag 64- NRB_ag
NRB_agg N/A QA N/A N/A QA NRB_agg
K QAM g QAM g
M M
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X CC1 X CC2 Z Mid
RBs RBs RBs RBs
REFS
2 - 64- N/A Max N/A - 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS NRB_ag 64- NRB_ag
NRB_agg N/A QA N/A N/A QA NRB_agg
K QAM g QAM g
M M

3GPP 474
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
475
ALL ALL - ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X CC1 X CC2
RBs RBs RBs RBs
REFS
3 - 64- N/A N/A Max 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS NRB_ag 64- NRB_ag
NRB_agg N/A QA N/A N/A QA NRB_agg
K QAM g QAM g
M M
Default Test Settings for CA_66A-66A-YC Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YC-66A-66A Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
66 CC1 66 CC2 Y Y
RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs
REFS
1 Max 64- N/A - N/A High - 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS NRB_ag 64- Highes
NRB_agg N/A QA N/A est N/A QA
K QAM g QAM t NRB
M NRB M
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL
Y Y 66 CC1 66 CC2
CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs
REFS
2 - 64- N/A - N/A Max 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS Highes Highe 64- NRB_ag
N/A QA N/A N/A QA NRB_agg
K QAM t NRB st NRB QAM g
M M
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XD/XD-XA/XC-XC Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
TBD
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA-YA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous)
ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC4 X CC3 Y CC2 Y CC1
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 Max N/A - N/A Max N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y CC4 Y CC3 X CC2 X CC1
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 Max N/A - N/A Max N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table. Otherwise use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table.
Otherwise use Default Test Settings test points.
Note 3: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA Configuration, test points with that individual band
as PCC are not applicable.
Note 4: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y,Z correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-4A-12A,X=2,Y=4,Z=12.
Note 5: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41C-41A-41A,X=41.
Note 6: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous: X,Y correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-4A-
4A,X=2,Y=4.
Note 7: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 8: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg , choose
the Combination with NRB_CC1 = NRB_CC2 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum NRB_CC1 for testing.
Note 9: The orders and numbering of SCCs in this table does not imply any order in test implementation of SCCs.
Note 10: ID/test points that result in no refsens requirement shall be skipped.

3GPP 475
Release 15 476 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure group A.58 as
appropriate if the UE supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.3A.7.4.1-1 through Table
7.6.3A.7.4.1-2 as appropriate.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.6.3A.7.4.3.

7.6.3A.7.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6.3A.7.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.3A.7.4.1-1 through Table 7.6.3A.7.4.1-6 as appropriate on PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC
padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.3A.7.4.1-1 through Table 7.6.3A.7.4.1-2 on PCC. Since the UE has
no payload data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the aggregated component carriers
according to Table 7.6.3A.7.4.2-1.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.3A.7.4.2-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of
the target level in table 7.6.3A.7.4.2-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level
for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8. Measure the average throughput for the carrier(s) indicated in Table 7.6.3A.7.4.2-1 for duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2A.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the measured carrier(s) according to Table
7.6.3A.7.4.2-1 at step 6.

10. Repeat steps 1 to 9 for component carriers listed in Table 7.6.3A.7.4.2-1.


Release 15 477 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.3A.7.4.2-1: Test repetition and measurement configuration

ID Throughput Table with


(Note 1) measured test
CA configuration on (Note 3) parameters
to select
(Note 2)
1 PCC, SCC1,
Intra-band contiguous 7.6.3A.7.5-1
2 SCC2,SCC3
SCC1
1 SCC2
SCC3
SCC1
2 SCC2
SCC3
Inter-band 7.6.3A.7.5-2
SCC1
3 SCC2
SCC3
SCC1
4 SCC2
SCC3
1 SCC2
7.6.3A.7.5-2
2 SCC3
3 SCC1,
Intra-band contiguous + Inter- SCC2, 7.6.3A.7.5-1
band 4 SCC3
5 SCC1,
SCC2, 7.6.3A.7.5-1
6
SCC3
1
Intra-band contiguous + Inter- 2 SCC2
7.6.3A.7.5-1
band(2) 3 SCC3
4
SCC2,
1 7.6.3A.7.5-2
SCC3
SCC1,
Intra-band non-contiguous + 2 SCC2 7.6.3A.7.5-2
Inter-band SCC3
SCC1
3 SCC2 7.6.3A.7.5-2
SCC3
PCC 7.6.3A.7.5-2
SCC1,
1
SCC2, 7.6.3A.7.5-1
Intra-band non-contiguous +
SCC3
Intra-band contiguous
SCC2 7.6.3A.7.5-2
2 PCC, SCC1,
7.6.3A.7.5-1
SCC3
1 SCC2
Intra-band non-contiguous + SCC3
7.6.3A.7.5-2
Intra-band non-contiguous SCC2
2
SCC3
Note 1: Test point ID for the particular CA configuration as defined in
section 7.6.3A.7.4.1.
Note 2: The reference for the placement of the interferer signals is the
centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer among the
carriers throughput is measured on.
Note 3: Where there are multiple rows for a single Test point ID, the test
is repeated for each row.

7.6.3A.7.4.3 Message Contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.3.4.3 for without UL CA.


Release 15 478 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.3A.1.4.3 for UL CA.

7.6.3A.7.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement of each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of
the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table Tables below,
according to the type of CA.

Table 7.6.3A.7.5-1: Narrow-band blocking (intra-band contiguous)

CA Bandwidth Class
Parameter Unit
B C D E F
Power per CC in Aggregated REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below
dBm
Transmission Bandwidth Configuration 16 164 16 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55
- Foffset – - Foffset –
- Foffset – 0.2 - Foffset – 0.2 0.2 0.2
Fuw (offset for f = 15 kHz) MHz / / / /
+ Foffset + 0.2 + Foffset + 0.2 + Foffset + + Foffset +
0.2 0.2
Fuw (offset forf = 7.5 kHz) MHz
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer
and the centre frequency of the interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.
Note 4: The requirement is applied for the band combinations whose component carriers’ BW≥5 MHz.

Table 7.6.3A.7.5-2: Narrow-band blocking (inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)

Parameter Unit Channel Bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Pw for each CC dBm PREFSENS + channel-bandwidth specific value below
22 18 16 13 14 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55
Fuw (offset for MHz 0.9075 1.7025 2.7075 5.2125 7.7025 10.2075
f = 15 kHz from
SCC)
Fuw (offset for MHz
f = 7.5 kHz
from SCC)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: For intra-band non-contiguous + inter-band CA, RIBNC = 0 dB for all sub-block gaps.

For a UE, which supports CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, Puw power defined in Table
7.6.3A.7.5-1 and 7.6.3A.7.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.6.3A.8 Narrow band blocking for 5DL CA


7.6.3A.8.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as 7.6.3A.1.

7.6.3A.8.2 Test Applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE and forward that support 5DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2a.

7.6.3A.8.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.3A.0.
Release 15 479 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.3A.8.4 Test Description


7.6.3A.8.4.1 Initial Conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1 through table 5.4.2A.1-2a. All of these configurations shall be
tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.3A.8.4.1-1 through table
7.6.3A.8.4.1-2 as appropriate. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex
A.2 and A.3. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
480
Table 7.6.3A.8.4.1-1: Test Configuration TableInitial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For mapping within Band refer to “CC” columns
bandwidth classes.
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Refer to “PCC NRB” and “SCCs NRB” columns
Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2 SCC3 SCC4
Band Range NRB Band Range NRB Band Range NRB Band Range NRB Band Range NRB
ID ULalloc
UL DL DL UL DL UL DL UL DL UL DL UL DL UL DL UL DL UL DL
(Note
MOD MOD alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc
2,3,4)
Default Test Settings for a CA_XF Configuration
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
X X X X X
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs CC5 RBs
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
X X X X X
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs CC5 RBs
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for a CA_XA-YA-ZA-RA-SA Configuration
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
X Mid Y Mid Z Mid R Mid S Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X Mid Z Mid R Mid S Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid X Mid Y Mid R Mid S Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
R Mid X Mid Y Mid Z Mid S Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
4 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
S Mid X Mid Y Mid Z Mid R Mid
RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
5 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB NRB
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
481
Default Test Settings for a CA_XE-YA, YA-XE Configuration
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
X X X X Y Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs RBs
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
X X X X Y Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs RBs
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
Y Mid X X X X
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs
3 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
Y Mid X X X X
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs
4 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for CA_XB-YA-ZA-RA and CA_XC-YA-ZA-RA Configuration
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL ALL
X X Y Mid Z Mid R Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB NRB NRB
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL ALL
X X Y Mid Z Mid R Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Lowest Lowest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB NRB NRB
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X X Z Mid R Mid
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs
3 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB NRB
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X X Z Mid R Mid
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs
4 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Lowest Lowest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB NRB
ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X X R Mid
REF RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
5 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X X R Mid
REF RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
6 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Lowest Lowest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
7 R Mid REF ALL Z Mid N/A ALL Y Mid N/A ALL X Mid/ N/A ALL X Mid/ N/A ALL
SENS RBs RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
482
Highest Highest QPSK Highest Highest Highest
N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg
ALL ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
R Mid Z Mid Y Mid X X
REF RBs RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs
8 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Lowest Lowest
N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for CA_XD-YA-ZA Configuration
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL
X X X Y Mid Z Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs RBs RBs
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB NRB
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL ALL
X X X Mid Y Mid Z Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Lowest Lowest Lowest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB NRB
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
Y Mid X X X Z Mid
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs RBs
3 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
Y Mid X X X Z Mid
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs RBs
4 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Lowest Lowest Lowest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X X X
REF RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs
5 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X X X
REF RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs
6 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings CA_XB-YB-ZA, CA_XB-YC-ZA, CA_XC-YB-ZA, and CA_XC-YC-ZA Configuration
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
X X Y Y Z Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
X X Y Y Z Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
Y Y X X Z Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
3 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
483
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
Y Y X X Z Mid
CC1 REF RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
4 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
Z Mid X X Y Y
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs
5 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
Z Mid X X Y Y
REF RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs
6 N/A N/A N/A N/A
SENS Highest Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Intra-band contiguous & Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, otherwise use Default Test Settings test points.
Note 3: Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, Otherwise use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table. Otherwise use the
Default Test Settings test points.
Note 4: Inter-band & Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA Configuration, test points with
that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 5: Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41F, X=41.
Note 6: Inter-band: X,Y,Z,R,S correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_1A-3A-7A-20A-42A,X=1,Y=3,Z=7,R=20,S=42.
Note 7: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y,Z,R correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_1A-3A-28A-42C, X=1, Y=3, Z=28 and R=42.
Note 8: REFSENS refers to the PCC bands and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 9: Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg, choose for testing the Combination with maximum NRB_PCC and then
select maximum NRB_SCC1 for the chosen NRB_PCC.
Note 10: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg, choose the Combination with NRB_PCC = NRB_SCC1 for testing.
If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum NRB_PCC for testing.
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
484

Table 7.6.3A.8.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table with W gap


Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
485
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in
NC
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1
For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For mapping within
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes.
Band refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth
Highest NRB
combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2 SCC3 SCC4
Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB
ID [MH DL [MH UL DL [MH DL [MH DL
UL DL UL DL z] UL DL UL z] UL DL z] UL DL UL z] UL DL UL
allo allo allo allo allo
MOD MOD alloc alloc MOD MOD alloc MOD MOD MOD MOD alloc MOD MOD alloc
c c c c c
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA-ZA-RA Configurations
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC2 X CC1 Y Mid Z Mid R Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 Max N/A - N/A - N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X CC2 X CC1 Z Mid R Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 - N/A Max N/A - N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X CC2 X CC1 R Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 - N/A - N/A Max N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
R Mid Z Mid Y Mid X CC2 X CC1
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
4 - N/A - N/A - N/A Max N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg

Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YD Configurations


ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y CC3 Y CC2 Y CC1 X CC2 X CC1
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 - N/A - N/A - N/A Max N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC2 X CC1 Y CC3 Y CC2 Y CC1
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 Max N/A - N/A - N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK QPSK QPSK
g gg gg gg gg

Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA-ZA-ZA Configurations


ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z CC2 Z CC1 X CC2 X CC1 Y Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 Max N/A - N/A Max N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC2 X CC1 Z CC2 Z CC1 Y Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 Max N/A - N/A Max N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
486
ALL ALL CC1 ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X CC2 X Z CC2 Z CC1
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 - N/A Max N/A - N/A Max N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg

Default Test Settings for CA_66A-66A-YA-ZC Configurations Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous
Mid/C ALL Mid/C ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Z 66 CC1 66 CC2 Y Mid
C1 RBs C2 RBs RBs RBs RBs
REF
1 High - N/A Hig - N/A Max N/A - N/A Hig
SENS NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK est N/A QPSK hest N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK hest
gg gg
NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL Mid/C ALL Mid/C ALL ALL
66 CC1 66 CC2 Z Z Y Mid
RBs RBs C1 RBs C2 RBs RBs
REF
2 Max N/A - N/A Hig - N/A Hig - N/A Hig
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a
QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK hest N/A QPSK hest N/A QPSK hest
g gg
NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL Mid/C ALL Mid/C ALL
Y Mid 66 CC1 66 CC2 Z Z
RBs RBs RBs C1 RBs C2 RBs
REF
3 High - N/A Max N/A - N/A Hig - N/A Hig
SENS NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK est N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK hest N/A QPSK hest
gg gg
NRB NRB NRB
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table. Otherwise use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table. Otherwise use Default Test
Settings test points.
Note 3: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA Configuration, test points with that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 4: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y,Z,R correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-5A-12A-66A,X=2,Y=5,Z=12,R=66.
Note 5: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: X,Y corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_5A-5A-66D,X=5,Y=66.
Note 6: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous: X,Y,Z correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-5A-66A-66A,X=2,Y=5,Z=66.
Note 7: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 8: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same N RB_agg , choose the Combination with NRB_CC1 =
NRB_CC2 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum NRB_CC1 for testing.
Release 15 487 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure group A.58 as
appropriate if the UE supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.3A.8.4.1-1 through Table
7.6.3A.8.4.1-2 as appropriate.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.6.3A.8.4.3.

7.6.3A.8.4.2 Test Procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6.3A.8.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.3A.8.4.1-1 through Table 7.6.3A.8.4.1-2 as appropriate on PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC
padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.3A.8.4.1-1 through Table 7.6.3A.8.4.1-2 on PCC. Since the UE has
no payload data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the aggregated component carriers
according to Table 7.6.3A.8.4.2-1.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.3A.8.4.2-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of
the target level in table 7.6.3A.8.4.2-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level
for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8. Measure the average throughput for the carrier(s) indicated in Table 7.6.3A.8.4.2-1 for duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2A.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the measured carrier(s) according to Table
7.6.3A.8.4.2-1 at step 6.

10. Repeat steps 1 to 9 for component carriers listed in Table 7.6.3A.8.4.2-1.


Release 15 488 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.3A.8.4.2-1: Test repetition and measurement configuration


Release 15 489 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

ID Throughput Table with


(Note 1) measured test
CA configuration on (Note 3) parameters
to select
(Note 2)
1 PCC, SCC1,
CA_XF SCC2,SCC3, 7.6.3A.8.5-1
2
SCC4
SCC1
SCC2
1
SCC3
SCC4
SCC1
SCC2
2
SCC3
SCC4
SCC1
SCC2
CA_XA-YA-ZA-RA-SA 3 7.6.3A.8.5-2
SCC3
SCC4
SCC1
SCC2
4
SCC3
SCC4
SCC1
SCC2
5
SCC3
SCC4
1 SCC4 7.6.3A.8.5-2
2
CA_XE-YA SCC1,SCC2,
3 7.6.3A.8.5-1
SCC3,SCC4
4
SCC2
1 SCC3
SCC4
7.6.3A.8.5-2
SCC2
2 SCC3
SCC4
SCC1,SCC2 7.6.3A.8.5-1
3 SCC3
7.6.3A.8.5-2
SCC4
SCC1,SCC2 7.6.3A.8.5-1
4 SCC3
7.6.3A.8.5-2
CA_XB-YA-ZA-RA SCC4
CA_XC-YA-ZA-RA SCC1 7.6.3A.8.5-2
5 SCC2,SCC3 7.6.3A.8.5-1
SCC4 7.6.3A.8.5-2
SCC1 7.6.3A.8.5-2
6 SCC2,SCC3 7.6.3A.8.5-1
SCC4 7.6.3A.8.5-2
SCC1
7.6.3A.8.5-2
7 SCC2
SCC3,SCC4 7.6.3A.8.5-1
SCC1
7.6.3A.8.5-2
8 SCC2
SCC3,SCC4 7.6.3A.8.5-1
CA_XD-YA-ZA SCC3
1 7.6.3A.8.5-2
SCC4
SCC3
2 7.6.3A.8.5-2
SCC4
SCC1,SCC2,
7.6.3A.8.5-1
3 SCC3
SCC4 7.6.3A.8.5-2
4 SCC1,SCC2,
7.6.3A.8.5-1
SCC3
SCC4 7.6.3A.8.5-2
Release 15 490 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

SCC1 7.6.3A.8.5-2
5 SCC2,SCC3,
7.6.3A.8.5-1
SCC4
SCC1 7.6.3A.8.5-2
6 SCC2,SCC3,
7.6.3A.8.5-1
SCC4
SCC2,SCC3 7.6.3A.8.5-1
1
SCC4 7.6.3A.8.5-2
SCC2,SCC3 7.6.3A.8.5-1
2
SCC4 7.6.3A.8.5-2
CA_XB-YB-ZA SCC2,SCC3 7.6.3A.8.5-1
3
CA_XB-YC-ZA SCC4 7.6.3A.8.5-2
CA_XC-YB-ZA SCC2,SCC3 7.6.3A.8.5-1
CA_XC-YC-ZA 4
SCC4 7.6.3A.8.5-2
SCC1,SCC2,
5 7.6.3A.8.5-1
SCC3,SCC4
SCC1,SCC2,
6 7.6.3A.8.5-1
SCC3,SCC4
SCC2,SCC3,
1
SCC4
CA_XA-XA-YA-ZA-RA 2 7.6.3A.8.5-2
SCC1,SCC2,
3
SCC3,SCC4
4
1 SCC3, SCC4 7.6.3A.8.5-2
CA_XA-XA-YD SCC2,SCC3,
2 7.6.3A.8.5-1
SCC4
1 SCC2,SCC3,
2 SCC4
CA_XA-XA-YA-ZA-ZA 7.6.3A.8.5-2
SCC1,SCC2,
3
SCC3,SCC4
Note 1: Test point ID for the particular CA configuration as defined in
section 7.6.3A.8.4.1.
Note 2: The reference for the placement of the interferer signals is the
centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer among
the carriers throughput is measured on.
Note 3: Where there are multiple rows for a single Test point ID, the test
is repeated for each row.

7.6.3A.8.4.3 Message Contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.3.4.3 for without UL CA.

Same message contents as in clause 7.6.3A.1.4.3 for UL CA.

7.6.3A.8.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement of each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of
the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table Tables below,
according to the type of CA.

Table 7.6.3A.8.5-1: Narrow-band blocking (intra-band contiguous)

CA Bandwidth Class
Parameter Unit
B C D E F
Release 15 491 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Power per CC in Aggregated REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below


dBm
Transmission Bandwidth Configuration 16 164 16 16 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55 -55
- Foffset – - Foffset – - Foffset –
- Foffset – 0.2 - Foffset – 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Fuw (offset for f = 15 kHz) MHz / / / / /
+ Foffset + 0.2 + Foffset + 0.2 + Foffset + + Foffset + + Foffset +
0.2 0.2 0.2
Fuw (offset forf = 7.5 kHz) MHz
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The Finterferer (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer
and the centre frequency of the interferer and shall be further adjusted to
 Finterferer 0.015  0.5 0.015  0.0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.
Note 4: The requirement is applied for the band combinations whose component carriers’ BW≥5 MHz.

Table 7.6.3A.8.5-2: Narrow-band blocking (inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)

Parameter Unit Channel Bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Pw for each CC dBm PREFSENS + channel-bandwidth specific value below
22 18 16 13 14 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55
Fuw (offset for MHz 0.9075 1.7025 2.7075 5.2125 7.7025 10.2075
f = 15 kHz from
SCC)
Fuw (offset for MHz
f = 7.5 kHz
from SCC)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: For intra-band non-contiguous + inter-band CA, RIBNC = 0 dB for all sub-block gaps.

For a UE, which supports CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B, 7.3.3-1C and 7.3.3-1D, Puw power defined in
Table 7.6.3A.8.5-1 and 7.6.3A.8.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B, 7.3.3-1C
and 7.3.3-1D.

7.6.3B Narrow band blocking for UL-MIMO


7.6.3B.1 Test Purpose
Narrow band blocking for UL-MIMO is defined for an unwanted CW interfering signal falling near the UE that
supports UL-MIMO receive band, at which a given average throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement for the
specified measurement channels,

The lack of narrow-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).

7.6.3B.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support UL-MIMO.

7.6.3B.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


For UE with two transmitter antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the minimum requirements
in clause 7.6 shall be met with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B-2. For UL-MIMO, the parameter
PCMAX_L is defined as the total transmitter power over the two transmit antenna connectors.
Release 15 492 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.3B.4 Test Description


7.6.3B.4.1 Initial Conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.3B.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the OCNG patterns
used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex
C.2.

Table 7.6.3B.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6 QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 15 15 QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 25 25 QPSK 25 25
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 15 N/A
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 54 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 50 QPSK 50 50
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 15 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 75 QPSK 75 75
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100 100
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on E-UTRA band, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according
to table 7.3.3-2 is tested per Test Channel Bandwidth.
Note 3: For the DL signal one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD is used.
Note 4: Applicable only to E-UTRA FDD Bands 31 and 72. The UL resource blocks shall be
located at RBstart 10 (according to Table 7.3.3-2).

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.30.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.1

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.3B.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.


Release 15 493 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.6.3B.4.3.

7.6.3B.4.2 Test Procedure


1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.3B.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 4 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.3B.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal according to
Table 7.6.3B.5-1.

4. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.3B.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the UE
(less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the
target level in table 7.6.3B.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for
carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement and the UE
output power is mean sum power of each antenna connector for UE.

5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
Annex G.2.

6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 3.

7.6.3B.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exception.

Table 7.6.3B.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-uePUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length is
used to reduce the
RSRP
measurement
variation
}

7.6.3B.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.6.3B.5-1.
Release 15 494 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.3B.5-1: Narrow-band blocking

Parameter Unit Channel Bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Pw dBm PREFSENS + channel-bandwidth specific value below
22 18 16 13 14 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55
Fuw (offset for MHz 0.9075 1.7025 2.7075 5.2125 7.7025 10.2075
f = 15 kHz)
Fuw (offset for MHz
f = 7.5 kHz)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, Puw power defined in
Table 7.6.3B.5-1 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.6.3D Narrow band blocking for ProSe


7.6.3D.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The relative throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified
in Annex A.6.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.6.3D.0-1 and Table 7.6.3D.0-2.

Table 7.6.3D.0-1: Narrow-band blocking for ProSe Direct Discovery

Channel Bandwidth
Parameter Unit
1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
PREFSENS_ProSe + channel-bandwidth specific value below + Poffset
Pw dBm
16 13 14 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55
Poffset dB 10.9 13.9 15.7 16.9
Fuw (offset for
MHz 2.7075 5.2125 7.7025 10.2075
f = 15 kHz)
Fuw (offset for
MHz
f = 7.5 kHz)
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.6.2.

Table 7.6.3D.0-2: Narrow-band blocking for ProSe Direct Communication

Channel Bandwidth
Parameter Unit
1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
PREFSENS_ProSe + channel-bandwidth specific value below
Pw dBm
16 13 14 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55
Fuw (offset for
MHz 2.7075 5.2125 7.7025 10.2075
f = 15 kHz)
Fuw (offset for
MHz
f = 7.5 kHz)
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.6.2.

For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PUW power defined in
Table 7.6.3D.0-1 and Table 7.6.3D.0-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and
7.3.3-1C.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6.3.1D.

7.6.3D.1 Narrow band blocking for ProSe Direct Discovery


Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:
Release 15 495 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

- ProSe UE authentication is not handled in the test case and is still under investigation.

- Use of OCNG for Downlink has not been considered and is still FFS.

- Message exceptions content needs further investigation (some values still TBD).

- Test time is FFS.

7.6.3D.1.1 Test Purpose


Narrow-band blocking verifies the receiver's ability to receive a E-UTRA signal at its assigned channel frequency in the
presence of an unwanted narrow band CW interferer at a frequency, which is less than the nominal channel spacing.

7.6.3D.1.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward which support ProSe Direct Discovery, but not
ProSe Direct Communication.

7.6.3D.1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.3D.0.

7.6.3D.1.4 Test Description


7.6.3D.1.4.1 Initial Conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA ProSe bands specified in table 5.4.2D.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.3D.1.4.1-1. The details of the downlink, uplink and
sidelink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2, A.3 and A.6.

Table 7.6.3D.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range(Note 4)
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration Sidelink Configuration
(Note 2) (Note 2) (Reception)
(Note 3)
Ch BW Mod’n RB Mod’n RB Mod’n RB
allocation allocation allocation
5MHz QPSK 8 QPSK 8 QPSK 2
10MHz QPSK 16 QPSK 16 QPSK 2
15MHz QPSK 25 QPSK 25 QPSK 2
20MHz QPSK 30 QPSK 30 QPSK 2
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA ProSe and Operating
band, according to the applicability specified respectively in Table 5.4.2D.1-1 and Table
5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: After DRX configuration, DL-RMC (PDSCH) and DCI-0 for scheduling UL-RMC (PUSCH)
are applied only in the DRX On subframes.
Note 3: The RB start for the transmission of Sidelink RMC is RB#0.
Note 4: Sidelink uses the frequencies defined for Uplink.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.71.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.1.
Release 15 496 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.3D.1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 2A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.1A. Message contents exceptions are
defined in clause 7.6.1D.1.4.3.

7. SS continues with the generic procedures described in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.3A.3 and 4.5.4.3 and ensures the
UE is in State 4 according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.4 and the UE test loop Mode D is activated.

7.6.1D.1.4.2 Test Procedure

1. SS shall transmit an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to configure DRX. Message contents exceptions


(only those marked with "…Step 1…" ) are defined in clause 7.6.3D.1.4.3.

2. The UE shall transmit RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message.

3. Initialise the variables Ptot and Pok as 0.

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.3D.1.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC
according to Table 7.6.3D.1.4.1-1. When the UE has no payload data to send, it transmits uplink MAC padding
bits on the UL RMC.

6. SS transmits PSDCH to transmit the SL RMC according to Table 7.6.3D.1.4.1-1. Set the Sidelink signal level to
the appropriate value defined in Table 7.6.3D.1.5-1.

7. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal according to
Table 7.6.3D.1.5-1.

8. SS shall send SL Discovery Packets (MAC padding bits) on the SL RMC for the test time [FFS]. SS stores the
number of the transmitted Discovery Packets in the current test iteration in the variable Ptot.

10. SS shall send (on the available PDSCH) a "UE TEST LOOP PROSE MODE D SIDELINK DIRECT
DISCOVERY PACKET COUNTER REQUEST" message and wait for the UE to respond (on the available
PUSCH) with a "UE TEST LOOP PROSE MODE D SIDELINK DIRECT DISCOVERY PACKET COUNTER
RESPONSE".

11. SS calculates the variable Pok as (current counter value - counter value at last test iteration).

12. SS shall compute the throughput as following:

TP = Pok / Ptot * 100%

13. Repeat steps from 6 to 12, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in step 7.

7.6.1D.1.4.3 Message Contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses TBD with following exceptions:

- Table A.7.1.1-1 for FDD

- Table A.7.1.2-1 for TDD

Table 7.6.3D.1.4.3-1: ACTIVATE TEST MODE: Reference sensitivity for ProSe Direct Discovery

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7A-1, condition UE TEST LOOP MODE D

Table 7.6.3D.1.4.3-2: CLOSE UE TEST LOOP: Reference sensitivity for ProSe Direct Discovery

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7A-3, condition UE TEST LOOP MODE D


Release 15 497 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.3D.1.4.3-3: MAC-MainConfig-RBC: Reference sensitivity for ProSe Direct Discovery


(applicable only for Step 1 of Test procedure)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.8.2.1.5, Table 4.8.2.1.5-1 MAC-MainConfig-RBC


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
MAC-MainConfig-RBC ::= SEQUENCE {
ul-SCH-Config SEQUENCE {
maxHARQ-Tx TBD
periodicBSR-Timer TBD
retxBSR-Timer sf2560
ttiBundling FALSE
}
drx-Config CHOICE {
Setup SEQUENCE {
onDurationTimer psf1
drx-InactivityTimer psf1
drx-RetransmissionTimer psf1
longDRX-CycleStartOffset CHOICE {
sf2560 0
}
shortDRX Not present
}
}
timeAlignmentTimerDedicated TBD
}

7.6.3D.1.5 Test Requirement


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.6.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.3D.1.5-1.

Table 7.6.3D.1.5-1: Narrow-band blocking for ProSe Direct Discovery

Channel Bandwidth
Parameter Unit
1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
PREFSENS_ProSe + channel-bandwidth specific value below + Poffset
Pw dBm
16 13 14 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55
Poffset dB 10.9 13.9 15.7 16.9
Fuw (offset for
MHz 2.7075 5.2125 7.7025 10.2075
f = 15 kHz)
Fuw (offset for
MHz
f = 7.5 kHz)
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.6.2.

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer power
defined in Table 7.6.1D.1.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.6.3D.2 Narrow band blocking for ProSe Direct Communication


Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- Test description is TBD

7.6.3D.2.1 Test Purpose


Same test purpose as in clause 7.6.3D.1.1.

7.6.3D.2.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward which support ProSe Direct Communication.
Release 15 498 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.3D.2.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.6.3D.0.

7.6.3D.2.4 Test Description


TBD

7.6.3D.2.5 Test Requirement


Same test requirement as in clause 7.6.3D.1.5 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.3D.1.5-1  use Table 7.6.3D.2.5-1.

Table 7.6.3D.2.5-1: Narrow-band blocking for ProSe Direct Communication

Channel Bandwidth
Parameter Unit
1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
PREFSENS_ProSe + channel-bandwidth specific value below
Pw dBm
16 13 14 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55
Fuw (offset for
MHz 2.7075 5.2125 7.7025 10.2075
f = 15 kHz)
Fuw (offset for
MHz
f = 7.5 kHz)
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.6.2.

7.6.3E Narrow band blocking for UE category 0


7.6.3E.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 7.6.3.

7.6.3E.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward of UE category 0.

7.6.3E.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 7.6.3.3.

7.6.3E.4 Test Description


7.6.3E.4.1 Initial Conditions
Same initial conditions as in clause 7.5.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.3.4.1-1  use Table 7.6.3E.4.1-1.

- Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.5 using only main UE
Tx/Rx antenna.
Release 15 499 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.3E.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD and TDD FDD and TDD
HD-FDD HD-FDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6 QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 25 25
5MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
10MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 36 36
10MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
10MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
15MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 36 36
15MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
20MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 36 36
20MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on E-UTRA band, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according
to table 7.3E.3-3 is tested per Test Channel Bandwidth. The allocation shall be located
as close as possible to the downlink operating band but confined within the transmission
bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2-1).
Note 3: For the DL signal one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD is used.
Note 4: Downlink RB position shall be RBstart = 0

7.6.3E.4.2 Test Procedure


Same test procedure as in clause 7.6.3.4.2

7.6.3E.4.3 Message Contents


Same message contents as in clause 7.6.3.4.3

7.6.3E.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in clause A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.6.3E.5-1.

Table 7.6.3E.5-1: Narrow-band blocking

Parameter Unit Channel Bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Pw dBm PREFSENS + channel-bandwidth specific value below
22 18 16 13 14 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55
Fuw (offset for MHz 0.9075 1.7025 2.7075 5.2125 7.7025 10.2075
f = 15 kHz)
Fuw (offset for MHz
f = 7.5 kHz)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5E.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in clauses A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Release 15 500 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.3EA Narrow band blocking for UE Category M1


7.6.3EA.1 Test Purpose
Verifies a receiver's ability to receive an E-UTRA signal at its assigned channel frequency in the presence of an
unwanted narrow band CW interferer at a frequency, which is less than the nominal channel spacing.

The lack of narrow-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).

7.6.3EA.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category M1.

7.6.3EA.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The relative throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified
in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as
described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.6.3EA.3-1. For operating bands with an
unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements only apply for carriers assigned in the paired part.

Table 7.6.3EA.3-1: Narrow-band blocking


Channel Bandwidth
Parameter Unit
1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
PREFSENS + channel-bandwidth specific value below
Pw dBm
22 18 16 13 14 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55
Fuw (offset for
MHz 0.9075 1.7025 2.7075 5.2125 7.7025 10.2075
f = 15 kHz)
Fuw (offset for
MHz
f = 7.5 kHz)
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration
specified in Table 7.3EA-3 with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5EA.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
NOTE 3: For DL category M1 UE, the reference sensitivity for category M1 in table 7.3EA-1 and
7.3EA-2should be used as PREFSENS for Pw.
NOTE 4: For DL category M1 UE, the parameters for the applicable channel bandwidth apply.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6.3.

7.6.3EA.4 Test Description


7.6.3EA.4.1 Initial Conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions and test frequencies based on the subset of E-UTRA
operating bands defined for CAT M1 in clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.6.1EA.4.1-1. The details of the downlink and uplink
reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3. The details of the OCNG patterns used
are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Release 15 501 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.3EA.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in 5MHz
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD TDD FDD and TDD Narrowband
HD-FDD index (Note 1)
5MHz QPSK 4 4 QPSK 6 6 0
Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and
Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.5 using only main UE
Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.1

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.3EA.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined
in clause 7.6.3EA.4.3.

7.6.3EA.4.2 Test Procedure


1. SS transmits PDSCH via MPDCCH DCI format 6-1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.1EA.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.3EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send,
the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal according to
Table 7.6.3EA.5-1.

4. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.3EA.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of
the target level in table 7.6.3EA.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for
carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 3.

7.6.3EA.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the condition CEModeA and the following
exception.
Release 15 502 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.6.3EA.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UE-PUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-UE-PUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}

7.6.3EA.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.6.3EA.5-1.

Table 7.6.3EA.5-1: Narrow-band blocking

Channel Bandwidth
Parameter Unit
1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
PREFSENS + channel-bandwidth specific value below
Pw dBm
22 18 16 13 14 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55
Fuw (offset for
MHz 0.9075 1.7025 2.7075 5.2125 7.7025 10.2075
f = 15 kHz)
Fuw (offset for
MHz
f = 7.5 kHz)
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration
specified in Table 7.3EA-3 with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5EA.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
NOTE 3: For DL category M1 UE, the reference sensitivity for category M1 in table 7.3EA-1 and
7.3EA-2 should be used as PREFSENS for Pw.
NOTE 4: For DL category M1 UE, the parameters for the applicable channel bandwidth apply.

7.6.3EB Narrow band blocking for UE category 1bis


Editor’s note

- Test case incomplete with Annex F.3.3 needing update. TT shall be same as legacy test case.

7.6.3EB.1 Test Purpose


Same test purpose as in clause 7.6.3.

7.6.3EB.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category 1bis.

7.6.3EB.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 7.6.3.3.
Release 15 503 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.6.3EB.4 Test Description


7.6.3EB.4.1 Initial Conditions
Same initial conditions as in clause 7.5.4.1 with the following exceptions:

Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.5 using only main UE Tx/Rx
antenna.

7.6.3E.4.2 Test Procedure


Same test procedure as in clause 7.6.3.4.2

7.6.3EB.4.3 Message Contents


Same message contents as in clause 7.6.3.4.3

7.6.3EB.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in clause A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.6.3EB.5-1.

Table 7.6.3EB.5-1: Narrow-band blocking

Parameter Unit Channel Bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Pw dBm PREFSENS + channel-bandwidth specific value below
22 18 16 13 14 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55
Fuw (offset for MHz 0.9075 1.7025 2.7075 5.2125 7.7025 10.2075
f = 15 kHz)
Fuw (offset for MHz
f = 7.5 kHz)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5E.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in clauses A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The REFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3EB.3-1 for main antenna port.

7.6.3EC Narrow band blocking for UE category M2


Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- Downlink RB allocation is TBD

- The test applicability needs to be added to TS36.521-2

7.6.3EC.1 Test purpose


Same as in clause 7.6.3EA.1

7.6.3EC.2 Test applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward of category M2.

7.6.3EC.3 Minimum conformance requirements


The relative throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified
in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as
described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.6.3EC.3-1. For operating bands with an
unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements only apply for carriers assigned in the paired part.

Table 7.6.3EC.3-1: Narrow-band blocking

Channel Bandwidth
Parameter Unit
1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Release 15 504 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

PREFSENS + channel-bandwidth specific value below


Pw dBm
22 18 16 13 14 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55
Fuw (offset for
MHz 0.9075 1.7025 2.7075 5.2125 7.7025 10.2075
f = 15 kHz)
Fuw (offset for
MHz
f = 7.5 kHz)
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration
specified in Table 7.3EA-3 with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5EA.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
NOTE 3: For DL category M1 and M2 UE, the reference sensitivity for category M1 in table 7.3EA-1
and 7.3EA-2 and category M2 in Table 7.3 EC-1 should be used as PREFSENS for Pw.
NOTE 4: For DL category M1 and M2 UE, the parameters for the applicable channel bandwidth
apply.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.6.3.

7.6.3EC.4 Test description


7.6.3EC.4.1 Initial conditions
Same as in clause 7.6.3EA.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.3EA.4.1-1  use Table 7.6.3EC.4.1-1

- Instead of CAT M1  use CAT M2

Table 7.6.3EC.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] clause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in 1.4, 3MHz, 5MHz
TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD and TDD FDD and TDD
HD-FDD HD-FDD
1.4MHz QPSK TBD TBD QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK TBD TBD QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK TBD TBD QPSK 24 24
Note 1: Downlink RB position shall be RBstart = 0 within the narrowband.
Note 2: Use narrowband index (TS36.211, 5.2.4) 0 when interferer is below carrier, and max
narrowband index when interferer is above carrier.

7.6.3EC.4.2 Test procedure


Same as in clause 7.6.3EA.4.2 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.6.3EA.4.1-1  use Table 7.6.3EC.4.1-1

7.6.3EC.4.3 Message contents


Same as in clause 7.6.3EA.4.3.

7.6.3EC.5 Test requirement


Same as in clause 7.6.3EA.5.
Release 15 505 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.7 Spurious response


7.7.1 Test Purpose
Spurious response verifies the receiver's ability to receive a wanted signal on its assigned channel frequency without
exceeding a given degradation due to the presence of an unwanted CW interfering signal at any other frequency at
which a response is obtained i.e. for which the out of band blocking limit as specified in sub-clause 7.6.2 is not met.

The lack of the spurious response ability decreases the coverage area when other unwanted interfering signal exists at
any other frequency.

7.7.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.

7.7.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described
in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.7.3-1 and 7.7.3-2. For operating bands with an unpaired
DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements only apply for carriers assigned in the paired part.

Table 7.7.3-1: Spurious response parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration
specified in Table 7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The REFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3.3-1 and Table 7.3.3-1a for two and
four antenna ports, respectively.

Table 7.7.3-2: Spurious Response

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Table 7.3.3-1A, Puw power defined in Table 7.7.3-2 is
increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3.3-1A.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.7.

7.7.4 Test Description


7.7.4.1 Initial Conditions
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6.2.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause 7.6.2
under the same conditions.

7.7.4.2 Test Procedure


1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
Release 15 506 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to Table 7.7.5-2. The spurious
frequencies are taken from records in the final step of test procedures in clause 7.6.2.4.2.

4. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.7.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the UE
(less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the
target level in table 7.7.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for carrier
frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

5. For the spurious frequency, measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G.2.

7.7.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exception.

Table 7.7.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-uePUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}

7.7.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.7.5-1 and 7.7.5-2.

Table 7.7.5-1: Spurious response parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

Table 7.7.5-2: Spurious Response

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, Puw power defined in
Table 7.7.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.
Release 15 507 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.7_1 Spurious response with 4 Rx antenna ports


7.7_1.1 Test Purpose
To verify the ability of UE that supports 4 Rx antenna ports to receive a wanted signal on its assigned channel frequency
without exceeding a given degradation due to the presence of an unwanted CW interfering signal at any other frequency
at which a response is obtained i.e. for which the out of band blocking limit as specified in sub-clause 7.6.2_2 is not
met.

The lack of the spurious response ability decreases the coverage area when other unwanted interfering signal exists at
any other frequency.

7.7_1.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that supports 4 Rx antenna ports.

7.7_1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


Same as in clause 7.7.3.

7.7_1.4 Test Description


7.7_1.4.1 Initial Conditions
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6.2_1.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause
7.6.2_1 under the same conditions.

7.7_1.4.2 Test Procedure


1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2_1.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.2_1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to Table 7.7_1.5-2. The
spurious frequencies are taken from records in the final step of test procedures in clause 7.6.2_1.4.2.

4. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.7_1.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the UE
(less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the
target level in table 7.7_1.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for carrier
frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

5. For the spurious frequency, measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G.2.

7.7_1.4.3 Message Contents


Same as in clause 7.7.4.3.

7.7_1.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.7_1.5-1 and 7.7_1.5-2.

Table 7.7_1.5-1: Spurious response parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
Release 15 508 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The REFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3.3-1a.

Table 7.7_1.5-2: Spurious Response

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, Puw power defined in
Table 7.7_1.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.7A Spurious response for CA


7.7A.0 Minimum conformance requirements
For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink assigned to one E-
UTRA band the spurious response requirements are defined with the uplink active on the band(s) other than the band
whose downlink is being tested. The throughput measured in each downlink with Finterferer in Table 7.6.2A.0-0 and Table
7.6.2A.0-0a at spurious response frequencies shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement
channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for
the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.7.3-1 and 7.7.3-2. The UE
shall meet these requirements for each component carrier while all downlink carriers are active.

For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink active in two E-UTRA
bands, the spurious response requirements applicable specified above shall be met with the transmitter power for the
uplink set to 7 dB below PCMAX_L,c for each serving cell c.

For E-UTRA CA configurations including an operating band without uplink band or an operating band with an unpaired
DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements for all downlinks shall be met with the single uplink active in each
band capable of UL operation. For E-UTRA CA configurations listed in Table 7.3A.0-0a under conditions for which
reference sensitivity for the operating band being tested is N/A, the spurious response requirements of subclause 7.7A.0
do not apply.

For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the downlink SCC(s) shall be configured at nominal channel spacing to
the PCC. For FDD, the PCC shall configure closest to the uplink band. All downlink carriers shall be active throughout
the test. The uplink output power shall be set as specified in Table 7.7A.0-1 with the uplink configuration set according
to Table 7.3A.0-1 for the applicable carrier aggregation configuration. For UE(s) supporting one uplink carrier, the
uplink configuration of the PCC shall be in accordance with Table 7.3.3-2. The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the
maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with
parameters specified in Tables 7.7A.0-1 and 7.7A.0-2. For operating bands with an unpaired DL part (as noted in Table
5.2-1), the requirements also apply for an SCC assigned in the unpaired part with parameters specified in Tables 7.7A.0-
1 and 7.7A.0-2.

For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier and two downlink sub-blocks, the spurious
response requirements are defined with the uplink configuration in accordance with Table 7.3A.0-3. For this uplink
configuration, the UE shall meet the requirements for each sub-block as specified in subclauses 7.7.3 and 7.7A.0 for one
component carrier and two component carriers per sub-block, respectively. The requirements apply with all downlink
carriers active.

For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with two uplink carriers and two downlink carriers, the spurious
response requirements applicable specified above shall be met with the transmitter powers for the uplinks set to PCMAX_L,c
– 7 dBm.

Table 7.7A.0-1: Spurious response parameters

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Release 15 509 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Pw in Transmission Bandwidth REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below


dBm
Configuration, per CC 9 9 9 9 9
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

Table 7.7A.0-2: Spurious response

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

For combinations of intra-band and inter-band carrier aggregation with up to five downlink carriers (up to two non-
contiguously sub-blocks per band and up to four contiguously aggregated carriers per band) and one uplink carrier
assigned to one E-UTRA band, the requirement is defined with the uplink active in a band other than that supporting the
downlink(s) under test. The uplink configuration shall be in accordance with Table 7.3A.0-3 when the uplink is active in
the band supporting two non-contiguous component carriers, Table 7.3A.0-1 when the uplink is active in a band
supporting two contiguous component carriers and in accordance with Table 7.3.3-2 when the uplink is active in a band
supporting one carrier per band. The downlink PCC shall be configured closer to the uplink operating band than the
downlink SCC(s) when the uplink is active in band(s) supporting contiguous aggregation of up to four component
carriers. For the two non-contiguous component carriers within the same band, Pwanted in Table 7.6.2A.0-0 is set using
RIBNC = 0 dB for all sub-block gaps (Table 7.3A.0-3) while a band supporting contiguously aggregated carriers the out-
of-band blocking parameters in Table 7.7.3-1 are replaced by those specified in Table 7.7A.0-1. For each downlink the
UE shall meet the spurious-response requirements applicable for inter-band carrier aggregation with one component
carrier per operating band but with up to three component carriers assigned to the same band. All downlink carriers
shall be active throughout the tests and the requirements for the downlinks shall be met with the single uplink carrier
active in each band capable of UL operation.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.7.1A.

7.7A.1 Spurious response for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL


CA)
7.7A.1.1 Test Purpose
Spurious response for CA verifies the receiver's ability to receive a wanted aggregated signal on its assigned channel
frequency without exceeding a given degradation due to the presence of an unwanted CW interfering signal at any other
frequency at which a response is obtained i.e. for which the out of band blocking limit as specified in sub-clause 7.6.2A
is not met.

The lack of the spurious response ability decreases the coverage area when other unwanted interfering signal exists at
any other frequency.

7.7A.1.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL
CA.

7.7A.1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.7A.0.

7.7A.1.4 Test Description


7.7A.1.4.1 Initial Conditions
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6.2A.1.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause
7.6.2A.1 under the same conditions.
Release 15 510 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.7A.1.4.2 Test Procedure


1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.7A.1.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2A.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.2A.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload
data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to Table 7.7A.1.5-2. The
spurious frequencies are taken from records in the final step of test procedures in clause 7.6.2A.1.4.2.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.7A.1.5-1 for both carriers. Send uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that for at least the duration of the
throughput measurement:
The PCC output power is within (+0dB, -3.4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.7A.1.5-1 + 10log(P_LCRB/NRB_alloc)),
for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz,
or within (+0dB, -4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.7A.1.5-1 + 10log(P_LCRB/NRB_alloc)) for carrier frequency
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.
The SCC output power is within (+0dB, -3.4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.7A.1.5-1 + 10log(S_LCRB/NRB_alloc)),
for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz,
or within (+0dB, -4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.7A.1.5-1 + 10log(S_LCRB/NRB_alloc)) for carrier frequency
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

8. For each spurious frequency, measure the average throughput for each component carrier for duration sufficient
to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2A.

7.7A.1.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exception.

Table 7.7A.1.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-uePUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}
Release 15 511 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.7A.1.4.3-2: UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UE-PUSCH-r10 0
deltaMCS-Enabled-r10 en0
accumulationEnabled-r10 TRUE
pSRS-Offset-r10 7 (0 dB) The actual
parameter value is
-10.5 + 1.5*pSRS-
Offset value; 0 is
the actual value in
dB (-10.5 + 1.5*7
dB).
pSRS-OffsetAp-r10 7 (0 dB) The actual
parameter value is
-10.5 + 1.5*pSRS-
Offset value; 0 is
the actual value in
dB (-10.5 + 1.5*7
dB).
filterCoefficient-r10 fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
pathlossReferenceLinking-r10 sCell
}

7.7A.1.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement of each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of
the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.7A.1.5-1 and
7.7A.1.5-2.

Table 7.7A.1.5-1: Spurious response parameters

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below
dBm
Configuration, per CC 9 9
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5 for
one uplink carrier and in subclause 6.2.5A for two uplink carriers.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

Table 7.7A.1.5-2: Spurious response

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer power defined
in Table 7.7A.1.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.
Release 15 512 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.7A.2 Spurious response for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA without


UL CA)
7.7A.2.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 7.7A.1.

7.7A.2.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA. This test
case applies only for CA Configurations that do not support UL CA.

7.7A.2.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.7A.0.

7.7A.2.4 Test Description


7.7A.2.4.1 Initial Conditions
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6.2A.2.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause
7.6.2A.2 under the same conditions.

7.7A.2.4.2 Test Procedure


1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2A.2.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.2A.2.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the
UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to Table 7.7A.1.5-2. The
spurious frequencies are taken from records in the final step of test procedures in clause 7.6.2A.2.4.2.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.7A.1.5-1 for both carriers. Send uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within
+0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in table 7.7A.1.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the
target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8. For each spurious frequency, measure the average throughput for each component carrier for duration sufficient
to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2A.

7.7A.2.4.3 Message Contents


Same message contents as in clause 7.7.4.3.

7.7A.2.5 Test Requirement


Same test requirement as in clause 7.7A.1.5 with the following exceptions :

- Instead of Table 7.7A.1.5-1  use Table 7.7A.2.5-1.

Table 7.7A.2.5-1: Spurious response parameters

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Release 15 513 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Pw in Transmission Bandwidth REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below


dBm
Configuration, per CC 9 9
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

7.7A.3 Spurious response for CA (inter-band DL CA without UL CA)


7.7A.3.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 7.7A.1.

7.7A.3.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support inter-band DL CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward that support 2DL CA with FDD-TDD
inter-band CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support DL LAA.

7.7A.3.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.7A.0.

7.7A.3.4 Test Description


7.7A.3.4.1 Initial Conditions
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6.2A.3.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause
7.6.2A.3 under the same conditions.

7.7A.3.4.2 Test Procedure


1. Configure SCC according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2A.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.2A.3.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the
UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to Table 7.7A.3.5-2. The
spurious frequencies are taken from records in the step 9 of test procedures in clause 7.6.2A.3.4.2.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.7A.3.5-1 for both carriers. Send uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within
+0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in table 7.7A.3.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the
target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8. For each spurious frequency, measure the average throughput of SCC for duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G.2.

7.7A.3.4.3 Message Contents


Same message contents as in clause 7.7.4.3.
Release 15 514 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.7A.3.5 Test Requirement


For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to one E-UTRA band the spurious response requirements are
defined with the uplink active on the band other than the band whose downlink is being tested i.e. the requirements are
tested only for the SCell downlink. The UE shall meet the requirement for each component carrier, when operated as
SCell, while both downlink carriers are active.

The throughput measured during the test procedure for each component carrier, when operated as SCell, shall be ≥ 95%
of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2
(with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with
parameters specified in Tables 7.7A.3.5-1 (originated from the single carrier Table 7.7.5-1) and 7.7A.3.5-2 (originated
from Table 7.6.2A.3.5-2).

Table 7.7A.3.5-1: Spurious response parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Pw in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration,
per CC
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

Table 7.7A.3.5-2: Spurious Response

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, Puw power defined in
Table 7.7A.3.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.7A.4 Spurious response for CA (intra-band non-contiguous DL CA


without UL CA)
7.7A.4.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 7.7A.1.

7.7A.4.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support intra-band non-contiguous DL CA
without UL CA.

7.7A.4.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.7A.0.

7.7A.4.4 Test Description


7.7A.4.4.1 Initial Conditions
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6.2A.4.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause
7.6.2A.4 under the same conditions.

7.7A.4.4.2 Test Procedure


1. Configure SCC according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.
Release 15 515 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.7A.4.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2A.4.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.2A.4.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the
UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below or above the wanted aggregated
signal according to Table 7.7A.4.5-2. The spurious frequencies are taken from records in the step 9 of test
procedures in clause 7.6.2A.4.4.2.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.7A.4.5-1 for both carriers. Send uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within
+0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in table 7.7A.4.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the
target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8. For each spurious frequency, measure the average throughput of each component carrier for duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2A.

7.7A.4.4.3 Message Contents


Same message contents as in clause 7.7.4.3.

7.7A.4.5 Test Requirement


For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier and two downlink carriers, the spurious
response requirements are defined with the uplink configuration of the PCC being in accordance with Table 7.3A.0-3.
The UE shall meet the requirements specified in tables 7.7A.4.5-1and 7.7A.4.5-2 for each component carrier while both
downlink carriers are active.

The requirements for each component carrier are the same as single carrier requirements in Tables 7.7.5-1 and 7.7.5-2.

Table 7.7A.4.5-1: Spurious response parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Pw in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration,
per CC
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

Table 7.7A.4.5-2: Spurious Response

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, Puw power defined in
Table 7.7A.4.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.
Release 15 516 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.7A.5 Spurious response for 3DL CA


7.7A.5.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 7.7A.1.

7.7A.5.2 Test Applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE and forward that support 3DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2a.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support 3DL CA involving Band 46.

7.7A.5.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.7A.0.

7.7A.5.4 Test Description


7.7A.5.4.1 Initial Conditions
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6.2A.5.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause
7.6.2A.5 under the same conditions.

7.7A.5.4.2 Test Procedure


1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.7A.5.4.3

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2A.5.4.1-1 through Table 7.6.2A.5.4.1-2 as appropriate on PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC
padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.2A.5.4.1-1 through Table 7.6.2A.5.4.1-2 on PCC. Since the UE has
no payload data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to Table 7.7A.5.5-2. The
spurious frequencies are taken from records in the final step of test procedures in clause 7.6.2A.5.4.2.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the tables 7.7A.5.5-1 and 7.7A.5.5-3 for all carriers accordingly. Send
uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE
output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in corresponding tables 7.7A.5.5-1 and 7.7A.5.5-3 for
carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz,
for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8. For each spurious frequency, measure the average throughput for each component carrier for duration sufficient
to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2A.

7.7A.5.4.3 Message Contents


Same message contents as in clause 7.7.4.3 for without UL CA.

Same message contents as in clause 7.7A.1.4.3 for UL CA.

7.7A.5.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement of each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of
the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table s below, according
to the type of CA.
Release 15 517 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.7A.5.5-1: Spurious response parameters (Intra-band contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Power per CC in Aggregated REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below
Transmission Bandwidth dBm
9 9 9
Configuration
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

Table 7.7A.5.5-2: Spurious response (All types of CA)

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

Table 7.7A.5.5-3: Spurious response parameters (Inter-band, Intra-band non-contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration for
each CC
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: For intra-band non-contiguous + inter-band CA, RIBNC = 0 dB for all sub-block gaps.

For a UE, which supports CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, Puw power defined in Table
7.7A.5.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.7A.6
7.7A.7 Spurious response for 4DL CA
7.7A.7.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 7.7A.1.

7.7A.7.2 Test Applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE and forward that support 4DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2b.

7.7A.7.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.7A.0.

7.7A.7.4 Test Description


7.7A.7.4.1 Initial Conditions
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6.2A.7.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause
7.6.2A.7 under the same conditions.

7.7A.7.4.2 Test Procedure


1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.
Release 15 518 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.7A.7.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2A.7.4.1-1 through Table 7.6.2A.7.4.1-2 as appropriate on PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC
padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.2A.7.4.1-1 through Table 7.6.2A.7.4.1-2 on PCC. Since the UE has
no payload data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to Table 7.7A.7.5-2. The
spurious frequencies are taken from records in the final step of test procedures in clause 7.6.2A.7.4.2.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the tables 7.7A.7.5-1 and 7.7A.7.5-3 for all carriers accordingly. Send
uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE
output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in corresponding tables 7.7A.7.5-1 and 7.7A.7.5-3 for
carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz,
for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8. For each spurious frequency, measure the average throughput for each component carrier for duration sufficient
to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2A.

7.7A.7.4.3 Message Contents


Same message contents as in clause 7.7.4.3 for without UL CA.

Same message contents as in clause 7.7A.1.4.3 for UL CA.

7.7A.7.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement of each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of
the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table s below, according
to the type of CA.

Table 7.7A.7.5-1: Spurious response parameters (Intra-band contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Power per CC in Aggregated REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below
Transmission Bandwidth dBm
9 9 9 9
Configuration
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

Table 7.7A.7.5-2: Spurious response (All types of CA)

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

Table 7.7A.7.5-3: Spurious response parameters (Inter-band, Intra-band non-contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Release 15 519 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below


Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration for
each CC
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: For intra-band non-contiguous + inter-band CA, RIBNC = 0 dB for all sub-block gaps.

For a UE, which supports CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, Puw power defined in Table
7.7A.7.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.7A.8 Spurious response for 5DL CA


7.7A.8.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 7.7A.1.

7.7A.8.2 Test Applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE and forward that support 5DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2c.

7.7A.8.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.7A.0.

7.7A.8.4 Test Description


7.7A.8.4.1 Initial Conditions
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6.2A.8.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause
7.6.2A.8 under the same conditions.

7.7A.8.4.2 Test Procedure


1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.7A.8.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2A.8.4.1-1 through Table FFS as appropriate on PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits
on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.2A.8.4.1-1 through Table FFS on PCC. Since the UE has no
payload data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to Table 7.7A.8.5-2. The
spurious frequencies are taken from records in the final step of test procedures in clause 7.6.2A.8.4.2.

7. Set the downlink signal level according to the tables 7.7A.8.5-1 and 7.7A.8.5-3 for all carriers accordingly. Send
uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE
output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in corresponding tables 7.7A.8.5-1 and 7.7A.8.5-3 for
carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz,
for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8. For each spurious frequency, measure the average throughput for each component carrier for duration sufficient
to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2A.
Release 15 520 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.7A.8.4.3 Message Contents


Same message contents as in clause 7.7.4.3 for without UL CA.

Same message contents as in clause 7.7A.1.4.3 for UL CA.

7.7A.8.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement of each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of
the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table s below, according
to the type of CA.

Table 7.7A.8.5-1: Spurious response parameters (Intra-band contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Power per CC in Aggregated REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below
Transmission Bandwidth dBm
9 9 9 9 9
Configuration
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

Table 7.7A.8.5-2: Spurious response (All types of CA)

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

Table 7.7A.8.5-3: Spurious response parameters (Inter-band, Intra-band non-contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration for
each CC
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: For intra-band non-contiguous + inter-band CA, RIBNC = 0 dB for all sub-block gaps.

For a UE, which supports CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B, 7.3.3-1C and 7.3.3-1D, Puw power defined in
Table 7.7A.8.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B, 7.3.3-1C and 7.3.3-1D.

7.7B Spurious response for UL-MIMO


7.7B.1 Test Purpose
Spurious response verifies the ability of the UE that support UL-MIMO to receive a wanted signal on its assigned
channel frequency without exceeding a given degradation due to the presence of an unwanted CW interfering signal at
any other frequency at which a response is obtained i.e. for which the out of band blocking limit as specified in sub-
clause 7.6B.2 is not met.

The lack of the spurious response ability decreases the coverage area when other unwanted interfering signal exists at
any other frequency.

7.7B.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support UL-MIMO.
Release 15 521 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.7B.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


For UE with two transmitter antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the minimum requirements
in Clause 7.7.3 shall be met with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B.3-2. For UL-MIMO, the
parameter PCMAX_L is defined as the total transmitter power over the two transmit antenna connectors.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.7.1B.

7.7B.4 Test Description


7.7B.4.1 Initial Conditions
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6B.2.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause
7.6B.2 under the same conditions.

7.7B.4.2 Test Procedure


1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2B.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 4 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6B.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to Table 7.7B.5-2. The spurious
frequencies are taken from records in the final step of test procedures in clause 7.6B.2.4.2.

4. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.7B.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the UE
(less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the
target level in table 7.7B.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for carrier
frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

5. For the spurious frequency, measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G.2.

7.7B.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exception.

Table 7.7B.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-uePUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length is
used to reduce the
RSRP
measurement
variation
}

7.7B.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.7B.5-1 and 7.7B.5-2.
Release 15 522 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.7B.5-1: Spurious response parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

Table 7.7B.5-2: Spurious Response

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, Puw power defined in
Table 7.7B.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.7D Spurious response for ProSe


7.7D.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.6.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.7.1D-1, 7.7.1D-2, and 7.7.1D-3.

Table 7.7D.0-1: Spurious response parameters for ProSe Direct Discovery

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in PREFSENS_ProSe + channel bandwidth specific value below+ Poffset
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 7 9
Configuration
Poffset dB 10.9 13.9 15.7 16.9
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.6.2.

Table 7.7D.0-2: Spurious response parameters for ProSe Direct Communication

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in PREFSENS_ProSe + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 7 9
Configuration
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.6.2.

Table 7.7D.0-3: Spurious response for ProSe

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, Pinterferer power
defined in Table 7.7D.0-3 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.7.1D.
Release 15 523 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.7D.1 Spurious response for ProSe Direct Discovery


Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- ProSe UE authentication is not handled in the test case and is still under investigation.

- Use of OCNG for Downlink has not been considered and is still FFS.

- Message exceptions content needs further investigation (some values still TBD).

- Test time is FFS.

7.7D.1.1 Test Purpose


Spurious response for ProSe verifies the receiver's ability to receive a wanted aggregated signal on its assigned channel
frequency without exceeding a given degradation due to the presence of an unwanted CW interfering signal at any other
frequency at which a response is obtained i.e. for which the out of band blocking limit as specified in sub-clause 7.6.2D
is not met.

The lack of the spurious response ability decreases the coverage area when other unwanted interfering signal exists at
any other frequency.

7.7D.1.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward which support ProSe Direct Discovery, but not
ProSe Direct Communication.

7.7D.1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.7D.0.

7.7D.1.4 Test Description


7.7D.1.4.1 Initial Conditions
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6.2D.1.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause
7.6.2D.1 under the same conditions.

7.7D.1.4.2 Test Procedure


1. SS shall transmit an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to configure DRX. Message contents exceptions
(only those marked with "…Step 1…" ) are defined in clause 7.7D.1.4.3.

2. The UE shall transmit RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message.

3. Initialise the variables Ptot and Pok as 0.

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2D.1.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC
according to Table 7.6.2D.1.4.1-1. When the UE has no payload data to send, it transmits uplink MAC padding
bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to Table 7.7D.1.5-2. The
spurious frequencies are taken from records in step 12 of test procedures in clause 7.6.2D.1.4.2.

7. SS transmits PSDCH to transmit the SL RMC according to Table 7.6.2D.1.4.1-1. Set the Sidelink signal level to
the appropriate value defined in Table 7.7D.1.5-1.

8. SS shall send SL Discovery Packets (MAC padding bits) on the SL RMC for the test time [FFS]. SS stores the
number of the transmitted Discovery Packets in the current test iteration in the variable Ptot.

9. SS shall send (on the available PDSCH) a "UE TEST LOOP PROSE MODE D SIDELINK DIRECT
DISCOVERY PACKET COUNTER REQUEST" message and wait for the UE to respond (on the available
Release 15 524 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

PUSCH) with a "UE TEST LOOP PROSE MODE D SIDELINK DIRECT DISCOVERY PACKET COUNTER
RESPONSE".

10. SS calculates the variable Pok as (current counter value - counter value at last test iteration).

11. SS shall compute the throughput as following:

TP = Pok / Ptot * 100%

12. Repeat steps from 6 to 11 for all frequencies recorded in step 12 of the test procedure in clause 7.6.2D.1.4.2.

7.7D.1.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses TBD with following exceptions:

- Table A.7.1.1-1 for FDD

- Table A.7.1.2-1 for TDD

Table 7.7D.1.4.3-1: ACTIVATE TEST MODE: Reference sensitivity for ProSe Direct Discovery

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7A-1, condition UE TEST LOOP MODE D

Table 7.7D.1.4.3-2: CLOSE UE TEST LOOP: Reference sensitivity for ProSe Direct Discovery

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7A-3, condition UE TEST LOOP MODE D

Table 7.7D.1.4.3-3: MAC-MainConfig-RBC: Reference sensitivity for ProSe Direct Discovery


(applicable only for Step 1 of Test procedure)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.8.2.1.5, Table 4.8.2.1.5-1 MAC-MainConfig-RBC


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
MAC-MainConfig-RBC ::= SEQUENCE {
ul-SCH-Config SEQUENCE {
maxHARQ-Tx TBD
periodicBSR-Timer TBD
retxBSR-Timer sf2560
ttiBundling FALSE
}
drx-Config CHOICE {
Setup SEQUENCE {
onDurationTimer psf1
drx-InactivityTimer psf1
drx-RetransmissionTimer psf1
longDRX-CycleStartOffset CHOICE {
sf2560 0
}
shortDRX Not present
}
}
timeAlignmentTimerDedicated TBD
}

7.7D.1.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement of each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of
the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.6.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.7D.1.5-1 and
7.7D.1.5-2.

Table 7.7D.1.5-1: Spurious response parameters for ProSe Direct Discovery

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Release 15 525 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Power in PREFSENS_ProSe + channel bandwidth specific value below+ Poffset


Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 7 9
Configuration
Poffset dB 10.9 13.9 15.7 16.9
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.6.2.

Table 7.7D.1.5-2: Spurious response for ProSe

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer power defined
in Table 7.7D.1.5-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.7D.2 Spurious response for ProSe Direct Communication


Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- Test procedure is TBD

- Message contents are TBD

- Test system uncertainties and test tolerances are TBD

7.7D.2.1 Test Purpose


Same test purpose as in clause 7.7D.1.

7.7D.2.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward which support ProSe Direct Communication.

7.7D.2.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.7D.0.

7.7D.2.4 Test Description


7.7D.2.4.1 Initial Conditions
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6.2D.2.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause
7.6.2D.2 under the same conditions.

7.7D.2.4.2 Test Procedure


TBD

7.7D.2.4.3 Message Contents


TBD

7.7D.2.5 Test Requirement


Same test requirement as in clause 7.7D.1.5 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.7D.1.5-1  use Table 7.7D.2.5-1.

Table 7.7D.2.5-1: Spurious response parameters for ProSe Direct Communication

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Release 15 526 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Power in PREFSENS_ProSe + channel bandwidth specific value below


Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 7 9
Configuration
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.6.2.

7.7E Spurious response for UE category 0


7.7E.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 7.7.1.

7.7E.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward of UE category 0.

7.7E.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 7.7.3.

7.7E.4 Test Description


7.7E.4.1 Initial Conditions
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6.2E.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause
7.6.2E under the same conditions.

7.7E.4.2 Test Procedure


Same test procedure as in clause 7.7.4.2

7.7E.4.3 Message Contents


Same message contents as in clause 7.7.4.3

7.7E.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.7E.5-1 and 7.7E.5-2.

Table 7.7E.5-1: Spurious response parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

Table 7.7E.5-2: Spurious Response

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies
Release 15 527 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.7EA Spurious response for UE category M1


7.7EA.1 Test Purpose
Spurious response verifies the receiver's ability to receive a wanted signal on its assigned channel frequency without
exceeding a given degradation due to the presence of an unwanted CW interfering signal at any other frequency at
which a response is obtained i.e. for which the out of band blocking limit as specified in sub-clause 7.6.2EA is not met.

The lack of the spurious response ability decreases the coverage area when other unwanted interfering signal exists at
any other frequency.

7.7EA.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category M1.

7.7EA.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described
in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.7EA.3-1 and 7.7EA.3-2. For operating bands with an
unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements only apply for carriers assigned in the paired part.

Table 7.7EA.3-1: Spurious response parameters

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration
specified in Table 7.3EA-3.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

Table 7.7EA.3-2: Spurious response

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.7.

7.7EA.4 Test Description


7.7EA.4.1 Initial Conditions
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6.2EA.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause
7.6.2EA under the same conditions.

7.7EA.4.2 Test Procedure


1. SS transmits PDSCH via MPDCCH DCI format 6-1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.7EA.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.7EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send,
the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
Release 15 528 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

3. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to Table 7.7EA.5-2. The
spurious frequencies are taken from records in the final step of test procedures in clause 7.6.2EA.4.2.

4. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.7EA.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the UE
(less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the
target level in table 7.7EA.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for
carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

5. For the spurious frequency, measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G.2.

7.7EA.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exception.

Table 7.7EA.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-uePUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}

7.7EA.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.7EA.5-1 and 7.7EA.5-2.

Table 7.7EA.5-1: Spurious response parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause
6.2.5EA.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

Table 7.7EA.5-2: Spurious Response

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

7.7EB Spurious response for UE Category 1bis


Editor’s note
Release 15 529 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

- Test case incomplete with Annex F.3.3 needing update. TT shall be same as legacy test case.

7.7EB.1 Test Purpose


Same test purpose as in clause 7.7.1.

7.7EB.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category 1bis.

7.7EB.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 7.7.3.

7.7EB.4 Test Description


7.7EB.4.1 Initial Conditions
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6.2EB.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause
7.6.2EB under the same conditions.

7.7EB.4.2 Test Procedure


Same test procedure as in clause 7.7.4.2

7.7EB.4.3 Message Contents


Same message contents as in clause 7.7.4.3

7.7EB.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.7EB.5-1 and 7.7EB.5-2.

Table 7.7EB.5-1: Spurious response parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The REFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3EB.3-1 for main antenna port.

Table 7.7EB.5-2: Spurious Response

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

7.7F Spurious response for category NB1


7.7F.1 Test purpose
Spurious response verifies the receiver's ability to receive a wanted signal on its assigned channel frequency without
exceeding a given degradation due to the presence of an unwanted CW interfering signal at any other frequency at
which a response is obtained i.e. for which the out of band blocking limit as specified in sub-clause 7.6.2 is not met.
Release 15 530 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

The lack of the spurious response ability decreases the coverage area when other unwanted interfering signal exists at
any other frequency.

7.7F.2 Test applicability


This test case applies to all types of UE release 13 and forward of category NB1.

7.7F.3 Minimum conformance requirements


The category NB1 UE throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channel as
specified in Annexe A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.7F.3-1.

Table 7.7F.3-1: Spurious response parameters for category NB1

Parameter Unit Level


Psignal dBm REFSENS+6
PInterferer (CW) dBm -44
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies
Number of spurious 24 (in OOB range 1, 2, 3)
response frequencies
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex FFS.
NOTE 2: The REFSENS power level is specified in 7.3.1F.1-1.
NOTE 3: OOB range 1, 2, 3 refers to Table 7.6.2.1F-1.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.7.1F.

7.7F.4 Test description


7.7F.4.1 Initial conditions
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6.2F.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause
7.6.2F under the same conditions.

7.7F.4.2 Test procedure


1. SS transmits NPDSCH via NPDCCH DCI format N1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2F.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The UE will send HARQ feedback
based on information contained in DCI format N1.

2. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to Table 7.7F.5-1. The spurious
frequencies are taken from records in the final step of test procedures in clause 7.6.2F.4.2

3. Set the Downlink signal level according to the Table 7.7F.5-1.

4. For the spurious frequency, measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G.2.

7.7F.4.3 Message contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.6.

7.7F.5 Test requirement


The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.7F.5-1.
Release 15 531 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.7F.5-1: Spurious response parameters for category NB1

Parameter Unit Level


Psignal dBm REFSENS+6
PInterferer (CW) dBm -44
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies
Number of spurious 24 (in OOB range 1, 2, 3)
response frequencies
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex FFS.
NOTE 2: The REFSENS power level is specified in 7.3.1F.1-1.
NOTE 3: OOB range 1, 2, 3 refers to Table 7.6.2.1F-1.

7.7GSpurious response for V2X Communication


7.7G.1 Spurious response for V2X Communication / Non-concurrent with
E-UTRA uplink transmissions
7.7G.1.1 Test Purpose
Spurious response for V2X verifies the receiver's ability to receive a wanted aggregated signal on its assigned channel
frequency without exceeding a given degradation due to the presence of an unwanted CW interfering signal at any other
frequency at which a response is obtained i.e. for which the out of band blocking limit as specified in sub-clause 7.6.2G
is not met.

The lack of the spurious response ability decreases the coverage area when other unwanted interfering signal exists at
any other frequency.

7.7G.1.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of UE that support V2X Sidelink Communication and Band 47.

7.7G.1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.8.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.7G.3-1 and 7.7G.3-2.

Table 7.7G.3-1: Spurious response parameters

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in PREFSENS_V2X + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 9
Configuration
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in TS36.101[2] Annex A.8.2.

Table 7.7G.3-2: Spurious response

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.7.1G.
Release 15 532 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.7G.1.4 Test Description


7.7G.1.4.1 Initial Conditions
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6.2G.1.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause
7.6.2G under the same conditions.

7.7G.1.4.2 Test Procedure


1. The UE starts to perform the V2X sidelink communication according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration and to
schedule the V2X RMC according to Table 7.6.2G.1.4.1-1.

3. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to Table 7.7G.1.5-2. The
spurious frequencies are taken from records in the final step of test procedures in clause 7.6.2G.1.4.2.

4. Set the signal level of V2X to the value defined in table 7.7G.1.5-1.

5. For the spurious frequency, measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G.2.

7.7G.1.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.10.

7.7G.1.5 Test Requirement


The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.8.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.7G.1.5-1 and 7.7G.1.5-2.

Table 7.7G.1.5-1: Spurious response parameters

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in PREFSENS_V2X + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 9
Configuration
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in TS36.101[2] Annex A.8.2.

Table 7.7G.1.5-2: Spurious response

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

7.7G.2 Spurious response for V2X Communication / Simultaneous E-


UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions
Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- Initial condition is incomplete due to 7.6.2G.2 is not made

- Test procedure is investigating and incomplete due to 7.6.2G.2 is not made

7.7G.2.1 Test Purpose


Same test purpose as in clause 7.7G.1.

7.7G.2.2 Test applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that support V2X Communication.
Release 15 533 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.7G.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.8.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.7G.2.3-1 and 7.7G.2.3-2.

Table 7.7G.2.3-1: Spurious response parameters

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in PREFSENS_V2X + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 9
Configuration
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.8.2.

Table 7.7G.2.3-2: Spurious response

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

When UE is configured for simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA downlink reception for inter-band E-
UTRA V2X / E-UTRA bands specified in Table 5.5G-2, the requirements in subclause 7.7G.2.3 apply for the E-UTRA
V2X sidelink reception and the requirements in subclause 7.7.3 apply for the E-UTRA downlink reception while all
downlink carriers are active.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.7.1G.

7.7G.2.4 Test description


7.7G.2.4.1 Initial conditions
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause [TBD] in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause 7.6.2G
under the same conditions.

7.7G.2.4.2 Test Procedure


1. The SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables
[TBD] on E-UTRA Band. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS simultaneously sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0
for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC and V2X scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 5A for
SL_V_RNTI to schedule the V2X RMC according to Table [TBD]. Since the UE has no payload and no
loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL and V2X RMCs.

3. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to Table 7.7G.2.5-2. The
spurious frequencies are taken from records in the final step of test procedures in clause [TBD].

4. Set the signal level of V2X to the value defined in table 7.7G.2.5-1.

5. For the spurious frequency, measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex [TBD].

7.7G.2.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

7.7G.2.5 Test Requirement


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.8.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.7G.2.5-1 and 7.7G.2.5-2.
Release 15 534 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.7G.2.5-1: Spurious response parameters

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in PREFSENS_V2X + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 9
Configuration
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.8.2.

Table 7.7G.2.5-2: Spurious response

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

When UE is configured for simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA downlink reception for inter-band E-
UTRA V2X / E-UTRA bands specified in Table 5.5G-2, the requirements in subclause 7.7G.2.5 apply for the E-UTRA
V2X sidelink reception and the requirements in subclause 7.7.3 apply for the E-UTRA downlink reception while all
downlink carriers are active.

7.7G.3 Spurious response for V2X Communication / Intra-band


contiguous multi-carrier operation
Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- Initial condition is incomplete due to 7.6.2G.3 is not made

- Test procedure is investigating and incomplete due to 7.6.2G.3 is not made

7.7G.3.1 Test Purpose


Same test purpose as in clause 7.7G.1.

7.7G.3.2 Test applicability


This test case applies to all types of UE that support Intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation V2X Sidelink
Communication and Band 47.

7.7G.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements


For intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation, the V2X UE throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput
of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.8.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.7G.3.3-1 and
Table 7.7G.3.3-2.

Table 7.7G.3.3-1: Spurious response parameters for intra-band contiguous multi-carrier for V2X UE

Rx Parameter Units V2X Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth REFSENS + V2X Bandwidth Class specific value below
dBm
Configuration, per CC 9
NOTE 1: The requirement is applied for 2 carrier intra-concurrent receptions when 2 carrier transmission are
activated at the same time
Release 15 535 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.7.G.3.3-2: Spurious response for intra-band contiguous multi-carrier for V2X UE

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies
NOTE 1: The requirement is applied for 2 carrier intra-concurrent receptions when 2
carrier transmission are activated at the same time

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.7.1G.

7.7G.3.4 Test description


7.7G.3.4.1 Initial conditions
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause [TBD] in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause 7.6.2G
under the same conditions.

7.7G.3.4.2 Test Procedure


1. The UE starts to perform the V2X sidelink communication according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration and to
schedule the V2X RMC according to Table [TBD]. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send
the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the V2X RMC.

2. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to Table 7.7G.3.5-2. The
spurious frequencies are taken from records in the final step of test procedures in clause [TBD].

3. Set the signal level of V2X to the value defined in table 7.7G.3.5-1.

4. For the spurious frequency, measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex [TBD].

7.7G.3.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

7.7G.3.5 Test Requirement


For intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation, the V2X UE throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput
of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.8.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.7G.3.5-1 and
Table 7.7G.3.5-2.

Table 7.7G.3.5-1: Spurious response parameters for intra-band contiguous multi-carrier for V2X UE

Rx Parameter Units V2X Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth REFSENS + V2X Bandwidth Class specific value below
dBm
Configuration, per CC 9
NOTE 1: The requirement is applied for 2 carrier intra-concurrent receptions when 2 carrier transmission are
activated at the same time

Table 7.7.G.3.5-2: Spurious response for intra-band contiguous multi-carrier for V2X UE

Parameter Unit Level


PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies
NOTE 1: The requirement is applied for 2 carrier intra-concurrent receptions when 2
carrier transmission are activated at the same time
Release 15 536 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.8 Intermodulation characteristics


7.8.1 Wide band Intermodulation
7.8.1.1 Test purpose
Intermodulation response tests the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified reference
measurement channel, in the presence of two or more interfering signals which have a specific frequency relationship to
the wanted signal, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when two or
more interfering signals exist which have a specific frequency relationship to the wanted signal.

7.8.1.2 Test applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.

7.8.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements


Intermodulation response rejection is a measure of the capability of the receiver to receiver a wanted signal on its
assigned channel frequency in the presence of two or more interfering signals which have a specific frequency
relationship to the wanted signal.

The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described
in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1.3-1 for the specified wanted signal mean power in
the presence of two interfering signals. For operating bands with an unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the
requirements only apply for carriers assigned in the paired part.

Table 7.8.1.3-1: Wide band intermodulation

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 12 8 6 6 7 9
Configuration
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 1.4 3 5
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 –2.1 -BW/2 –4.5 -BW/2 – 7.5
(Offset) / / /
+BW/2+ 2.1 +BW/2 + 4.5 +BW/2 + 7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
Table 7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 with set-up according to Annex C.3.1.The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-
UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel bandwidth 5MHz.
Note 4: The REFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3.3-1 and Table 7.3.3-1a for two and four
antenna ports, respectively.

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Table 7.3.1A-2, Pinterferer1 and Pinterferer2 powers defined in Table
7.8.1.1-1 are increased by the amount given by ΔRIB in Table 7.3.1A-2.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.8.1 and TS 36.101 [2] Annexes A and D.
Release 15 537 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

[FFS: Although it is not explicitly stated in TS 36.101 [2] whether the modulated interferer defined in 36.101 Annex D
applies to wanted channel bandwidths of less than 5MHz, this test specification has assumed that the modulated
interferer definition applies to all channel bandwidths. The content of TS 36.101 [2] Annex D.2 has been copied into
Annex FFS of the present document]

7.8.1.4 Test description


7.8.1.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.8.1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the OCNG patterns
used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex
C.2.

Table 7.8.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6 QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 15 15 QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 25 25 QPSK 25 25
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 15 N/A
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 54 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 50 QPSK 50 50
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 15 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 75 QPSK 75 75
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100 100
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on E-UTRA band, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according
to table 7.3.3-2 is tested per Test Channel Bandwidth. The allocation shall be located as
close as possible to the downlink operating band but confined within the transmission
bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2-1).
Note 3: For the DL signal one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD is used.
Note 4: Applicable only to E-UTRA FDD Bands 31 and 72. The UL resource blocks shall be
located at Restart 10 (according to Table 7.3.3-2).

1. Connect the SS and interfering sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure A.6.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
Release 15 538 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.1.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.8.1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.8.1.4.3.

7.8.1.4.2 Test procedure


1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.8.1.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.8.1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.8.1.5-1. Send Uplink power control commands to
the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB
of the target level in Table 7.8.1.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for
carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement.

4. Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in Table 7.8.1.5-1 and frequency below the wanted
signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 4.

7.8.1.4.3 Message contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exception.

Table 7.8.1.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-uePUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}

7.8.1.5 Test requirements


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1.5-1 for the specified wanted signal mean power in the presence of
two interfering signals.

Table 7.8.1.5-1: Test parameters for Wide band intermodulation

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Release 15 539 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below


Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 12 8 6 6 7 9
Configuration
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 1.4 3 5
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 –2.1 -BW/2 –4.5 -BW/2 – 7.5
(Offset) / / /
+BW/2+ 2.1 +BW/2 + 4.5 +BW/2 + 7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-
UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel bandwidth 5MHz
Note 4: For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A and 7.3.3-1B, Pinterferer1
and Pinterferer2 powers are increased by the amount given by ΔRIB in Tables 7.3.3-1A and 7.3.3-1B.

7.8.1_1 Wide band Intermodulation with 4 Rx antenna ports


7.8.1_1.1 Test purpose
To test the ability of UE that supports 4 Rx antenna ports to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified
reference measurement channel, in the presence of two or more interfering signals which have a specific frequency
relationship to the wanted signal, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when two or
more interfering signals exist which have a specific frequency relationship to the wanted signal.

7.8.1_1.2 Test applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that supports 4 Rx antenna ports.

7.8.1_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements


Same as in clause 7.8.1.3.

7.8.1_1.4 Test description


7.8.1_1.4.1 Initial condition
Same as in clause 7.8.1.4.1 with following exceptions:

- Instead of Figure A.6  use Figure A.81.

- Instead of Table 7.8.1.4.1-1  use Table 7.8.1_1.4.1-1.


Release 15 540 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1_1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6 QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 15 15 QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 25 25 QPSK 25 25
10MHz QPSK 50 50 QPSK 50 50
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 75 QPSK 75 75
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100 100
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on E-UTRA band, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according
to table 7.3.3-2 is tested per Test Channel Bandwidth. The allocation shall be located as
close as possible to the downlink operating band but confined within the transmission
bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2-1).
Note 3: For the DL signal one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD is used.

7.8.1_1.4.2 Test procedure


1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.8.1.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.8.1_1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.8.1_1.5-1. Send Uplink power control commands
to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4
dB of the target level in Table 7.8.1_1.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target
level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement.

4. Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in Table 7.8.1_1.5-1 and frequency below the wanted
signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 4.

7.8.1_1.4.3 Message contents


Same as in clause 7.8.1.4.3.

7.8.1_1.5 Test requirements


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1_1.5-1 for the specified wanted signal mean power in the presence
of two interfering signals.
Release 15 541 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1_1.5-1: Test parameters for Wide band intermodulation

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 12 8 6 6 7 9
Configuration
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 1.4 3 5
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 –2.1 -BW/2 –4.5 -BW/2 – 7.5
(Offset) / / /
+BW/2+ 2.1 +BW/2 + 4.5 +BW/2 + 7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-
UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel bandwidth 5MHz
Note 4: For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A and 7.3.3-1B, Pinterferer1
and Pinterferer2 powers are increased by the amount given by ΔRIB in Tables 7.3.3-1A and 7.3.3-1B.
Note 5: The REFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3.3-1a.

7.8.1A Wide band Intermodulation for CA


7.8.1A.0 Minimum conformance requirements
For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink assigned to one E-
UTRA band the wide band intermodulation requirements are defined with the uplink active on the band(s) other than
the band whose downlink is being tested. The UE shall meet the requirements specified in subclause 7.8.1.3 for each
component carrier while all downlink carriers are active. For E-UTRA CA configurations including an operating band
without uplink band or an operating band with an unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements for all
downlinks shall be met with the single uplink carrier active in each band capable of UL operation. For a component
carrier configured in Band 46, the requirements specified in subclause 7.8.1.3 are replaced by the requirements in Table
7.8.1A.0-0. For E-UTRA CA configurations listed in Table 7.3A.0-0a under conditions for which reference sensitivity
for the operating band being tested is N/A, the wideband intermodulation requirements of subclause 7.8.1A.0 do not
apply.
Release 15 542 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1A.0-0: Wide band intermodulation

E-UTRA band Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 9
Configuration
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
46
BWInterferer 2 20 20
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 –
(Offset) 30
-BW/2-30 /
/ +BW/2 +
+BW/2+30 30
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table 7.3.1-
2 with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
NOTE 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the downlink SCC(s) shall be configured at nominal channel spacing to
the PCC. For FDD, the PCC shall be configured closest to the uplink band. All downlink carriers shall be active
throughout the test. The uplink output power shall be set as specified in Table 7.8.1A.0-1 with the uplink configuration
set according to Table 7.3A.0-1 for the applicable carrier aggregation configuration. For UE(s) supporting one uplink
carrier, the uplink configuration of the PCC shall be in accordance with Table 7.3.3-2. The UE shall fulfil the minimum
requirement in presence of an interfering signal specified in Table 7.8.1A.0-1 being on either side of the aggregated
signal. The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement
channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for
the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1A.0-1. For operating
bands with an unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements also apply for an SCC assigned in the
unpaired part with parameters specified in Tables 7.8.1A.0-1.

Table 7.8.1A.0-1: Wide band intermodulation

Rx parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
9 12 13.8 15 16
Configuration, per
CC
Release 15 543 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 MHz 5 5 5 5 5
FInterferer 1 MHz –Foffset-7.5 –Foffset-7.5 –Foffset-7.5 –Foffset-7.5 –Foffset-7.5
(Offset) / / / / /
+ Foffset+7.5 + Foffset+7.5 + Foffset+7.5 + Foffset+7.5 + Foffset+7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 with set-up according to Annex C.3.1.
Note 4: The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel
bandwidth 5MHz
Note 5: The Finterferer 1 (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to
the interferer and the centre frequency of the CW interferer and Finterferer 2 (offset) is the frequency
separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer and the centre frequency
of the modulated interferer.

For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier and two downlink sub-blocks, the wide band
intermodulation requirements are defined with the uplink configuration in accordance with Table 7.3A.0-3. For this
uplink configuration, the UE shall meet the requirements for each sub-block as specified in subclause 7.8.1.3 and in this
subclause for one component carrier and two component carriers per sub-block, respectively. The requirements apply
for out-of-gap interferers while all downlink carriers are active.

For combinations of intra-band and inter-band carrier aggregation with up to five downlink carriers (up to two non-
contiguously sub-blocks per band and up to four contiguously aggregated carriers per band) and one uplink carrier
assigned to one E-UTRA band, the requirement is defined with the uplink active in a band other than that supporting the
downlink(s) under test. The uplink configuration shall be in accordance with Table 7.3A.0-3 when the uplink is active in
the band supporting two non-contiguous component carriers, Table 7.3A.0-1 when the uplink is active in a band
supporting two contiguous component carriers and in accordance with Table 7.3.3-2 when the uplink is active in a band
supporting one carrier per band. For these uplink configurations, the UE shall meet the wide-band intermodulation
requirements for intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation of two downlink sub-blocks with RIBNC = 0 dB for all
sub-block gaps (Table 7.3A.0-3) for the two non-contiguous downlink sub-blocks, the requirements for intra-band
contiguous carrier aggregation for the contiguously aggregated downlink carriers and for any remaining component
carrier(s) the requirements specified in subclause 7.8.1. All downlink carriers shall be active throughout the tests and the
requirements for the downlinks shall be met with the single uplink carrier active in each band capable of UL operation.

For contiguously aggregated component carriers configured in Band 46, the said requirements for intra-band contiguous
carrier aggregation of two downlink carriers are replaced by requirements in Table 7.8.1A.0-2. For non-contiguously
aggregated component carriers configured in Band 46, the said requirements are applied to each sub-block for out-of-
gap interferers. For the sub-block with a single component carrier, the requirement is replaced by Table 7.8.1A.0-0. For
the sub-block with two or more contiguous component carriers, the requirement is replaced by Table 7.8.1A.0-1. All
downlink carriers shall be active throughout the tests and the requirements for the downlinks shall be met with the
single uplink carrier active in each band capable of UL operation.
Release 15 544 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1A.0-2: Wide band intermodulation

E-UTRA Band Rx parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Power per CC in REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below
Aggregated
Transmission dBm
12 13.8 15
Bandwidth
Configuration
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
46 PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 MHz 20 20 20
FInterferer 1 MHz –Foffset-30 –Foffset-30 –Foffset-30
(Offset) / / /
+ Foffset+30 + Foffset+30 + Foffset+30
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L,c or PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5A.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
NOTE 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 with set-up according to
Annex C.3.1.
NOTE 4: The interfering modulated signal is 20 MHz E-UTRA signal as described in Annex D interference setting 2;
NOTE 5: The Finterferer 1 (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer
and the centre frequency of the CW interferer and Finterferer 2 (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre
frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer and the centre frequency of the modulated interferer.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.8.1A and TS 36.101 [2] Annexes A and D.

7.8.1A.1 Wideband intermodulation for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA)


7.8.1A.1.1 Test purpose
Intermodulation response tests the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified reference
measurement channel, in the presence of two or more interfering signals which have a specific frequency relationship to
the wanted signal, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when two or
more interfering signals exist which have a specific frequency relationship to the wanted signal.

7.8.1A.1.2 Test applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that supports intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL
CA.

7.8.1A.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements


Minimum conformance requirements are specified in clause 7.8.1A.0.

7.8.1A.1.4 Test description


7.8.1A.1.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA CA bands specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in table 7.8.1A.1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink
reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the OCNG
patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in
Annex C.2.
Release 15 545 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1A.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA
bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped
onto physical frequencies according to Table 7.1-2
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg
subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across (Note 3)
bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
CA Configuration / DL Allocation UL Allocation
NRB_agg
PCC SCC CC PCC & SCC CC NRB_alloc PCC & SCC RB allocations
NRB NRB MOD RB MOD (LCRB @ RBstart)
allocation
50 25 QPSK 50+25 QPSK 25 P_25@25 S_0@0 - -
50 50 QPSK 50+50 QPSK 25 P_25@25 S_0@0 - -
50 100 QPSK 50+100 QPSK 150 P_50@0 S_100@0 - -
75 50 QPSK 75+50 QPSK 75 P_75@0 S_0@0 - -
75 75 QPSK 75+75 QPSK 75 P_75@0 S_0@0 - -
75 75 QPSK 75+75 QPSK 129 P_75@0 S_54@0 - -
75 75 QPSK 75+75 QPSK 150 P_75@0 S_75@0 - -
100 25 QPSK 100+25 QPSK 50 P_50@50 S_0@0 - -
100 25 QPSK 100+25 QPSK 125 P_100@0 S_25@0 - -
100 50 QPSK 100+50 QPSK 75 P_75@25 S_0@0 - -
100 50 QPSK 100+50 QPSK 150 P_100@0 S_50@0 - -
100 75 QPSK 100+75 QPSK 175 P_100@0 S_75@0 - -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 50 P_50@50 S_0@0 - -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 75 P_75@25 S_0@0 - -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 130 P_100@0 S_30@0 - -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 200 P_100@0 S_100@0 - -
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration,
which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on CA configurations, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according to table
7.3A.0-1 is tested per Test CA configuration.
Note 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
1. Connect the SS and interfering sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure group
A.34 as appropriate if the UE supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the
band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.1.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.8.1A.1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.8.1.1A.4.3.

7.8.1A.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.8.1A.1.4.3

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
Release 15 546 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.8.1A.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.8.1A.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload
data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCC to the value as defined in Table 7.8.1A.1.5-1. Send Uplink
power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that for at least the
duration of the Throughput measurement:
The PCC output power is within (+0dB, -3.4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.8.1A.1.5-1 + 10log(P_LCRB/NRB_alloc)),
for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz,
or within (+0dB, -4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.8.1A.1.5-1 + 10log(P_LCRB/NRB_alloc)) for carrier frequency
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.
The SCC output power is within (+0dB, -3.4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.8.1A.1.5-1 + 10log(S_LCRB/NRB_alloc)),
for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz,
or within (+0dB, -4 dB) of (target level in Table 7.8.1A.1.5-1 + 10log(S_LCRB/NRB_alloc)) for carrier frequency
3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz.

7. Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in Table 7.8.1A.1.5-1 and frequency below the wanted
signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

8. Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G.2A.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 7.

7.8.1A.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exception.

Table 7.8.1A.1.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-uePUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
}
Release 15 547 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1A.1.4.3-2: UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UE-PUSCH-r10 0
deltaMCS-Enabled-r10 en0
accumulationEnabled-r10 TRUE
pSRS-Offset-r10 7 (0 dB) The actual
parameter value is
-10.5 + 1.5*pSRS-
Offset value; 0 is
the actual value in
dB (-10.5 + 1.5*7
dB).
pSRS-OffsetAp-r10 7 (0 dB) The actual
parameter value is
-10.5 + 1.5*pSRS-
Offset value; 0 is
the actual value in
dB (-10.5 + 1.5*7
dB).
filterCoefficient-r10 fc8 larger filter length
is used to reduce
the RSRP
measurement
variation
pathlossReferenceLinking-r10 sCell
}

7.8.1A.1.5 Test requirements


The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1A.1.5-1 for the specified wanted signal mean power in
the presence of two interfering signals.

Table 7.8.1A.1.5-1: Test parameters for Wide band intermodulation

Rx parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
9 12
Configuration, per
CC
Release 15 548 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 MHz 5 5
FInterferer 1 MHz –Foffset-7.5 –Foffset-7.5
(Offset) / /
+ Foffset+7.5 + Foffset+7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz 2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5 for
one uplink carrier and in subclause 6.2.5 for two uplink carriers A.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 with set-up according to Annex C.3.1.
Note 4: The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel
bandwidth 5MHz

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer 1 and PInterferer 2
power defined in Table 7.8.1A.1.5-1 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-
1C.

7.8.1A.2 Wideband intermodulation for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA without UL


CA)
7.8.1A.2.1 Test purpose
Same as 7.8.1A.1

7.8.1A.2.2 Test applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that supports intra-band contiguous DL CA. This
test case applies only for CA Configurations that do not support UL CA.

7.8.1A.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements


Same as 7.8.1A.1

7.8.1A.2.4 Test description


7.8.1A.2.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA CA bands specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in table 7.8.1A.2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink
reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the OCNG
patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in
Annex C.2.
Release 15 549 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1A.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in Normal
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in B: Mid range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different C: Mid range (Note 4)
CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs
are mapped onto physical frequencies
according to Table 7.1-2
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg
specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA (Notes 3, 4)
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
CA DL Allocation UL Allocation
Configuration /
NRB_agg
PCC SCCs CC PCC & CC NRB_alloc PCC & SCC RB allocations
NRB NRB MOD SCC RB MOD (LCRB @ RBstart)
allocation
6 25 QPSK 6+25 QPSK 6 P_6@0 - - -
15 50 QPSK 15+50 QPSK 15 P_15@0 - - -
25 25 QPSK 25+25 QPSK 20 P_20@0 - - -
25 25 QPSK 25+25 QPSK 25 P_25@0 - - -
25 50 QPSK 25+50 QPSK 20 P_20@0 - - -
25 100 QPSK 25+100 QPSK 25 P_25@0 - - -
50 25 QPSK 50+25 QPSK 25 P_25@25 - - -
50 50 QPSK 50+50 QPSK 25 P_25@25 - - -
50 50 QPSK 50+50 QPSK 50 P_50@0 - - -
50 75 QPSK 50+75 QPSK 50 P_50@0 - - -
75 25 QPSK 75+25 QPSK 75 P_75@0 - - -
75 50 QPSK 75+50 QPSK 75 P_75@0 - - -
75 75 QPSK 75+75 QPSK 75 P_75@0 - - -
100 25 QPSK 100+25 QPSK 50 P_50@50 - - -
100 25 QPSK 100+25 QPSK 100 P_100@0 - - -
100 50 QPSK 100+50 QPSK 75 P_75@25 - - -
100 50 QPSK 100+50 QPSK 100 P_100@0 - - -
100 75 QPSK 100+75 QPSK 100 P_100@0 - - -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 50 P_50@50 - - -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 75 P_75@25 - - -
100 100 QPSK 100+100 QPSK 100 P_100@0 - - -
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA
Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on CA configurations, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according to
table 7.3.3-2 is tested per Test CA configuration.
Note 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only
the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
Note 4: For CA_70C all test frequency IDs shall be tested according to table 4.3.1.1.70A-1, in TS 36.508
[7].

1. Connect the SS and interfering sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure group
A.34 as appropriate if the UE supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the
band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.1.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.8.1.2A.4.3.
Release 15 550 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.8.1A.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.8.1A.2.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.8.1A.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.8.1A.1.5-1. Send Uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within
+0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in Table 7.8.1A.1.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of
the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the Throughput
measurement.

7. Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in subclause 7.8.1A.2.5 and frequency below the
aggregated component carriers, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present
document.

8. Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G.2.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the aggregated component carriers at step 7.

7.8.1A.2.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.8.1.4.3.

7.8.1A.2.5 Test requirements


Same as 7.8.1A.1.5. with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.8.1A.1.5-1  use Table 7.8.1A.2.5-1.

Table 7.8.1A.2.5-1: Test parameters for Wide band intermodulation

Rx parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
9 12
Configuration, per
CC
Release 15 551 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 MHz 5 5
FInterferer 1 MHz –Foffset-7.5 –Foffset-7.5
(Offset) / /
+ Foffset+7.5 + Foffset+7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz 2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 with set-up according to Annex C.3.1.
Note 4: The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel
bandwidth 5MHz

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer 1 and PInterferer 2
power defined in Table 7.8.1A.2.5-1 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-
1C.

7.8.1A.3 Wideband intermodulation for CA (inter-band DL CA without UL CA)


7.8.1A.3.1 Test purpose
Intermodulation response tests the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified reference
measurement channel, in the presence of two or more interfering signals which have a specific frequency relationship to
the wanted signal, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when two or
more interfering signals exist which have a specific frequency relationship to the wanted signal.

7.8.1A.3.2 Test applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that supports inter-band contiguous DL CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward that support 2DL CA with FDD-TDD
inter-band CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support DL LAA.

7.8.1A.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements


Same as 7.8.1A.1

7.8.1A.3.4 Test description


7.8.1A.3.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA CA bands specified in table 5.4.2A.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in table 7.8.1A.3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink
reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the OCNG
patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in
Annex C.2.
Release 15 552 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1A.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table


Release 15 553 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS
NC
36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for
different CA bandwidth classes, and
A: Mid range for PCC and SCC
PCC and SCCs are mapped onto
physical frequencies according to
Table 7.1-2
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg)
as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for
Highest NRB_agg for PCC and SCC
the CA Configuration across bandwidth
combination sets supported by the UE
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
CA Configuration /
DL Allocation UL Allocation
NRB_agg
PCC SCCs CC PCC & SCC CC PCC
NRB NRB MOD RB allocation MOD NRB_alloc
50 50 QPSK 50 50 QPSK 50
50 50 QPSK 50 50 QPSK 25
50 50 QPSK 50 50 QPSK 20
50 50 QPSK 50 50 QPSK 16
50 75 QPSK 50 75 QPSK 25
50 100 QPSK 50 100 QPSK 50
50 100 QPSK 50 100 QPSK 25
50 100 QPSK 50 100 QPSK 20
50 100 QPSK 50 100 QPSK 16
75 25 QPSK 75 25 QPSK 75
75 25 QPSK 75 25 QPSK 20
75 50 QPSK 75 50 QPSK 25
75 75 QPSK 75 75 QPSK 25
75 100 QPSK 75 100 QPSK 25
100 50 QPSK 100 50 QPSK 100
100 50 QPSK 100 50 QPSK 75
100 50 QPSK 100 50 QPSK 50
100 75 QPSK 100 75 QPSK 100
100 75 QPSK 100 75 QPSK 50
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 75
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 50
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 45
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 25
100 100 QPSK 100 100 QPSK 20
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA
Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table
5.4.2A.1-2.
Note 2: Depending on CA configurations, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value
according to table 7.3A.3.5-2 for UE supporting one uplink carrier is tested per Test CA
configuration.
Note 3: The UL resource blocks shall be located as close as possible to the downlink PCC but
confined within the transmission bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth
(Table 5.4.2-1).
Note 4: The frequencies of PCC and SCC shall be switched and tested in each configuration,
according to the UE declared capability for UL support (within CA operation) in the
individual bands.
Release 15 554 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

1. Connect the SS and interfering sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure group
A.34 as appropriate if the UE supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the
band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.1.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.8.1A.3.4.3.

7.8.1A.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.8.1A.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.8.1A.3.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.8.1A.3.5-0 for operating band 46 or Table
7.8.1A.3.5-1. Send Uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to
ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in Table 7.8.1A.3.5-0 for operating
band 46 or Table 7.8.1A.3.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for
carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement.

7. Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in Table 7.8.1A.3.5-0 for operating band 46 without
uplink band or Table 7.8.1A.3.5-1 and frequency below the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer
bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

8. Measure the average throughput of SCC for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
Annex G.2.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 4.

7.8.1A.3.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.8.1.4.3.

7.8.1A.3.5 Test requirements


For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to one E-UTRA band the in-band blocking requirements are
defined with the uplink active on the band other than the band whose downlink is being tested, i.e., the requirements are
tested only for the SCell downlink. The UE shall meet the requirement for each component carrier, when operated as
SCell, while both downlink carriers are active.

The throughput measured during the test procedure for each component carrier, when operated as SCell, shall be ≥ 95%
of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters
specified in Table 7.8.1A.3.5-0 for band combinations including operating band 46 without uplink operation and Table
7.8.1A.3.5-1 (originated from the single carrier Table 7.8.1.5-1).

The test requirements do not apply when the interfering signal overlaps with the channel bandwidth of any downlink
CC.
Release 15 555 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1A.3.5-0: Test Parameters for Wide band intermodulation

E-UTRA band Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 9
Configuration
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
46
BWInterferer 2 20
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 –
(Offset) 30
/
+BW/2 +
30
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table 7.3.1-
2 with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
NOTE 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD/FS3 as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1/A.5.3.1.

Table 7.8.1A.3.5-1: Test parameters for Wide band intermodulation

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Pw in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
12 8 6 6 7 9
Configuration, per
CC
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 1.4 3 5
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 –2.1 -BW/2 –4.5 -BW/2 – 7.5
(Offset from SCC) / / /
+BW/2+ 2.1 +BW/2 + 4.5 +BW/2 + 7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset from SCC)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-
UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel bandwidth 5MHz
Note 4: For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A and 7.3.3-1B, Pinterferer1
and Pinterferer2 powers are increased by the amount given by ΔRIB in Tables 7.3.3-1A and 7.3.3-1B

7.8.1A.4 Wideband intermodulation for CA (intra band non-contiguous DL CA without


UL CA)
7.8.1A.4.1 Test purpose
Same as 7.8.1A.1
Release 15 556 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.8.1A.4.2 Test applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support intra-band non-contiguous DL CA
but no UL CA.

7.8.1A.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements


Same as 7.8.1A.1

7.8.1A.4.4 Test description


7.8.1A.4.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA CA bands specified in table 5.4.2A.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in table 7.8.1A.4.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink
reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the OCNG
patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in
Annex C.2.

Table 7.8.1A.4.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7]
NC
subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7]
subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes ,
A: N/A (Range is not relevant)
and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical
frequencies according to Table 7.1-2
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in
Refer to test point
subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration.
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
use the content of Table 7.3A.4.4.1-1

1. Connect the SS and interfering sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure group
A.34 as appropriate if the UE supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the
band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.1.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.8.1A.3.4.3.

7.8.1A.4.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.8.1A.4.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
Release 15 557 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.8.1A.4.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.8.1A.4.5-1. Send Uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within
+0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in Table 7.8.1A.4.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of
the target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the Throughput
measurement.

7. Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in Table 7.8.1A.4.5-1 and frequency below SCC, using a
modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

8. Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex G.2A.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above PCC at step 7.

7.8.1A.4.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.8.1.4.3.

7.8.1A.4.5 Test requirements


The throughput measured during the test procedure for each component carrier, shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum
throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table
7.8.1A.4.5-1 (originated from the single carrier Table 7.8.1.5-1).

Table 7.8.1A.4.5-1: Test parameters for Wide band intermodulation

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Pw in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
12 8 6 6 7 9
Configuration, per
CC
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 1.4 3 5
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 –2.1 -BW/2 –4.5 -BW/2 – 7.5
(Offset) / / /
+BW/2+ 2.1 +BW/2 + 4.5 +BW/2 + 7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-
UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel bandwidth 5MHz
Note 4: For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A and 7.3.3-1B, Pinterferer1
and Pinterferer2 powers are increased by the amount given by ΔRIB in Tables 7.3.3-1A and 7.3.3-1B

7.8.1A.5 Wideband intermodulation for 3DL CA


7.8.1A.5.1 Test purpose
Same as 7.8.1A.1
Release 15 558 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.8.1A.5.2 Test applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support 3DL with Intra-band contiguous
CA or 3DL with Inter-band CA, or 3DL with Inter-band and Intra-band contiguous CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support 3DL with Intra-band non-
contiguous CA and Inter-band CA, or 3DL with Intra-band non-contiguous and Intra-band contiguous CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward that support 3DL with FDD-TDD CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support 3DL CA involving Band 46.

7.8.1A.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements


Same as 7.8.1A.1.

7.8.1A.5.4 Test description


7.8.1A.5.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1 through table 5.4.2A.1-2a. All of these configurations shall be
tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.8.1A.5.4.1-1 through table
7.8.1A.5.4.1-2 as appropriate. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex
A.2 and A.3. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Release 15 559 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1A.5.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table


Release 15 560 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Initial Conditions
est Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
NC
est Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes. For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. Fo
mapping within Band refer to “CC” columns
est CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration
cross bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. Refer to “PCC NRB” and “SCCs NRB” columns
etwork signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2
Band Range NRB Band Range NRB Band Range NRB
ID
UL DL ULalloc DL UL DL UL DL UL UL DL
DL MOD
MOD MOD (Note 2,3) alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc MOD alloc alloc
Default Test Settings for a CA_XD Configuration (Intra-band contiguous)
Mid/ Mid/ Mid/
X All RBs X All RBs X All RB
CC1 CC2 CC3
1 REFSENS N/A N/A
LowHighest Highest Highes
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_ag
Mid/ Mid/ Mid/
X All RBs X All RBs X All RB
CC1 CC2 CC3
2 REFSENS N/A N/A
HighLowest Lowest Lowes
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_ag
Default Test Settings for a CA_XA-YA-ZA Configuration (Inter-band)
X Mid All RBs Y Mid All RBs Z Mid All RB
1 REFSENS N/A Highest N/A Highes
QPSK QPSK Highest NRB N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB
Y Mid All RBs X Mid All RBs Z Mid All RB
2 REFSENS N/A Highest N/A Highes
QPSK QPSK Highest NRB N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB
Z Mid All RBs X Mid All RBs Y Mid All RB
3 REFSENS N/A Highest N/A Highes
QPSK QPSK Highest NRB N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB
Test Settings for CA_1A-18A-28A Configuration
1 Low All RBs 18 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RB
1 50@0 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50
1 Low All RBs 18 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RB
2 75@0 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50
1 Low All RBs 18 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RB
3 100@0 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50
1 Low All RBs 18 Mid All RBs 28 High All RB
4 100@0 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50
18 Low All RBs 1 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RB
5 25@25 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 50
18 Low All RBs 1 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RB
6 25@25 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50
18 Low All RBs 1 Low All RBs 28 Mid All RB
7 25@25 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50
18 Mid All RBs 1 Low All RBs 28 High All RB
8 25@50 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 25
18 Mid All RBs 1 Low All RBs 28 High All RB
9 25@50 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50
28 High All RBs 1 Low All RBs 18 Mid All RB
10 25@0 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75
28 Mid All RBs 1 Low All RBs 18 Low All RB
11 25@25 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50
28 High All RBs 1 High All RBs 18 Mid All RB
12 25@25 N/A N/A
QPSK QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75
Default Test Settings for CA_XB-YA and CA_XC-YA Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Mid/ Mid/
X All RBs X All RBs Y Mid All RB
CC1 CC2
1 REFSENS N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highes
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
Release 15 561 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Mid/ Mid/
X All RBs X All RBs Y Mid All RB
CC1 CC2
2 REFSENS N/A N/A
HLowest Lowest Highes
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
Mid/
Y Mid All RBs X All RBs X Mid/CC2 All RB
CC1
3 REFSENS N/A N/A
Highest Highes
QPSK QPSK Highest NRB N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_ag
Mid/
Y Mid All RBs X All RBs X Mid/CC2 All RB
CC1
4 REFSENS N/A N/A
Lowest Lowes
QPSK QPSK Highest NRB N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_ag
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-YB and CA_XA-YC Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Mid/ Mid/
Y All RBs Y All RBs X Mid All RB
CC1 CC2
1 REFSENS N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highes
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
Mid/ Mid/
Y All RBs Y All RBs X Mid All RB
CC1 CC2
2 REFSENS N/A N/A
Lowest Lowest Highes
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
Mid/ Mid/
X Mid All RBs Y All RBs Y All RB
CC1 CC2
3 REFSENS N/A N/A
Highest Highes
QPSK QPSK Highest NRB N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_ag
Mid/ Mid/
X Mid All RBs Y All RBs Y All RB
CC1 CC2
4 REFSENS N/A N/A
Lowest Lowes
QPSK QPSK Highest NRB N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_ag
ote 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
ote 2: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, otherwise use Default Test Settings test points.
ote 3: Inter-band & Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band
within the CA Configuration, test points with that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
ote 4: Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41D, X=41
ote 5: Inter-band: X,Y,Z correspond to the 1st, 2nd and 3rd band in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_1A-3A-19A, X=1, Y=3, Z=19
ote 6: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_1C-3A, X=1 and Y=3
ote 7: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
ote 8: Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg , choose for testing the
Combination with maximum NRB_PCC and then select maximum NRB_SCC1 for the chosen NRB_PCC.
ote 9: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg , choose the
Combination with NRB_PCC = NRB_SCC1 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum NRB_PCC for testing.
ote 10: The orders and numbering of SCCs in this table does not imply any order in test implementation of SCCs.
ote 11: ID/test points that result in no refsens requirement shall be skipped.
Release 15 562 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1A.5.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table with Wgap


Release 15 563 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For
bandwidth classes. mapping within Band refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Highest NRB
Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2
Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB
ID [MHz] [MHz]
UL DL ULalloc DL UL DL UL DL UL DL UL DL
MOD MOD (Note 2,3,4) alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc MOD MOD alloc alloc
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
All
X CC2 All RBs X CC1 Y Mid All RBs
1 REFSENS Max N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
All
Y Mid All RBs X CC2 X CC1 All RBs
2 REFSENS - N/A RBs Max N/A
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-YA-YA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
All
Y CC2 All RBs Y CC1 X Mid All RBs
1 REFSENS Max N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
All
X Mid All RBs Y CC2 Y CC1 All RBs
2 REFSENS - N/A RBs Max N/A
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
Test Settings for CA_29A-66A-66A Configuration (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
All
66 CC1 All RBs 66 CC2 29 Mid All RBs
1 100@0 50 N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50
Test Settings for a CA_41C-41A Configuration (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
All
41 CC3 All RBs 41 CC2 41 CC1 All RBs
1 100@0 134.2 N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100
Test Settings for a CA_41A-41C Configuration (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
All
41 CC3 All RBs 41 CC2 41 CC1 All RBs
2 100@0 - N/A RBs 134.2 N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100
Group Test Settings for CA_66A-66A-XA or CA_XA-66A-66A Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
All
66 CC1 All RBs 66 CC2 X Mid All RBs
RBs
1 100@0 50 N/A - N/A
Highest
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK
NRB
All
X Mid All RBs 66 CC1 66 CC2 All RBs
RBs
2 REFSENS - N/A 50 N/A
Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100
NRB
Test Settings for a CA_66A-66C Configuration (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
All
66 CC1 All RBs 66 CC2 66 CC3 All RBs
1 100@0 30.2 N/A RBs - N/A
QPSK QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 100
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table. Otherwise use test
points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table. Otherwise use Default Test Settings test points.
Note 3: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, otherwise
use Default Test Settings test points.
Note 4: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA Configuration, test points with
that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 5: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: X and Y correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-
5A,X=2,Y=5
Note 6: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41C-
41A,X=41.
Note 7: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for
Release 15 564 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.


Note 8: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB
allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 9: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the
same NRB_agg , choose the Combination with NRB_CC1 = NRB_CC2 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with
maximum NRB_CC1 for testing.
Note 10: The orders and numbering of SCCs in this table does not imply any order in test implementation of SCCs.
Note 11: ID/test points that result in no refsens requirement shall be skipped.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure group A.58 as
appropriate if the UE supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.8.1A.5.4.1-1 through Table
7.8.1A.5.4.1-2 as appropriate.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.8.1A.5.4.3.

7.8.1A.5.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.8.1A.5.4.3

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.8.1A.5.4.1-1 through Table 7.8.1A.5.4.1-2 as appropriate on PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC
padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.8.1A.5.4.1-1 through Table 7.8.1A.5.4.1-2 as appropriate on PCC
and SCCs. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on
the UL RMC.

6. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 77.8.1A.5.4.2-1. Send Uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within
+0, - 3.4 dB of the target level for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level for
carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement.

7. Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in Table 7.8.1A.5.4.2-1 and frequency below the
measured carrier(s) according to table 7.8.1A.5.4.2-1, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in
Annex D of the present document.

8. Measure the average throughput for the carrier(s) indicated in table 7.8.1A.5.4.2-1 for a duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2A.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the measured carrier(s) according to table
7.8.1A.5.4.2-1.

10. Repeat steps 6 to 9 for component carriers listed in table 7.8.1A.5.4.2-1.


Release 15 565 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1A.5.4.2-1: Test repetition and measurement configuration

ID Throughput Table with


(Note 1) measured test
CA configuration on parameters
(Note 3) to select
(Note 2)
1 PCC, 7.8.1A.5.5-2
Intra-band contiguous SCC1,
2
SCC2
1 SCC1 7.8.1A.5.5-0
SCC2 7.8.1A.5.5-1
2 SCC1
Inter-band
SCC2
3 SCC1
SCC2
1 SCC2 7.8.1A.5.5-0
Intra-band contiguous + Inter- 2 7.8.1A.5.5-1
band 3 SCC1, 7.8.1A.5.5-2
4 SCC2 7.8.1A.5.5-3
1 SCC2 7.8.1A.5.5-0
Intra-band non-contiguous + 7.8.1A.5.5-1
Inter-band 2 SCC1
SCC2
1 PCC 7.8.1A.5.5-1
SCC1, 7.8.1A.5.5-2
Intra-band non-contiguous + SCC2 7.8.1A.5.5-3
Intra-band contiguous 2 SCC2 7.8.1A.5.5-1
PCC, SCC1 7.8.1A.5.5-2
7.8.1A.5.5-3
Note 1: Test point ID for the particular CA configuration as defined in
section 7.8.1A.5.4.1.
Note 2: The reference for the placement of the interferer signals is the
centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer among the
carriers throughput is measured on.
Note 3: Where there are multiple rows for a single Test point ID, the test
is repeated for each row.
Note 4: Skip the parts of the test procedure configuring in-gap
interferer positions for a non-contiguous component carrier

7.8.1A.5.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.8.1.4.3 for without UL CA.

Same message contents as in clause 7.8.1A.1.4.3 for UL CA.

7.8.1A.5.5 Test requirement


The throughput of the carrier(s) under test shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement
channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1A.5.5-0, Table 7.8.1A.5.5-1, Table
7.8.1A.5.5-2, or Table 7.8.1A.5.5-3 for the specified wanted signal mean power in the presence of two interfering
signals.

The test requirements do not apply when the interfering signal overlaps with the channel bandwidth of any downlink
CC.

Table 7.8.1A.5.5-0: Test Parameters for Wide band intermodulation (band 46)

E-UTRA band Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
46 Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 9
Configuration
PInterferer 1 dBm -46
(CW)
Release 15 566 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 20
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 –
(Offset) 30
/
+BW/2 +
30
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table 7.3.1-
2 with PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
NOTE 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD/FS3 as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1/A.5.3.1.

Table 7.8.1A.5.5-1: Test parameters for Wide band intermodulation

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
12 8 6 6 7 9
Configuration for
each CC
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 1.4 3 5
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 –2.1 -BW/2 –4.5 -BW/2 – 7.5
(Offset from SCC) / / /
+BW/2+ 2.1 +BW/2 + 4.5 +BW/2 + 7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset from SCC)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-
UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel bandwidth 5MHz
Note 4: For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A and 7.3.3-1B, Pinterferer1
and Pinterferer2 powers are increased by the amount given by ΔRIB in Tables 7.3.3-1A and 7.3.3-1B
Note 5: For intra-band non-contiguous + inter-band CA, RIBNC = 0 dB for all sub-block gaps
Release 15 567 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1A.5.5-2: Wide band intermodulation

Rx parameter Units Table 7.8.1A.5.5-2 CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Power per CC in REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below
Aggregated
Transmission dBm
9 12 13.8
Bandwidth
Configuration
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 MHz 5 5 5
FInterferer 1 MHz –Foffset-7.5 –Foffset-7.5 –Foffset-7.5
(Offset) / / /
+ Foffset+7.5 + Foffset+7.5 + Foffset+7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 with set-up according to Annex C.3.1.
Note 4: The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel
bandwidth 5MHz
Note 5: The Finterferer 1 (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to
the interferer and the centre frequency of the CW interferer and Finterferer 2 (offset) is the frequency
separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer and the centre frequency
of the modulated interferer.

Table 7.8.1A.5.5-3: Wide band intermodulation (band 46, intra-band contiguous)

E-UTRA Band Rx parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Power per CC in REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below
Aggregated
Transmission dBm
12 13.8
Bandwidth
Configuration
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
46 PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 MHz 20 20
FInterferer 1 MHz –Foffset-30 –Foffset-30
(Offset) / /
+ Foffset+30 + Foffset+30
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L,c or PCMAX_L as defined in subclause 6.2.5A.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
NOTE 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 with set-up according to
Annex C.3.1.
NOTE 4: The interfering modulated signal is 20 MHz E-UTRA signal as described in Annex D interference setting 2;
NOTE 5: The Finterferer 1 (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer
and the centre frequency of the CW interferer and Finterferer 2 (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre
frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer and the centre frequency of the modulated interferer.

For a UE, which supports CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer 1 and PInterferer 2 power
defined in Table 7.8.1A.5.5-2 increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.
Release 15 568 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.8.1A.6
7.8.1A.7 Wideband intermodulation for 4DL CA
7.8.1A.7.1 Test purpose
Same as 7.8.1A.1.

7.8.1A.7.2 Test applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support 4DL with TDD Intra-band
contiguous CA, or 4DL with Inter-band CA, or 4DL with Intra-band contiguous and Inter-band CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support 4DL with Intra-band non-
contiguous CA and Inter-band CA, or 4DL with Intra-band non-contiguous and Intra-band contiguous CA, or 4DL with
Intra-band non-contiguous and Intra-band non-contiguous CA.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward that support 4DL CA with FDD-TDD CA.

7.8.1A.7.3 Minimum conformance requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.8.1A.0.

7.8.1A.7.4 Test description


7.8.1A.7.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1 through table 5.4.2A.1-2a. All of these configurations shall be
tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.8.1A.7.4.1-1 through table
7.8.1A.7.4.1-6 as appropriate. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex
A.2 and A.3. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
569

Table 7.8.1A.7.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes. For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For mapping within Band
refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration Refer to “PCC NRB” and “SCCs NRB” columns
across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2 SCC3
Band Range NRB Band Range NRB
Band Range NRB Band Range NRB
ID
UL UL UL UL
DL MOD ULalloc DLalloc DL MOD ULalloc DLalloc DL MOD ULalloc DLalloc DL MOD ULalloc DLalloc
MOD MOD MOD MOD
Default Test Settings for a CA_XE Configuration (Intra-band contiguous)
ALL ALL
X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 X Mid/CC3 ALL RBs X Mid/CC4 ALL RBs
RBs RBs
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
ALL ALL
X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 X Mid/CC3 ALL RBs X Mid/CC4 ALL RBs
RBs RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for a CA_XA-YD, YD-XA Configuration (Inter-band)

ALL
Y Mid/CC1 Y Mid/CC2 ALL RBs Y Mid/CC3 ALL RBs X Mid ALL RBs
RBs
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
ALL
Y Mid/CC1 Y Mid/CC2 ALL RBs Y Mid/CC3 ALL RBs X Mid ALL RBs
RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Lowest Lowest Lowest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB
ALL
X Mid Y Mid/CC1 ALL RBs Y Mid/CC2 ALL RBs Y Mid/CC3 ALL RBs
RBs
3 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
ALL
X Mid Y Mid/CC1 ALL RBs Y Mid/CC2 ALL RBs Y Mid/CC3 ALL RBs
RBs
4 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
570
Default Test Settings for a CA_XA-YA-ZA-RA Configuration (Inter-band)
ALL ALL
X Mid Y Mid Z Mid ALL RBs R Mid ALL RBs
RBs RBs
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL
Y Mid X Mid Z Mid ALL RBs R Mid ALL RBs
RBs RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL
Z Mid X Mid Y Mid ALL RBs R Mid ALL RBs
RBs RBs
3 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL
R Mid X Mid Y Mid ALL RBs Z Mid ALL RBs
RBs RBs
4 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
Default Test Settings for CA_XB-YA-ZA and CA_XC-YA-ZA Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-XB-ZA and CA_YA-XC-ZA Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-ZA-XB and CA_YA-ZA-XC Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
ALL ALL
X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 Y Mid ALL RBs Z Mid ALL RBs
RBs RBs
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL
X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 Y Mid ALL RBs Z Mid ALL RBs
RBs RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Lowest Lowest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL
Y Mid X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 ALL RBs Z Mid ALL RBs
RBs RBs
3 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL
Y Mid X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 ALL RBs Z Mid ALL RBs
RBs RBs
4 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Lowest Lowest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X Mid/CC1 ALL RBs X Mid/CC2 ALL RBs
RBs RBs
5 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X Mid/CC1 ALL RBs X Mid/CC2 ALL RBs
RBs RBs
6 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
571
Default Test Settings for CA_XC-YC Configuration (Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band(2))
ALL ALL
X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 Y Mid/CC1 ALL RBs Y Mid/CC2 ALL RBs
RBs RBs
1 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL
X Mid/CC1 X Mid/CC2 Y Mid/CC1 ALL RBs Y Mid/CC2 ALL RBs
RBs RBs
2 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL
Y Mid/CC1 Y Mid/CC2 X Mid/CC1 ALL RBs X Mid/CC2 ALL RBs
RBs RBs
3 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Highest Highest Highest Highest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL
Y Mid/CC1 Y Mid/CC2 X Mid/CC1 ALL RBs X Mid/CC2 ALL RBs
RBs RBs
4 REFSENS N/A N/A N/A
Lowest Lowest Lowest Lowest
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
NRB NRB NRB NRB
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Intra-band contiguous & Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, otherwise use Default Test Settings
test points.
Note 3: Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, Otherwise use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table.
Otherwise use the Default Test Settings test points.
Note 4: Inter-band & Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA Configuration,
test points with that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 5: Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41E, X=41.
Note 6: Inter-band: X,Y,Z,R correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_1A-3A-7A-8A,X=1,Y=3,Z=7,R=8.
Note 7: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y,Z correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_3C-7A-28A, X=3,Y=7 and Z=28.
Note 8: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 9: Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg, choose for testing the Combination with maximum
NRB_PCC and then select maximum NRB_SCC1 for the chosen NRB_PCC.
Note 10: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg , choose the Combination with NRB_PCC =
NRB_SCC1 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum NRB_PCC for testing.
Note 11: The orders and numbering of SCCs in this table does not imply any order in test implementation of SCCs.
Note 12: ID/test points that result in no refsens requirement shall be skipped.
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
572
Table 7.8.1A.7.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table with Wgap
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
573
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 NC
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For mapping within Band
bandwidth classes. refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Highest NRB
Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2 SCC3
Ban Ran Ban Ran Ban Rang Ran
NRB Wgap NRB Wgap NRB Band NRB
I d ge d ge d e Wgap ge
[MHz [MHz
D UL UL [MHz] DL
DL ULall DLallo ] UL DL ULall DLall ] DL ULall DLall UL ULall DLallo
MO MO MO
MOD oc c MOD MOD oc oc MOD oc oc MOD oc c
D D D
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA-ZA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-XA-XA-ZA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-ZA-XA-XA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC2 X CC1 Y Mid Z Mid
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 Max N/A - N/A - N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X CC2 X CC1 Z Mid
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 - N/A Max N/A - N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X CC2 X CC1
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 - N/A - N/A Max N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
Default Test Settings for CA_66A-66A-YA-ZA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-66A-66A-ZA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YA-ZA-66A-66A Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC1 X CC2 Y Mid Z Mid
RBs RBs RBs RBs
REFS
1 Max 64- N/A - N/A - 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS NRB_ag 64- NRB_ag
NRB_agg N/A QA N/A N/A QA NRB_agg
K QAM g QAM g
M M
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X CC1 X CC2 Z Mid
RBs RBs RBs RBs
REFS
2 - 64- N/A Max N/A - 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS NRB_ag 64- NRB_ag
NRB_agg N/A QA N/A N/A QA NRB_agg
K QAM g QAM g
M M
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
574
ALL ALL - ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X CC1 X CC2
RBs RBs RBs RBs
REFS
3 - 64- N/A N/A Max 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS NRB_ag 64- NRB_ag
NRB_agg N/A QA N/A N/A QA NRB_agg
K QAM g QAM g
M M
Default Test Settings for CA_66A-66A-YC Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
Default Test Settings for CA_YC-66A-66A Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
66 CC1 66 CC2 Y Y
RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs
REFS
1 Max 64- N/A - N/A High - 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS NRB_ag 64- Highes
NRB_agg N/A QA N/A est N/A QA
K QAM g QAM t NRB
M NRB M
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL
Y Y 66 CC1 66 CC2
CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs
REFS
2 - 64- N/A - N/A Max 64- N/A
QPS 64- ENS Highes Highe 64- NRB_ag
N/A QA N/A N/A QA NRB_agg
K QAM t NRB st NRB QAM g
M M
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XD/XD-XA/XC-XC Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous)
TBD
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA-YA Configurations (Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous)
ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC4 X CC3 Y CC2 Y CC1
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 Max N/A - N/A Max N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y CC4 Y CC3 X CC2 X CC1
REFS RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 Max N/A - N/A Max N/A
QPS QPS ENS QPS NRB_ag QPS NRB_ag QPS
NRB_agg N/A N/A N/A NRB_agg
K K K g K g K
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table. Otherwise use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table.
Otherwise use Default Test Settings test points.
Note 3: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA Configuration, test points with that individual band
as PCC are not applicable.
Note 4: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y,Z correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-4A-12A,X=2,Y=4,Z=12.
Note 5: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41C-41A-41A,X=41.
Note 6: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous: X,Y correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-4A-
4A,X=2,Y=4.
Note 7: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 8: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg , choose
the Combination with NRB_CC1 = NRB_CC2 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum NRB_CC1 for testing.
Note 9: The orders and numbering of SCCs in this table does not imply any order in test implementation of SCCs.
Note 10: ID/test points that result in no refsens requirement shall be skipped.
Release 15 575 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure group A.58 as
appropriate if the UE supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.8.1A.7.4.1-1 through Table
7.8.1A.7.4.1-2 as appropriate.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.3A.5.4.3.

7.8.1A.7.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.8.1A.7.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.8.1A.7.4.1-1 through Table7.8.1A.7.4.1-2 as appropriate on PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC
padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.8.1A.7.4.1-1 through Table 7.8.1A.7.4.1-2 as appropriate on PCC
and SCCs. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on
the UL RMC.

6. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.8.1A.7.5-1 or 7.8.1A.7.5-2. Send Uplink power
control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power
is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the target level for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level
for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement.

7. Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in 7.8.1A.7.5-1 or 7.8.1A.7.5-2 and frequency below the
measured carrier(s) according to table 7.8.1A.7.4.2-1, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in
Annex D of the present document.

8. Measure the average throughput for the carrier(s) indicated in table 7.8.1A.7.4.2-1 for a duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2A.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the measured carrier(s) according to table
7.8.1A.7.4.2-1.

10. Repeat steps 6 to 9 for component carriers listed in table 7.8.1A.7.4.2-1.

3GPP
Release 15 576 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1A.7.4.2-1: Test repetition and measurement configuration

ID Throughput Table with


(Note 1) measured test
CA configuration on (Note 3) parameters
to select
(Note 2)
1 PCC, SCC1,
Intra-band contiguous 7.8.1A.7.5-2
2 SCC2,SCC3
SCC1
1 SCC2
SCC3
SCC1
2 SCC2
SCC3
Inter-band 7.8.1A.7.5-1
SCC1
3 SCC2
SCC3
SCC1
4 SCC2
SCC3
1 SCC2
7.8.1A.7.5-1
2 SCC3
3 SCC1,
Intra-band contiguous + Inter- 7.8.1A.7.5-2
SCC2,
band 4 7.8.1A.7.5-1
SCC3
5 SCC1,
7.8.1A.7.5-1
SCC2,
6 7.8.1A.7.5-2
SCC3
1
Intra-band contiguous + Inter- 2 SCC2 7.8.1A.7.5-1
band(2) 3 SCC3 7.8.1A.7.5-2
4
SCC2,
1 7.8.1A.7.5-1
SCC3
SCC1,
Intra-band non-contiguous + 2 SCC2 7.8.1A.7.5-1
Inter-band SCC3
SCC1
3 SCC2 7.8.1A.7.5-1
SCC3
PCC 7.8.1A.7.5-1
SCC1,
1 7.8.1A.7.5-1
SCC2,
Intra-band non-contiguous + 7.8.1A.7.5-2
SCC3
Intra-band contiguous
SCC2 7.8.1A.7.5-2
2 PCC, SCC1, 7.8.1A.7.5-1
SCC3 7.8.1A.7.5-2
SCC2
1
Intra-band non-contiguous + SCC3
7.8.1A.7.5-1
Intra-band non-contiguous SCC2
2
SCC3
Note 1: Test point ID for the particular CA configuration as defined in
section 7.8.1A.7.4.1.
Note 2: The reference for the placement of the interferer signals is the
centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer among the
carriers throughput is measured on.
Note 3: Where there are multiple rows for a single Test point ID, the test
is repeated for each row.
Note 4: Skip the parts of the test procedure configuring in-gap interferer
positions for a non-contiguous component carrier.

7.8.1A.7.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.8.1.4.3 for without UL CA.

3GPP
Release 15 577 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Same message contents as in clause 7.8.1A.1.4.3 for UL CA.

7.8.1A.7.5 Test requirement


The throughput of the carrier(s) under test shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement
channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1A.7.5-1 or Table 7.8.1A.7.5-2 for the
specified wanted signal mean power in the presence of two interfering signals.

The test requirements do not apply when the interfering signal overlaps with the channel bandwidth of any downlink
CC.

Table 7.8.1A.7.5-1: Test parameters for Wide band intermodulation (inter-band)

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
12 8 6 6 7 9
Configuration for
each CC
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 1.4 3 5
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 –2.1 -BW/2 –4.5 -BW/2 – 7.5
(Offset from SCC) / / /
+BW/2+ 2.1 +BW/2 + 4.5 +BW/2 + 7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset from SCC)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-
UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel bandwidth 5MHz.
Note 4: For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A and 7.3.3-1B, Pinterferer1
and Pinterferer2 powers are increased by the amount given by ΔRIB in Tables 7.3.3-1A and 7.3.3-1B.
Note 5: For intra-band non-contiguous + inter-band CA, RIBNC = 0 dB for all sub-block gaps.

3GPP
Release 15 578 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1A.7.5-2: Wide band intermodulation (Intra-band contiguous)

Rx parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Power per CC in REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below
Aggregated
Transmission dBm
9 12 13.8 15
Bandwidth
Configuration
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 MHz 5 5 5 5
FInterferer 1 MHz –Foffset-7.5 –Foffset-7.5 –Foffset-7.5 –Foffset-7.5
(Offset) / / / /
+ Foffset+7.5 + Foffset+7.5 + Foffset+7.5 + Foffset+7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 with set-up according to Annex C.3.1.
Note 4: The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel
bandwidth 5MHz.
Note 5: The Finterferer 1 (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to
the interferer and the centre frequency of the CW interferer and Finterferer 2 (offset) is the frequency
separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer and the centre frequency
of the modulated interferer.

For a UE, which supports CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C, PInterferer 1 and PInterferer 2 power
defined in Table 7.8.1A.7.5-2 increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B and 7.3.3-1C.

7.8.1A.8 Wideband intermodulation for 5DL CA


7.8.1A.8.1 Test purpose
Same as 7.8.1A.1.

7.8.1A.8.2 Test applicability


This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE and forward that support 5DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2a.

7.8.1A.8.3 Minimum conformance requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.8.1A.0.

7.8.1A.8.4 Test description


7.8.1A.8.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1 through table 5.4.2A.1-2a. All of these configurations shall be
tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.8.1A.8.4.1-1 through table
7.8.1A.8.4.1-2 as appropriate. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex
A.2 and A.3. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

3GPP
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
579

Table 7.8.1A.8.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For mapping within Band refer to “CC” columns
CA bandwidth classes.
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for Refer to “PCC NRB” and “SCCs NRB” columns
the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the
UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2 SCC3 SCC4
Rang Ban Rang Ban Rang NRB Ban Rang NRB Ban Rang NRB
Band NRB NRB
I e d e d e d e d e
D ULalloc UL UL UL UL UL UL UL UL
UL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL DL
(Note MO allo MO allo MO allo MO allo
MOD MOD alloc MOD alloc MOD alloc MOD alloc MOD alloc
2,3,4) D c D c D c D c
Default Test Settings for a CA_XF Configuration
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
X X X X X
CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs CC5 RBs
REF
1 Lowes N/A Lowes N/A Lowes N/A Lowes N/A
QPS SENS Lowest
QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK
K NRB_agg
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
X X X X X
CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs CC5 RBs
REF
2 Highes N/A Highes N/A Highes N/A Highes N/A Highes
QPS SENS
QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t
K
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for a CA_XA-YA-ZA-RA-SA Configuration
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
X Mid Y Mid Z Mid R Mid S Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
QPS SENS Highes Highes Highes Highes Highes
QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
K t NRB t NRB t NRB t NRB t NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X Mid Z Mid R Mid S Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 N/A N/A N/A N/A
QPS SENS Highes Highes Highes Highes Highes
QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
K t NRB t NRB t NRB t NRB t NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid X Mid Y Mid R Mid S Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 N/A N/A N/A N/A
QPS SENS Highes Highes Highes Highes Highes
QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
K t NRB t NRB t NRB t NRB t NRB

3GPP
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
580
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
R Mid X Mid Y Mid Z Mid S Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
4 N/A N/A N/A N/A
QPS SENS Highes Highes Highes Highes Highes
QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
K t NRB t NRB t NRB t NRB t NRB
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
S Mid X Mid Y Mid Z Mid R Mid
REFSEN RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
5 N/A N/A N/A N/A
QPS S Highes Highes Highes Highes Highes
QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
K t NRB t NRB t NRB t NRB t NRB
Default Test Settings for a CA_XE-YA, YA-XE Configuration
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
X X X X Y Mid
CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs RBs
REF
1 Highes N/A Highes N/A Highes N/A Highes N/A
QPS SENS Highes
QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK
K t NRB
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
X X X X Y Mid
CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs RBs
REF
2 Lowes N/A Lowes N/A Lowes N/A Lowes N/A
QPS SENS Highes
QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK
K t NRB
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
Y Mid X X X X
RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs
REF
3 N/A Highes N/A Highes N/A Highes N/A Highes
QPS SENS Highes
QPSK N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t
K t NRB
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
Y Mid X X X X
RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs CC4 RBs
REF
4 N/A Lowes N/A Lowes N/A Lowes N/A
QPS SENS Highes Lowest
QPSK N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK
K t NRB NRB_agg
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for CA_XB-YA-ZA-RA and CA_XC-YA-ZA-RA Configuration
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL ALL
X X Y Mid Z Mid R Mid
CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs RBs
REF
1 Highes N/A Highes N/A N/A N/A
QPS SENS Highes Highes Highes
QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
K t NRB t NRB t NRB
NRB_agg NRB_agg
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL ALL
X X Y Mid Z Mid R Mid
CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs RBs
REF
2 Lowes N/A Lowes N/A N/A N/A
QPS SENS Highes Highes Highes
QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
K t NRB t NRB t NRB
NRB_agg NRB_agg
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X X Z Mid R Mid
RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs
REF
3 N/A Highes N/A Highes N/A N/A
QPS SENS Highes Highes Highes
QPSK N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
K t NRB t NRB t NRB
NRB_agg NRB_agg

3GPP
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
581
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X X Z Mid R Mid
RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs
REF
4 N/A Lowes N/A Lowes N/A N/A
QPS SENS Highes Highes Highes
QPSK N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
K t NRB t NRB t NRB
NRB_agg NRB_agg
ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X X R Mid
RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
REF
5 N/A N/A Highes N/A Highes N/A
QPS SENS Highes Highes Highes
QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK
K t NRB t NRB t NRB
NRB_agg NRB_agg
ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X X R Mid
RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
REF
6 N/A N/A Lowes N/A Lowes N/A
QPS SENS Highes Highes Highes
QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK
K t NRB t NRB t NRB
NRB_agg NRB_agg
ALL ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
R Mid Z Mid Y Mid X X
RBs RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs
REF
7 N/A N/A N/A Highes N/A Highes
SENS Highes Highes Highes
N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t
t NRB t NRB t NRB
NRB_agg NRB_agg
ALL ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
R Mid Z Mid Y Mid X X
RBs RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs
REF
8 N/A N/A N/A Lowes N/A
SENS Highes Highes Highes Lowest
N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK
t NRB t NRB t NRB NRB_agg
NRB_agg
Default Test Settings for CA_XD-YA-ZA Configuration
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL
X X X Y Mid Z Mid
CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs RBs RBs
REF
1 Highes N/A Highes N/A Highes N/A N/A
QPS SENS Highes Highes
QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
K t NRB t NRB
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL ALL ALL
X X X Mid Y Mid Z Mid
CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs RBs RBs
REF
2 Lowes N/A Lowes N/A Lowes N/A N/A
QPS SENS Highes Highes
QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
K t NRB t NRB
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
Y Mid X X X Z Mid
RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs RBs
REF
3 N/A Highes N/A Highes N/A Highes N/A
QPS SENS Highes Highes
QPSK N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK
K t NRB t NRB
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg

3GPP
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
582
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
Y Mid X X X Z Mid
RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs RBs
REF
4 N/A Lowes N/A Lowes N/A Lowes N/A
QPS SENS Highes Highes
QPSK N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK
K t NRB t NRB
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X X X
RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs
REF
5 N/A N/A Highes N/A Highes N/A Highes
QPS SENS Highes Highes
QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t
K t NRB t NRB
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
ALL ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X X X
RBs RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC3 RBs
REF
6 N/A N/A Lowes N/A Lowes N/A
QPS SENS Highes Highes Lowest
QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK
K t NRB t NRB NRB_agg
NRB_agg NRB_agg

3GPP
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
583
Default Test Settings CA_XB-YB-ZA, CA_XB-YC-ZA, CA_XC-YB-ZA, and CA_XC-YC-ZA Configuration
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
X X Y Y Z Mid
CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
REF
1 Highes N/A Highes N/A Highes N/A Highes N/A
QPS SENS Highes
QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK
K t NRB
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
X X Y Y Z Mid
CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
REF
2 Lowes N/A Lowes N/A Lowes N/A Lowes N/A
QPS SENS Highes
QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK
K t NRB
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
Y Y X X Z Mid
CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
REF
3 Highes N/A Highes N/A Highes N/A Highes N/A
QPS SENS Highes
QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK
K t NRB
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL ALL
Y Y X X Z Mid
CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs RBs
REF
4 Lowes N/A Lowes N/A Lowes N/A Lowes N/A
QPS SENS Highes
QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK
K t NRB
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
Z Mid X X Y Y
RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs
REF
5 N/A Highes N/A Highes N/A Highes N/A Highes
QPS SENS Highes
QPSK N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t
K t NRB
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL Mid/ ALL
Z Mid X X Y Y
RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs CC1 RBs CC2 RBs
REF
6 N/A Lowes N/A Lowes N/A Lowes N/A
QPS SENS Highes Lowest
QPSK N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK t N/A QPSK
K t NRB NRB_agg
NRB_agg NRB_agg NRB_agg
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Intra-band contiguous & Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, otherwise use Default Test Settings
test points.
Note 3: Inter-band: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, Otherwise use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table.
Otherwise use the Default Test Settings test points.
Note 4: Inter-band & Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA
Configuration, test points with that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 5: Intra-band contiguous: X corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_41F, X=41.
Note 6: Inter-band: X,Y,Z,R,S correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_1A-3A-7A-20A-42A,X=1,Y=3,Z=7,R=20,S=42.
Note 7: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y,Z,R correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_1A-3A-28A-42C, X=1, Y=3, Z=28 and R=42.
Note 8: REFSENS refers to the PCC bands and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 9: Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg, choose for testing the Combination with maximum
NRB_PCC and then select maximum NRB_SCC1 for the chosen NRB_PCC.
Note 10: Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg, choose the Combination with NRB_PCC =

3GPP
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
584
NRB_SCC1 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum NRB_PCC for testing.

3GPP
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
585
Table 7.8.1A.8.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table with Wgap

3GPP
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
586
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1
For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns. For mapping within
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes.
Band refer to “CC” columns
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth
Highest NRB
combination sets supported by the UE.
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
PCC SCC1 SCC2 SCC3 SCC4
Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB Wgap Band Range NRB
ID [MH DL [MH UL DL [MH DL [MH DL
UL DL UL DL z] UL DL UL z] UL DL z] UL DL UL z] UL DL UL
allo allo allo allo allo
MOD MOD alloc alloc MOD MOD alloc MOD MOD MOD MOD alloc MOD MOD alloc
c c c c c
Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA-ZA-RA Configurations
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC2 X CC1 Y Mid Z Mid R Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 Max N/A - N/A - N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X CC2 X CC1 Z Mid R Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 - N/A Max N/A - N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Mid Y Mid X CC2 X CC1 R Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 - N/A - N/A Max N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
R Mid Z Mid Y Mid X CC2 X CC1
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
4 - N/A - N/A - N/A Max N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg

Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YD Configurations


ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y CC3 Y CC2 Y CC1 X CC2 X CC1
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 - N/A - N/A - N/A Max N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC2 X CC1 Y CC3 Y CC2 Y CC1
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 Max N/A - N/A - N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK QPSK QPSK
g gg gg gg gg

Default Test Settings for CA_XA-XA-YA-ZA-ZA Configurations


ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z CC2 Z CC1 X CC2 X CC1 Y Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
1 Max N/A - N/A Max N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
X CC2 X CC1 Z CC2 Z CC1 Y Mid
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
2 Max N/A - N/A Max N/A - N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg

3GPP
Release 15 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)
587
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Y Mid X CC2 X CC1 Z CC2 Z CC1
REF RBs RBs RBs RBs RBs
3 - N/A Max N/A - N/A Max N/A
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK
g gg gg gg gg

Default Test Settings for CA_66A-66A-YA-ZC Configurations Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous
Mid/C ALL Mid/C ALL ALL ALL ALL
Z Z 66 CC1 66 CC2 Y Mid
C1 RBs C2 RBs RBs RBs RBs
REF
1 High - N/A Hig - N/A Max N/A - N/A Hig
SENS NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK est N/A QPSK hest N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK hest
gg gg
NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL Mid/C ALL Mid/C ALL ALL
66 CC1 66 CC2 Z Z Y Mid
RBs RBs C1 RBs C2 RBs RBs
REF
2 Max N/A - N/A Hig - N/A Hig - N/A Hig
SENS NRB_ag NRB_a
QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK N/A QPSK hest N/A QPSK hest N/A QPSK hest
g gg
NRB NRB NRB
ALL ALL ALL Mid/C ALL Mid/C ALL
Y Mid 66 CC1 66 CC2 Z Z
RBs RBs RBs C1 RBs C2 RBs
REF
3 High - N/A Max N/A - N/A Hig - N/A Hig
SENS NRB_a NRB_a
QPSK QPSK est N/A QPSK N/A QPSK N/A QPSK hest N/A QPSK hest
gg gg
NRB NRB NRB
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table. Otherwise use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if present in the table. Otherwise use Default Test
Settings test points.
Note 3: If, according to the UE declared capability, UE does not support UL in an individual band within the CA Configuration, test points with that individual band as PCC are not applicable.
Note 4: Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y,Z,R correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-5A-12A-66A,X=2,Y=5,Z=12,R=66.
Note 5: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: X,Y corresponds to the band of the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_5A-5A-66D,X=5,Y=66.
Note 6: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous: X,Y,Z correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_2A-2A-5A-66A-66A,X=2,Y=5,Z=66.
Note 7: REFSENS refers to the PCC band’s and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table 7.3.5-2.
Note 8: Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band contiguous: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same N RB_agg , choose the Combination with NRB_CC1 =
NRB_CC2 for testing. If no such combination is supported, choose Combination with maximum NRB_CC1 for testing.

3GPP
Release 15 588 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure group A.58 as
appropriate if the UE supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure A.82 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.8.1A.8.4.1-1 through Table
7.8.1A.8.4.1-2 as appropriate.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.8.1A.8.4.3.

7.8.1A.8.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.8.1A.8.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.8.1A.8.4.1-1 through Table 7.8.1A.8.4.1-2 as appropriate on PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC
padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.8.1A.8.4.1-1 through Table 7.8.1A.8.4.1-2 as appropriate on PCC
and SCCs. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on
the UL RMC.

6. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.8.1A.8.5-1 or 7.8.1A.8.5-2. Send Uplink power
control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power
is within +0, - 3.4 dB of the target level for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target level
for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement.

7. Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in 7.8.1A.8.5-1 or 7.8.1A.8.5-2 and frequency below the
measured carrier(s) according to table 7.8.1A.8.4.2-1, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in
Annex D of the present document.

8. Measure the average throughput for the carrier(s) indicated in table 7.8.1A.8.4.2-1 for a duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.2A.

9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the measured carrier(s) according to table
7.8.1A.8.4.2-1.

10. Repeat steps 6 to 9 for component carriers listed in table 7.8.1A.8.4.2-1.

Table 7.8.1A.8.4.2-1: Test repetition and measurement configuration

ID Throughput Table with


(Note 1) measured test
CA configuration on (Note 3) parameters to
select (Note
2)
1 PCC, SCC1,
CA_XF SCC2,SCC3, 7.8.1A.8.5-2
2
SCC4
SCC1
SCC2
CA_XA-YA-ZA-RA-SA 1 7.8.1A.8.5-1
SCC3
SCC4

3GPP
Release 15 589 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

SCC1
SCC2
2
SCC3
SCC4
SCC1
SCC2
3
SCC3
SCC4
SCC1
SCC2
4
SCC3
SCC4
SCC1
SCC2
5
SCC3
SCC4
1 SCC4 7.6.3A.8.5-1
2
CA_XE-YA SCC1,SCC2,
3 7.6.3A.8.5-2
SCC3,SCC4
4
SCC2
1 SCC3
SCC4
7.8.1A.8.5-1
SCC2
2 SCC3
SCC4
SCC1,SCC2 7.8.1A.8.5-2
3 SCC3
7.8.1A.8.5-1
SCC4
SCC1,SCC2 7.8.1A.8.5-2
4 SCC3
7.8.1A.8.5-1
CA_XB-YA-ZA-RA SCC4
CA_XC-YA-ZA-RA SCC1 7.8.1A.8.5-1
5 SCC2,SCC3 7.8.1A.8.5-2
SCC4 7.8.1A.8.5-1
SCC1 7.8.1A.8.5-1
6 SCC2,SCC3 7.8.1A.8.5-2
SCC4 7.8.1A.8.5-1
SCC1
7.8.1A.8.5-1
7 SCC2
SCC3,SCC4 7.8.1A.8.5-2
SCC1
7.8.1A.8.5-1
8 SCC2
SCC3,SCC4 7.8.1A.8.5-2
SCC3
1 7.8.1A.8.5-1
SCC4
SCC3
2 7.8.1A.8.5-1
SCC4
SCC1,SCC2,
7.8.1A.8.5-2
3 SCC3
SCC4 7.8.1A.8.5-1
SCC1,SCC2,
CA_XD-YA-ZA 7.8.1A.8.5-2
4 SCC3
SCC4 7.8.1A.8.5-1
SCC1 7.8.1A.8.5-1
5 SCC2,SCC3,
7.8.1A.8.5-2
SCC4
SCC1 7.8.1A.8.5-1
6 SCC2,SCC3,
7.8.1A.8.5-2
SCC4

3GPP
Release 15 590 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

SCC2,SCC3 7.6.3A.8.5-2
1
SCC4 7.6.3A.8.5-1
SCC2,SCC3 7.6.3A.8.5-2
2
SCC4 7.6.3A.8.5-1
CA_XB-YB-ZA SCC2,SCC3 7.6.3A.8.5-2
3
CA_XB-YC-ZA SCC4 7.6.3A.8.5-1
CA_XC-YB-ZA SCC2,SCC3 7.6.3A.8.5-2
CA_XC-YC-ZA 4
SCC4 7.6.3A.8.5-1
SCC1,SCC2,
5 7.6.3A.8.5-2
SCC3,SCC4
SCC1,SCC2,
6 7.6.3A.8.5-2
SCC3,SCC4
SCC2,SCC3,
1 7.8.1A.8.5-1
SCC4
CA_XA-XA-YA-ZA-RA 2
SCC1,SCC2,
3
SCC3,SCC4
4
1 SCC3, SCC4 7.8.1A.8.5-1
CA_XA-XA-YD SCC2,SCC3,
2 7.8.1A.8.5-2
SCC4
1 SCC2,SCC3,
2 SCC4
CA_XA-XA-YA-ZA-ZA 7.8.1A.8.5-1
SCC1,SCC2,
3
SCC3,SCC4
Note 1: Test point ID for the particular CA configuration as defined in
section 7.8.1A.8.4.1.
Note 2: The reference for the placement of the interferer signals is the
centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer among the
carriers throughput is measured on.
Note 3: Where there are multiple rows for a single Test point ID, the test is
repeated for each row.
Note 4: Skip the parts of the test procedure configuring in-gap interferer
positions for a non-contiguous component carrier.

7.8.1A.8.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 7.8.1.4.3 for without UL CA.

Same message contents as in clause 7.8.1A.1.4.3 for UL CA.

7.8.1A.8.5 Test requirement


The throughput of the carrier(s) under test shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement
channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1A.8.5-1 or Table 7.8.1A.8.5-2 for the
specified wanted signal mean power in the presence of two interfering signals.

The test requirements do not apply when the interfering signal overlaps with the channel bandwidth of any downlink
CC.

3GPP
Release 15 591 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1A.8.5-1: Test parameters for Wide band intermodulation (inter-band , intra-band non-
contiguous)

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
12 8 6 6 7 9
Configuration for
each CC
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 1.4 3 5
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 –2.1 -BW/2 –4.5 -BW/2 – 7.5
(Offset from SCC) / / /
+BW/2+ 2.1 +BW/2 + 4.5 +BW/2 + 7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset from SCC)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-
UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel bandwidth 5MHz.
Note 4: For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A and 7.3.3-1B, Pinterferer1
and Pinterferer2 powers are increased by the amount given by ΔRIB in Tables 7.3.3-1A and 7.3.3-1B.
Note 5: For intra-band non-contiguous + inter-band CA, RIBNC = 0 dB for all sub-block gaps.

Table 7.8.1A.8.5-2: Wide band intermodulation (Intra-band contiguous)

Rx parameter Units CA Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Power per CC in REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below
Aggregated
Transmission dBm
9 12 13.8 15 16
Bandwidth
Configuration
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 MHz 5 5 5 5 5
FInterferer 1 MHz –Foffset-7.5 –Foffset-7.5 –Foffset-7.5 –Foffset-7.5 –Foffset-7.5
(Offset) / / / / /
+ Foffset+7.5 + Foffset+7.5 + Foffset+7.5 + Foffset+7.5 + Foffset+7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in subclause 6.2.5A.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 with set-up according to Annex C.3.1.
Note 4: The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel
bandwidth 5MHz.
Note 5: The Finterferer 1 (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to
the interferer and the centre frequency of the CW interferer and Finterferer 2 (offset) is the frequency
separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer and the centre frequency
of the modulated interferer.

3GPP
Release 15 592 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

For a UE, which supports CA configuration in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B, 7.3.3-1C and 7.3.3-1D, PInterferer 1 and PInterferer 2
power defined in Table 7.8.1A.8.5-2 increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Tables 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3-1B, 7.3.3-1C and
7.3.3-1D.

7.8.1B Wide band Intermodulation for UL-MIMO


7.8.1B.1 Test purpose
Intermodulation response tests the ability of UE that support UL-MIMO to receive data with a given average throughput
for a specified reference measurement channel, in the presence of two or more interfering signals which have a specific
frequency relationship to the wanted signal, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when two or
more interfering signals exist which have a specific frequency relationship to the wanted signal.

7.8.1B.2 Test applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support UL-MIMO.

7.8.1B.3 Minimum conformance requirements


For UE(s) with two transmitter antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the minimum
requirements in subclause 7.8.1B.3 shall be met with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B.3-2. For
UL-MIMO, the parameter PCMAX_L is defined as the total transmitter power over the two transmit antenna connectors.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.8.1B and TS 36.101 [2] Annexes A and D.

7.8.1B.4 Test description


7.8.1B.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.8.1B.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the OCNG patterns
used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex
C.2.

3GPP
Release 15 593 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1B.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6 QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 15 15 QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 25 25 QPSK 25 25
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 15 N/A
5MHz QPSK 25 N/A QPSK 54 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 50 QPSK 50 50
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
10MHz QPSK 50 N/A QPSK 15 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 75 QPSK 75 75
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
15MHz QPSK 75 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 100 QPSK 100 100
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 75 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 50 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
20MHz QPSK 100 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on E-UTRA band, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according
to table 7.3.3-2 is tested per Test Channel Bandwidth.
Note 3: For the DL signal one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD is used.
Note 4: Applicable only to E-UTRA FDD Bands 31 and 72. The UL resource blocks shall be
located at RBstart 10 (according to Table 7.3.3-2).

1. Connect the SS and interfering sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure A.31.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.1.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.8.1B.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.8.1B.4.3.

7.8.1B.4.2 Test procedure


1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.8.1B.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 4 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.8.1B.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.8.1B.5-1. Send Uplink power control commands
to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4

3GPP
Release 15 594 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

dB of the target level in Table 7.8.1B.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the target
level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

4. Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in Table 7.8.1B.5-1 and frequency below the wanted
signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 4.

7.8.1B.4.3 Message contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exception.

Table 7.8.1B.4.3-1: UplinkPowerControlDedicated

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-DEFAULT ::=
SEQUENCE {
p0-UePUSCH 0
deltaMCS-Enabled en0
accumulationEnabled TRUE
p0-uePUCCH 0
pSRS-Offset 3 (-6 dB)
filterCoefficient fc8 larger filter length is
used to reduce the
RSRP
measurement
variation
}

7.8.1B.5 Test requirements


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1B.5-1 for the specified wanted signal mean power in the presence
of two interfering signals.

Table 7.8.1B.5-1: Test parameters for Wide band intermodulation

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 12 8 6 6 7 9
Configuration
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2
1.4 3
5
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 –2.1 -BW/2 –4.5 -BW/2 – 7.5
(Offset) / / /
+BW/2+ 2.1 +BW/2 + 4.5 +BW/2 + 7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-
UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel bandwidth 5MHz.

3GPP
Release 15 595 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.8.1C
7.8.1D Wide band intermodulation for ProSe
7.8.1D.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.6.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1D.0-1, Table 7.8.1D.0-2, and Table 7.8.1D.0-3 for the specified
wanted signal mean power in the presence of two interfering signals.

Table 7.8.1D.0-1: Wide band intermodulation parameters for ProSe Direct Discovery

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Poffset dB 10.9 13.9 15.7 16.9

Table 7.8.1D.0-2: Wide band intermodulation for ProSe Direct Communication

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Poffset dB 0 0 0 0

Table 7.8.1D.0-3: Wide band intermodulation for ProSe

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in PREFSENS_ProSe + channel bandwidth specific value below+ Poffset
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 12 8 6 6 7 9
Configuration
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 1.4 3 5
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 –2.1 -BW/2 –4.5 -BW/2 – 7.5
(Offset) / / /
+BW/2+ 2.1 +BW/2 + 4.5 +BW/2 + 7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.6.2.
NOTE 2: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic
prefix is used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated
according to clause 5 of TS36.211.

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3.-1B and 7.3.3-1C, Pinterferer1 and Pinterferer2
powers defined in Table 7.8.1D.0-3 are increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3.1-1A, 7.3.3.-1B and 7.3.3-
1C.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.8.1D.

7.8.1D.1 Wide band intermodulation for ProSe Direct Discovery


Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- ProSe UE authentication is not handled in the test case and is still under investigation.

- Use of OCNG for Downlink has not been considered and is still FFS.

- Message exceptions content needs further investigation (some values still TBD).

- Test time is FFS.

3GPP
Release 15 596 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.8.1D.1.1 Test Purpose


The wide band intermodulation requirement is defined following the same principles using modulated E-UTRA carrier
and CW signal as interferer.

7.8.1D.1.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward which support ProSe Direct Discovery, but not
ProSe Direct Communication.

7.8.1D.1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.8.1D.0.

7.8.1D.1.4 Test Description


7.8.1D.1.4.1 Initial Conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA ProSe bands specified in table 5.4.2D.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.8.1D.1.4.1-1. The details of the downlink, uplink and
sidelink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2, A.3 and A.6.

Table 7.8.1D.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range(Note 4)
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration Sidelink Configuration
(Note 2) (Note 2) (Reception)
(Note 3)
Ch BW Mod’n RB Mod’n RB Mod’n RB
allocation allocation allocation
5MHz QPSK 8 QPSK 8 QPSK 2
10MHz QPSK 16 QPSK 16 QPSK 2
15MHz QPSK 25 QPSK 25 QPSK 2
20MHz QPSK 30 QPSK 30 QPSK 2
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA ProSe and Operating
band, according to the applicability specified respectively in Table 5.4.2D.1-1 and Table
5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: After DRX configuration, DL-RMC (PDSCH) and DCI-0 for scheduling UL-RMC (PUSCH)
are applied only in the DRX On subframes.
Note 3: The RB start for the transmission of Sidelink RMC is RB#0.
Note 4: Sidelink uses the frequencies defined for Uplink.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.72.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.1.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.1D.1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 2A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.1A. Message contents exceptions are
defined in clause 7.6.1D.1.4.3.

3GPP
Release 15 597 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7. SS continues with the generic procedures described in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.3A.3 and 4.5.4.3 and ensures the
UE is in State 4 according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.4 and the UE test loop Mode D is activated.

7.8.1D.1.4.2 Test Procedure

1. SS shall transmit an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to configure DRX. Message contents exceptions


(only those marked with "…Step 1…" ) are defined in clause 7.8.1D.1.4.3.

2. The UE shall transmit RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message.

3. Initialise the variables Ptot and Pok as 0.

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.8.1D.1.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC
according to Table 7.8D.1.4.1-1. When the UE has no payload data to send, it transmits uplink MAC padding
bits on the UL RMC.

6. SS transmits PSDCH to transmit the SL RMC according to Table 7.8.1D.1.4.1-1. Set the Sidelink signal level to
the appropriate value defined in Table 7.8.1D.1.5-2.

7. Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in Table 7.8.1D.1.5-2 and frequency below the wanted
signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

8. SS shall send SL Discovery Packets (MAC padding bits) on the SL RMC for the test time [FFS]. SS stores the
number of the transmitted Discovery Packets in the current test iteration in the variable Ptot.

10. SS shall send (on the available PDSCH) a "UE TEST LOOP PROSE MODE D SIDELINK DIRECT
DISCOVERY PACKET COUNTER REQUEST" message and wait for the UE to respond (on the available
PUSCH) with a "UE TEST LOOP PROSE MODE D SIDELINK DIRECT DISCOVERY PACKET COUNTER
RESPONSE".

11. SS calculates the variable Pok as (current counter value - counter value at last test iteration).

12. SS shall compute the throughput as following:

TP = Pok / Ptot * 100%

13. Repeat steps from 6 to 12, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 7.

7.8.1D.1.4.3 Message Contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses TBD with following exceptions:

- Table A.7.1.1-1 for FDD

- Table A.7.1.2-1 for TDD

Table 7.8.1D.1.4.3-1: ACTIVATE TEST MODE: Wide band Intermodulation for ProSe Direct Discovery

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7A-1, condition UE TEST LOOP MODE D

Table 7.8.1D.1.4.3-2: CLOSE UE TEST LOOP: Wide band Intermodulation for ProSe Direct Discovery

Derivation Path: 36.508, Table 4.7A-3, condition UE TEST LOOP MODE D

3GPP
Release 15 598 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1D.1.4.3-3: MAC-MainConfig-RBC: Wide band Intermodulation for ProSe Direct Discovery
(applicable only for Step 1 of Test procedure)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.8.2.1.5, Table 4.8.2.1.5-1 MAC-MainConfig-RBC


Information Element Value/remark Comment Condition
MAC-MainConfig-RBC ::= SEQUENCE {
ul-SCH-Config SEQUENCE {
maxHARQ-Tx TBD
periodicBSR-Timer TBD
retxBSR-Timer sf2560
ttiBundling FALSE
}
drx-Config CHOICE {
Setup SEQUENCE {
onDurationTimer psf1
drx-InactivityTimer psf1
drx-RetransmissionTimer psf1
longDRX-CycleStartOffset CHOICE {
sf2560 0
}
shortDRX Not present
}
}
timeAlignmentTimerDedicated TBD
}

7.8.1D.1.5 Test Requirement


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.6.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.8.1D.1.5-1 and 7.8.1D.1.5-2.

Table 7.8.1D.1.5-1: Wide band intermodulation parameters for ProSe Direct Discovery

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Poffset dB 10.9 13.9 15.7 16.9

Table 7.8.1D.1.5-2: Wide band intermodulation for ProSe

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in PREFSENS_ProSe + channel bandwidth specific value below+ Poffset
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 12 8 6 6 7 9
Configuration
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 1.4 3 5
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 –2.1 -BW/2 –4.5 -BW/2 – 7.5
(Offset) / / /
+BW/2+ 2.1 +BW/2 + 4.5 +BW/2 + 7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.6.2
NOTE 2: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic
prefix is used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated
according to clause 5 of TS36.211

For the UE which supports inter band CA configuration in Table 7.3.3-1A, 7.3.3.-1B and 7.3.3-1C, Pinterferer1 and Pinterferer2
powers defined in Table 7.8.1D.0-3 are increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3.1-1A, 7.3.3.-1B and 7.3.3-
1C.

3GPP
Release 15 599 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.8.1D.2 Wide band intermodulation for ProSe Direct Communication


Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- Test description is TBD

7.8.1D.2.1 Test Purpose


Same test purpose as in clause 7.8.1D.1.1.

7.8.1D.2.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward which support ProSe Direct Communication.

7.8.1D.2.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 7.8.1D.0.

7.8.1D.2.4 Test Description


TBD

7.8.1D.2.5 Test Requirement


Same test requirement as in clause 7.6.1D.1.5 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.8.1D.1.5-1  use Table 7.8.1D.2.5-1.

Table 7.8.1D.2.5-1: Wide band intermodulation for ProSe Direct Communication

Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Poffset dB 0 0 0 0

7.8.1E Wide band Intermodulation for UE category 0


7.8.1E.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 7.8.1.1.

7.8.1E.2 Test applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward of UE category 0.

7.8.1E.3 Minimum conformance requirements


Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 7.8.1.3.

7.8.1E.4 Test description


7.8.1E.4.1 Initial condition
Same initial conditions as in clause 7.8.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.8.1.4.1-1  use Table 7.8.1E.4.1-1.

- Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.6 using only main UE
Tx/Rx antenna.

3GPP
Release 15 600 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1E.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD and TDD FDD and TDD
HD-FDD HD-FDD
1.4MHz QPSK 6 6 QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 25 25
5MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
10MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 36 36
10MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 25 N/A
10MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
15MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 36 36
15MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
20MHz QPSK 14 14 QPSK 36 36
20MHz QPSK 14 N/A QPSK 20 N/A
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.
Note 2: Depending on E-UTRA band, only the appropriate Uplink RB allocation value according
to table 7.3E.3-3 is tested per Test Channel Bandwidth. The allocation shall be located
as close as possible to the downlink operating band but confined within the transmission
bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2-1).
Note 3: For the DL signal one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD is used.
Note 4: Downlink RB position shall be RBstart = 0.

7.8.1E.4.2 Test procedure


Same test procedure as in clause 7.8.1.4.2

7.8.1E.4.3 Message contents


Same message contents as in clause 7.8.1.4.3

7.8.1E.5 Test requirements


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1E.5-1 for the specified wanted signal mean power in the presence
of two interfering signals.

Table 7.8.1E.5-1: Test parameters for Wide band intermodulation

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 12 8 6 6 7 9
Configuration

3GPP
Release 15 601 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 1.4 3 5
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 –2.1 -BW/2 –4.5 -BW/2 – 7.5
(Offset) / / /
+BW/2+ 2.1 +BW/2 + 4.5 +BW/2 + 7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-
UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel bandwidth 5MHz

7.8.1EA Wide band Intermodulation for UE category M1


7.8.1EA.1 Test purpose
Intermodulation response tests the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified reference
measurement channel, in the presence of two or more interfering signals which have a specific frequency relationship to
the wanted signal, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when two or
more interfering signals exist which have a specific frequency relationship to the wanted signal.

7.8.1EA.2 Test applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category M1.

7.8.1EA.3 Minimum conformance requirements


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described
in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1EA.3-1 for the specified wanted signal mean power
in the presence of two interfering signals. For operating bands with an unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the
requirements only apply for carriers assigned in the paired part.

Table 7.8.1EA.3-1: Wide band intermodulation for category M1

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 12 8 6 6 7 9
Configuration

3GPP
Release 15 602 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 1.4 3 5
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 –2.1 -BW/2 –4.5 -BW/2 – 7.5
(Offset) / / /
+BW/2+ 2.1 +BW/2 + 4.5 +BW/2 + 7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
Table 7.3EA-3 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5EA.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 with set-up according to Annex C.3.1.The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-
UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel bandwidth 5MHz.
Note 4: For DL category M1 UE, the reference sensitivity for category M1 in table 7.3EA-1 and 7.3EA-2
should be used as REFSENS for the power in Transmission Bandwidth Configuration.
Note 5: For DL category M1 UE, the parameters for the applicable channel bandwidth apply, and BW
refers to the corresponding channel bandwidth.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.8.1.

7.8.1EA.4 Test description


7.8.1EA.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA bands specified in clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for
each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.8.1EA.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the OCNG patterns
used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex
C.2

Table 7.8.1EA.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in 5MHz
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD TDD FDD and TDD Narrowband
HD-FDD index
(Note 1)
5MHz QPSK 4 4 QPSK 6 6 0
Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and
Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4.
Note 2: Downlink RB position shall be RBstart = 0 within the narrowband.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.6 using only main UE
Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3GPP
Release 15 603 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.1.

4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.8.1EA.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined
in clause 7.8.1EA.4.3.

7.8.1EA.4.2 Test procedure


1. SS transmits PDSCH via MPDCCH DCI format 6-1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.8.1EA.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.8.1EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send,
the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3. Set the downlink signal level according to the value as defined in Table 7.8.1EA.5-1. Send uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within
+0, - 3.4 dB of the target level in table 7.8.1EA.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the
target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

4. Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in Table 7.8.1EA.5-1 and frequency below the wanted
signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 4.

7.8.1EA.4.3 Message contents


Same message contents as in clause 7.8.1.4.3

7.8.1EA.5 Test requirements


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1EA.5-1 for the specified wanted signal mean power in the presence
of two interfering signals.

Table 7.8.1EA.5-1: Test parameters for Wide band intermodulation for category M1

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 12 8 6 6 7 9
Configuration

3GPP
Release 15 604 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 1.4 3 5
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 –2.1 -BW/2 –4.5 -BW/2 – 7.5
(Offset) / / /
+BW/2+ 2.1 +BW/2 + 4.5 +BW/2 + 7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
Table 7.3EA-3 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5EA.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-
UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel bandwidth 5MHz
Note 4: For DL category M1 UE, the reference sensitivity for category M1 in table 7.3EA-1 and 7.3EA-2
should be used as REFSENS for the power in Transmission Bandwidth Configuration.
Note 5: For DL category M1 UE, the parameters for the applicable channel bandwidth apply, and BW
refers to the corresponding channel bandwidth.

7.8.1EB Wide band Intermodulation for UE category 1bis


Editor’s note

- Test case incomplete with Annex F.3.3 needing update. TT shall be same as legacy test case.

7.8.1EB.1 Test purpose


Same test purpose as in clause 7.8.1.1.

7.8.1EB.2 Test applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category 1bis.

7.8.1EB.3 Minimum conformance requirements


Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 7.8.1.3.

7.8.1EB.4 Test description


7.8.1EB.4.1 Initial condition
Same initial conditions as in clause 7.8.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.6 using only main UE Tx/Rx
antenna.

7.8.1EB.4.2 Test procedure


Same test procedure as in clause 7.8.1.4.2

7.8.1EB.4.3 Message contents


Same message contents as in clause 7.8.1.4.3

7.8.1EB.5 Test requirements


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1EB.5-1 for the specified wanted signal mean power in the presence
of two interfering signals.

3GPP
Release 15 605 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1EB.5-1: Test parameters for Wide band intermodulation

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 12 8 6 6 7 9
Configuration
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 1.4 3 5
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 –2.1 -BW/2 –4.5 -BW/2 – 7.5
(Offset) / / /
+BW/2+ 2.1 +BW/2 + 4.5 +BW/2 + 7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1.The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-
UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel bandwidth 5MHz
Note 4: The reference sensitivity for category 1bis in table 7.3EB-1 should be used as REFSENS for the
power in Transmission Bandwidth Configuration.

7.8.1EC Wide band intermodulation for UE category M2


Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- Downlink RB allocation is TBD

- The test applicability needs to be added to TS36.521-2

7.8.1EC.1 Test purpose


Same as in clause 7.8.1EA.1

7.8.1EC.2 Test applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward of category M2.

7.8.1EC.3 Minimum conformance requirements


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described
in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1EC.3-1 for the specified wanted signal mean power
in the presence of two interfering signals. For operating bands with an unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the
requirements only apply for carriers assigned in the paired part.

Table 7.8.1EC.3-1: Wide band intermodulation for category M1

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 12 8 6 6 7 9
Configuration

3GPP
Release 15 606 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 1.4 3 5
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 –2.1 -BW/2 –4.5 -BW/2 – 7.5
(Offset) / / /
+BW/2+ 2.1 +BW/2 + 4.5 +BW/2 + 7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
Table 7.3EA-3 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5EA.
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Note 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 with set-up according to Annex C.3.1.The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-
UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel bandwidth 5MHz.
Note 4: For DL category M1 and M2 UE, the reference sensitivity for category M1 in table 7.3EA-1 and
7.3EA-2 and category M2 in Table 7.3EC-1 should be used as REFSENS for the power in
Transmission Bandwidth Configuration.
Note 5: For DL category M1 and M2 UE, the parameters for the applicable channel bandwidth apply, and
BW refers to the corresponding channel bandwidth.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.8.1.

7.8.1EC.4 Test description


7.8.1EC.4.1 Initial conditions
Same as in clause 7.8.1EA.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.8.1EA.4.1-1  use Table 7.8.1EC.4.1-1

- Instead of CAT M1  use CAT M2

Table 7.8.1EC.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] clause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in 1.4, 3MHz, 5MHz
TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD and TDD FDD and TDD
HD-FDD HD-FDD
1.4MHz QPSK TBD TBD QPSK 6 6
3MHz QPSK TBD TBD QPSK 15 15
5MHz QPSK TBD TBD QPSK 24 24
Note 1: Downlink RB position shall be RBstart = 0 within the narrowband.
Note 2: Use narrowband index (TS36.211, 5.2.4) 0 when interferer is below carrier, and max
narrowband index when interferer is above carrier.

7.8.1EC.4.2 Test procedure


Same as in clause 7.8.1EA.4.2 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.8.1EA.4.1-1  use Table 7.8.1EC.4.1-1

3GPP
Release 15 607 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.8.1EC.4.3 Message contents


Same message contents as in clause7.8.1EA.4.3.

7.8.1EC.5 Test requirement


Same as in clause 7.8.1EA.5.

7.8.1F Wide band Intermodulation for category NB1


7.8.1F.1 Test purpose
Intermodulation response tests the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified reference
measurement channel, in the presence of two or more interfering signals which have a specific frequency relationship to
the wanted signal, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when two or
more interfering signals exist which have a specific frequency relationship to the wanted signal.

7.8.1F.2 Test applicability


This test case applies to all types of UE release 13 and forward of category NB1.

7.8.1F.3 Minimum conformance requirements


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channel as specified in
Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1F.3-1 for the specified wanted signal mean power in the presence
of two interfering signals.

Table 7.8.1F.3-1: Wide band intermodulation for category NB1

Parameters for wideband intermodulation


Category NB1 Signal power REFSENS + 12 dB
CW interferer signal power - 46 dBm
1.4 MHz E-UTRA interferer signal power - 46 dBm
CW interferer offset ± 2.2 MHz
1.4 MHz E-UTRA interferer ± 4.4 MHz

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.8.1F.

7.8.1F.4 Test description


7.8.1F.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions and test frequencies based on the subset of E-UTRA
operating bands defined for NB-IoT in clause 5.2F. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters, and are shown in table 7.8.1F.4.1-1. The details of the downlink reference measurement channels (RMCs)
are specified in Annex A.3. Configurations of NPDSCH and NPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

3GPP
Release 15 608 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1F.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] NC
clause 8.1.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] Frequency ranges defined in Annex K.1.1
clause 8.1.3.1
Configuration Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
ID
Modulation Subcarriers Modulation Ntones Subcarrier
spacing
1 QPSK 12 BPSK 1@0 15 kHz

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connector as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.6 using only the main
UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.4.3

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.2, and NPUSCH Format 2 is used to
carry ACK/NACK on the uplink.

4. The DL Reference Measurement channel is set according to Table 7.8.1F.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimisation according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.8.1F.4.3.

7.8.1F.4.2 Test procedure


1. SS transmits NPDSCH via NPDCCH DCI format N1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.8.1F.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The UE will send HARQ feedback
based on information contained in DCI format N1.

2. Set the Downlink signal level according to the Table 7.8.1F.5-1.

3. Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in Table 7.8.1F.5-1 and frequency below the wanted
signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

4. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

5. Repeat steps from 2 to 4, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 3.

7.8.1F.4.3 Message contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.6

7.8.1F.5 Test requirements


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1F.5-1 for the specified wanted signal mean power in the presence
of two interfering signals.

Table 7.8.1F.5-1: Test parameters for Wide band intermodulation for category NB1

Parameters for wideband intermodulation


Category NB1 Signal power REFSENS + 12 dB
CW interferer signal power - 46 dBm
1.4 MHz E-UTRA interferer signal power - 46 dBm
-BW/2 – 2.1
/
CW interferer offset [MHz] +BW/2 + 2.1
1.4 MHz E-UTRA interferer offset [MHz] 2*CW interferer offset

3GPP
Release 15 609 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.8.1G Wide band Intermodulation for V2X Communication


7.8.1G.1 Wide band Intermodulation for V2X Communication / Non-concurrent with E-
UTRA uplink transmissions
7.8.1G.1.1 Test Purpose
Intermodulation response for V2X tests the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified
reference measurement channel, in the presence of two or more interfering signals which have a specific frequency
relationship to the wanted signal, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when two or
more interfering signals exist which have a specific frequency relationship to the wanted signal.

7.8.1G.1.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of UE that support V2X Sidelink Communication and Band 47.

7.8.1G.1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.8.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1G.1.3-1 for the specified wanted signal mean power in the
presence of two interfering signals

Table 7.8.1G.1.3-1: Wide band intermodulation

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in PREFSENS_V2X + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 9
Configuration
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 10 10
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 – -BW/2 –
(Offset) 15 15
/ /
+BW/2 + +BW/2 +
15 15
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.8.2.
NOTE 2: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic
prefix is used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated
according to clause 5 of TS36.211.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.8.1G.

7.8.1G.1.4 Test Description


7.8.1G.1.4.1 Initial Conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA operating bands specified in table 5.4.2G.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.8.1G.1.4.1-1. The details of the V2X reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.8.3 and the GNSS configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause
4.11.

3GPP
Release 15 610 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1G.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
V2X Configuration to Transmit
Ch BW Modulation RB allocation
10MHz QPSK [48]
20MHz QPSK [96]

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors and connect the GNSS simulator to the UE GNSS RX antenna
connector as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.89.

2. The parameter settings for the V2X sidelink transmission over PC5 are pre-configured according to TS 36.508
[7] subclause 6.8.2. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 7.8.1G.1.4.3.

3. The V2X reference measurement channel is set according to Table 7.8.1G.1.4.1-1.

3a. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7]
Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 5A-V2X in Receive Mode according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9.

6. Trigger the UE to reset UTC time. (NOTE: The UTC time reset may be performed by MMI or AT command
(+CUTCR).)

7. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of
Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.

7.8.1G.1.4.2 Test Procedure

1. The UE starts to perform the V2X sidelink communication according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration. Since the
UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the V2X RMC.

2. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.8.1G.1.5-1.

3. Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in Table 7.8.1G.1.5-1 and frequency below the wanted
signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

4. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

5. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 3.

7.8.1G.1.4.3 Message Contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

7.8.1G.1.5 Test Requirement


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1G.1.5-1 for the specified wanted signal mean power in the
presence of two interfering signals.

3GPP
Release 15 611 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1G.1.5-1: Wide band intermodulation

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in PREFSENS_V2X + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 9
Configuration
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 10 10
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 – -BW/2 –
(Offset) 15 15
/ /
+BW/2 + +BW/2 +
15 15
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.8.2.
NOTE 2: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic
prefix is used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated
according to clause 5 of TS36.211.

7.8.1G.2 Wide band Intermodulation for V2X Communication / Simultaneous E-UTRA


V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions
Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- Test tolerance is TBD.

- Connection diagram is TBD.

7.8.1G.2.1 Test Purpose


Same as in clause 7.8.1G.1.

7.8.1G.2.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that support V2X Communication.

7.8.1G.2.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.8.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1G.2.3-1 for the specified wanted signal mean power in the
presence of two interfering signals

3GPP
Release 15 612 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1G.2.3-1: Wide band intermodulation

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in PREFSENS_V2X + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 9
Configuration
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 10 10
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 – -BW/2 –
(Offset) 15 15
/ /
+BW/2 + +BW/2 +
15 15
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.8.2.
NOTE 2: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic
prefix is used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated
according to clause 5 of TS36.211.

When UE is configured for simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA downlink reception for inter-band E-
UTRA V2X / E-UTRA bands specified in Table 5.2G-2, the requirements in subclause 7.8.1G.2.3 apply for the E-
UTRA V2X sidelink reception and the requirements in subclause 7.8.1.3 apply for the E-UTRA downlink reception
while all downlink carriers are active.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.8.1G.

7.8.1G.2.4 Test Description


7.8.1G.2.4.1 Initial Conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA operating bands specified in table 5.4.2G.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.8.1G.2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink, downlink and
V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2, A.3 and A.8.3 respectively.

3GPP
Release 15 613 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1G.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, 5MHz, Highest for uplink
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 Lowest, Highest for V2X
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Uplink Configuration V2X Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation
1.4 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1 10 MHz QPSK [48]
1.4 MHz QPSK 5 QPSK 5 20 MHz QPSK [96]
3 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
3 MHz QPSK 4 QPSK 4
5 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
5 MHz QPSK 8 QPSK 8
10 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
10 MHz QPSK 12 QPSK 12
15 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
15 MHz QPSK 16 QPSK 16
20 MHz QPSK 1 QPSK 1
20 MHz QPSK 18 QPSK 18
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths
are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure [TBD].

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3. Message content
exceptions are defined in clause 7.8.1G.2.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to
Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and V2X Reference Measurement Channels are set according to Table 7.8.1G.2.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-V2X according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2C. Message content exceptions
are defined in clause 7.6.2G.2.4.3.

7.8.1G.2.4.2 Test Procedure

1. The SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables
7.6.2G.2.4.1-1 on E-UTRA Band. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS simultaneously sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0
for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC and V2X scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 5A for
SL_V_RNTI to schedule the V2X RMC according to Table 7.8.1G.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no
loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL and V2X RMCs.

3. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.8.1G.2.5-1.

4. Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in Table 7.8.1G.2.5-1 and frequency below the wanted
signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 3.

7.8.1G.2.4.3 Message Contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

3GPP
Release 15 614 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.8.1G.2.5 Test Requirement


The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1G.2.5-1 for the specified wanted signal mean power in the
presence of two interfering signals.

Table 7.8.1G.2.5-1: Wide band intermodulation

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth


1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in PREFSENS_V2X + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 9
Configuration
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 10 10
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 – -BW/2 –
(Offset) 15 15
/ /
+BW/2 + +BW/2 +
15 15
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.8.2.
NOTE 2: The interferer is QPSK modulated PUSCH containing data and reference symbols. Normal cyclic
prefix is used. The data content shall be uncorrelated to the wanted signal and modulated
according to clause 5 of TS36.211.

7.8.1G.3 Wide band Intermodulation for V2X Communication / Intra-band contiguous


multi-carrier operation
Editor's note: This test case is not complete. Following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

- Test tolerance is TBD.

7.8.1G.3.1 Test Purpose


Same as in clause 7.8.1G.1.

7.8.1G.3.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of UE that support Intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation V2X Sidelink
Communication and Band 47.

7.8.1G.3.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


For intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation, the V2X UE throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput
of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.8.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1G.3.3-1 for
the specified wanted signal mean power in the presence of two interfering signals.

3GPP
Release 15 615 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.8.1G.3.3-1: Wide band intermodulation for intra-band contiguous multi-carrier for V2X UE

Rx parameter Units V2X Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in REFSENS + V2X Bandwidth Class specific value below
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
9
Configuration, per
CC
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 MHz 10
FInterferer 1 MHz –Foffset-15
(Offset) /
+ Foffset+15
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
NOTE 1: The requirement is applied for 2 carrier intra-concurrent receptions when 2 carrier transmission
are activated at the same time

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.8.1G.

7.8.1G.3.4 Test Description


7.8.1G.3.4.1 Initial Conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 7.8.1G.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.8.1G.1.4.1-1  use Table 7.8.1G.3.4.1-1.

The details of the GNSS configuration are specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.11.

Table 7.8.1G.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Low range, High range
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
V2X MCC Configuration V2X PSSCH Allocation
CC1 CC2 CC1 & CC2 CC1 and CC2
NRB NRB Mod RB Allocation
10MHz 10MHz QPSK [48+48]

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors and connect the GNSS simulator to the UE GNSS RX antenna
connector as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.92d.

2. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7]
Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.

3. Trigger the UE to reset UTC time. (NOTE: The UTC time reset may be performed by MMI or AT command
(+CUTCR).)

4. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of
Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.

7.8.1G.3.4.2 Test Procedure

1. The UE starts to perform the V2X sidelink communication according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration. Since the
UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the V2X RMC.

3GPP
Release 15 616 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

2. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.8.1G.3.5-1.

3. Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in Table 7.8.1G.3.5-1 and frequency below the wanted
signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document.

4. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.

5. Repeat steps from 2 to 4, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 2.

7.8.1G.3.4.3 Message Contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

7.8.1G.3.5 Test Requirement


For intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation, the throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the
reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1G.3.5-1 for the
specified wanted signal mean power in the presence of two interfering signals.

Table 7.8.1G.3.5-1: Wide band intermodulation for intra-band contiguous multi-carrier for V2X UE

Rx parameter Units V2X Bandwidth Class


B C D E F
Pw in REFSENS + V2X Bandwidth Class specific value below
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
9
Configuration, per
CC
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 MHz 10
FInterferer 1 MHz –Foffset-15
(Offset) /
+ Foffset+15
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
NOTE 1: The requirement is applied for 2 carrier intra-concurrent receptions when 2 carrier transmission
are activated at the same time

7.8.2 Void
7.9 Spurious emissions
The spurious emissions power is the power of emissions generated or amplified in a receiver that appear at the UE
antenna connector.

7.9.1 Test Purpose


Test verifies the UE's spurious emissions meet the requirements described in clause 7.9.3.

Excess spurious emissions increase the interference to other systems.

7.9.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.

3GPP
Release 15 617 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.9.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The power of any narrow band CW spurious emission shall not exceed the maximum level specified in Table 7.9.3-1

Table 7.9.3-1: General receiver spurious emission requirements

Frequency Band Measurement Maximum Note


Bandwidth level
30MHz  f < 1GHz 100 kHz -57 dBm
1GHz  f  12.75 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm
12.75 GHz  f  5th harmonic 1 MHz -47 dBm Note 1
of the upper frequency edge
of the DL operating band in
GHz
Note 1: Applies only for Band 22, Band 42, Band 43 and Band 48.
Note 2: Unused PDCCH resources are padded with resource element groups with power level given
by PDCCH_RA/RB as defined in Annex C.3.1.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.9.1.

7.9.4 Test Description


7.9.4.1 Initial Conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.9.4.1-1. The details of the downlink and uplink reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.3 and A.2 respectively.

Table 7.9.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Low range, Mid range, High range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0 0
3MHz QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0 0
5MHz QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0 0
10MHz QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0 0
15MHz QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0 0
20MHz QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0 0
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band. The applicable
channel bandwidths are specified in Table 7.3.3-2.

1. Connect a spectrum analyzer (or other suitable test equipment) to the UE antenna connectors as shown in
TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.8.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.1.

4. The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.9.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

3GPP
Release 15 618 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.9.4.3.

7.9.4.2 Test Procedure


1. Sweep the spectrum analyzer (or equivalent equipment) over a frequency range and measure the average power
of spurious emission.

2. Repeat step 1 for all E-UTRA Rx antennas of the UE.

7.9.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

7.9.5 Test Requirement


The measured spurious emissions derived in step 1), shall not exceed the maximum level specified in Table 7.9.5-1.

Table 7.9.5-1: General receiver spurious emission requirements

Frequency Band Measurement Maximum Note


Bandwidth level
30MHz  f < 1GHz 100 kHz -57 dBm
1GHz  f  12.75 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm
12.75 GHz  f  5th harmonic 1 MHz -47 dBm Note 1
of the upper frequency edge
of the DL operating band in
GHz
Note 1: Applies only for Band 22, Band 42, Band 43 and Band 48.
Note 2: Unused PDCCH resources are padded with resource element groups with power level given
by PDCCH_RA/RB as defined in Annex C.3.1.

7.9_1 Spurious emissions with 4 Rx antenna ports


7.9_1.1 Test Purpose
Test verifies the UE's spurious emissions meet the requirements described in clause 7.9_1.3.

Excess spurious emissions increase the interference to other systems.

7.9_1.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that supports 4 Rx antenna ports.

7.9_1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 7.9.3.

7.9_1.4 Test Description


7.9_1.4.1 Initial Conditions
Same as in clause 7.9.4.1 with following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.9.4.1-1 use Table 7.9_1.4.1-1.

- Instead of Figure A.8 use Figure A.83 configuration Table.

3GPP
Release 15 619 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Low range, Mid range, High range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration

- Instead of clause 7.9.4.3 use clause 7.9_1.4.3.

Table Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation


7.9_1.4.1-
1: Test
ConfiCh
BW
FDD TDD FDD TDD
1.4MHz QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0 0
3MHz QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0 0
5MHz QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0 0
10MHz QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0 0
15MHz QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0 0
20MHz QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0 0
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band. The applicable
channel bandwidths are specified in Table 7.3.3-2.

7.9_1.4.2 Test Procedure


Same as in clause 7.9.4.2.

7.9_1.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

7.9_1.5 Test Requirement


The measured spurious emissions derived in step 1), shall not exceed the maximum level specified in Table 7.9_1.5-1.

Table 7.9_1.5-1: General receiver spurious emission requirements

Frequency Band Measurement Maximum Note


Bandwidth level
30MHz  f < 1GHz 100 kHz -57 dBm
1GHz  f  12.75 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm
12.75 GHz  f  5th harmonic 1 MHz -47 dBm Note 1
of the upper frequency edge
of the DL operating band in
GHz
Note 1: Applies only for Band 22, Band 42 and Band 43.
Note 2: Unused PDCCH resources are padded with resource element groups with power level given
by PDCCH_RA/RB as defined in Annex C.3.1.

7.9A Spurious emissions for CA


The spurious emissions power is the power of emissions generated or amplified in a receiver that appear at the UE
antenna connector.

7.9A.1 Test Purpose


Test verifies the UE's spurious emissions meet the requirements described in clause 7.9A.3.

3GPP
Release 15 620 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Excess spurious emissions increase the interference to other systems.

7.9A.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support inter-band DL CA with a DL-only
band.

7.9A.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


For E-UTRA CA configurations including an operating band without uplink band (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the power of
any narrow band CW spurious emission shall not exceed the maximum level specified in Table 7.9A.3-1.

Table 7.9A.3-1: General receiver spurious emission requirements

Frequency band Measurement Maximum Note


bandwidth level
30MHz  f < 1GHz 100 kHz -57 dBm
1GHz  f  12.75 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm
12.75 GHz  f  26 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm 3
NOTE 1: Unused PDCCH resources are padded with resource element groups with power level given
by PDCCH_RA/RB as defined in Annex C.3.1.
NOTE 2: The requirements apply when the UE is configured for carrier aggregation but is not
transmitting.
NOTE 3: Applies only for Band 46

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.9.1A

7.9A.4 Test Description


7.9A.4.1 Initial Conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA CA bands specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1 and Table 5.4.2A.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in Table 7.9A.4.1-1. The details of the uplink
reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexe A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before
measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

3GPP
Release 15 621 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.9A.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7]
NC
subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7]
subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth
A: Low range, Mid range, High range for PCC and SCC
classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto
physical frequencies according to Table 7.1-2
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified
in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration
Highest NRB_agg for PCC and SCC
across bandwidth combination sets supported by
the UE
Test Parameters for CA Configurations

CA Configuration / NRB_agg DL Allocation UL Allocation

PCC SCCs CC PCC & SCC CC PCC


NRB NRB MOD RB allocation MOD NRB_alloc
50 50 QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0
50 75 QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0
50 100 QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0
75 50 QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0
75 100 QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0
100 50 QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0
100 75 QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0
100 100 QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which
applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.8a as
appropriate if the UE supports 2 Rx antennas or Figure TBD if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.9A.4.3.

7.9A.4.2 Test Procedure


1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.1 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause
7.9A.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. Sweep the spectrum analyzer (or equivalent equipment) over a frequency range and measure the average power
of spurious emission. During measurement SS sends no uplink scheduling information to the UE

5. Repeat step 4 for all E-UTRA Rx antennas of the UE.

7.9A.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

3GPP
Release 15 622 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.9A.5 Test Requirement


The measured spurious emissions derived in step 4), shall not exceed the maximum level specified in Table 7.9A.5-1

Table 7.9A.5-1: General receiver spurious emission requirements

Frequency band Measurement Maximum Note


bandwidth level
30MHz  f < 1GHz 100 kHz -57 dBm
1GHz  f  12.75 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm
12.75 GHz  f  26 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm 3
NOTE 1: Unused PDCCH resources are padded with resource element groups with power level given
by PDCCH_RA/RB as defined in Annex C.3.1.
NOTE 2: The requirements apply when the UE is configured for carrier aggregation but is not
transmitting.
NOTE 3: Applies only for Band 46

7.9E Spurious emissions for UE category 0


The spurious emissions power is the power of emissions generated or amplified in a receiver that appear at the UE
antenna connector.

7.9E.1 Test Purpose


Same test purpose as in clause 7.9.1.

7.9E.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward of UE category 0.

7.9E.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 7.9.3.

7.9E.4 Test Description


7.9E.4.1 Initial Conditions
Same initial conditions as in clause 7.9.4.1 with the following exceptions:

- Instead of Table 7.9.4.1-1  use Table 7.9E.4.1-1.

- Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.8 using only main UE
Tx/Rx antenna.

3GPP
Release 15 623 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.9E.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Low range, Mid range, High range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD and TDD FDD and TDD
HD-FDD HD-FDD
1.4MHz QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0 0
3MHz QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0 0
5MHz QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0 0
10MHz QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0 0
15MHz QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0 0
20MHz QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0 0
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band. The applicable
channel bandwidths are specified in Table 7.3E.3-3.

7.9E.4.2 Test Procedure


Same test procedure as in clause 7.9.4.2

7.9E.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

7.9E.5 Test Requirement


The measured spurious emissions derived in step 1), shall not exceed the maximum level specified in Table 7.9E.5-1.

Table 7.9E.5-1: General receiver spurious emission requirements

Frequency Band Measurement Maximum Note


Bandwidth level
30MHz  f < 1GHz 100 kHz -57 dBm
1GHz  f  12.75 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm
12.75 GHz  f  5th harmonic 1 MHz -47 dBm Note 1
of the upper frequency edge
of the DL operating band in
GHz
Note 1: Applies only for Band 22, Band 42 and Band 43.
Note 2: Unused PDCCH resources are padded with resource element groups with power level given
by PDCCH_RA/RB as defined in Annex C.3.1.

7.9EA Spurious emissions for UE category M1


The spurious emissions power is the power of emissions generated or amplified in a receiver that appear at the UE
antenna connector.

7.9EA.1 Test Purpose


Test verifies the UE's spurious emissions meet the requirements described in clause 7.9.3.

Excess spurious emissions increase the interference to other systems.

7.9EA.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category M1.

3GPP
Release 15 624 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.9EA.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The power of any narrow band CW spurious emission shall not exceed the maximum level specified in Table 7.9EA.3-1

Table 7.9EA.3-1: General receiver spurious emission requirements

Frequency Band Measurement Maximum Note


Bandwidth level
30MHz  f < 1GHz 100 kHz -57 dBm
1GHz  f  12.75 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm
12.75 GHz  f  5th harmonic 1 MHz -47 dBm Note 1
of the upper frequency edge
of the DL operating band in
GHz
Note 1: Applies only for Band 22, Band 42 and Band 43.
Note 2: Unused PDCCH resources are padded with resource element groups with power level given
by PDCCH_RA/RB as defined in Annex C.3.1.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.9.1.

7.9EA.4 Test Description


7.9EA.4.1 Initial Conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA bands specified in clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for
each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.9EA.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively.

Table 7.9EA.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Low range, Mid range, High range
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in 5MHz
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Ch BW Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
FDD TDD FDD and TDD Narrowband
HD-FDD index
(Note 1)
5MHz QPSK 0 0 QPSK 0 0 0
Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and
Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4

1. Connect a spectrum analyzer (or other suitable test equipment) to the UE antenna connectors as shown in
TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.7 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.1.

4. The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.9EA.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined
in clause 7.9EA.4.3.

3GPP
Release 15 625 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.9EA.4.2 Test Procedure


1. Sweep the spectrum analyzer (or equivalent equipment) over a frequency range and measure the average power
of spurious emission.

2. Repeat step 1 for all E-UTRA Rx antennas of the UE.

7.9EA.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

7.9EA.5 Test Requirement


The measured spurious emissions derived in step 1), shall not exceed the maximum level specified in Table 7.9EA.5-1.

Table 7.9EA.5-1: General receiver spurious emission requirements

Frequency Band Measurement Maximum Note


Bandwidth level
30MHz  f < 1GHz 100 kHz -57 dBm
1GHz  f  12.75 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm
12.75 GHz  f  5th harmonic 1 MHz -47 dBm Note 1
of the upper frequency edge
of the DL operating band in
GHz
Note 1: Applies only for Band 22, Band 42 and Band 43.
Note 2: Unused PDCCH resources are padded with resource element groups with power level given
by PDCCH_RA/RB as defined in Annex C.3.1.

7.9EB Spurious emissions for UE Category 1bis


Editor’s note

- Test case incomplete with Annex F.3.3 needing update. TT shall be same as legacy test case.

The spurious emissions power is the power of emissions generated or amplified in a receiver that appear at the UE
antenna connector.

7.9EB.1 Test Purpose


Same test purpose as in clause 7.9.1.

7.9EB.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category 1bis.

7.9EB.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 7.9.3.

7.9EB.4 Test Description


7.9EB.4.1 Initial Conditions
Same initial conditions as in clause 7.9.4.1 with the following exceptions:

Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.8 using only main UE Tx/Rx
antenna.

7.9EB.4.2 Test Procedure


Same test procedure as in clause 7.9.4.2

3GPP
Release 15 626 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.9EB.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

7.9EB.5 Test Requirement


The measured spurious emissions derived in step 1), shall not exceed the maximum level specified in Table 7.9EB.5-1.

Table 7.9EB.5-1: General receiver spurious emission requirements

Frequency Band Measurement Maximum Note


Bandwidth level
30MHz  f < 1GHz 100 kHz -57 dBm
1GHz  f  12.75 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm
12.75 GHz  f  5th harmonic 1 MHz -47 dBm Note 1
of the upper frequency edge
of the DL operating band in
GHz
Note 1: Applies only for Band 22, Band 42 and Band 43.
Note 2: Unused PDCCH resources are padded with resource element groups with power level given
by PDCCH_RA/RB as defined in Annex C.3.1.

7.9F Spurious emissions for Category NB1


7.9F.1 Test Purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 7.9.1.

7.9F.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support Category NB1.

7.9F.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


Minimum conformance requirements as in Table 7.9F.3-1.

Table 7.9F.3-1: Minimum Receiver Spurious Emission Requirements

Frequency band Measurement Maximum NOTE


bandwidth level
30MHz  f < 1GHz 100 kHz -57 dBm
1GHz  f  12.75 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.9.1.

7.9F.4 Test Description


7.9F.4.1 Initial Conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions and test frequencies based on the subset of E-UTRA
operating bands defined for NB-IoT in clause 5.2F. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters, and are shown in table 7.9F.4.1-1. The details of the downlink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are
specified in Annex A.3.

3GPP
Release 15 627 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

Table 7.9F.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] NC
clause 8.1.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] Frequency ranges defined in Annex K.1.1
clause 8.1.3.1
Configuration Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
ID
Modulation Ntones Modulation Ntones
1 QPSK 0 BPSK 0

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connector as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.8 using only the main
UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.4.3

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.2,

4. The DL Reference Measurement channel is set according to Table 7.9F.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimisation according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.9F.4.3.

7.9F.4.2 Test Procedure


1. Sweep the spectrum analyzer (or equivalent equipment) over a frequency range and measure the average power
of spurious emission.

7.9F.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.6.

7.9F.5 Test Requirement


The measured spurious emissions derived in step 1), shall not exceed the maximum level specified in Table 7.9F.5-1

Table 7.9F.5-1: General receiver spurious emission requirements

Frequency band Measurement Maximum NOTE


bandwidth level
30MHz  f < 1GHz 100 kHz -57 dBm
1GHz  f  12.75 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm

7.9GSpurious emissions for V2X Communication


7.9G.1 Spurious emissions for V2X Communication / Non-concurrent with
E-UTRA uplink transmissions
7.9G.1.1 Test Purpose
The spurious emissions power is the power of emissions generated or amplified in a receiver that appear at the UE
antenna connector.

7.9G.1.2 Test Applicability


This test applies to all types of UE that support V2X Sidelink Communication and Band 47.

3GPP
Release 15 628 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.9G.1.3 Minimum Conformance Requirements


The power of any narrow band CW spurious emission shall not exceed the maximum level specified in Table 7.9G.1.3-
1.

Table 7.9G.1.3-1: General receiver spurious emission requirements

Frequency band Measurement Maximum NOTE


bandwidth level
30MHz  f < 1GHz 100 kHz -57 dBm
1GHz  f  12.75 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm
12.75 GHz  f  5th harmonic 1 MHz -47 dBm 1
of the upper frequency edge
of the DL operating band in
GHz
12.75 GHz – 26GHz 1 MHz -47dBm 3
NOTE 1: Applies only for Band 22, Band 42, Band 43 and Band 48
NOTE 2: Unused PDCCH resources are padded with resource element groups with power level given
by PDCCH_RA/RB as defined in Annex C.3.1.
NOTE 3: Applies for Band 47

In addition, for a V2X UE operating in Region 1, the power of any spurious emission shall not exceed the levels
specified in Table 7.9G.1.3-2.

Table 7.9G.1.3-2: Additional RX spurious emissions limits in Region 1

Frequency Range Maximum Measurement NOTE


Level bandwidth
5795 MHz  f < 5815MHz [-65 dBm] 1 MHz
NOTE: The additional Rx spurious emission limits, however, are specified in EIRP in Region 1.
Furthermore, the requirement varies based on antenna installation. It is FFS how to convert
this to conducted requirements.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.9.

7.9G.1.4 Test Description


7.9G.1.4.1 Initial Conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
E-UTRA operating bands specified in table 5.4.2G.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 7.9G.1.4.1-1. The details of the V2X reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.8.3 and the GNSS configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause
4.11.

Table 7.9G.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in NC
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in Mid range
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, Highest
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
V2X Configuration to Transmit
Ch BW Modulation RB allocation
10MHz QPSK [48]
20MHz QPSK [96]

3GPP
Release 15 629 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors and connect the GNSS simulator to the UE GNSS RX antenna
connector as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.89.

2. The parameter settings for the V2X sidelink transmission over PC5 are pre-configured according to TS 36.508
[7] subclause 6.8.2. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 7.9G.1.4.3.

3. The V2X reference measurement channel is set according to Table 7.9G.1.4.1-1.

3a. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7]
Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 5A-V2X in Transmit Mode according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9.

6. Trigger the UE to reset UTC time. (NOTE: The UTC time reset may be performed by MMI or AT command
(+CUTCR).)

7. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of
Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.

7.9G.1.4.2 Test Procedure


1. Sweep the spectrum analyzer (or equivalent equipment) over a frequency range and measure the average power
of spurious emission.

2. Repeat step 1 for all E-UTRA Rx antennas of the UE.

7.9G.1.4.3 Message Contents


Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

7.9G.1.5 Test Requirement


The measured spurious emissions derived in step 1), shall not exceed the maximum level specified in Table 7.9G.1.5-1

Table 7.9G.1.5-1: General receiver spurious emission requirements

Frequency band Measurement Maximum NOTE


bandwidth level
30MHz  f < 1GHz 100 kHz -57 dBm
1GHz  f  12.75 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm
12.75 GHz  f  5th harmonic 1 MHz -47 dBm 1
of the upper frequency edge
of the DL operating band in
GHz
12.75 GHz – 26GHz 1 MHz -47dBm 3
NOTE 1: Applies only for Band 22, Band 42, Band 43 and Band 48
NOTE 2: Unused PDCCH resources are padded with resource element groups with power level given
by PDCCH_RA/RB as defined in Annex C.3.1.
NOTE 3: Applies for Band 47

In addition, for a V2X UE operating in Region 1, the measured spurious emissions derived in step 1) shall not exceed
the levels specified in Table 7.9G.1.5-2.

Table 7.9G.1.5-2: Additional RX spurious emissions limits in Region 1

Frequency Range Maximum Measurement NOTE


Level bandwidth
5795 MHz  f < 5815MHz [-65 dBm] 1 MHz
NOTE: The additional Rx spurious emission limits, however, are specified in EIRP in Region 1.
Furthermore, the requirement varies based on antenna installation. It is FFS how to convert
this to conducted requirements.

3GPP
Release 15 630 3GPP TS 36.521-1 V15.3.1 (2018-09)

7.10 Void
7.10A Receiver image for CA
TS 36.101 [2] clause 7.10.1A specifies minimum requirements for receiver image for CA but recommends that these
requirements do not need to be tested.

3GPP

You might also like